Skip to main content

Full text of "Graduate catalog"

See other formats 


Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


* 


c«t»*»'^st 


m 


University  Calendar 


spring  Semester,  2002 

Registration Januan  16 

Classes  begin January-  17 

Spring  vacation  begins March  3 

Classes  resume  (8  a.m.) March  1 1 

Classes  end ^^'^V  ^ 

Final  e.xams May  2-4;  6-9 

Commencement ^^^}  *  ^ 

Summer  Session,  2002 

Classes  begni .1*^"^^  -^ 

Holiday  (no  classes) July  4 

Session  ends August  8 

Fall  Semester,  2002 

Registration August  25 

Classes  begin August  26 

Labor  Day  (no  classes) September  2 

Thanksgiving  recess November  25-December  1 

Classes  resume December  2 

Final  exams December  10-14.  16-17 

Commencement December  15 

Spring  Semester,  2003 

Registration January  12 

Classes  begin January  13 

Spring  vacation March  .'3-9 

Classes  resume March  10 

Classes  end April  26 

Final  exams April  28-May  2:  5-6 

Commencement May  10 


HP  is  the  largest  member  university  of  Pennsylvania's  State  System  of  Higher  Education 
and  the  only  one  authorized  to  grant  doctoral  degrees. 


Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Online  version:  http://www.iup.edu/groduate/admit/catolog 


The  Graduate  School  and  Research 

Indiana,  Pennsylvania   15705-1081 

lUP  reserves  the  right  to  repeal,  change,  or  amend  the  pohcies,  regulations,  and  courses  contained  in  this  catalog 

at  any  time.  Tuition  and  fees  are  also  subject  to  change. 

Press  date:  April,  2002 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


^noTOsi 


A    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA 


lUP's  Civility  Statement 

As  a  universitv'  of  different  peoples  and 
perspectives,  lUP  aspires  to  promote  the 
growth  of  all  people  in  their  academic, 
professional,  social,  and  personal  lives. 
Students,  faculty,  and  staffjoin  together  to 
create  a  comniunit)'  where  people 
exchange  ideas,  listen  to  one  another  with 
consideration  and  respect,  and  are 
committed  to  fostering  ciN-ility  through 
universit)'  structures,  policies,  and 
procedures.  We,  as  members  of  die 
universit)',  strive  to  achieve  the  following 
individual  commitments: 

•  To  strengthen  the  university  for 
academic  success,  1  will  act  honesdy, 
take  responsibilit)'  for  my  behavior 
and  continuous  learning,  and  respect 
the  freedom  of  otliers  to  express  their 
views. 

•  To  foster  an  environment  for  personal 
growth,  I  will  honor  and  take  care  of 
my  body,  mind,  and  character.  I  will 
be  helpful  to  others  and  respect  their 
rights.  I  will  discourage  intolerance, 
hatred,  and  injustice  and  promote 
constructive  resolution  and  conflict. 

•  To  contribute  to  the  fiiture,  I  wiU 
strive  for  the  betterment  of  the 
community:  myself,  my  university,  the 
nation,  and  the  world. 

lUP's  Statement  of 
Nondiscrimination 

Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  is 
committed  to  equal  opportunity  and 
affirmative  action  for  its  students, 
employees,  and  applicants.  The 
university  is  committed  to  providing 
equal  educational  and  employment  rights 
to  all  persons  without  regard  to  race, 
color,  sex,  religion,  national  origin,  age, 
disability,  or  veteran's  status.  Each 
member  of  die  universit)'  community  has 
a  right  to  study  and  work  in  an 
environment  free  from  any  form  of  racial, 
ethnic,  and  sexual  discrimination.  In 
accordance  with  federal  and  state  laws, 
the  universit)'  will  not  tolerate  racial  or 
ethnic  discrimination  or  discrimination 
on  the  basis  of  disability. 

This  policy  is  placed  in  this  document  in 
accordance  with  state  and  federal  laws 
including  Tides  VI  and  VII  of  the  Civil 
Rights  Act  of  1964,  Tide  IX  of  the 
Educational  Amendments  of  1972, 
Sections  503  and  504  of  the 
Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973,  the 
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of  1990, 
and  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1991  as  well 
as  all  applicable  federal  and  state 


executive  orders.  This  policy  extends  to 
disabled  veterans  and  veterans  of  the 
Vietnam  era. 

Please  direct  all  general  inquiries 
regarding  equal  opportunit)'  and 
affirmative  action  to: 

Assistant  to  tlie  President  for 

Social  Equit)' 

Sutton  Hall  Room  G2A 

1011  South  Drive 

Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Indiana,  PA  15705 

Telephone:  724-357-2431 

Fax:  724-357-2685 

TD:  Telecommunications  Device 
available  in  the: 

Advising  and  Testing  Center  724- 
357-4067  (V/TD)  (8-4:30,  M-F) 

Campus  Police  724-357-2141  (TD) 
(24  hours) 

lUP  ensures  compliance  with  Section 
504  of  the  Rehabihtation  Act  of  1973  and 
the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act 
through  the  provision  of  program  access 
accommodations.  Please  direct  inquiries 
regarding  accommodations  for  persons 
with  disabilities  to: 

Student  Concerns: 

Director,  Advising  and  Testing 
Center/Disability  Support  Services 
504  Coordinator 
Pratt  Hall,  Room  106 
201  Pratt  Drive 
Telephone:  724-357-4067 

Employee  Concerns: 

Assistant  to  the  President  for 
Social  Equity 
G2A  Sutton  Hall 
1011  South  Drive 
Indiana,  PA   15705 
Telephone:  724-357-2431 

Specific  inquiries  regarding  Tide  IX 
should  be  directed  to: 

Office  of  the  Vice  President  for 
Student  Affairs 
212  Sutton  HaU 
1011  South  Drive 
Indiana,  PA   15705 
Telephone:  724-357-1242 


lUP's  Affirmative  Action  Policy 

Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  is 
committed  to  provide  leadership  in  taking 
affinnative  action  to  assure  equal 
education  and  eniplo)'ment  rights  for  all 
persons  without  regard  to  race,  color,  sex, 
religion,  national  origin,  age,  disability,  or 
veteran's  status.  We  beheve  that  respect 
for  the  individual  in  the  academic 
community  must  not  be  abused. 
Harassment  or  disregard  of  a  person 
based  on  any  of  these  characteristics  is 
particularly  intolerable  on  the  university 
campus. 

The  university  will  take  affirmative  action 
to  insure  the  implementation  of  this 
policy  in  employment  and  admissions. 
This  policy  and  the  obfigation  to  provide 
equal  opportunity  include  the  following 
commitment: 

1 .  To  recruit,  hire,  train,  and  promote 
persons  for  all  job  classifications  and 
to  admit  and  educate  students, 
without  regard  to  race,  color,  sex, 
rehgion,  national  origin,  age, 
disability,  or  veteran's  status. 

2.  To  base  decisions  on  selection, 
employment  practices,  employee 
utilization,  job  training,  career 
mobilit)',  promotion,  program 
operation,  and  services  provided  in 
observance  of  the  principles  of  equal 
employment  opportunity  and 
affirmative  action. 

3.  To  assure  that  all  other  personnel 
actions,  such  as  compensation, 
benefits,  transfers,  furloughs,  returns 
from  furlough,  agency-sponsored 
training,  educational  benefits,  tuition 
assistance,  and  social  and  recreational 
programs,  etc.,  are  administered  in 
keeping  with  the  policy,  strategies, 
objectives,  goals,  and  timetables  of 
the  Equal  Opportunity'  Act  and  the 
Affirmative  Action  Plan  of  the 
university. 

4.  To  create  and  maintain  a  workplace 
and  educational  climate  that  is  free 
from  discrimination  and  harassment, 
including  sexual  harassment,  of  any 
employee  or  student. 

5.  To  make  every  effort  to  increase 
employment  and  educational 
opportunities  for  qualified  disabled 
applicants  and  employees  with 
disabilities. 

6.  To  assure  that  in  offering 
employment  or  promotion  to  persons 
widi  disabilities,  no  reduction  in 
compensation  would  result  because 
of  disability  income  or  other  benefits. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA 


7.    To  assure  that  reasonable 

accommodations  wiQ  be  made  for  the 
physical  disabilities  of  an  apphcant  or 
student. 

.\s  an  equal  opportunin/afErmarive 
action  institution,  the  lUP  Affirmative 
Action  Plan  is  applicable  to 
employees/enrollees  of  Indiana  University 
of  Pennsyl\-ania  under  pro%-isions  of 
federal  and  state  laws  including  Tides  VI 
and  VII  of  the  CImI  Rights  Act  of  1964, 
Tide  IX  of  the  Educational  Amendments 
of  1972.  Sections  503  and  04  of  die 
Rehabilitation  .A.ct  of  1973,  the 
.Ajnericans  with  Disabihties  Act  of  1990, 
and  the  Ci\-il  Rights  Act  of  1991.  as  well 
as  all  federal  and  state  executive  orders. 
This  polic)-  extends  to  disabled  veterans 
and  veterans  of  the  Vietnam  era. 

The  I  UP  .\ffirmative  Action  Plan 
supersedes  the  .Aifirmative  Action  Plan  of 
1995-96.  die  1983  lUP  Plan,  die  .\ugust 
8. 1975.  .Affirmative  .Action  Plan  adopted 
bv  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  the  March 
31.  1982,  .Affirmative  Action  Plan 
submitted  to  the  U.S.  Office  for  Civil 
Rights. 

Responsibiht)'  for  the  implementation  of 
the  lUP  .Affirmative  .Action  Plan  has  been 
assigned  to  the  .Associate  \'ice  President 
for  Human  Resources. 

Any  employee  haN-ing  suggestions, 
problems,  or  complaints  with  regard  to 
Equal  EmploTiinent  or  Educational 
Opportunit)-  or  Affirmative  Action  is 
encouraged  to  contact  the  .Assistant  to  the 
President  for  Social  Equit)'  by  caUing 
724-357-2431. 

Students  with  suggestions,  problems,  or 
complaints  should  contact  the  Office  of 
the  Nice  President  for  Student  .Affairs. 
215  Sutton  Hall,  or  by  calling  724-357- 
4040. 

Emplovees  ha\ing  inquiries  regarding 
accommodations  for  persons  with 
disabihties  should  contact  the  Assistant 
to  the  President  for  Social  Equit)-  by 
caUing  724-357-2431. 

Students  with  inquiries  regarding 
accommodations  shoidd  contact  the  504 
Coordinator/ADA  Student  Concerns, 
106  Pratt  Hall,  or  by  caUing  724-357- 
4067. 

Specific  inquiries  regarding  Tide  IX 
should  be  directed  to  the  Office  of  the 
Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs.  215 
Sutton  Hall,  or  by  caUing  724-357-4040. 


University  Policy  on  Sexual 
Harassment 

lUP  affiniis  that  sexual  harassment  is  a 
violation  of  basic  human  rights, 
inconsistent  with  the  purpose  and 
principles  of  an  academic  community. 
Sexual  harassment  of  students  and 
employees  is  imacceptable  conduct  and 
wiU  not  be  tolerated. 

Any  imiversity  community  member  who 

engages  in  sexual  harassment  is  subject  to 
the  disciplinan-  process  appropriate  to 
his/her  classification  as  an  employee  or 
student. 

The  right  to  confidentiaht)'  of  aU  parties 
involved  in  a  sexual  harassment 
complaint  shaU  be  stricdy  adhered  to 
insofar  as  it  does  not  interfere  with  the 
universit\""s  legal  obhgation  to  investigate 
aUegations  of  misconduct  and  to  take 
appropriate  corrective  action. 

I  UP  prohibits  retahator)-  action  against 
individuals  filing  either  informal  or  formal 
complaints  of  sexual  harassment. 
Nothing  contained  in  this  pofio'  protects 
an  individual  who  maliciously  makes  false 
accusations.  WTiile  seeking  to  protect 
those  whose  digmtv"  might  be 
compromised,  it  must  be  emphasized  that 
false  accusations  of  sexual  harassment 
wiU  not  be  tolerated. 

Definition:  Sexual  harassment  is  a  form 
of  sex  discrimination  that  is  reprehensible 
and  unlawfid.  Tide  IX  of  the  education 
amendments  of  1972  prohibits  sex 
discrimination  in  emplov-ment.  Sexual 
harassment  is  defined  as: 

a.  making  unwelcome  sexual  advances 

b.  requesting  sexual  favors 

c.  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual 
nature — which  submission  to  such 
conduct  is  made,  either  expUcidy  or 
imphcidy,  a  term  or  condition  of  a 
person's  emplovment  or  education 

d.  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual 
nature— which  has  die  purpose  or 
effect  of  unreasonably  interfering  with 
an  individual's  academic,  personal,  or 
professional  performance 

e.  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual 
nature — which  has  the  purpose  or 
effect  of  unreasonably  creating  an 
intimidating,  hostile,  or  offensive 
educational,  social,  or  work 
environment 

f.  basing  emplovTnent  or  academic 
decisions  upon  a  person's  submission 
to  or  rejection  of  verbal  or  physical 
conduct  of  a  sexual  nature 


Sexual  harassment  may  also  involve 
relationships  among  equals.  In  these 
cases,  repeated  sexual  advances  or 
demeaning  verbal  behavior  have  a 
harmful  effect  on  one's  abUity  to  study, 
five,  or  work  within  the  academic 
community. 

Questions  regarding  the  Sexual 
Harassment  Policy  or  complaint 
procedures  may  be  directed  to  Helen  Soltis, 
Assistant  to  the  President  for  Social 
Equity,  or  Assistant  to  the  President,  lUP, 
G2A  Sutton  Hall,  1011  South  Drive, 
Indiana,  PA  15705.  A  complete  copy  of 
the  policy  is  available  at  that  location. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


THE    UNIVERSITY 


Table  of  Contents 


Universit)'  Calendar    inside  front  cover 

The  University 5 

Student  Programs  and  Services 10 

Admission  14 

Finances 17 

Registration 21 

Master's  Degree  Programs 22 

Doctoral  Degree  Programs 24 

General  Policies  and  Procedures   26 

Course  Prefix  Key   36 

Graduate  Programs  and  Courses    37-77 

The  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Infonnation  Technology 37 

Department  of  Technology  Support  and  Training 39 

The  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology    41 

Department  of  Adult  and  Community  Education    41 

Department  of  Counseling 42 

Department  of  Educational  and  School  Psychology    44 

Department  of  Professional  Studies  in  Education    46 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Chnical  Services 48 

Department  of  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education   51 

The  College  of  Fine  Arts   52 

Department  of  Art 52 

Department  of  Music 53 

The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services    55 

Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition    55 

Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education    56 

Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 58 

Department  of  Nursing    58 

Department  of  Safety  Sciences 59 

Tlie  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences    61 

Department  of  Criminology 61 

Department  of  Enghsh 63 

Department  of  Geography  and  Regional  Plamiing 66 

Department  of  History 68 

Department  of  Political  Science 68 

Department  of  Sociology 69 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics    71 

Department  of  Biology 71 

Department  of  Chemistr)-    72 

Department  of  Mathematics 73 

Department  of  Physics 75 

Department  of  Psychology 76 

The  Graduate  School  and  Research 77 

Professional  Growth    77 

Course  Descriptions 78-1 16 

Graduate  School  Deadlines 116 

Board  of  Governors 117 

Council  of  Trustees   117 

Administrative  OflBcers    117 

Chairpersons  and  Graduate  Coordinators 117 

Faculty  119-126 

Index 126 

Telephone  Numbers inside  back  cover 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


THE    UNIVERSITY 


The  University 


Location 

IL  P.  the  largest  state-owned  universit)'  in 
Pennsi.K-ania"s  State  System  of  Higher 
Education,  is  located  in  Indiana, 
PennsvK-ania.  a  comniunit\-  of  28,000 
about  fift%-five  miles  northeast  of 
Pittsburgh  and  thirt\-  miles  north  of 
Johnstown.  Situated  in  the  Allegheny 
foothills,  Indiana  has  a  moderate  climate 
conducive  to  study  the  year  roimd  and  a 
wide  \-arietv  of  historical,  cultmal.  and 
recreational  facihties  both  immediately  at 
hand  and  in  neighboring  population 
centers. 

A  University  Education 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning.  lUP 
is  committed  to  the  preservation, 
expansion,  and  transmission  of 
knowledge  in  all  its  forms.  .\s  a 
umversit\'  within  the  State  System  of 
Higher  Education.  lUP  has  primary 
responsibilities  of  pro\iding  high-quaht\- 
education  at  a  reasonable  cost  and 
assessing  and  responding  to  the  higher 
educational  needs  of  the  commonwealth: 
as  a  urmersitv.  lUP  has  the  responsibiUt\" 
of  being  concerned  with  the  needs  of  the 


nation  as  a  whole  and  those  of  the 
international  community  at  large  so  far  as 
resources  allow. 

At  the  graduate  level,  lUP  is  committed 
to  encouraging  intellectual  excellence, 
research,  and  scholarship;  to  providing 
in-depth  study  in  each  student's  special 
field:  and  to  stimulating  continued 
cultural  and  intellectual  growth  for  facult)- 
and  students. 

The  general  mission  of  doctoral  programs 
is  to  encourage  the  pursuit  of  knowledge 
through  intellectual  inquir)-.  Doctoral 
oEFerings  will  be  primarily  professional 
with  emphasis  on  business,  education, 
public  policv  studies,  human  services, 
social  sciences,  and  apphed  science  and 
technolog);  while  allowing  for  distinctive, 
theoretical  programs  in  the  arts  and 
sciences.  Doctoral  programs  reflect  the 
special  role  of  I  UP  in  the  State  System  of 
Higher  Education  by  meeting,  in 
particular,  identified  state,  regional, 
national,  and  international  needs.  lUP  is 
fiirther  conmiitted  to  meeting  these  needs 
by  offering  cooperative  programs  with 
other  State  Svstem  institutions.  Doctoral 


programs  will  be  oflFered  in  areas  of  need 
and  when  institutional  resources  allow. 

The  mission  of  the  masters  and 
specialist/certificate  levels  is  to  sustain 
and  to  develop  programs  of  similarly  high 
qualit)-  while,  in  general,  emphasizing 
more  apphcable  professional  skills. 
Master's  and  speciaUst/certificate 
programs  should  be  based  on 
institutional  strengths  and  should,  in 
addition  to  other  goals,  address  state  and 
regional  needs. 

lUP  is  conmiitted  to  conducting  and 
disseminating  basic  and  applied  research 
and  expects  and  encourages  such 
scholarlv  activit\'  in  all  forms. 

lUP  pro\ides  continuing  education  for 
adults  through  conferences,  workshops, 
short  courses,  training  programs,  and 
degree  programs  for  part-time  students. 
The  universit\'  strives  to  meet  the  cultural 
and  professional  needs  of  the  commurut}.' 
through  its  outreach  programs  and  public 
service  activities. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


6       THE    UNIVERSITY 


History  of  the  University 

lUP  has  witnessed  a  histon'  rich  in 
accomplishment.  Since  1875,  when  it 
served  only  225  students  in  a  single 
building,  it  has  experienced  continuous 
growth,  becoming  Pemisyh-ania's  fifth 
largest  universit)'.  Tlie  current  enrollment 
is  over  thirteen  thousand,  with  students 
fi-ora  thirri-sLx  states  and  over  fifty-five 
countries. 

The  first  building,  named  John  Sutton 
Hall  in  honor  of  the  first  president  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees,  was  opened  for 
students  on  May  17,  1875. 

In  April,  1920,  control  and  ownership  of 
the  school  passed  to  the  Commonwealth 
of  PennsyK-ania.  In  May,  1927,  by 
authority  of  the  General  .Assembly,  the 
State  Normal  School  became  a  college, 
with  the  right  to  grant  degrees.  The 
name  was  then  changed  to  the  State 
Teachers  College  at  Indiana, 
Pennsylvania.  In  1959,  the  legislature 
approved  a  change  of  name  to  Indiana 
State  College:  in  the  1960s  there  followed 
a  rapid  growth  in  the  liberal  arts  program. 

In  December.  1965.  Indiana  was 
redesignated  Indiana  Universit)-  of 
Pennsyh-ania  and  given  the  authorit)'  to 
expand  its  curriculum  and  to  grant 
degrees  at  the  masters  level.  .\t  this  time 
the  first  doctoral  program  was  initiated. 

Recendy,  lUP  was  recognized  in  the 
Princeton  Review's  2001  edition  ofTTie 
Best  331  Colleges  and  in  Careers  and 
Colleges  magazine.  The  Robert  E.  Cook 
Honors  College  was  featured  in  the  2000 
publication  Cool  Colleges  by  Donald 
Asher. 

Graduate  Educatior)  at  lUP 

Graduate  education  was  inaugurated  at 
I  UP  in  September.  1957.  The  imiversit)' 
currendy  offers  programs  leading  to  the 
Master  of  .\rts.  Master  of  Business 
Administration,  Master  of  Education, 
Master  of  Fine  Arts,  Master  of  Science, 
Doctor  of  Psychology,  Doctor  of 
Exlucation.  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees.    Nondegree  programs  leading  to 
certification  in  v-arious  teacliing  and 
school  service  fields  are  also  a\'ailable. 

The  universitv'  is  classified  as 
Doctoral/Research  Intensive  by  the 
Carnegie  Foimdation  for  the 
Ad\-ancement  of  Teaching.  This 
classification  places  lUP  in  the  company 
of  institutions  that  pro\ide  a  fiill  range  of 
baccalaureate  programs  and  have  a 
commitment  to  graduate  education 


through  the  doctorate  degree,  awarding  at 
least  nventy  doctoral  degrees  annually. 

In  all  graduate  programs  the  objectives 
are  to  (a)  encourage  excellence  and 
scholarship:  (b)  pro\'ide  depdi  in  the 
student's  special  field;  and  (c)  stimulate 
enthusiasm  for  continued  cultural  and 
professional  growth  on  the  part  of  the 
student. 

The  Graduate  School  and  Research  stafif 
is  assisted  in  its  daily  fiinctioning  by  a) 
the  Graduate  Committee,  a  standing 
committee  of  the  Universitv-  Senate 
concerned  widi  graduate  program 
curriculum  and  pohc)'  matters:  b)  the 
Graduate  Student  .Assembly,  an  elected 
graduate  student  body  representative  of 
all  campus  academic  departments 
offering  graduate  programs:  and  c)  the 
chairpersons  and  coordinators  of 
departments  oflTering  graduate  programs. 

Accreditation 

IL  P  is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondar)' 
Schools,  the  National  Council  for 
-Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education,  the 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education, 
the  National  .Association  of  Schools  of 
Music  for  its  music  curricidimi.  National 
.Association  of  Schools  of  Theatre, 
American  Psychological  .Association  for 
its  psycholog)-  curricidum.  the  National 
•Association  of  School  Psychologists  for 
its  school  psycholog)-  curriculum,  die 
Educational  Standards  Board  of  the 
.American  Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association  for  its  speech  language 
curricidimi.  the  .Accreditation  Board  for 
Engineering  and  Technolog\-  for  its  safet)- 
sciences  curriculum,  the  Commission  on 
Collegiate  Nursing  Education  for  its 
nursing  curriculum,  and  the  Association 
to  Ad\'ance  Collegiate  Schools  of 
Business — International  for  its  business 
curriculum.  The  universit)'  is  a  member 
of  die  Council  of  Graduate  Schools  in  the 
United  States  and  of  the  Northeast  and 
the  Pennsylvania  Association  of  Graduate 
Schools. 

Buildings  and  Grounds 

The  DiN-ision  of  .Administration  and 
Finance  at  Indiana  Universit)'  of 
Pennsylvania  pro\-ides  internal  and 
external  constituents  of  die  universit)' 
with  the  highest-quahtv-  services  in  the 
most  supportive  and  cost-effective 
manner.  In  contributing  towards  the 
ftilfillment  of  lUP's  mission  of  teacliing, 
research,  and  public  ser\ice.  the  division 
is  responsible  for  the  development, 


stewardship,  enhancement,  integrit)',  and 
stabOitv'  of  the  universit\'"s  fiscal,  himian, 
and  physical  resources. 

Major  responsibilities  of  the  di\ision  are 
organized  and  operated  from  the  five 
distinct  departments  of  Facilities 
Management,  Fiscal  Afiairs.  Human 
Resources.  Campus  PoUce/PubUc  Safety, 
and  Printing  Center.  The  physical 
campus  consists  of  341  acres  and  75 
major  buildings  on  the  main  campus  in 
Indiana  along  with  branch  campuses 
located  in  Punxsutawney  and  Kittanning. 

At  the  direction  of  President  Lawtence  K. 
Pettit  in  September  of  1993.  the  division 
developed,  directed,  coordinated,  and 
produced  lUPs  Long-Range  Campus 
Development  Plan.  The  plan,  approved 
and  published  in  Februan.".  1996.  permits 
versatile  and  flexible  guidance  for  which 
the  physical  plant  and  facihries  can  be 
maintained  and  expanded  in  support  of 
IUP"s  academic  goals  and  aspirations  for 
its  fliture.  The  Long-Range  Campus 
Development  Plan  continues  to  guide  the 
universitv-  as  it  prepares  effective  and 
orderly  financial  plans  for  implementing 
die  proposed  changes  in  physical 
facilities. 

Inclement  Weather  Policy 

Indiana  Universit)  of  Pennsyh'ania  is 
committed  to  die  safet)-  and  securit)-  of  its 
students,  facultv-.  staff,  and  \isitors. 
Therefore,  the  decision  as  to  whether  the 
universit)'  should  close  or  remain  open 
during  periods  of  adverse  weather 
conditions  is  based  on  the  overall 
concern  for  the  universit)'  communit)'.  In 
general,  however.  lUPs  practice  will  be  to 
remain  open  and  to  conduct  classes  as 
usual  during  periods  of  inclement 
weather. 

Closure  of  the  universit)':  Should  adverse 
weather  conditions  arise  or  be  anticipated 
that  would  make  it  inadvisable  to  operate 
the  universit)'  on  a  given  day.  die 
president  may,  at  his  or  her  discretion, 
close  the  institution  (i.e..  cancel  all  classes 
and  on-campus  activities  at  all  campuses). 
In  the  event  of  either  a  fiill-  or  partial-day 
closure,  notification  will  be  provided  to 
the  following  radio  and  television 
stations:  \\T)AD  Radio  (Indiana).  WCCS 
Radio  (Homer  Cit)). \VJ.AC-T\' 
(Johnstown).  laDKLA-TX'  and  KDK.A 
Radio- 1020  AM  (Pittsburgh),  and 
\\T.AE-T\'  and  WT.AE  Radio- 1250  AM 
(Pittsburgh). 

Cancellation  of  IL^P- Sponsored  Activities 
or  Events  in  the  Absence  of  University 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


THE    UNIVERSITY 


i 


Closure:  Should  adverse  weather 
conditions  arise  or  be  anticipated  that 
would  make  it  inadvisable  to  conduct  an 
lUP-sponsored  activity  or  event  on  a  date 
when  the  universit)-  otherwise  remains 
open,  the  sponsoring  unit/department  has 
the  option  to  cancel  or  postpone  the 
function.  The  sponsoring 
unit/department  also  assumes 
responsibilirv  for  notifying  event 
participants  of  the 
cancellation/postponement  in  an 
appropriate  and  timely  manner. 

Qiiesfions  regarding  the  Inclement 
Weather  Policy  may  be  directed  to  the  vice 
president  for  Administration  and  Finance, 
235  Sutton  Hall  lUP.  Policy 
implemented  March  6,  1995. 

Library  and  Media  Services 

The  I  UP  Libraries  consist  of  the 
Stapleton/Stabley  central  facQit)', 
Cogswell  Music  Library,  campus  libraries 
in  Kittanning  and  Punxsutawney,  and  the 
University  School  Library.  Collectively, 
the  University  Libraries  contain  over 
806,332  book  volumes,  1.8  miUion  items 
of  microforms.  3,437  periodical 
subscriptions,  128.000  bound 
periodicals,  725,000  media  holdings,  and 
in  excess  of  32,000  tides  of  goverrmient 
pubhcaUons.  (lUP  is  a  designated  Select 
Depository  for  federal  and  state 
pubhcations.)  A  wide  range  of  resources 
and  services  are  available  to  support 
teaching  and  research.  Associate 
membership  in  the  Center  for  Research 
Libraries  and  membership  in  OCLC  are 
maintained  by  the  University  Libraries. 
Records  of  holdings  in  the  lUP  Libraries 
are  accessible  through  the  Voyager  on- 
line catalog,  which  may  be  accessed  \ia 
the  librar)''s  World  Wide  Web  home  page 
at  www.  iup.edu.  library. 

.additional  resources  include  patron- 
initiated  Interlibrary  Loan  on-line 
borrowing  from  major  Pennsylvania 
academic  libraries,  full-text  electronic 
books  (Net  Librar)'),  and  on-Une 
searching  in  various  databases,  including 
Dissertation  Abstracts,  ERIC,  CARL 
UnCover,  SearchBank.  EBSCOhost, 
Project  MUSE,  and  JSTOR.  An 
increasing  percentage  of  resources  are 
available  electronically  fiill  text. 

Stapleton  Library  has  a  limited  nimiber  of 
shared  and  indi\idual  locked  carrels  for 
facult)'.  doctoral,  and  master's  students 
who  are  working  on  research  requiring 
libran.-  resources.  Application  for  locked 
studv  carrels  should  be  made  within  the 


first  two  weeks  of  each  semester  at  the 
Circulation  Desk.  A  $20  key  deposit  is 
required. 

Room  201  in  Stapleton  Library  has  been 
reserved  for  use  by  graduate  students. 
Students  wishing  to  use  the  room  must 
obtain  a  key  by  paying  a  $20  refundable 
deposit.  The  key  is  given  to  die  student 
for  use  during  his  or  her  entire  graduate 
career  at  lUP.  The  room  provides  a  quiet 
study  environment  and  is  equipped  witli 
two  Pentiimi  computers. 

The  lUP  Libraries  have  opened  a  public 
computer  lab  with  twenty-nine 
workstations.  The  lab  is  available  for 
pubhc  use  in  times  when  it  is  not 
reserved  for  library  instruction. 


Stapleton  Librar)'  is  open  ninety-two 
hours  per  week  when  classes  are  in 
session.  Hours  are: 

Monday-Thursday 

7:45  a.m. -11:45  p.m. 

Friday 

7:45  a.m.-7:00  p.m. 

Saturday 

ll:00a.m.-5:00p.m. 

Sunday 

1:00  p.m.-ll :45  p.m. 

There  are  extended  hours  during 
finals  week.  A  current  Library  Hours 
schedule  may  be  obtained  by  calling 
724-357-2197. 


The  Media  Services  department  (Stabley 
103),  which  produces  and  duplicates 
media  material,  also  loans  equipment  for 
on-campus  use.  It  is  open  8  a.m.  to  4:30 
p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday.  Media 
Resources  (Stabley  second  floor)  has  an 
extensive  collection  of  videos,  cassettes, 
DVDs,  and  CDs.  It  closes  at  10  p.m. 
Sunday  through  Thursday,  and  7  p.m.  on 
Friday.  Saturday  hours  are  1 2  noon  to  5 
p.m.  The  Reference  Desk  is  open  imril 
10  p.m.  Sunday  through  Thursday,  7 
p.m.  on  Friday,  and  5  p.m.  on  Saturday. 

Book  loans  are  made  for  ninety-day 
periods  to  graduate  students  and  faculty': 
books  may  be  renewed  if  a  "hold"  request 
has  not  been  submitted  by  another 
borrower.  Materials  are  subject  to  recall 
for  the  use  of  other  borrowers. 
Periodicals  do  not  circiJate  outside  the 
building. 

Periodicals,  newspapers,  and  microform 
serials  are  located  on  the  ground  floor  of 
Stapleton. 


University  Senate 

Purpose 

The  purpose  of  the  University  Senate  is 
to  provide  a  formal  means  through  which 
the  student  body,  faculty,  and 
administration,  working  as  a  unified 
group,  shall  have  a  representative  share  in 
the  governance  of  the  university. 

The  University  Senate  approves  all 
curricular  matters  before  implementation 
and  can  study  any  issue  of  university 
governance  and  make  recommendations 
to  the  president  and  Coimcil  of  Trustees. 

Nothing  relating  to  the  organization  and 
administration  of  the  Universit)'  Senate 
shall  be  construed  so  as  to  limit  the 
authority  of  the  Council  of  Trustees  or 
the  president  of  the  university  with 
respect  to  the  administration  of  the 
universit)'  as  prescribed  by  law. 

Composition  and  Elective  Procedures 
The  University  Senate  shall  consist  of  a 
number  of  faculty  double  the  number  of 
departments  of  the  university,  an 
administrative  segment  one-third  the  size 
of  the  facult)'  segment,  and  a  student 
segment  one-half  the  size  of  the  facult)' 
segment.  The  Senate  shall  also  include 
one  Alimini  Association  representative 
and  four  representatives  from  staff. 
Facult)',  staff,  and  administrative  members 
must  be  employees  in  good  standing  at 
the  time  of  election  or  appointment  and 
during  terms  of  service,  and  students 
must  be  enrolled  and  in  good  standing  at 
the  time  of  election  or  appointment  and 
during  terms  of  service.  "Student"  refers 
to  both  the  undergraduate  and  graduate 
student  bodies.  The  student  segment 
shall  consist  often  times  as  many 
undergraduate  students  as  graduate 
students,  each  delegation  to  be  elected  by 
its  representative  student  body. 
Undergraduate  students  shall  be  elected 
under  the  auspices  of  the  recogmzed 
student  association  (as  defined  by 
Pennsylvania  State  Act  1982-188)  and 
graduate  students  through  elections 
arranged  by  their  comparable  body.  In 
both  cases,  tlie  officiating  body  shall  call 
for  and  accept  voluntary  nominations  for 
election  to  the  Senate.  Student  members 
of  the  Universit)'  Senate  serve  on  most  of 
die  Senate  committees. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


THE 


UNIVERSITY 


Computing  Services 

All  lUP  studetit.s  are  provided  with  an  e- 
mail  account  and  a  network  account, 
including  provisions  for  a  personal  web 
site.  The  network  account  includes 
personal  home  director,-  space  that  can 
be  accessed  from  any  campus  lab  or  tlie 
Internet.  The  Student  Computing  Help 
Desk  can  address  student  questions 
concerning  e-mail,  web  pages,  NT 
network  usage,  etc.  Students  may  contact 
tlie  help  desk  via  phone  (724-;357-2198) 
or  e-mail  {Sludenl-HelpDesk@iup.edu) 
and  may  access  the  web  page  at 
ivww.iup.edu/ats/sts/;  this  page  includes 
several  sections  which  might  help 
students  to  answer  their  own  questions. 
Students  are  also  welcome  to  visit  the 
Student  Computing  Help  Desk  at 
Gordon  Hall,  room  139,  for  personal 
assistance  with  their  computing 
problems.  The  Student  Computing  Help 
Desk  is  open  from  10  a.m.  until  6  p.m. 
weekdays. 


The  university's  computing  infrastructure 
consists  of  an  extensive  Microsoft 
Windows  network,  several  Unix  systems, 
and  a  Compaq  OpenVMS  cluster.  On- 
campus  access  to  the  lUP  network  is 
provided  primarily  through  Ethernet 
connections  utilizing  the  campus  fiber 
optic  backbone.  Off-campus  access  is 
available  via  the  Internet.  lUP  maintains 
a  major  connection  to  the  Internet 
including  access  to  Internet2  and  the 
State  System  of  Higher  Education 
network.  In  addition,  many  courses  use 
comment  network  space  and  distance 
education  tools  to  support  student 
collaboration  and  learning. 

Student  access  to  computing  is  provided, 
for  the  most  part,  dirough  the  public 
computing  laboratories.  The  primary 
pubhc  labs  are  strategically  placed  around 
campus  to  maximize  their  availability  and 
impact.  Several  departments  maintain 
computing  facilities  that  are  of  a  focused 
nature  and  which  are  intended  to  support 
specific  programs.  These  include  several 
specialized  networks  to  address  particular 
needs. 

Academic  computing  support  is  provided 
by  technical  staff  assigned  to  each  college. 
The  college  staffs  provide  computational 
support  for  undergraduate  and  graduate 
students  and  for  faculty  and  student 
research. 

Through  implementation  of  its  strategic 
computing  plan,  which  is  part  of  the 
university  long-range  planning  process, 
the  university  is  committed  to  pro\-iding 
the  level  of  computing  and  infonnation 
technology  necessary  for  a  modern 
institution  of  higher  education.  Guidance 
in  this  area  is  provided  by  both  the 
Academic  Computing  Policy  Advisory 
Committee  and  the  Administrative 
Computing  Oversight  Committee. 


journal  Publications 

Scholarly  journals  published  at  lUP 
include  the  following:  Advances  in 
Competitiveness  Research;  The  Benjamin 
Mays  Monograph  Series;  Competitiveness 
Reviero;  Criminal  Justice  Policy  Review; 
Hispa  n  ic  Jo  u  ma  I;  In  tern  atio  n  a  I  Jo  umal 
of  Commerce  and  Management;  Journal 
of  Global  Competitiveness;  Journal  of 
Small  Business  Strategy;  PAACE  Journal 
of  Lifelong  Learning;  Studies  in  the 
Humanities;  The  Talking  Drum;  and 
Works  and  Days:  Essays  in  the  Socio- 
Historical  Dimensions  of  Literature  and 
the  Arts. 

Foundation  for  lUP 

The  Foundation  lor  lUP  is  a  nonprofit 
coqioration  established  in  1967  to  work 
with  the  universit)-  to  develop  and 
maintain  private  support  for  lUP.  It  is 
governed  by  a  twenty-four-member  Board 
of  Directors.  The  university  president 
and  vice  president  for  Institutional 
Advancement  sit  on  the  board  as  ex 
officio  members.  Funds  raised  through 
contributions  from  alumni,  friends, 
faculty  and  staff,  corporations,  and 
foundations  are  used  to  support 
scholarships,  academic  and  athletic 
enrichment,  departmental  programs,  and 
other  priority  needs  of  the  university.  A 
capital  campaign  in  progress  from  1 993 
to  1998  resulted  in  $23  million  for  the 
university,  and  the  assets  of  the 
Foundation  for  lUP  now  exceed  $20 
million.  The  offices  of  the  Foundation  for 
lUP  are  in  John  Sutton  Hall. 


N  r>  I  A  N  A 


UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


THE    UNIVERSITY 


lUP  Centers  and  Insmutes 

Centers  and  institutes  serve  a  variety  of  functions.  Elach  center  and  institute  is  unique  in  its  focus  and  is  created  to  meet  a  specifically 
identified  need.  Centers  proide  an  opportimit\-  for  faculti.-  members  to  utilize  their  expertise  through  consultation,  techmcal 
assistance,  and  research-related  activities.  Centers  and  institutes  pro\-ide  e.xcellent  opportimities  for  students  to  learn,  to  demonstrate 
their  knowledge  and  skills,  and  to  become  involved  in  meaningfiil  projects  in  the  community.  Centers  and  institutes  strengthen  the 
research  and  public  service  missions  of  the  universit\-  and.  therefore,  enhance  the  quality  of  education. 


Center/Institute 

American  Language  Institute 
Archaeological  Services 
Biotechnologv-  Research  Institute 
Business  and  Technology.-  Program 
Center  for  .\ppUed  Psvchology 

Center  for  E-Conimerce  and  Technologv'  Support 
Center  for  Economic  Education 

Center  for  Educational  and  Program  E\-aluation 

Center  for  Health  Promotion  and  Cardiac  Disease  Prevention 

Center  for  Middle  Eastern  Studies 

Center  for  Research  in  Criminology' 

Center  for  Research  in  Written  Communication  and  Translation 

Center  for  Statistics  Education  in  Pennsylvania  at  lUP 
Center  for  Teaching  ElxceUence 
Center  for  Mdeo  Technology- 
Center  for  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation 
Child  Study-  Center 
Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 
Highyvay  Safety'  Center 
Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service 

Applied  Research  Lab 

CoDMnunity'  Nutrition  Services 

Mid-Atlantic  Addiction  Training  Institute 

ILT  Pine  Grove  Center 
Instructional  Design  Center 
Intercollegiate  Athletic  Institute  for  Sports  Camps 
Literacy-  Center 
Management  Services  Group 

Center  for  Famih-  Business 

Govenmient  Contracting  .AiSsistance  Program 

Small  Business  Development  Center 

Small  Business  Incubator 

Small  Business  Institute 
National  Eny-ironmental  Education  and  Training  Center.  Inc. 
Pennsy-h-ania  Center  for  the  Study  of  Labor  Relations 
Pennsyh-ania/OSHA  Consultation  Program 
Softyy-are  Development  Center 
Spatial  Sciences  Research  Center 
Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 
Teacher  Education  Center  for  Science.  Mathematics,  and  Technology- 


Program  Director 

Dan  Taimacito 
Beverly  Chiarulh 
Dennis  WTiitson 
Pam  Ey-ans 
Beverly  Goody*-in 
Don  Robertson 
Krish  Knshnan 
Arthur  Martel 
Jimjozefoyyicz 
Mary-  Arm  Rafoth 
Robert  Alman 
Gayvdat  Bahgat 
Rosemary-  Gido 
Malcolm  Hay-ward 
\'ictor  Drescher 


Telephone 

724-357-2402/7675 
724-357-2659/7623 
724-357-2609 
724-357-2181 
724-357-6228 
724-357-4522 
724-357-2522 
724-357-2640 
724-357-4774 
724-357-3784 
724-357-2770 
724-357-2290/2489 
724-357-2720 
724-357-2322 
724-543-1078 


Larry-  Feldman 

724-357-4767 

Mary  Arm  Cessna 
Dayid  Luid 

724-357-7800 
724-357-7517 

Tom  O'Brien 

724-357-4434 

Victoria  Damiani 

724-357-3783 

Gar\  Welsh 

724-357-4054 

.•VUen  Robinson 

724-357-3975 

Vacant 

724-357-2439 

John  Zhang 
Susan  Dahlheimer 

724-357-4530 
724-357-4357 

Robert  Ackerman 

724-357-4405 

Edward  Gondolf 

724-357-4749 

Chris  Zimmerman 

724-357-5932 

Glenn  Himes 

724-357-7726 

Frank  Condino 

724-357-2757 

Nedra  Kearney- Vakuhck 

724-357-2409 

Robert  Boldin 

724-357-2179 

Tom  Falcone 

724-357-2179 

Cindy  lannarelli 

724-357-2106 

Ron  Moreau 

724-357-7824 

Tony  Palamone 

724-357-7915 

Robert  Boldin 

724-357-2179 

Stephen  Osborne 
Kermeth  Proch 

724-357-5946 
724-357-6484 

Charles  McCollester 
John  Engler 
Ed  Donley 

724-357-2645 
724-357-2396 
724-357-3792 

Robert  Wilson 

724-357-2251 

Clarice  Reber 

724-357-2451 

Terry  Peard 

1-800-487-4899 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


10       STUDi 


AND    SERVICES 


Student  Programs  and  Services 


University  Testing  Services 

lUP  is  formally  recognized  as  an  official 
testing  site  by  several  national  testing 
agencies.  These  include  American 
College  Testing,  Educational  Testing 
Service.  Psychological  Corporation,  Law 
School  Admissions  Council,  and  College 
Board.  The  Office  of  Career  Services 
sponsors  lUP's  University  Testing 
Services  as  part  of  its  comprehensive 
mission  to  assist  students  in  finding 
appropriate  occupations  and  professional 
and  graduate  programs.  Pre-registraUon 
is  required  for  all  tests.  The  following  are 
of  particular  interest  to  potential  students. 

TTie  Graduate  Record  Examination 
(ORE)  General  Test  is  administered  only 
in  a  computer-adaptive  format.  The 
subject  examinations  are  offered  in  a 
paper-and-pencil  format  only  in 
November,  December,  and  April. 
Information  and  registration  booklets  are 
a\-ailable  from  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research  or  from  the  Office  of  Career 
Services.  Registration  forms  must  be  sent 
directly  to  ETS  in  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 
On-line  registration  is  also  available. 


The  Miller  Analogies  Test  (MAT)  is 
administered  by  University  Testing 
Services  monthly.  To  obtain  registration 
materials,  contact  the  Office  of  Career 
Services  at  724-357-2235.  .-Ul  Graduate 
School  and  Research  applicants  «ith  a 
GPA  below  2.6  must  take  the  M.AT. 

The  Graduate  Management  Admission 
Test  (GMAT)  is  administered  oiJy  in  a 
computer-adaptive  format.  Information 
on  test  sites  and  registration  booklets  are 
a\-ailable  from  the  M.B..\.  coordinator  in 
the  Eierly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technoiog)'.  the  Office  of 
Career  Services,  or  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research. 

The  Praxis  Series  (formerly  The  National 
Teacher  Examination  [NTE])  is 
administered  on  six  nationally  established 
dates  (September.  November.January, 
March,  April,  and  June).  These  tests  are 
required  for  teacher  certification  in 
PennsyK'ania  and  many  other  states. 

Information  on  graduate  and  professional 
school  exams  other  dian  tliose  used  for 
lUP  Graduate  School  and  Research 
programs  is  available  through  the  Office 


of  Career  Services.  Law  School 
Admission  Test  (LSAT)  information  is 
also  a>-ailable  in  the  office  of  the  College 
of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences. 
Information  on  the  Medical  College 
Admission  Test  (MC.4T)  is  available 
through  the  dean  of  the  College  of 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics. 

Arrangements  can  be  made  in  ad\'ance  for 
the  administration  of  tests  adapted  to 
persons  with  \isual.  auditory,  learning,  or 
phvsical  disabilities  by  contacting  the 
individual  testing  program. 

University  Testing  Services  is  a  center  for 
the  administration  of  tests  and  neither 
makes  testing  requirements  nor  offers 
interpretations  of  testing  results. 
Commercial  "'How  to  Prepare  for  ...  " 
materials  are  a\-ailable  in  the  Co-op  Store 
and  other  local  bookstores.  Questions 
regarding  test  requirements  and  required 
scores  should  be  addressed  to  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research  or  to  the 
graduate  institution(s)  to  which  the 
student  is  apphing.  Questions  regarding 
specific  registration  matters  and  test 
agency  information  and  registration 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES        77 


materials  may  be  directed  to  die  Office  of 
Career  Services,  302  Pratt  Hall,  724-357- 
2235. 

Career  Services 

The  Office  of  Career  Ser\ices,  302  Pratt 
Hall,  is  open  to  all  lUP  graduate  students 
and  alumni.  Resources  are  available  to 
assist  students  with  their  personal  career 
plans,  including  resunie-v\Tidng, 
interviewing  skills,  and  job-hundng 
techniques.  Individual  appointments 
widi  career  counselors  are  recommended. 

Services  include  on-campus  inter\dews, 
job  fairs,  on-line  job  opportunities,  an 
extensive  Career  Librar)',  and  programs 
that  assist  students  and  alumni  in 
net\\'orldng.  Visit  the  Career  Services 
Web  page  at  mwiv. iup.edu/career. 

Publicatioris 

The  Peiiii.  lUP's  campus  newspaper,  is 
published  three  times  a  week  during  the 
fall  and  spring  semesters  and  once  a  week 
during  summer  sessions  by  students 
wishing  to  gain  practical  newspaper 
experience.  Interested  students  are 
advised  to  attend  organizational  meetings 
held  at  die  beginning  of  each  semester. 

The  Source  (lUP  student  handbook)  is 
distributed  to  all  students,  graduate  and 
undergraduate,  in  an  on-line  version.  It 
includes  niles  and  regulations, 
extracurricular  programs,  and  general 
information  of  interest  to  students. 

Thesis/Dissertation  Manual  is  available  in 
the  Graduate  School  and  Research  to  all 
graduate  students  and  is  free  of  charge.  It 
includes  guidelines,  deadhnes,  and  forms 
for  students  preparing  theses  or 
dissertations. 

Services  for  Students  with 
Disabilities 

Disability  Support  Services  (a  unit  of  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center)  is  the 
primary  agent  for  die  provision  of  access 
for  lUP  students  with  documented 
physical,  learning,  or  other  disabilities. 
Faculty  and  staff  within  die  office  serve  to 
ensure  lUP's  program  access  compliance 
with  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation 
Act  of  1973  and  die  Americans  with 
Disabilities  Act.  Students  vnth 
disabilities  are  urged  to  register  with  the 
office.  Services  provided  include,  but  are 
not  limited  to:  early  registration  (when 
die  university  needs  to  provide  a  service 
such  as  a  classroom  move  or  assisting 
with  recorded  books):  equipment  loan; 
test  proctoring  and  reading;  note  taking; 


recording  of  books;  NCR  paper:  liaison 
widi  faculty,  OVR,  and  BVS;  brailling; 
and  general  advising  and  counseling. 
Further  information  may  be  obtained  in 
106  Pratt  Hall  or  by  calling  724-357- 
4067  (V/TD)  or  by  e-mailing 
Ad,vising_  Testing@iup.  edu. 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  located 
in  Davis  Hall,  offers  diagnosis  of  speech 
and  language  problems,  hearing 
evaluations,  and  a  regular  program  of 
dierajjy.  The  clinic  also  administers  the 
speech  and  hearing  clearance  for  teacher 
education  programs. 

These  services  are  made  available  without 
charge  to  students  regularly  enrolled  at 
die  universit)'  to  give  die  necessary- 
assistance  to  alleviate  deficiencies  which 
would  interfere  widi  successflil 
perfonnance  and  progress  in  die 
university  and  in  fiiture  work.  Students 
are  encouraged  to  use  die  facihties 
provided  for  diem  and  may  of  their  own 
initiative  come  to  the  clinic  for  help,  or 
diey  may  be  referred  by  any  faculty 
member  or  university  official. 

Housing  for  Graduate  Students 

lUP  provides  bodi  residence  hall  and 
apartment  housing  suitable  for  single 
graduate  students.  One  floor  of  Campus 
Towers  is  reserved  for  graduate-level 
students  and  consists  of  two-person,  one- 
bedroom  fiirnished  apartments.  Cable 
TV,  all  utilities,  data  line  hookups,  as  well 
as  telephone  hookup  and  monthly  service 
fees  are  included  in  die  apartment  fee. 
lUP  will  assign  roonunates  to  sUidents 
who  do  not  self-select  roommates. 

Single-occupancy  residence  hall  rooms 
are  available  in  McCardiv-  Hall  on  a  first- 
come  basis. 

There  is  no  housing  on  campus  that 
meets  the  requirements  of  family  housing. 
Information  about  privately  owned 
apartment  units  suitable  for  families  is 
available  from  die  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life. 

Infonnation  may  be  obtained  Monday 
through  Fridav  fi^oni  8  a.m.  to  5  p.m.  at 
724-357-2696.  by  fax  at  724-357-5762, 
or  by  e-mail  at  iup-ohrl@iup.edu.  Visit 
our  housing  Web  page  at 
xtmnv.  iup.  edu/house/. 


Dining  on  Can)pus 

For  students  interested  in  earing  on  the 
Indiana  campus,  diere  are  four  locations: 

•  Foster  Dining  Hall,  which  is  die  "all- 
you-can-eat"  location,  has  a  food 
court  concept. 

•  The  HUB  Rock  II.  located  in  die 
newly  renovated  Fitness  Center, 
features  Chick-Fil-A.  Freshens  Yogurt 
and  Smoothies.  Montague's  Deli., 
Salad  Garden.  Bene  Pizza  and  Pasta, 
Steak-Out  Grill. 

•  Folger  Food  Court  features  Burger 
King:  Cranbem  Farms  chicken  and 
turkey  specialties:  Pangeos  (rotating 
theme  from  Pasta  Kitchen  and 
Tortilla  Fresca);  Bagehcorks  fresh- 
made  bagels  (with  spreads  or 
luncheon  meats):  Umberto's  Deli 
sandw iches:  and  Tlie  Avalanche  Ice 
Cream  Bar — hand-dipped  ice  cream 
in  a  varietv"  of  cones  or  in  a  bowl  plus 
"Snow  Storms." 

•  The  Oak  Room,  open  for  lunch  only, 
provides  a  luncheon  buffet  diat 
includes  soup,  sandwiches,  two  hot 
specialties,  and  desserts. 

There  are  six  meal  plans  from  which  to 
choose,  all  but  one  with  Flex  DoUars  (a 
declining  balance  accomit).  The  meal 
plans  provide  access  to  Foster  and  the 
HUB  Rock  II  (cash  equivalency).  Flex 
Dollars  and  cash  are  accepted  in  all 
dining  facilities,  but  are  the  only  option  in 
Folger,  Chick-Fil-A.  and  Freshens.  The 
I-card  "Smart  Cliip"  and  MAC  debit 
cards  are  accepted  in  Folger  Food  Court. 

The  Meal  Plan  choices  and  2002-03 
prices  (estimated  at  die  time  of  printing) 
for  students  Uving  in  residence  halls  are: 

•  19  meals  per  week  plus  $  1 00  Flex  for 
S918(est.) 

•  anv  14  meals  per  week  plus  $150 
Flex  for  $916  (est.) 

•  any  14  meals  per  w-eek  for  $766  (est.) 

•  any  1 65  meals  per  semester  for  plus 
$150  Flex  for  $909  (est.) 

•  anv  1 0  meals  per  week  plus  $200 
Flex  for  $942  (est.) 

Off-campus  students,  or  those  Uving  in  an 
on-campus  apartment,  can  choose  any  of 
the  meal  plans  listed  above  or  the 
following: 

•  any  75  meals  per  semester  plus  $150 
Flex  for  $607  (est.) 

•  Fle.x  plan  (minimum  initial  deposit  of 
$50) 

Visit  die  dining  Web  page  at 
ivww.  iup.  edu/house/din  ing/ 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


12       STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES 


Automobiles 

Students,  faculty,  and  staff  members  who 
park  vehicles  iii  campus  parking  areas 
must  register  their  vehicles  with  the 
Campus  Police  Office.  Resident  students 
will  be  issued  parking  permits  for  the 
following  reasons:  medical  necessity, 
student  teaching,  or  odier  academic  need 
for  a  vehicle.  A  written  application  must 
be  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the 
Parking  Authority  Review  Board. 
Parking  will  be  available,  for  a  fee,  to 
resident  students  not  meeting  the 
aforementioned  criteria  to  park  in  the 
Robertshaw  lot.  Reserved  parking  spaces 
may  be  purchased  in  the  new  parking 
garage.  The  Campus  Police  Office  is 
located  in  the  Administrative  Annex,  9 1 0 
Crant  Street,  and  can  be  contacted  for 
information  on  parking;  copies  of  the 
current  rules  and  regulations  can  be 
found  at  www.iiip.edu/police/. 

Religious  Life 

The  spiritual  needs  of  graduate  students 
can  be  served  by  a  variety  of  recognized 
religious  student  organizations  at  lUP. 
These  campus  ministries  offer 
opportunities  both  on  campus  and  in  the 
conmiunit)'  for  worship,  feOovvship, 
theological  and  denominational  studies, 
retreats,  religious  dialogues,  and  personal 
counseling. 

University  Health  Service 
(Pechar)  Health  Center) 

The  mandatory  student  health  fee  is 
assessed  each  semester  based  upon 
enrollment  sUtus  at  the  university. 
Graduate  students  and  part-time 
undergraduates  are  assessed  Student 
Health  Fee  B.  Full-time  undergraduates 
are  assessed  Student  Helth  Fee  .4. 
During  the  fall  and  spring  semesters,  the 
clinical  service  is  suffed  with  board- 
certified  physicians,  certified  registered 
nurse  practitioners,  and  registered  nurses. 

For  those  students  paying  Fee  A,  the 
clinic  at  Pechan  Health  Center  provides 
routine  outpatient  health  care  while 
classes  are  in  session.  Fee  A  covers  most 
of  the  services  provided  at  Pechan  Health 
Center.  Services  provided  outside  of 
Pechan  Health  Center  such  as  laboratory 
work,  x-rays,  and  referrals  to  outside 
medical  providers/specialists  are  not 
included  in  the  health  fee.  Health  Fee  A 
covers  the  dispensing  of  many  of  the 
prescription  and  over-the-counter 
medications  that  are  commonly 
prescribed  and  in  the  health  center 


formulary.  There  is  a  fee  for  some  of  the 
services,  medications,  and  supplies 
provided  at  Pechan  Health  Center. 
Additional  information  about  fees  can  be 
found  at  the  health  center  web  site 
www.iup.edu/healthcenter.   For  students 
needing  health  care  at  locations  off 
campus,  the  Health  Center  has  a  van  to 
transport  students  to  local  medical 
facilities  for  scheduled  appointments 
within  three  miles  of  campus. 
Health  Fee  B,  mandatory  for  fiUl-time 
graduate  students  and  part-time 
undergraduate  students,  covers  the  cost 
of  community  health.  Services  include 
the  use  of  the  self-care  cold  clinic  with  no 
additional  charge  for  the  over-the-counter 
medications  that  are  offered  at  Pechan 
Health  Center  for  cold  clinic  users.  Fee  B 
also  includes  a  flu  shot,  TB  testing, 
community  health  programs,  and  health 
and  wellness  programming.  This  fee  was 
developed  in  conjunction  with  the  lUP 
Graduate  Student  Assembly  to  meet  the 
unique  needs  of  graduate  students  who 
choose  to  seek  medical  care  from  another 
provider.  This  fee  is  mandatory  and  can 
be  only  waived  for  the  reasons  noted 
below. 

For  emergency  care,  the  local  hospital 
emergency  room  is  available.  Emergency 
Room  services  and  all  other  services 
provided  outside  of  Pechan  Health 
Center  are  not  included  in  the  student 
health  fee.  lUP  has  a  contract  with  a  local 
ambulance  service.  lUP  students  who 
need  an  ambulance  and  have  paid  Fee  A 
will  not  be  required  to  pay  out-of-pocket 
expenses  for  ambulance  service. 
Students  enrolled  in  Health  Fee  B  or  who 
are  not  required  to  pay  a  health  fee  are 
welcome  to  upgrade  their  service  at  any 
rime  by  sending  an  e-mail  to  health- 
inquiry@iup.edu  or  by  stopping  by  the 
Health  Center  on  the  corner  of  Maple 
and  Pratt.  Students  may  also  pay  a  per- 
visit  fee  for  clinical  care.  Spouses  of  lUP 
students  may  enroll  in  either  Fee  A  or  Fee 
B  or  may  pay  a  per-visit  fee. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  have  a  health 
insurance  plan.  All  graduate  students 
enrolled  in  one  or  more  credits  or 
undergraduates  enrolled  in  six  or  more 
credits  are  eligible  to  purchase  the 
insurance  plan  offered  by  Consolidated 
Health  Plans,  Inc.  More  infomiation  is 
available  by  contacting  health- 
inquiry@iup.edu  or  by  calling  Pechan 
Health  Center  724-.357-6475. 


International  .students  at  lUP  on  J  or  F 
visa.'i  are  required  to  have  health 
in.turance.  Refer  to 
www.iup.edu/healthceiiter/policies//or 

the  specific  insurance  requirements. 

The  health  fee  can  only  be  waived  for 
students  living  more  than  sixty  miles  from 
campus,  for  students  who  are  on 
internships  or  student  teachmg 
assignments  at  a  site  more  than  thirty 
miles  from  campus,  or  for  students  who 
are  enrolled  in  fewer  than  nine  credits  per 
semester.  The  waiver  is  considered  on  a 
semester-by-semester  basis. 

In  the  summer,  all  students  are  required 
to  pay  Fee  B  (summer  health  fees 
assessed  on  a  "per  credit"  basis). 
Additional  fees  are  assessed  depending 
upon  the  level  and  type  of  medical  care 
needed. 

Counseling  and  Student 
Development  Center 

The  Counseling  and  Student 
Development  Center  is  composed  of  two 
parts:  counseling  services  and  student 
development. 

The  counseling  services  department  is 
composed  of  faculty  psychologists  and 
doctoral  interns  from  the  Department  of 
Psychology.  These  professionals  facilitate 
the  personal  and  emotional  growth  of 
students  by  offering  prevention, 
confidenrial  intervention,  and 
consultarion  services  on  an  individual  and 
small-group  basis.  Beyond  the  Health 
Services  fee,  addiuonal  fees  are  not 
charged  for  counseling  services. 

Student  Development  is  staffed  by  one 
faculty  member,  a  graduate  assistant,  and 
an  undergraduate  assistant.  Together 
they  provide  the  following  programs: 
summer  orientation  for  parents  of 
incoming  freshmen,  orientarion  for 
entering  students  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  faff  and  spring  semester  classes,  the  Six 
O'clock  Series,  and  various  research 
projects  regarding  student  opinions 
and/or  sarisfaction. 


INDIANA 


UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES 


13 


Guidelines  for  Student  Conduct 

IL  P  is  an  academic  communit\-  within 
the  socien"  at  large.  As  a  communit)'.  it 
has  formulated  a  code  of  standards  and 
exp)€ctarions  which  the  iirmersit%' 
considers  to  be  consistent  with  its 
piupose  as  an  educational  institution. 
IL  P  reaffirms  the  principle  of  students" 
rights  coupled  with  an  acceptance  of  fiJl 
responsibiUtv'  for  one's  behavior  and  the 
resulting  consequences.  -\s  a  member  of 
the  academic  communirv"  and  of  the 
larger  society-,  a  student  retains  the  rights, 
protections,  guarantees,  and 
responsibihties  which  are  held  by  all 
citizens. 

The  judicial  system  of  lUF  exists  to 
review  all  alleged  academic  and 
beha\ioral  violations  as  well  as  violations 
of  federal,  state,  and  local  ordinances. 
The  primary-  intent  of  this  educational 
svstem  is  to  promote  a  positrve  behavioral 
change  in  students  while  also  protecting 
the  rights  and  promoting  the  safety-  and 
securir\-  of  the  members  of  the  imiversity- 
community-.  The  system  holcb  students 
accountable  for  their  actions  when 
regulations  or  statutes  have  been  violated. 
A  complete  statement  of  regulations  is 
available  in  the  student  handbook  at 
wutti.  iup.tdu/studentaffairs/sourc^. 


Student  Cooperative  Association 

The  Student  Cooperative  .\ssociation  has 
plaved  a  broad  role  in  the  cocurricular  life 
of  the  imiv-ersity  for  more  than  sixty- 
years.  All  students,  faculty-,  and  staff  who 
pay  the  .Activity  Fee  are  members  of  the 
association.  \  irtually  all  campuswide 
activities  outside  the  instructional 
program  are  sponsored  whoUy-  or  in  part 
by  the  association. 

The  Activity-  Fee  is  the  chief  source  of 
income  for  the  association's  programs. 
The  student's  I-Card  will  admit  him/her 
free  of  charge  or  at  a  reduced  fee  to 
universitv-  social,  cultural,  and  athletic 
events.  Other  income  for  the  association 
comes  from  the  profits  of  the  Co-op  Store 
and  from  events  sponsored  by  the 
association. 

The  Student  Cooperative  Association 
operates  the  recently-  expanded  Hadley 
Union  Building  (HUB)  complex,  which 
houses  the  Co-op  Store,  and  the  Co-op 
Recreational  Park.  The  HUB.  built  by 
association  members  through  the  .Activity 
Fee.  offers  many-  facihties  for  use  by-  the 
unrversity-  community-.  The  Co-op 
Recreational  Park  comprises  280  acres  of 
wooded  hillsides  and  fields.  Included  are 
a  lodge  building  which  will  accommodate 
groups  of  up  to  Uvo  hundred  people,  a  ski 
hut.  an  eighteen-station  exercise  course, 
cross-country-  skiing  and  hiking  trails, 
picnic  shelter,  archery  range,  golf  practice 
range,  two  ballfields.  and  a  batting  cage. 


Cocurricular  Activities  and 
Student  Organizations 

As  participating  members  of  the  lUP 
community-,  students  occupy  a 
responsible  role  in  governance  of  the 
campus.  Since  a  valuable  part  of 
education  Ues  in  participation  in  groups 
in  which  the  need  for  e.xperience  in 
leadership,  social  and  commumty 
responsibihtv.  intellectual  curiosity,  and 
special  interests  can  be  met.  participation 
in  \-aried  organizations  is  available  and 
encouraged. 

There  are  currendy  more  than  two 
hundred  active  student  organizations  at 
lUP.  advised  by  faculty  or  staff  members 
selected  by-  the  students.  Students  are 
also  encouraged  to  initiate  and  support 
new  groups  which  reQect  interests  not 
represented  bv  existing  organizations. 

Graduate  Student  Assembly 

Each  lUP  department  offering  a  graduate 
program  is  required  to  establish  a 
graduate  committee  and  is  urged,  but  not 
required,  to  form  an  association  for  its 
graduate  students.  On  a  universitywide 
basis,  the  Graduate  Student  Assembly 
(GSA)  is  the  graduate  students" 
organization.  The  GS.A  is  composed  of 
two  representatives  (and  frequendy  an 
alternate)  elected  by  the  frill-time  and 
part-time  graduate  students  of  the 
department.  It  serves  graduate  students 
through  voting  representation  on  the 
Senate  Graduate  Committee  and  the 
Universitv-  Senate,  by  making 
recommendations  about  graduate  student 
affairs  to  the  Graduate  Committee  and/or 
the  dean  of  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research,  and  by  working  through  other 
university-  committees  and  channeb  to 
improve  the  social,  intellectual,  and 
cultural  life  of  graduate  students.  All 
graduate  students  are  encouraged  and 
welcome  to  participate  in  the  GS.A. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


Admission 


Requirements  Procedures 

1 .  An  aj)plicant  must  have  a  bachelor's  1 . 
degree  from  a  regionally  accredited 
college  or  university. 

2.  The  applicant's  cumulative 
undergraduate  grade  point  average 
must  be  at  least  a  2.6  if  the  bachelor's 
degree  was  earned  within  the  past  five 
years.  (If  the  bachelor's  degree  is 
older  than  five  years,  the  minimum 
cumulative  grade  point  average  2. 
required  is  2.4.)  Applicants  whose 
cumulative  undergraduate  grade 
point  average  does  not  meet 
minimum  standards  will  be  required 
to  submit  a  Miller  Analogies  Test 
(MAT)  score  of  not  less  than  47. 

3.  Graduate  Record  Examination 
(GRE)  scores  or  Graduate 
Management  Admissions  Test 
(GMAT)  scores  must  be  submitted 
prior  to  admission  as  required  by 
individual  departments.  Please  refer 
to  the  section  entitled  Exammation  3. 
Requirements  for  ftarther  details 
concerning  test  requirements. 


Each  applicant  must  file  a  completed 
application  form.  All  application 
forms  are  contained  in  the  application 
packet  received  fi^om  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research.  (The 
admissions  packets  sent  to  Doctor  of 
Psychology  and  M.B.A.  Executive 
Track  applicants  differ  somewhat 
from  the  regular  packet.) 
The  application  should  be 
accompanied  by  official  transcripts 
from  each  undergraduate  and 
graduate  institution  attended, 
regardless  of  whether  or  not  a  degree 
was  earned.  These  transcripts  must 
be  sealed  by  the  registrar  and  remain 
sealed  until  their  arrival  at  the 
Graduate  .School  and  Research.  If 
the  course(s)  or  the  degree  was 
completed  at  lUP,  die  applicant  is  not 
required  to  secure  the  transcript,  nor 
is  a  transcript  fee  assessed. 
Two  letters  of  recommendation  are 
required  of  each  applicant. 


4.  A  goal  statement,  dated  and  signed,  is 
an  important  component  of  the 
application  process,  as  it  reflects  the 
applicant's  career  and  academic 
goals. 

5.  A  nonrefundable  appUcation  fee  in 
the  amount  of  S30  must  accompany 
the  application.  The  application 
cannot  be  processed  without  this  fee. 
Please  pay  by  check  (indicating  your 
Social  Security  number),  and  make 
the  check  payable  to  lUP. 

Admission  Classifications 

AppUcaiits  for  admission  to  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research  are  notified  of  dieir 
admission  status  by  the  dean  of  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research  prior  to 
the  beginning  of  the  term  of  plarmed 
study.  ApplicaUons  must  be  complete 
before  an  admissions  decision  can  be 
determined.  Classifications  are  as 
follows: 

1 .    Precandidacy  Status.  Granted  to  an 
applicant  who  plans  to  work  toward  a 
graduate  degree  and  whose 
application  materials  meet  admission 
requirements  as  set  forth  by  the 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


ADMISSION        15 


Graduate  School  and  Research  and 
the  academic  department. 

2.  Certification  Credits.  Credits  taken 
under  the  Certification  categon,-  are 
not  intended  to  lead  to  a  degree 
program.  This  category'  is  designed 
to  assist  teachers  pursuing 
Certification  credits  only. 

3.  Special  Status.  Awarded  to  an 
applicant  who  does  not  intend  to 
pursue  a  graduate  degree  but  only  to 
enroll  in  graduate  classes  for  which 
he  or  she  is  qualified.  Students 
granted  Special  Status  standing  who 
wish  at  a  later  time  to  pursue  a 
graduate  degree  need  to  request 
reclassification  before  the  completion 
of  twelve  credits.  Only  under 
exceptional  circumstances  will 
courses  taken  under  Special  Status  be 
applicable  toward  the  degree. 

4.  One  Course  Only.  It  is  possible  to 
take  a  graduate  course  by  registering 
and  paying  for  it  after  filing  a  One 
Course  Only  application.  Full 
apphcation  to  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research  is  not  required.  One 
Course  Only  forms  are  available  ft'om 
the  Graduate  School  and  Research 
office,  Stright  101.  210  South  Tenth 
Street.  Students  who  use  this  form  to 
take  their  first  course  must  apply  and 
be  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research  before  taking  additional 
courses. 

5.  Certificate  of  Recognition  (COR) 
Status.    This  is  a  nondegree  status. 
Applicants  must  meet  all  the 
admission  requirements  as  set  forth 
by  the  Graduate  School  and  Research 
and  the  department  offering  the 
COR. 

6.  OfF-Campus  Program  Admission. 
Admission  standards  and  processes 
for  off-campus  programs  are  the  same 
as  for  those  offered  on  the  lUP 
campus.  The  sole  exception  is  that 
students  admitted  under  the  "One 
Course  Only"  category  may  take  two 
courses  m  their  imtial  semester  if 
applying  to  an  off-campus  program 
which  utilizes  the  cohort  model. 

7.  Admission  Denied.  .\ppHcants 
denied  admission  to  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research  will  receive  a 
letter  fi-om  the  dean  of  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research  indicating  the 
reason  for  the  denial. 

8.  Inactive  Standing.  Applicants  who 
do  not  begin  course  work  within  one 
year  fi-om  the  date  of  admission  are 
classified  as  Inactive.  Should  an 


Inactive  student  later  decide  to 
commence  course  work,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  reapply  for  admission. 

Application  Deadlines 

The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
operates  under  a  "rolling  admissions" 
process.  This  means  that  applications  are 
reviewed  throughout  the  year  and  that 
admission  decisions  are  made  daily. 
Some  programs  have  specific  apphcation 
deadhnes,  and  these  are  enumerated 
below. 

Art  (M.A.  and  M.F.A.)  March  15 

Jime  15 

Clinical  Psychology  (Psy.D.)     January  10 

Community  Counseling  (M.A.)  and 
Counselor  Education  (M.Ed.) 

Summer  admission:  Two  weeks 

before  the  first  Friday  in  May 
Fall  admission:  Two  weeks  before  the 

first  Friday  in  July 
Spring  admission:  Two  weeks  before 
the  first  Fridav  in  December 


Curriculum  and 
Instruction  (D.Ed.) 

Education  of  Exceptional 
Persons  (M.Ed.) 


March  15 


March  1 
July  15 

Educational  Psychology  (M.Ed.)  March  1 

Post-Master's  Certification  March  1 

Principal  Certification  (Cohort  Groups) 
Siunmer  admission  April  1 

Fall  admission  July  1 

Spring  admission  November  1 

School  Psychology  (D.Ed.)  March  1 

Speech-Language 

Pathology  (M.S.)  March  1 

Student  .Affairs  in  Higher 

Education  (M.A.)  March  1 

Cohort  Beginning  Terms 
Main  Campus  Only 

Administration  and  Leadership  Studies, 
Education  Track  (D.Ed.) 

Summer,  every  two  years  (even  years) 

Administration  and  Leadership  Studies. 
Human  Services  Track  (Ph.D.) 
Summer,  every  two  years  (even 
years);  Apphcation  deadline: 
January  15 

MonroeviUe  Only 

Commimity  Counseling  (M.A.)  Fall 

Criminology  Fall,  every  two  years 

(odd  years) 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  (M.A.) 
Spring,  every  two  years  (odd  years) 


Master  of  Business  Administration, 
Executive  Track  (M.B.A.)  Fall 

Masters  in  Elducation  (M.Ed.)  Fall 

Johnstown  Only 

Early  Childhood  Education  (M.Ed.)    Fall 

Master  of  Business  Administration, 
Elxecutive  Track  (M.B.A.) 

Fall,  every  two  years  (odd  years) 

Dixon  Center  (Harrisburg)  Only 
Safety  Sciences  (M.S.)  Fall 

Administration  and  Leadership  Studies, 
Human  Services  Track  (Ph.D.) 

Summer,  every  two  years  (odd  years); 

Apphcation  deadline:  January  15 

Armstrong  Campus  (Kittanning) 
Masters  in  Mucation  (M.Ed.)  Fall 

International  Student  Applicants 

In  addition  to  fiilfilling  the  general 
apphcation  procedure,  international 
appUcants  must  present  evidence  of 
fluency  in  English.  AppUcants  whose 
native  language  is  not  EjigMsh  are 
required  to  take  the  Test  of  Enghsh  as  a 
Foreign  Language  (TOETL).  The 
Graduate  School  and  Research  will  not 
process  appUcarions  fi-om  international 
apphcants  until  TOEFL  scores  are  on  file 
in  the  Graduate  School  and  Research. 
While  the  Graduate  School  and  Research 
sets  a  minimum  score  standard  of  500, 
some  departments  have  higher 
requirements.  Please  consult  the 
department  for  details.  (Students 
requesting  information  about  the  TOEFL 
should  write  to  TOEFL,  Educational 
Testing  Service.  Princeton.  NJ  08540. 
U.S.A.) 

International  applicants  must  also 
complete  a  Foreign  Student  Financial 
Statement,  included  in  the  apphcation 
packet.  The  apphcant  must  demonstrate 
sufficient  financial  resources  to  meet  the 
cost  of  Uving  in  the  United  States,  the 
cost  of  travel  to  and  fi-om  the  student's 
native  country,  and  the  cost  of  graduate 
education  at  lUP  (if  Uving  outside  the 
U.S..  SI4.000  is  needed:  if  Irving  inside 
die  U.S.,  SIO.OOO  is  needed). 
AppUcations  will  not  be  processed 
without  an  acceptable  financial  statement 
and  apphcation  fee. 

International  students  must  submit 
official  EngUsh  translations  of  their 
transcripts.  These  documents  must  bear 
the  official  seal  of  the  issuing  college  or 
university. 

If  the  international  appUcant  is  admitted 
to  the  university,  the  Graduate  School 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


16       ADMISSION 


and  Research  will  notify  the  Office  of 
International  Affairs  at  lUP.  The  Office 
of  International  Affairs  will  mail 
information  on  housing,  arrival  dates,  and 
other  general  information  about  the 
university.  Questions  concerning 
certificates  of  eligibility  (1-20)  and  other 
legal  matters  should  be  addressed  directly 
to  Office  of  International  Affairs,  120 
Gordon  HaU,  301  East  Walk,  lUP, 
Indiana,  PA  15705-1081,  U.S.A. 

Applicants  for  Specialist, 
Administrative  Certification,  and 
Letter  of  Eligibilit/  Programs  from 
the  Pennsylvania  State 
Department  of  Education 

The  lUP  College  of  Education  and 
Educational  Technology  offers  state- 
approved  programs  leading  to  specialist 
and  administrative  certificate  programs  in 
Elementary  School  Counseling, 
Secondary  School  Counseling 
(Counseling  De|jartment),  School 
Psycholr)g)'  (Educational  and  School 
Psychology  Department),  Reading 
Specialist  (Professional  Studies  in 
Education  Department),  and  Elementary 
or  Secondary  School  Principal 
(Professional  Studies  m  Education).  The 
program  for  preparation  for  school 
superintendency  is  an  integral  part  of  the 
doctoral  program  in  Administration  and 


Leadership  (in  the  Department  of 
Professional  Studies  in  Education).  This 
doctoral  program  includes  the 
requirements  for  a  Pennsylvania  letter  of 
eligibility  to  become  a  school 
superintendent. 

Applicants  for  these  programs  should 
follow  the  same  procedures  for 
admission,  programming,  and  registration 
as  described  in  this  catalog.  Interested 
applicants  should  check  with  the 
department  chair  or  graduate  coordinator 
responsible  for  the  specialized  program 
for  information  before  beginning  the 
admissions  process. 

Principal  Certification 

lUP  offers  a  performance-based  school 
principal  certification  program  in 
elementary-  and  secondar\'  education. 
Those  who  wish  to  jjursue  this  program 
must  first  be  granted  admission  to  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research.  Before 
applying,  however,  interested  applicants 
should  consult  with  the  director  of  the 
principal's  certification  jjrogram  (Dr. 
Cathy  Kaufman,  Professional  Studies  in 
Education  Department,  305  Davis  Hall; 
724-357-2400). 


Examination  Requirements 

Graduate  Record  Examination  (GRE) 

The  following  departments  require  the 
submission  of  official  GRE  scores 
(general  test)  prior  to  admission: 

Administration  and  Leadership 

Studies,  Human  Services  (Ph.D.) 

Criminology  (Ph.D.) 

Educational  Psychology  (M.Ed.) 

Food  and  Nutrition 
Geograj)hy 
History 

PoUtical  Science 

Psychology  (Psy.D.) 

School  Psychology  (D.Ed.) 

Sociology 

In  addition  to  the  general  test,  the 
Clinical  Psychology  and  School 
Psychology  programs  reciuire  the 
Psychology  subject  test. 

Graduate  Management  Admission  Test 
(GMAT) 

Appficants  to  the  M.B.A.  or  M.B.A.— 
Executive  Track  program  are  required  to 
submit  GMAT  scores  of  not  less  than  450 
prior  to  admission  as  part  of  their 
application  process. 

Miller  Analogies  Test  (MAT) 

Applicants  with  cumulative 
undergraduate  GPAs  below  the  niiniinum 
requirements  of  2.6  will  be  required  to 
submit  MAT  scores  of  not  less  than  47  as 
part  of  their  application  process. 

Specific  information  regarding  test 
registration  and  availability  can  be 
obtained  from  the  Office  of  Career 
Services,  302  Pratt  Hall,  724-357-2235. 
Applicants  should  request  that  their 
scores  be  sent  to  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research  at  lUP. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


FfNANCES       17 


Finances 


Tuition  and  Fees 

Fees  for  the  2001-02  academic  year 
include  the  following  charges,  which  are 
subject  to  change  at  any  time.  A  fiJl-time 
graduate  student  is  one  who  is  carrying  at 
least  nine  graduate  credits  per  semester, 
while  a  part-time  graduate  student  carries 
eight  credit  hours  per  semester  or  less. 
Students  must  be  enrolled  in  a  degree 
program  for  at  least  4.5  hours  per 
semester  to  be  considered  for  financial 
aid. 


Tuition — Fall,  2001,  and  Spring,  2002 

Pa.  resident  fiill-time S2^00  per  semester 

Pa.  resident  part-time S256  per  credit 

Non-Pa.  resident  fiiU-time    S3.777  per  semester 

Non-Pa.  resident  part-time    $  420  per  credit  hour 

Tuition — Summer  2002 

Pa.  resident S256  per  credit  hour 

Non-Pa.  resident S420  per  credit  hour 

Health  Fee 

Plan  B S3 1 — health  and  wellness  programs  and  services 

Part-time  student    S31  (optional) 

Summer  2002    S3  per  credit  up  to  S39 

The  Student  Health  Fee  is  waived  for  students  commuting  fi'om  a  distance  outside  a 
sixty-mile  radius  of  Indiana,  for  students  having  an  internship  which  is  more  than 
thirty  nules  from  Indiana,  and  for  students  taking  fewer  than  nine  credits  per  semester. 
The  summer  session  fee  is  required  of  all  full-  and  part-time  students.  Questions 
about  the  resideno'  classification  should  be  directed  to  the  Residency  Classification 
office.  Clark  Hall.  724-357-2217. 

Student  Cooperative  Activity  Fee 

Full-time  student S66  per  semester 

Part-time  student S29.50  per  semester 

Summer  Session    S8  per  credit  up  to  S39 

Exceptions  to  Activity  Fees:  Exceptions  to  this  fee  structure  are  available  to  students 
who  reside  and  hold  internships  or  student  teaching  assignments  outside  a  twenty- 
mile  radius  of  campus  and  for  those  who  are  part-time.  Contact  the  Student 
Cooperative  .Association  at  724-463-8541  for  details. 

Educational  Services  and  FacHities  Fee  (Mandatory) 

Full-time  student $230 

Part-time  student    S25.60  per  credit 

Summer  Session    S25.60  jjer  credit 

Application  Fee    $30  (nonrefundable) 

Registration  Fee 

FuU-time,  part-time    $20 

Simimer $20 

Audit  Fee  (Same  as  Tuition) 

Graduation  Fee  $30 

Please  note:  Registration  for  undergraduate  courses  b  billed  at  the  undergraduate 

rate. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


18       FINANCES 


Special  Fees 

Damage  Fee 

Students  are  responsible  for  damage, 
breakage,  loss,  or  delayed  return  of 
universit\-  propert); 

Transcript  Fees 

Applications  for  transcripts  must  be 
made  only  iii  writing  to  the  registrar, 
either  bv  U.S.  mail  or  on  forms  a\'ailable 
at  the  transcript  window  in  Clark  Hall. 
Such  requests  must  include: 

1 .  Full  name  and  Social  Securit)' 
number  as  of  graduation  or 
termination  of  enrollment  at  lUP. 
(Please  note  any  name  changes  since 
graduation.) 

2.  Present  address. 

3.  \\Tiether  the  request  is  for  a 
transcript  of  undergraduate  and/or 
graduate  work. 

4.  Date  of  graduation  or,  if  not,  when 
you  were  enrolled. 

5.  The  full  and  clearly  printed  name(s) 
and  address(es)  of  person(s)  to  whom 
the  transcript(s)  should  be  sent. 

"The  transcript  fee  is  S5  for  each  copy 
requested.  Checks  or  money  orders 
should  be  made  out  to  Indiana  Universit)- 
of  Peimsyh-ania.  .\n  additional  charge 
will  be  assessed  for  express  transcript 
serkice.  Please  call  724-357-2217  for 
current  transcript  fee  information. 

Official  transcripts  (containing  signature 
and  universit)'  seal)  will  not  be  issued  to 
students  direcdy.  The  universit)'  will 
attempt  to  mail  official  transcripts  within 
a  reasonable  time.  However,  in  the  event 
of  its  failure  to  do  so.  damages  will  be 
limited  to  tlie  fee.  if  any.  paid  by  the 
student  for  the  copy  or  copies  of  the 
transcript.  In  no  case  is  the  universit)' 
responsible  for  consequential  damages. 

AU  fees  are  subject  to  change  without 
notice. 

Grades  and  transcripts  may  be  withheld 
by  lUP  if  a  student  is  delinquent  in 
paving  any  bill  owed  to  the  universit)'. 
Pa)'ment  of  die  bill  or  establisimient  of  a 
pa)-ment  plan  satisfactory  to  the 
imiversit)'  will  be  required  for  release  of 
grades  and/or  transcripts. 

University  Refund  Policy 

The  university  employs  facult)'.  assigns 
residence  hall  space,  and  arranges  for 
dining  ser\ices  in  advance  of  each  term 
based  on  the  number  of  students  who 
plan  to  enroll.  .A  student  who  withdraws 
from  the  universit)'  creates  N-acancies  tliat 
may  not  be  filled  and  incurs  obUgations 


for  compensation  and  services  that  must 
be  honored. 

The  reflmd  poUcy  at  Indiana  University 
of  Pennsvlvania  applies  to  all  students, 
both  fiill-  and  part-time,  enrolled  in 
programs  for  credit  at  the  universit)'.  its 
branches,  the  Regional  PoUce  Academy, 
and  the  Academy  of  Cuhnary  Arts. 

The  current  refund  policy  can  be 
obtained  from  the  Student  Financial 
Services  office  or  from  the  web  page: 
iiii'Xi'.  iup.edu/stufinaruiaberv/stinfo/ 
refiinds.shlm. 

Other  Provisions 

Formal  withdrawal  procedures  must  be 
initiated  dirough  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research  at  the  point  of  withdrawal. 
A  written  and  dated  notice  is  required  by 
the  student  or  the  students  family  in 
special  circumstances,  such  as  sickness, 
within  thirrv  davs  of  the  student's 
withdrawal.  In  order  to  receive  a 
reduction  in  fees  for  individual  course 
withdrawal,  documentation  must  be 
submitted  to  the  .Accounts  Recei\'able 
Office  prior  to  the  close  of  the 
semester/session  in  which  the  course  was 
offered. 

Students  who  are  suspended  from 
classes,  residence  halls,  and/or  dining 
service  will  receive  a  reduction  of  fees  in 
accordance  with  the  reftind  poUc)'. 

Student  miUtary  reser%ists  or  members  of 
the  National  Guard  who  are  ordered  to 
active  military  service  by  the  President  of 
the  United  States  will  receive  a  full 
reduction  in  tuition.  Other  fees  will  be 
prorated. 

Elxamples  of  refund  calculations  are 
available  upon  request  from  the  Student 
Accoimts  Receivable  Office.  Clark  Hall, 
which  is  responsible  for  implementing 
the  reflind  pohc)'.  Students  ma)'  appeal 
the  decision  rendered  by  the  Student 
Accoimts  Recei\'able  Office  to  the 
Director  of  Student  Financial  Services. 

Discrete  Course  Withdrawal 

During  the  fall  and  spring  semesters, 
graduate  students  may  withdraw  from  a 
graduate  course  during  the  first  two- 
thirds  of  the  semester  without  prejudice 
and  with  the  grade  of  "W"  by  using 
URS.A.  Following  the  close  of  the 
established  withdrawal  period,  the 
student  will  need  to  petition  the  dean  of 
the  Graduate  School  and  Research  as 
determined  by  the  published  university 
calendar.  The  request  must  first  be 


endorsed  by  the  course  instructor  and  the 
students  department  chair  or  graduate 
studies  coordinator,  in  that  order. 

Financial  Aid 

The  Fmancial  .Aid  Office,  located  at 
Clark  Hall,  offers  financial  information 
and  counseling  to  all  students  attending 
lUP.  The  t)'pes  of  financial  assistance 
offered  for  graduate  students  by  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  include  student 
emplo)inent  and  educational  loans. 

The  Free  Application  for  Federal  Student 
Aid  (F.AFSA)  is  used  to  determine 
eUgibiUt)'  for  federal  loans  and  federal 
work-study.  The  filing  deadline  is  April 
15  of  each  year. 

Graduate  students  attending  lUP  on  at 
least  a  haff-time  basis  (4.5  credit  hours  or 
more)  will  be  awarded  assistance  based 
on  demonstrated  eligibUit)'.  To  be 
ehgible  for  continued  fianding.  appficants 
must  remain  in  satisfactor)'  academic 
standing  at  the  imiversity  and  show 
continued  academic  progress. 

The  cost  of  attending  lUP  and  the 
imiversit)''s  refund  polic)'  are  Usted  in  this 
catalog. 

Assistantships 

lUP  offers  both  half-time  assistantships 
(20  hours  per  week  of  assistantship 
service)  and  quarter-time  assistantships 
(ten  hours  per  week  of  assistantship 
service)  to  full-time  degree-seeking 
graduate  students.  Haff-time 
assistantships  currently  pay  a  stipend  of 
$4,740  to  S6.330  for  two  semesters  plus  a 
waiver  of  tuition  for  graduate  course  work 
(see  details  below).  Duties  will  vary 
somewhat  from  assistant  to  assistant  and 
may  include  supervised  teaching, 
research  or  assistance  with  research,  and 
universit)'  service  activities.  Duties  are 
under  the  supervision  of  a  facult)- 
member  or  administrator.  Assistantships 
are  looked  upon  as  an  encouragement  or 
reward  for  academic  excellence  rather 
than  as  a  means  to  relieve  financial  need. 

Haff-time  assistantships  carry  a  fiill 
tuition  waiver  for  the  two  semesters  of  the 
assistantship  and  the  following  simimer. 
With  some  exceptions,  quarter-time 
assistantships  carr)'  one-half  tuition 
waiver  for  the  two  semesters  of  the 
assistantship  and  a  six  semester-hour 
waiver  for  the  following  summer. 

Since  stipends  for  assistantships  may 
change  from  year  to  year,  potential 
appficants  should  check  with  the 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


19 


Graduate  School  and  Research  for 
current  stipend  levels. 

The  deadline  for  apphing  for  a  fall 
assistantship  is  March  15  of  the  same 
calendar  year.  Applicadons  and  further 
information  are  available  at  the  ofEce  of 
the  assistant  dean  of  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research. 

Graduate  Scholars  Program 

The  Graduate  Scholars  Program  at  lUP 
is  a  resource  comrrutted  to  the  education 
of  graduate  students  of  minorit)'  heritage. 
The  Graduate  Scholars  Program  provides 
financial  aid  in  the  form  of  graduate 
assistantships.  The  terms  of  the  graduate 
assistantships  are  as  follows:  ( 1 )  an 
academic  year  stipend  of  S4.740  to 
S6.330.  depending  on  the  department 
and  level  of  study:  (2)  tuition  waiver 
during  the  academic  year:  and  (3)  tuition 
waiver  for  both  sessions  the  following 
summer.  Graduate  assistants  work  20 
hours  per  week  during  the  academic  year 
but  have  no  work  assignments  during  the 
sunmier.  Assistantship  assignments  are  in 
academic  departments  or  other  academic 
units  and  are  designed  to  be  a  \-aluable 
part  of  students'  educations. 

All  American  citizens  of  racial  minority 
heritage  (African  .\merican.  Hispanic. 
Asian  .\merican.  .American  Indian)  are 
in\nted  to  apply  for  entrance  to  the 
Graduate  Scholars  Program.  A  minimum 
cimiiJative  undergraduate  grade  point 
average  of  2.6  is  required:  3.0  is 
preferred.  .An  undergraduate  degree  from 
an  accredited  institution  must  be 
completed  prior  to  the  beginning  of 
graduate  work  at  lUP.  Prospective 
Graduate  Scholars  should  write  for  an 
admissions  packet  to  the  Graduate 
Scholars  Program.  Graduate  School  and 
Research.  2 1 0  South  Tenth  Street,  IL  P. 
Indiana.  PA  15705-1081. 

Teaching  Associates 

E^ch  year,  tlie  Graduate  School  and 
Research  offers  a  limited  number  of 
teaching  associate  positions  to  qualified 
doctoral  students.  Usually,  an  associate 
teaches  six  credit  hours  of  undergraduate 
courses,  but  other  teaching-related 
service  is  sometimes  assigned  in  lieu  of 
teaching.  These  positions  carry  a  stipend 
and  require  the  associate  to  be  enrolled 
for  graduate  credit  during  each  semester 
of  the  appointment.  During  the  simimer 
following  the  appointment,  a  tuition 
waiver  of  up  to  nine  hours  of  graduate 
credit  is  awarded.  Acri\irv  and  health 


fees,  as  well  as  tuition  during  the  fall  and 
spring  semesters,  must  be  paid  by  the 
associate. 

.Minimum  requirements:  Associates  must 
hold  a  master's  degree  or  have  completed 
36  graduate  semester  hours  prior  to  the 
appointment  and  must  be  enrolled  in  an 
IL  P  doctoral  program  and  remain  in 
good  standing  during  the  term  of  the 
appointment.  Departments  may  have 
additional  requirements. 

For  flirther  information,  contact  the 
director  of  Doctoral  Studies  in  the 
department  offering  yoiu"  doctoral 
program. 

Fellowship  and  Scholarship 
Information 

Julius  Filcik  Doctoral  Fellowship — This 
fellowship  was  made  possible  by  an 
endowment  established  by  Shirley  U. 
Filcik  and  her  fairdlv  in  memory  of  her 
husband,  Julius,  a  member  of  the  Class  of 
1953.  The  fellowship  proWdes  students 
with  a  financial  award  of  S5.000. 

lUP  Foundadon  Fellowships — 

Foundation  Fellowships  are  awarded  to 
students  who  have  demonstrated  merit 
and  the  potential  for  academic  excellence 
in  their  doctoral  studies.  These 
fellowships  provide  students  with  a 
financial  award  of  S5.000  and  should  be 
combined  with  either  a  half-time  graduate 
assistantship  or  a  teaching  associate 
position. 

To  be  considered  for  either  fellowship, 
the  student  must  be  nominated  by  his  or 
her  academic  department.  In  addition  to 
a  completed  admissions  appUcation.  the 
nominee  must  pro\ide  the  Graduate 
.School  and  Research  with  a  one-page 
prospectus  of  the  research  or  cUrucal 
interests  he  or  she  intends  to  pursue  in  a 
doctoral  program  and  a  one-page 
statement  of  his  or  her  qualifications  for 
the  award.  All  lUP  fellowship  nominees 
must  be  admitted  to  a  doctoral  program 
and  must  have  received  either  a  graduate 
assistantship  or  teaching  associate 
position.  Awards  will  be  announced  by 
Jime  1.    For  flirther  information,  please 
contact  the  Assistant  Dean.  Graduate 
School  and  Research.  124  Stright  Hall, 
210  South  Tenth  Street,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA 
15705. 

Margaret  Flegal  Harte  .Scholarships — 

Two  S450  scholarships  are  awarded 
yearly  to  new  fiill-time  graduate  students. 
All  new  Graduate  School  and  Research 
appHcants  except  for  those  who  receive 


other  IL  P  scholarships  are  considered  for 
the  Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Scholarships 
based  on  academic  records  and  financial 
need.  No  apphcation  forms  for  the 
scholarships  are  required:  the  Free 
Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid 
(F.AF.SA)  serves  as  the  document  for 
needs  assessment.  A  FAFSA  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 
Interested  students  may  contact  the 
Assistant  Dean.  Graduate  School  and 
Research,  124  Stright  Hall.  210  South 
Tenth  Street,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705. 

Graduate  Merit  Scholarships— Funding 

for  this  scholarship  is  made  possible  by 
the  lUP  Foundation  Unrestricted 
Endowment  Fund.  The  scholarship 
offers  S500  awards  to  a  small  number  of 
students  who  are  entering  a  graduate 
program  (master's  or  doctoral)  for  the 
first  time.  Merit  scholars  must  have  a 
strong  academic  background  and  must 
have  been  granted  an  assistantship.  To 
be  considered  for  either  fellowship, 
eligible  students  must  be  nominated  by 
their  academic  department.  For  further 
information,  please  contact  the  Assistant 
Dean,  Graduate  School  and  Research, 
124  Stright  Hall,  210  Soudi  Tendi  Street, 
lUR  Indiana.  P.\   15705. 

Additional  Scholarships — Graduate 
students  are  encouraged  to  seek  outside 
scholarship  opportunities  to  help  finance 
their  education.  A  number  of  scholarship 
search  websites  can  be  accessed  through 
wunv.finaid.or^. 

Employment  Programs 

Federal  Work  Study  Program  (F\VSF)- 

The  Federal  Work  Study  Program 
provides  an  opportunity  for  graduate 
students  enrolled  in  a  degree-granting 
program  of  study  to  earn  money  to  help 
finance  educational  expenses.  Students 
mav  be  emploved  on  campus  for  up  to  25 
hours  per  week  when  classes  are  in 
session  and  40  hours  per  week  during 
vacation  periods.  Federal  Work  Study 
jobs  not  only  help  to  defray  the  cost  of 
education  but  can  add  valuable  practical 
experience  accompanying  the  student's 
graduate  education.  ElfigibUity  is  based 
on  financial  need  as  determined  by  the 
Free  Apphcation  for  Federal  Student  Aid 
(RAFSA).  The  F.AFSA  is  available  in  die 
Financial  Aid  Ofiice  along  with  the 
institutional  application  for  Federal  Work 
Study.  Students  are  responsible  for 
securing  their  own  positions  on  campus, 
but  placement  assistance  is  available 
through  the  Career  Services  office  at  724- 
357-2235. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


20       FINANCES 


Community  Service  Federal  Work 
Study  Program— For  students  who 
would  like  to  be  of  service  to  the 
communit)'  tlirough  participation  in  the 
activities  of  selected  nonprofit  agencies,  a 
number  of  employment  opportunities  are 
available  through  the  Community  Service 
FWS  program.  Contact  the  Student 
Community  Services  Office  located  in 
103  Pratt  Hall  at  724-357-5657  for 
additional  information. 

University  Employment  (UE)— The 
Universit)'  Employment  Program 
provides  an  opportunity  for  graduate 
students  to  work  as  an  accompaniment  to 
their  studies  program.  Maximum  UE 
hours  are  25  hours  per  week  when  classes 
are  in  session  and  40  hours  per  week 
during  vacation  periods.  No  application 
is  necessary.  This  employment  program 
is  not  based  on  financial  need,  and 
submission  of  the  FAFSA  is  not  required. 
Employment  provisions  are  similar  to  the 
Federal  Work  Study  Program. 

Special  Funded  Grant  Employment- 
Grant  employment  opportunities  are  also 
available  to  graduate  students  ft-om  time 
to  time.  Interested  students  should  check 
with  the  Assistant  Dean,  Graduate  School 
and  Research,  124  Stright  HaD,  210 
South  Tenth  Street,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA 
15705. 

Student  Loan  Programs 

Federal  Stafford  Loan    The  Federal 
Stafford  Loan  |)rovides  the  potential  for 
graduate  students  to  borrow  up  to 
$  1 8,500  per  academic  year.  At  least 
$10,000  of  this  amount  must  be  in 
unsubsidized  fijnds  on  which  interest 
must  be  paid  or  capitalized  by  the  student 
during  the  in-school  and  grace  periods. 
Principal  and  interest  on  a  subsidized 
Federal  Stafford  Loan  are  deferred  while 
the  student  is  enrolled  on  at  least  a  half- 
time  basis  and  during  a  six-month  grace 
period.  Eligibility  for  the  interest  subsidy 
is  based  upon  financial  need  as 
deternuncd  by  the  FAFSA.  Interest  is  at  a 
variable  rate  not  to  exceed  8.25  percent. 


All  annual  Federal  Stafford  Loans  are 
disbursed  in  two  equal  installments,  and 
students  are  required  to  complete  Federal 
Stafford  Loan  Entrance  Counseling 
before  receiving  fijnds  for  the  first  time  at 
lUR 

Repayment  of  principal  and  interest  on  a 
subsidized  loan  begins  six  months  after 
you  cease  half-time  enrollment.  You  must 
pay  the  interest  or  have  it  capitalized 
during  tlie  in-school  and  grace  periods  on 
an  unsubsidized  loan  according  to  a 
schedule  set  by  your  lender.  Principal 
payments  begin  six  months  after  you 
cease  half-time  enrollment.  There  are 
some  deferment  options  available  after 
you  leave  school. 

Private,  Alternative  Loans 

There  are  a  number  of  privately  fiinded 
educational  loan  programs  which  provide 
fiinds  to  creditworthy  students.  Although 
the  interest  rates  and  terms  are  not  as 
generous  as  the  Federal  Stafford  Loan, 
some  students  may  be  interested  in  this 
type  of  borrowing  opportunity. 
Additional  information  is  available  in  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  or  at  the  website 
nnvw.finaid.org. 

Veterans 

lUP  is  approved  to  offer  training  under 
the  various  G.I.  Bills.  Students  who  are 
entitled  to  training  under  one  of  these 
bills  should  contact  the  veterans 
counselor  immediately  after  being 
accepted  for  admission  to  lUP  in  order  to 
secure  additional  instructions.  This 
procedure  is  necessary  so  veterans  may 
be  included  on  the  monthly  payrolls. 
The  Office  of  the  Veterans  Counselor  is 
in  Clark  Hall;  the  telephone  number  is 
724-357-3009. 


Further  Information 

For  fiirther  information  on  financial 
aid,  please  contact: 

Financial  Aid  Office 

Indiana  Universitv  of  Pennsvlvania 

Clark  Hall 

1090  South  Drive 

Indiana,  PA  15705-1093 

Voice:  724-357-2218 

Fax:  724-357-2094 

E-mail:  Jinancial-aid@iup.edti 

Web:  www.iup.edu/financialaid 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


REGISTRATI 


dff 


21 


^ligENTF  -  -ANO-  - 


Registration 


Advisement 

Immediatelv  after  a  student  has  been 
admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research,  he/she  should  consult  the 
department  chairperson  or  graduate 
coordinator  of  his/lier  intended  field  of 
studv  regarding  a  program  of  courses.  If 
the  student  is  a  special  status  admittee, 
consultation  should  be  with  the  assistant 
dean  of  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research.  Many  departments  beheve 
strongly  that  their  students  should  be 
advised  well  before  registration  for  each 
semester  or  summer  term.  Students  are 
responsible  for  knowing  their 
department's  scheduling  advisement 
rules. 


University  Registration  and 
Scheduling  Assistant  lURSA) 

Students  enrolled  at  lUP  can  register  for 
classes  only  on  the  web  by  going  to 
u-wa. iup.edu/una/.  This  is  the  lUP 
student's  tool  for  class  regbtrarion  and 
schedule  planiung. 

Billing 

After  students  have  registered,  they  will 
receive  from  the  Accounts  Receivable 
OflSce  a  bin  for  tuition  and  fees. 

Continuous  Registration 

For  the  complete  policy,  see  Centinucus 
Disstrtation  under  the  section  in  this 
catalog  entided  Doctoral  Degree 
Programs. 


Schedule  Adjustment  and 
Drop/Add  Policy 

Students  have  the  opportunity  to  make 
adjustments  to  their  schedules  any  time 
after  the  original  registration  date.  Please 
consult  coinse  schedules  for  appropriate 
dates  and  times. 

At  the  begirming  of  each  semester,  a  few 
davs  are  set  aside  for  dropping  and 
adding  courses.  The  Drop  Add  period 
was  established  to  penmt  enrolled 
students  to  make  schedule  adjustments, 
not  to  allow  vmregistered  students  to 
build  schedules.  Students  using  the 
Drop  Add  period  for  anything  other  than 
schedule  adjustments  wiD  be  charged  a 
late  registration  fee.  Drop  Add  dates  are 
set  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester,  and 
students  should  check  with  their 
departments  to  learn  the  dates,  times,  and 
procediires  for  dropping  and  adding 
coinses. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002    GRADUAlE    CAiALOG 


22       MASTER'S    DEGREE    PROGRAMS 


Master*s  Degree  Programs 


The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
ofiFers  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of 
Science  degrees  in  most  academic  fields 
plus  the  professional  degrees  Master  of 
Business  Adniinistration,  Master  of 
Education,  and  Master  of  Fine  Arts.  (See 
below  for  specific  degree  fields.)  All 
students  working  toward  a  master's 
degree  must  satisfy'  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research  policies  set  fordi  in  diis 
catalog  and  any  additional  special 
program  requirements  imposed  by  a 
department. 

Under  certain  circumstances,  a  specific 
Graduate  School  and  Research 
requirement  for  tlie  masters  degree  may 
be  satisfied  by  means  of  substitution.  In 
no  case  are  requirements  waived. 
Requests  for  substitutions  must  be  made 
by  petition  to  the  dean  of  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research  after  appro\al  by 
the  student's  department. 


Master  of  Arts  degrees  are  oiFered  in 
the  following: 

•  Adult/Community  Education 

•  Adult  Education  and 
Communications  Technology  Track 

•  Art 

•  Chemistry 

•  Community  Counseling 

•  Criminology 

•  Elnglish:       Generalist 

Literature 
Teaching  English 
TESOL 

Geography 

History 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Music 

Physics 

Public  Affairs 

Sociology 

Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education 

Master  of  Science  degrees  are  offered 
in  the  following: 

•  .\ppHed  Matliematics 

•  Biology 


Chemistry 

Food  and  Nutrition 

Geography 

Nursing 

Physics 

Safety  Sciences 

Speech-Language  Pathology 

Sport  Science 

A  Master  of  Business  Administration 
degree  (M.B.A.)  and  a  Master  of  Fine 
Arts  degree  (M.F..\.)  are  also  offered. 

Master  of  Education  degrees  are 
offered  in  the  following: 

•  Business/Workforce  Development 

•  Early  Childhood  Education 

•  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

•  Educational  Psychology 

•  Elementary  or  Secondary  School 
CounseHng 

•  Elementary  and  Middle  School 
Mathematics  Education 

•  Madiematics 

•  Masters  in  Education 

•  Literacy 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


MASTER'S    DEGREE    PROGRAMS       23 


Transfer  Credits 

Up  to  sLx  credits  of  graduate  work  taken 
as  a  graduate  student  and  up  to  twelve 
graduate  credits  through  approved 
interinstitutional  agreements  may.  with 
written  approval,  be  incorporated  as  part 
of  the  graduate  student's  program  at  lUP. 
These  courses  must  have  been  completed 
at  a  regionally  accredited  institution, 
within  the  past  five  years,  and  the  grade 
earned  must  be  a  "B"  or  its  equivalent  or 
better.  The  time  limitation  rule  and 
residenq.'  requirements  (cited  later  in  this 
catalog)  pertain  without  modification  to 
transfer  credits. 

To  request  the  transfer  of  credits,  the 
student  is  to  provide  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research  with  a  written  request 
indicating  the  course  to  be  considered. 
.\ccompan)ing  the  request  will  be  a 
catalog  course  description  or  course 
syllabus.  An  official  graduate  transcript 
showing  the  earned  credits  must  be 
provided  by  the  school  at  which  the 
credits  were  taken.  To  be  considered 
ofiicial.  the  transcript  must  amve  in  a 
sealed  envelope  bearing  the  official  seal  of 
the  issuing  institution.  The  request  is 
reviewed  in  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research  and  the  academic  department. 
.\fter  a  decision  is  rendered  by  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research,  the 
Registrar's  Office,  student's  department, 
and  the  student  are  notified  of  the  transfer 
decision. 

Students  wishing  to  transfer  credits  fi'om 
another  institution  while  enrolled  at  lUP 
must  receive  advance  written 
authorization  for  credit  acceptance  from 
the  Graduate  School  and  Research  and 
the  academic  department.  The  review 
process  is  as  described  in  the  preceding 
paragraph. 

If  transfer  credits  are  approved,  only  the 
credit,  not  the  grade  or  accompanying 
qualitv"  points,  will  appear  on  the 
student's  lUP  transcript. 

Transfer  credits  are  not  posted  to  the 
student's  lUP  graduate  record  until  the 
student  has  been  admitted  to  degree 
candidacv. 


Degree  Candidacy 

Students  are  reviewed  for  degree 
candidacy  the  semester  following  the 
completion  of  12  hours  of  graduate 
credits.  (Some  departments  require  more 
than  twelve  credits  for  candidacy.) 
Students  must  be  enrolled  in  course  work 
to  be  considered  for  candidacv-  status.  To 
be  admitted  to  candidacy,  students  must 
have  achieved  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  3.0  or  higher  in  all  graduate 
course  work  and  must  have  met  all 
program  requirements  to  the  satisfaction 
of  the  department. 

Students  who  are  not  granted  candidacv- 
after  completing  twelve  graduate  credits 
must  satisfy-  all  candidacv-  requirements 
during  the  next  semester.  At  the  end  of 
this  additional  term,  students  will  be 
granted  candidacy  or  may  be  asked  to 
leave  the  master's  degree  program. 

Students  with  especially  strong 
credentials  mav  be  granted  candidacv' 
upon  admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research  if  recommended  by  the 
academic  department  and  if  their  files  are 
complete  in  everv-  respect. 


Residency 

Master's  degree  candidates  have  no 
formal  residency-  requirements,  but  all 
credits  applied  tow-ard  the  degree  (except 
a  possible  transfer  of  six  credits)  must  be 
taken  through  lUP.  In  addition,  all 
candidates  must  complete  their  program's 
final  six  credits  of  graduate  work  in 
courses  offered  by  lUP.  (The  equiv-alent 
of  two  academic  years  of  fiill-time  study  is 
required  to  meet  requirements  for 
graduation  from  the  Student  Affairs  in 
Higher  Education  [SAHE]  program.) 

Graduation 

Early  ui  their  final  semester  or  summer 
session,  students  must  file  an  appUcation 
for  graduation.  Forms  are  available  in  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research  and  in  the 
academic  departments,  .\pphcations 
must  be  filed  by  the  following  deadlines: 
March  1  for  Mav.  June  1  for  August,  and 
October  1  for  December.  If  all 
requirements  have  been  met.  the  degree 
will  be  awarded  at  the  next  established 
diploma-award  date. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


24       DOCTORAL    DEGREE    PROGRAMS 


Doctoral  Degree 
Programs 

The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
offers  work  leading  to  the  doctorate 
through  the  following  departments: 
Criminolog)'.  Educational  and  School 
Psycholog)-  (School  Psychology), 
Professional  Studies  in  Education 
(Curriculum  and  Instruction: 
Administration  and  Leadership  Studies. 
Education  Track).  English  (Literature 
and  Criticism.  Rhetoric  and  Linguistics), 
Psvcholog)-  (Clinical  Psycholog)).  and 
Sociolog\-  (Administration  and 
Leadership  Studies,  Himian  Services 
Track). 

Applicants  should  keep  in  mind  that  the 
doctorate  is  conferred  for  distinguished 
achievement  in  a  particular  field  of 
scholarsliip  and  for  demonstrated  abiht)- 
to  perform  independent  research  and/or 
professional  practice  in  an  area  of  that 
field.  No  specific  niunber  of  course 
credits  entides  a  student  to  the  degree. 

Those  interested  in  any  of  the  doctoral 
programs  should  read  the  descriptions 
proN-ided  by  sponsoring  departments  later 
in  this  catalog.  Deadlines  for  submitting 
applications  and  supporting  documents 
var)'  fi-om  program  to  program,  as  do 
degree  requirements.  Therefore,  it  is 
important  for  students  to  check  with  the 
sponsoring  department  at  the  ven-  start  of 
the  application  process. 


The  following  doctorates  are  oflered: 

•  Doctor  of  Education  in 
Administration  and  Leadership 
Studies 

•  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
Administradon  and  Leadership 
Studies 

•  Doctor  ofPs%-cholog)- in  Clinical 
PsychologN- 

•  Doctor  of  Pliilosophy  in 
Criininolog)" 

•  Doctor  of  Education  in 
Curriculum  and  Instrucdon 

•  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Enghsh 

•  Doctor  of  Educadon  in  School 
Psychology 

The  doctoral  programs  in  curriculimi  and 
instruction  and  administration  and 
leadership  studies  maintain  cooperative 
arrangements  with  other  universities  in 
the  State  System  of  Higher  Education, 
whereby  some  part  of  the  requirements 
may  be  fulfilled  at  these  schools. 

Requirements  for  the 
Doctoral  Degree 

Students  seeking  a  doctoral  degree  must 
sarisf)-  the  minimum  Graduate  School 
and  Research  requirements  described 
below.  Sponsoring  departments  ha\e 
additional  requirements  which  are 
equally  binding. 

Under  certain  circimistances,  Graduate 
School  and  Research  requirements  for 
the  doctoral  degree  may  be  satisfied  by 
means  of  substitution.  Requests  for  the 
acceptance  of  substitutions  should  be 
made  in  the  form  of  a  petition  to  the  dean 
of  the  Graduate  School  and  Research, 
after  first  obtaining  the  written  approval 
of  the  student's  department. 

Credit  Requirement 

A  minimum  of  sixt\-  graduate  semester 
credits,  exclusive  of  dissertation  credits, 
must  be  earned  beyond  the  bachelors 
degree  for  any  of  the  doctorates  offered  at 
ILT. 

Residency  Requirements 

Doctoral  candidates  will  find  that 
residency-  requirements  van'  from 
doctoral  program  to  doctoral  program. 
Doctoral  students  should  check  with 
their  departments  to  learn  which  of  die 
following  residenc)-  options  apply  to  their 
specific  doctoral  program:  completion  of 
a  minimum  of  nine  graduate  credits  at 
lUP  in  each  of  at  least  Wo  consecutive 
semesters;  completion  of  a  minimum  of 


nine  graduate  credits  at  lUP  for  at  least 
one  semester  immediately  preceding  or 
following  a  summer  of  nine-hour  study: 
completion  at  lUP  of  at  least  nine 
graduate  credits  in  each  of  two 
consecutive  summers  plus  six  graduate 
credits  during  the  intervening  academic 
year:  or  completion  of  twelve  graduate 
credits  at  lUP  in  each  of  two  consecutive 
summers. 

Transfer  Credit 

Up  to  six  credits  of  graduate  work  taken 
as  a  graduate  student  and  up  to  twelve 
graduate  credits  through  approved 
interinstitutional  agreements  may.  with 
written  approval,  be  incorporated  as  part 
of  die  graduate  student's  program  at  lUP. 
These  courses  must  have  been  completed 
at  a  regionally  accredited  institution, 
within  the  past  five  years,  and  the  grade 
earned  must  be  a  "B"  or  its  equivalent  or 
better.  The  time  limitation  rule  and 
resideno-  requirements  (cited  later  in  this 
catalog)  pertain  without  modification  to 
transfer  crecfits. 

To  request  the  transfer  of  credits,  the 
student  is  to  pro\ide  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research  with  a  written  request 
indicating  the  course  to  be  considered. 
Accompaming  the  request  will  be  a 
catalog  course  description  or  course 
syllabus.  An  official  graduate  transcript 
showing  the  earned  credits  must  be 
pro\ided  by  the  school  at  which  die 
credits  were  taken.  To  be  considered 
official,  the  transcript  must  arrive  in  a 
sealed  envelope  bearing  die  official  seal  of 
the  issuing  institution.  The  request  is 
re\iewed  in  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research  and  the  academic  department. 
.A.fter  a  decision  is  rendered  by  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research,  the 
Registrar's  Office,  student's  department, 
and  the  student  are  notified  of  die  transfer 
decision. 

Students  wisliing  to  transfer  credits  fi-om 
anodier  institution  while  enrolled  at  lUP 
must  receive  ad%-ance  W'ritten 
audiorizarion  for  credit  acceptance  fi-om 
the  Graduate  School  and  Research  and 
the  academic  department. 

If  transfer  credits  are  approved,  only  the 
credit,  not  die  grade  or  accompan)ing 
(jualitv  points,  will  appear  on  the 
student's  lUP  transcript. 

Transfer  credits  are  not  posted  to  the 
students  lUP  graduate  record  until  the 
student  has  been  admitted  to  degree 
candidacy. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNStlvAMiA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


DOCTORAL    DEGREE    PROGRAMS       25 


Degree  Candidacy 

Each  student  admitted  to  a  doctoral 
program  must  receive  doctoral  degree 
candidac)-  after  completing  at  lUP  no  less 
than  nine  nor  more  than  fifteen  graduate 
credits  beyond  the  master's  degree  (some 
departments  have  additional 
requirements  for  candidacy:  consult  the 
program's  coordinator).  The  student's 
minimiun  grade  point  average  for  degree 
candidacy  may  be  set  higher  than  the 
foregoing  Graduate  School  and  Research 
requirement  by  the  program's  sponsoring 
department,  but  in  no  case  may  it  be 
lower. 

Candidacy  Examination 

In  departments  which  require  it.  the 
candidacy  examination  is  administered  by 
the  department  in  the  student's  field  of 
specialization.  The  examination  may  be 
written,  oral,  or  both,  as  determined  by 
the  sponsoring  department,  and  may  also 
serve  as  the  final  examination  for  the 
master's  degree  if  a  department  so 
prescribes.  The  examination  may  not  be 
taken  until  the  student  has  completed  at 
least  one  year  of  study  beyond  the 
bachelor's  degree. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

This  examination  is  given,  usually  upon 
the  candidate's  completion  of 
coursework,  to  determine  the  student's 
progress  in  the  degree  field  and  fields 
related  to  it  and  the  student's  likehhood 
of  success  in  his  or  her  research- 
dissertation  phase.  The  examination  may 
be  written,  oral,  or  both  and  is  not 
necessarily  limited  to  areas  in  which  the 
candidate  has  taken  course  work. 

Reexamination 

A  student  who  fails  the  candidacy 
examination,  or  any  part  of  the 
comprehensive  examination,  qualifying 
examination,  or  any  of  the  examinations 
in  foreign  languages  and/or  computer 
language,  may  request  reexamination  not 
earlier  than  one  semester  following  the 
time  of  failure,  nor  later  than  one  year 
after  that  date.  No  student  is  permitted  a 
third  examinadon  without  a 
recommendation  to  that  effect  from  the 
degree  program's  sponsoring  department 
and  the  approval  of  the  Senate  Graduate 
Committee.  Exceptions  to  this  pohcy  for 
programs  can  be  made  only  vnth  the 
approval  of  the  Senate  Graduate 
Conmiittee. 


Foreign  Language/Research 
Tool  Options 

Foreign  language  and/or  research  tool 
requirements  for  doctoral  degrees  van.- 
from  program  to  program.  In  most  cases, 
programs  offer  options  for  meeting  these 
requirements.  Students  should  consult 
witli  the  department  sponsoring  the 
degree  for  specific  information  and 
guidance  on  meeting  these  requirements. 

Dissertation 

A  dissertation  is  required  of  all  doctoral 
candidates  and  must  demonstrate  the 
candidate's  mastery  of  his/her  research 
and  reflect  the  results  of  an  original 
investigation  in  the  principal  field  of 
study.  The  goal  should  be  to  make  a 
definite  original  contribution  to 
knowledge  in  the  field. 

Dissertation  Committee 

The  dissertation  committee  may 
supervise  several  aspects  of  the  student's 
degree  program  from  the  point  at  which 
he/she  is  admitted  to  doctoral  degree 
candidacy  through  defense  of  the 
dissertation.  Students  must  consult  with 
the  sponsoring  department  to  determine 
which  supervisory  roles  apply.  The 
committee  may  approve  the  student's 
plan  of  study:  arrange  for  the  candidacy 
examination:  arrange  for  the 
comprehensive  examination:  and  oversee 
the  candidate's  general  supervision 
related  to  research,  the  dissertation,  and 
the  general  meeting  of  degree 
requirements. 

Research  Proposal 

After  the  candidate  has  passed  the 
comprehensive  examination  and  has  done 
extensive  preliminar)'  proposal  research, 
he/she  must  present  and  defend  a 
research  proposal  before  the  dissertation 
committee  and  the  academic  community. 
A  copy  of  the  proposal  must  be  placed  in 
the  hands  of  all  committee  members  at 
least  two  weeks  in  advance  of  the 
scheduled  meeting.  The  proposal  must 
be  found  satisfactor\-  by  all  members  of 
the  committee  before  the  candidate  may 
proceed  with  the  dissertation.  The 
Thesis/Dissertation  Manual  outfines  this 
procedure  and  is  available  from  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 


Dissertation  Process 

Upon  acceptance  of  the  dissertation  by 
the  candidate's  advisor,  the  candidate 
must  foUow  procedures  acceptable  to 
his/her  department  and  dean  in  providing 
copies  for  review  by  the  dissertation 
committee,  college  dean,  and  doctoral 
coordinator.  The  candidate  shall  then 
request  a  formal  meeting  of  the 
dissertation  committee,  at  a  time 
convenient  to  all  members,  to  secure 
dissertation  approval.  The  dissertation 
must  be  approved  in  writing  by  each 
member  of  the  committee,  as  well  as  the 
associate  dean  for  research  of  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

Publication  of  the  Dissertation 

Following  approval  of  the  dissertation  by 
the  committee,  three  copies  of  the 
dissertation  and  two  copies  of  an  abstract 
must  be  submitted  to  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research's  associate  dean  for 
research.  The  program's  sponsoring 
department  may  also  require  a  copy  for 
its  archives.  The  dissertation  must  be 
microfilmed  according  to  the  plan 
provided  by  University  Microfilm,  Ann 
Arbor,  Michigan.  Guidelines  are 
provided  in  the  Thesis/Dissertation 
Manual,  which  is  available  from  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

Application  for  Graduation 

Apphcations  for  graduation  must  be  filed 
by  the  following  deadline  dates:  March  1 
for  Mav.  June  1  for  August,  and  October 
1  for  December.  Deadline  dates  are  also 
available  in  the  Thesis/Dissertation 
Manual,  as  well  as  in  each  semester's 
schedule  of  classes. 

Continuous  Dissertation 

For  all  doctoral  students  admitted  or 
commencing  course  work  during  the  Fall, 
1990.  semester  and  thereafter,  the 
following  policy  is  binding.  Following 
completion  of  all  course  requirements 
and  of  the  comprehensive  examination 
requirement,  doctoral  students  must 
enroU  for  at  least  one  credit  of 
dissertation  or  continuous  dissertation 
every-  semester  (Fall  and  Spring)  armuaUy 
through  the  defense  of  the  dissertation. 
The  imiversity  will  provide  the  tuition  for 
continuous  dissertation  credits. 
University  fees  will  not  be  waived.  Upon 
successful  defense,  the  grade  assigned  by 
the  dissertation  director  will  apply  to  all 
registered  dissertation  credits. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


26       GENERAL    POLICIES    AND    PROCEDURES 


ik 


General  Policies  and  Procedures 


Graduate  students  are  expected  to  assume  full  responsibility  for 
knowing  graduate  program  procedures  and  regulations.  General 
Graduate  School  and  Research  requirements  are  set  forth  in  this 
catalog:  a  description  of  special  departmental  degree 
requirements  is  available  in  each  department  sponsoring  the 
specific  degree  or  cerdfication  program.  Requests  for  exceptions 
to  poUcy  are  given  consideration  when  unique  circumstances 
exist;  questions  concerning  the  proper  routing  of  such  requests 
should  be  addressed  to  the  dean  of  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research. 

Academic  Credits  and  Student  Status 

Although  many  graduate  students  work  jjart-time  or  fiill-time, 
such  work  must  not  interfere  with  academic  achievement. 
Graduate  education  at  lUP  is  offered  only  to  students  in  a 
position  to  benefit  from  it,  and  students  are  expected  to  maintain 
a  sensible  balance  between  graduate  program  commitments  and 
outside  commitments. 

Students  may  schedule  full-time  academic  loads  in  most  graduate 
programs.  Full-time  graduate  student  status  is  defined  as  9  to  15 
semester  hours  of  graduate  credits  per  semester,  while  part-time 
status  is  defined  as  8  or  fewer  semester  hours  per  semester. 
Graduate  assistants  may  not  register  for  more  than  1 2  total  hours 
in  any  semester  and  must  maintain  fiiU-time  status  throughout  the 
time  of  their  assistantship  award. 

Academic  Good  Standing 

lUP  master's  students  must  maintain  a  minimum  of  3.0  ("B'") 


cumulative  graduate  quality  point  average  to  be  in  good  standing 
academically.  Students  who  fall  below  good  standing  are  placed 
on  probation  for  their  next  active  semester  or  summer  term, 
during  which  the  cumulative  average  must  be  raised  to  3.0. 
Students  who  fail  to  raise  their  cumulative  averages  to  at  least  3.0 
during  their  probation  period  will  be  dropped  from  degree 
programs  and  Graduate  School  and  Research  roUs  and  will  not 
be  permitted  to  register  for  fijrther  courses.  A  student  must  be  in 
good  standing  to  be  admitted  to  degree  candidacy  and  to 
graduate.  This  policy  remains  the  same  for  students  pursuing  a 
graduate  degree  at  the  doctoral  level,  except  the  required 
minimum  grade  point  average  is  between  3.0  and  3. .5,  depending 
upon  the  program. 

Course  Auditing 

Auditing  is  not  permitted  in  a  graduate  course  unless  the  student 
has  been  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  and  Research,  has 
received  permission  to  audit  from  the  course's  instructor,  and  has 
been  approved  for  course  enrollment  by  the  dean  of  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research.  Auditors  must  pay  normal  tuition  and 
related  fees.  An  auditor  will,  with  permission  from  the  instructor, 
participate  in  class  discussion,  do  practicum  work,  take 
examinations,  and  share  generally  in  the  privileges  of  a  class 
member.  If  the  student  completes  all  course  requirements,  an 
"audit"  notation  is  posted  to  the  student's  academic  record.  No 
student  who  is  required  to  cany  a  certain  number  of  credits  may 
coimt  among  those  credits  the  credit  for  an  audited  course. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


GENERAL    POLICIES 


AND    PROCEDURES 


27 


Class  Cancellation 

(see  Inclement  Weather  Policy) 

Course  Numbering 

All  dual-level  courses,  open  to  enrollment  by  both  graduate  and 
qualified  undergraduate  students,  carry'  500-599  course 
numbers;  all  courses  open  only  to  graduate  students  carry  600- 
series  and  above  numbers. 

Dual-Level  Courses 

The  number  of  500-599  course  credits  appUcable  to  a  degree 
program  shall  be  a  maximum  of  50  percent  of  the  credits 
required  for  that  degree.  Some  programs  may  call  for  less  than 
50  percent.  Students  should  check  this  requirement  with  their 
advisors. 

Graduate  students  who  enroll  in  dual-level  courses  should  be 
aware  that  dual-level  courses  commonly  impose  greater 
obUgadons  on  graduate  students  than  on  imdergraduate  students 
taking  the  same  courses. 

Course  Overlaps  in  Degree  Programs 

Within  set  limits,  a  student  mav  use  the  same  course  to  count  in 
two  different  master's  degree  programs,  if  the  course  is  acceptable 
in  both  programs.  However,  the  number  of  overlap  credits 
counted  toward  a  second  master's  degree  will  be  limited  to  20 
percent  of  the  credits  in  the  second  master's  degree  program. 

Course  Repeat  Policy 

No  graduate  credit  is  given  for  "F"  grades,  and  graduate  grading 
policv  does  not  permit  "D"  grades.  Students  may  repeat  "C"  or 
■'F"  grades  according  to  the  following  policy: 

1.  Only  one  course  can  be  repeated  for  each  graduate  degree 
program  the  student  attempts  or  completes. 

2.  This  one  course  can  be  repeated  up  to  two  times,  for  a  total 
of  three  attempts  (the  original  registration  for  the  course  plus 
two  repeat  attempts). 

Semester  hours  for  repeated  courses  will  be  counted  only  once 
for  all  attempts  made,  and  the  hoiu-s  and  grade  earned  when  the 
course  was  last  taken  will  be  used  to  compute  the  grade  point 
average.  However,  all  attempts  and  the  original  grade(s)  will 
continue  to  appear  on  the  graduate  transcript. 

Graduate  Course  Scheduling  by  Undergraduates 

lUP  undergraduate  students  with  an  academic  grade  point 
average  of  at  least  2.6  who  are  within  32  semester  hours  of 
graduation  are  permitted,  after  receiving  appropriate  approvals, 
to  take  up  to  6  semester  hours  of  graduate  work  whether  or  not 
they  have  applied  for  acceptance  into  an  lUP  graduate  program. 
Graduate  hours  so  earned  have  no  necessary  bearing  upon  the 
meeting  of  undergraduate  degree  requirements,  and  no  assurance 
is  given  or  implied  as  to  their  later  applicability  toward  graduate 
degrees  should  the  students  be  admitted  to  ILP  graduate 
programs.  Should  these  credits  later  be  approved  toward  a 
graduate  degree  program,  they  will  be  treated  as  transfer  credits. 

Final  Credits  Policy 

All  degree  candidates  must  complete  their  program's  final  six 
credits  of  graduate  work  in  courses  offered  by  lUP.  Under 
imique  circumstances,  appropriate  substitutions  may  be 
authorized  by  petitioning  the  dean  of  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research  after  obtaining  departmental  approval. 


Degree  EJigibilrty  of  lUP  Teaching  Staff 

Members  of  the  faculty  at  Indiana  Lniversitv-  of  Pennsylvania 
with  a  rank  of  .Assistant  Professor  or  above  (or  equivalent)  may 
not  receive  a  graduate  degree  from  this  institution.  This 
regulation  appUes  also  to  any  faculty'  member  employed  at  this 
institution  fiiU-time  at  the  instructor  rank  unless  such  an 
individual  is  already  an  approved  candidate  for  a  degree  in  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research  of  ILP  at  the  time  he/she  is  given 
full-time  employment  as  an  instructor.  Faculty  members  may, 
however,  register  for  work  in  the  Graduate  School  and  Research 
and  apply  the  credit  earned  toward  graduate  degrees  to  be 
conferred  bv  other  institutions.  Special  cases  will  come  before 
the  Graduate  Committee. 

Grading  System 

The  following  grades  are  used  in  reporting  the  standing  of 
students  at  the  end  of  each  semester  or  summer  term: 


L — Late  Grade,  Continuing  Course 
Q — Total  Semester  Withdrawal 
R — Research  in  Progress 
W— Withdrawal 


A — Excellent 
B— Good 
C — Fair 
F — Failure 
I — Incomplete 

No  "D'*  grade  is  recognized  in  lUP  graduate  work  but  may  be 
earned  bv  a  graduate  student  enrolled  in  an  undergraduate 
course. 

Quahtv  points  are  assigned  as  follows:  A  -  4:  B  -  3:  C  -  2.  No 
quality  points  are  carried  by  the  notations  F,  I,  L,  Q,  R,  and  \V. 

The  grade  of  "I"  is  used  to  record  work  which,  so  far  as  covered, 
is  of  passing  grade  but  is  incomplete  because  of  personal  illness 
or  other  unavoidable  reason.  "I"'  grades  must  be  converted  no 
later  than  the  final  day  of  classes  in  the  next  regular  (fall/spring) 
semester  after  the  "I"  grade  was  assigned.  The  dean  of  the 
college  in  which  the  course  is  offered  may  approve  an  extension, 
provided  the  faculty  member  concurs.  A  faculty  member 
assigning  an  "I"  grade  must  complete  a  form  indicating  the  work 
to  be  completed,  deadlines  for  completion  (it  is  not  necessary  to 
allow  the  maximum  allowable  time),  and  gmdelines  to  establish 
the  final  grade.  Copies  of  the  completed  form  will  be  sent  to  the 
department  chairperson,  to  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the 
course  is  taught,  and  to  the  student  receiving  the  "I"  grade.  The 
■■R'"  notation  pertains  only  to  thesis  and  dissertation  research 
credits  when  such  research  is  in  progress  as  a  semester  or 
summer  session  ends.  All  "R"  grades  are  replaced  by  the  grade 
eventually  assigned  when  the  research  is  completed.  The  ~W" 
notation  applies  to  certain  withdrawals  fi'om  courses. 
Withdrawals  from  the  university  and  discrete  course  withdrawals 
are  discussed  in  other  sections  of  this  catalog.  Note  that  an  "P"  is 
entered  in  the  student's  permanent  academic  record  if  a 
withdrawal  of  either  type  has  not  been  processed  in  accordance 
with  established  procedures. 

The  grade  of  "L"  is  appropriate  for  cases  in  which  the  student's 
work  is  expected  to  e.xtend  beyond  a  given  semester/session.  ~L^ 
grades  may  be  used  for  internships,  practicums.  field  experience 
courses,  workshops,  and  independent  studies  that,  by  design, 
extend  beyond  the  normal  end  of  the  grading  period.  Unless  an 
e.xemption  is  obtained  fi'om  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the 
grade  was  given,  an  "L"  grade  unresolved  at  the  end  of  one  year 
will  be  converted  to  an  ""F."  If  a  student  withdraws  fi'om  the 
university  before  the  year  has  elapsed,  outstanding  "L"  grades 
win  be  converted  to  "W"  grades.  If.  for  a  graduate  student,  the 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


28 


GENERAL 


POLICIES    AND    PROCEDURES 


maximuni  number  of  years  allotted  to  complete  the  graduate 
degree  runs  out  before  die  year  has  elapsed,  outstanding  "L" 
grades  w-ill  be  converted  to  "W"  grades. 

The  grade  of  "Q"  is  used  when  a  student  has  totally  and  officially 
withdrawn  from  die  universit)'  for  a  given  semester.  The  "Q" 
designadon  is  not  issued  by  instructors. 

Graduate  Study  Beyond  the  Master's  Degree 

It  is  not  unusual  to  find  graduate  students  enrolling  in  more 
courses  tliaii  thev  need  to  meet  die  requirements  of  a  master's 
degree.  Such  action  can  be  beneficial  beyond  the  personal 
satisfactions  which  accrue,  because  the  added  studies  may  be 
well  received  by  employers  whedier  in  business,  government,  or 
the  school  system  in  such  matters  as  certification.  However, 
students  should  understand  that  most  graduate  schools  have 
residencv  requirements  at  the  doctoral  as  well  as  master's  level 
and  frequendy  will  accept  no  more  than  30  graduate  semester 
hours  earned  elsewhere  as  applicable  to  a  dactorate. 

Independent  Study 

(see  Special  Credits) 

Internship  Policy 

To  quality-  for  a  graduate  internship  appointment,  die  graduate 
student  must  have  a  minimum  of  twelve  lUP  graduate  credits 
earned  and  a  minimum  3.0  grade  point  average:  must  have  been 
in  full-time  enrollment  (nine  graduate  credits  or  more)  during  the 
semester  or  summer  sessions  (the  latter  taken  as  a  whole) 
immediately  preceding  the  academic  period  for  which  internship 
is  requested:*  and  must  meet  departmental  internship  criteria. 
No  more  than  sLx  internship  credits  may  apply  to  a  graduate 
degree  unless  written  approval  of  the  student's  department  chair 
or  graduate  coordinator  and  the  dean  of  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research  (in  that  order)  is  obtained.  Continuation  in  an 
internship  experience  by  a  given  graduate  student  is  contingent 
upon  the  students  maintenance  of  satisfactor)"  perfoniiance  in  all 
aspects  of  his/lier  degree  program.  Programmatic  exceptions  to 
the  foregoing  policy  can  be  made  only  with  the  approval  of  the 
Graduate  Committee. 

*For  graduate  students  active  during  summers  only,  or  during 
fall-spring  semesters  only,  the  phrase  "immediately  preceding  the 
academic  period,"  etc.,  refers  to  the  student's  last  preceding 
active  semester  or  summer  session. 

Coniputer  Software  Policy 

It  is  the  policy  of  lUP  that  contractually  protected  and/or 
copyrighted  computer  software  shall  not  be  improperly  copied, 
distributed,  or  used  by  its  employees,  students,  or  affiliated 
organizations.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  each  member  of  the 
university  community  to  adliere  to  diis  policy  and  to  enforce  it 
with  regard  to  those  he  or  she  supervises.  If  any  member  of  the 
community  has  a  question  regarding  die  propriety  of  using 
software,  he/she  is  responsible  for  contacting  liis/lier  supervisor 
for  direction.  The  supervisor  may  in  turn  refer  the  questions  to 
the  director  of  Academic  Computing  of  the  Technolog)'  Services 
Center  for  a  decision  on  what  constitutes  proper  use.  The  fiJl 
text  of  the  policy  adopted  by  University  Senate  and  Council  of 
Trustees  in  May,  1988,  is  available  in  die  computer  laboratories 
and  from  the  director  of  Academic  Computing. 


Program  Changes 

To  insure  their  quality  and  relevance,  graduate  programs  at  lUP 
are  subject  to  review  and  change  by  duly  appointed  and 
responsible  university  groups.  Because  of  this,  the  university 
recognizes  that  provisions  must  be  made  to  prevent  hardship  to 
students  already  enrolled  in  programs  if  changes  later  occur  in 
specific  or  general  program  requirements.  Students  affected  by 
changes  in  programs,  policies,  and  regulations  are  therefore  given 
the  option  of  following  diose  requirements  in  effect  when  the 
student  was  first  enrolled  in  the  program  or  those  in  effect  at  the 
time  of  expected  graduation.  The  student  cannot,  of  course, 
combine  chosen  elements  of  die  two.  Should  a  question  of  rule 
interpretation  arise  with  respect  to  changes,  the  student,  the 
student's  advisor,  or  both  should  petition  the  dean  of  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research  for  a  decision  about  which 
requirements  apply. 

Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

Upon  admission  to  die  Graduate  School  and  Research,  students 
assume  responsibifitv'  for  knowing  program  requirements  and 
following  departmental  advising  requirements  when  selecting  and 
registering  for  courses.  Students  are  also  responsible  for 
knowing  the  procedures  for  paying  fees,  processing  class  drop- 
adds  and  withdrawals,  and  applving  for  and  meeting  all 
requirements  for  graduation.  Conversely,  students  have  the  right 
to  expect  that  program  requirements  will  be  made  clear,  that 
course  requirements — including  grading  criteria  and 
procedures — will  be  made  known  early  in  a  course,  and  that 
course  grades  will  represent  the  instructor's  professional  and 
objective  evaluation  of  performance.  Students  have  the  right  to 
instruction  that  encourages  the  free  and  open  discussion  of  ideas 
and  that  respects  reasonable  student  needs  and  aspirations. 
Students  share  with  instructors  the  responsibility  for  creating  a 
classroom  atmosphere  diat  encourages  maximum  learning  and 
e.xliibits  a  more  intense  scholarly  zeal  than  that  expected  in 
undergraduate  studies. 

Teacher  Certification 

Ordinarily,  students  widi  a  previously  earned  baccalaureate 
degree  will  enroll  as  second  degree  undergraduate  students  in  the 
program  for  wiiich  they  wish  to  earn  Pennsylvania  teacher 
certification.  Admission  is  through  the  dean  of  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education.  Program  details  are  found  in  the  lUP 
Undergraduate  Catalog.  There  are  a  few  programs  in  which 
special  adaptations  permit  candidates  for  initial  certification  to  be 
candidates  for  graduate  degrees.  The  current  fist  of  these 
programs  is  available  in  the  office  of  the  associate  dean  for 
Educational  College-School  Partnerships  in  the  College  of 
Education  and  Educational  Technology'.  Call  724-357-2485. 

Candidates  for  second  certification  are  admitted  through  the 
School  of  Continuing  Education.  AppUcants  who  already  hold 
one  Pennsylvania  teaching  certificate  and  desire  to  add  another 
instructional  certificate  must  consult  both  the  associate  dean  for 
Educational  College-School  Partnerships  and  the  program 
coordinator  in  the  subject  area  department  for  assistance  in 
developing  an  individually  planned  program  of  study.  Typically, 
second  or  additional  certifications  involve  study  only  at  the 
undergraduate  level.  Occasionally,  work  toward  a  second 
certification  can  be  combined  with  work  towards  a  graduate 
degree. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


GENERAL    POLICIES    AND    PROCEDURES       29 


Time  Umitations 

Program  credits  earned  at  lUP  or  accepted  by  transfer  are 
applicable  to  lUP  masters  degrees  over  a  period  not  to  exceed 
five  years  from  the  date  of  their  earning  unless  the  period  is 
extended  through  student  petition  approved  by  the  student's 
department  and  the  dean  of  the  Graduate  School  and  Research. 
Doctoral  candidates  must  complete  degree  requirements  no  later 
than  seven  years  after  beginning  lUP  doctoral  program  course 
work.  \o  time  extensions  are  considered  for  doctoral  students 
unless  all  degree  requirements  other  than  the  dissertation  have 
been  completed  by  the  expiration  of  the  seven-year  time  limit. 

Special  Credits  Policy 

I.  Rationale:  .A  graduate  program  offered  by  a  department 

constitutes  a  rationally  structured  and  well-defined  body  of 
Lnformadon  and  techniques  deemed  appropriate  to  the 
discipline.  Consequendy,  the  number  of  special  credits  that 
each  master's  and  doctoral  candidate  may  count  toward  a 
degree  is  restricted. 

II.  Definition:  Special  credits  are  defined  as  those  earned 
through  Independent  Study.  Indi\iduahzed  Instruction, 
Special  Topics  courses,  workshops,  or  any  combinadon 
therein. 

III.  Conditions: 

a)  A  master's  degree  canchdate  may  submit  for  credit  toward 
the  degree  no  more  than  six  (6)  semester  hours  of  special 
credits  approved  by  the  department  offering  the  degree. 

b)  Doctoral  candidates  may  submit  (a  ftirther)  six  (6) 
semester  hours  of  special  credits  beyond  the  master's  or 
its  equivalent  if  approved  by  the  department  offering  the 
degree. 

I\'.  Exception:  Should  a  special  credit  offering  later  become  a 
catalog-listed  course  that  is  part  of  the  degree  program,  while 
the  student  is  still  working  towards  the  degree,  die  student 
may  request  from  the  department  a  retroactive  reclassification 
of  credits  so  earned.  In  such  cases,  the  student  may  again 
submit  up  to  sLx  (6)  semester  hours  of  special  credits. 

Student  Grade  Appeal  Policy 

Grade  Review  Policy 

If  a  student  disagrees  with  the  evaluation  of  his/her  work  by  the 
instructor  but  has  no  basis  for  a  charge  of  "discrimination"  or 
"capricious  evaluation"  or  "error.""  the  student  should  discuss  the 
matter  direcdy  with  the  instructor,  and  if  unsatisfied,  with  the 
department  chairperson,  and  if  still  unsatisfied,  with  the  dean  of 
the  college  in  wliich  the  course  was  offered.  In  such  cases,  the 
decision  of  the  instructor  shall  be  final. 

If  a  student  believes  that  an  improper  grade  has  been  assigned,  an 
appeal  may  be  filed  on  the  following  grounds: 

1 .  Discrimination:  On  the  basis  of  race,  reUgion,  national 
origin,  sex,  age.  ancestry-,  handicapped  status,  affecrional  or 
lifest)ie  preference,  or  political  afiUiation. 

2.  Capricious  Evaluation:  Significant  and  unwarranted 
deviation  from  grading  procedures  and  course  oudines  set  at 
the  beginning  of  the  course  (ordinarily  in  a  written  statement 
during  the  first  week  of  the  course)  or  grade  assigned 
arbitrarily  on  the  basis  of  whim  or  Lmpidse.  The  student  may 

.not  claim  capriciousness  if  he  or  she  disagrees  with  the 
subjective  professional  evaluation  of  the  instructor. 


3.    Error:  Demonstrable,  objective  determination  that  a 
mathematical  or  clerical  error  resulted  in  the  entry  of  an 
incorrect  grade. 

Procedures  of  Appeal 

Level  I:  Informal  Resolutior) 

Ever)-  effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  disagreement  at  Level 
I.  The  student  must  first  seek  a  resolution  to  the  disagreement 
with  the  instructor  either  in  person  or  in  writing.  If  the  student  is 
not  satisfied  with  the  results,  the  student  must  then  speak  with 
the  chairperson  of  the  department  that  offers  the  course.  If  still 
unsatisfied,  the  student  must  discuss  the  matter  with  the  dean  of 
the  college  in  which  the  course  is  offered.  A  Student  Congress 
member  may  accompany  and  advise  the  student  during  the  Level 
1  procedures.  Only  after  all  attempts  for  resolution  at  Level  I  have 
been  exhausted  may  the  student  initiate  Level  II. 

Level  11:  Appeal  Screening 

A.  Composition:  Each  year  there  shall  be  appointed  a  Grade 
Appeals  Committee  to  determine  the  existence  of  the 
substantive  basis  for  appeal.  The  committee  will  be 
composed  of  seven  voting  members:  three  faculty'  members 
appointed  by  .\PSCL  F.  three  members  elected  by  and  from 
the  Senate  .\cademic  Committee  (one  facultvv  one 
administrator,  one  student),  and  one  student  appointed  by 
the  Student  Congress.  A  quorum  consists  of  a  majority-  of  the 
committee.  To  take  action,  a  majoritv'  of  those  present  must 
be  facultv'  members.  If  a  quorum  of  the  Level  II  conmnttee  is 
not  available  to  meet  within  the  designated  time  hmits,  the 
Provost's  Office  will  seek  additional  members  from  the 
appointing  bodies.  If  these  bodies  are  unable  to  respond  in  a 
timely  manner,  the  Provost"s  Office  may  select  additional 
members  from  the  appropriate  groups. 

B.  Procedure  to  Initiate  .Appeal:  To  initiate  Level  II  of  the 
appeal,  the  student  must  file  an  appeal  form  with  the 
Provosts  Office.  This  form  must  be  filed  within  sixtv'  (60) 
calendar  days  of  the  beginning  of  the  semester  immediately 
following  the  semester  in  which  the  grade  was  received.  The 
Provost's  OfBce  may  e.xtend  the  sLxtv-day  hmit  only  in 
unusual  circiunstances  when  equitv-  demands  it  and  when  the 
student's  own  procrastination  or  misunderstanding  did  not 
substantially  contribute  to  the  delay.  (Note:  Grade  appeals 
will  not  generally  be  processed  during  the  simimer. 
Therefore,  the  appeal  of  any  grade  received  in  the  spring  or 
summer  sessions  normallv-  will  be  processed  in  the  fall.  .-A 
review  will  be  schedided  in  the  summer  only  when  die 
student's  academic  eligibilir\'  is  jeopardized  by  the  grade  in 
question  or  when  the  student  is  a  graduating  senior.)  The 
Provost's  Office  will  notifv-  the  appropriate  dean,  department 
chairperson,  facultv'  member,  and  the  Student  Congress 
president  of  the  student's  initiation  of  the  Level  II  process. 

C.  Procedure  to  Process  .Appeal:  The  student  will  be  expected 
to  submit  WTitten  documentation  of  his/her  complaint,  and 
the  facultv  member  will  be  expected  to  submit  in  writing  the 
course  grading  procedure  and  any  other  pertinent 
information.  Appeals  based  on  discrirmnation  will  be 
reviewed  according  to  current  standards  of 
nondiscriminatorv'  action.  Appeals  based  on  capriciousness 
will  be  reviewed  in  light  of  the  facultv-  member's  announced 
evaluation  and  grading  system.  The  comimttee  will  review 
the  materials  to  deny  or  confirm  appeal  continuance.  Denial 
of  appeal  continuance  must  be  by  a  negative  vote  of  four 
members  of  the  committee.  This  committee  will  inform  the 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


30       GENERAL    POLICIES    AND    PROCEDURES 


Provost's  Office  of  its  findings.  Within  6\e  (5)  class  days  of 
the  receipt  of  the  committee's  report,  the  provost  or  designee 
will  notif>"  the  student  and  the  faculty-  member  of  the 
findings.  If  the  basis  for  appeal  is  determined  to  be 
substantive,  the  provost  or  designee  will  schedule  a  Grade 
Re\iew  Panel  within  fifteen  (15)  class  days  to  be  convened 
prior  to  the  conclusion  of  the  semester. 

Level  III:  Appeal  Review 

A.  Composition:  The  Grade  Re\iew  Panel  will  consist  of  five 
voting  members:  one  academic  dean  or  associate  dean  and 
four  facult)-  members.  The  Student  Congress  E.xecutive 
Committee  designee  may  advise  as  requested  by  the  student 
The  affirmative  action  officer  will  advise  in  appeals  based  on 
discrimination.  The  panel  will  be  constituted  fi-om  the  Grade 
Review  Pool  by  random  selection.  The  panel  chairjierson  will 
be  elected  bv  and  ft'om  the  panel  before  each  review. 

B.  Membership:  The  Grade  Review  Pool  vvill  be  established  in 
tlic  spnng  term  to  serve  for  the  following  academic  year. 
Using  random  selection  methods,  the  pool  and  rotational 
order  within  the  pool  will  be  established  by  the  Provost's 
Office.  .-X  pool  of  three  deans  or  associate  deans  and  Rvelve 
fiJl-time  fecultv-  members  will  be  maintained.  In  establishing 
the  membership  for  each  review  panel,  prior  to  each  review 
the  names  of  those  designated  as  primarv'  members  of  the 
specific  panel  and  available  as  alternates  will  be  supplied  to 
aU  parties  involved.  A  panel  member  may  request  (to  the 
provost  or  designee)  disqualification  due  to  a  conflict  of 
interest.  The  student  and  the  facidtv-  member  may  eliminate 
names  in  proportion  to  the  composition  of  the  panel.  Elach 
mav  eliminate  only  one  dean/associate  dean  and  four  faciJtv- 
members.  The  instructor  and  the  student  will  be  supplied  a 
list  of  all  primarv  and  secondary  pool  members.  The 
opf>ortunitv-  to  disqualiiv'  panel  members  will  take  place  only 
once.  Resulting  vacancies  viiU  be  filled  from  the  appropriate 
[K)ol  of  alternates  so  that  the  panel  will  be  composed  of  one 
dean/associate  dean  and  four  faciJtv-  members.  If  through 
self-disquahfication  and  challenges  a  panel  cannot  be 
consrimted  from  the  pool,  then  the  Office  of  the  Provost  will 
supplement  the  pool  using  appropriate  random  selection 
methods. 

C.  Procedure: 

1 .  Both  the  student  and  the  instructor  will  have  the  right  to 
appear  before  the  panel,  present  witnesses,  and  offer 
evidence.  In  addition  to  those  specified  in  Level  III. 
Section  A,  each  may  also  bring  one  observer,  with  whom 
he  or  she  may  consiJt  but  who  may  not  participate  in  the 
review. 

2.  The  panel  shall  determine  its  rules  of  order  for  internal 
operation.  .After  hearing  the  evidence  brought  forth,  the 
panel  will  privately  deliberate  and  render  a  decision.  If 
the  grade  appeal  is  upheld,  the  panel  will  constitute  a 
committee  of  three  appropriate  lacultv-  members 
(knowledgeable  in  the  discipline  but  excluding  the 
facultv-  member  against  whom  the  complaint  was  lodged), 
who  will  review  the  student's  work  and  recommend  the 
appropriate  grade  or  suitable  remedy.  The  panel  will 
incorpwrate  this  information  in  its  determination,  which  it 
then  forwards  to  the  Provost's  Office  for  implementation, 
ordinarih-  within  thirtv-  days.  The  Provost's  Office  will 
initiate  the  processing  of  grade  changes  resulting  from 
Level  III  decisions. 


3.    The  vs-ritten  report  sent  to  the  Provost's  Office  will  state 
whether  the  student's  appeal  is  upheld  or  denied:  if 
upheld,  the  committee's  evaluation  and  remedv-  will  be 
included.  Both  the  student  and  the  facultv-  member  have 
the  right  to  review  all  doctmients  related  to  the  appeal. 
All  doCTiments  supporting  the  report  will  be  sealed  and 
kept  only  as  long  as  necessarv-  (normally  one  year)  to 
ensure  the  appropriate  action  is  taken  before  they  are 
destroved  or  returned  to  the  individual  presenting  the 
evidence. 

Ancillary  Provisions 

A.  Continuing  Rights:  This  appeal  does  not  supplant  any  legal 
rights  afforded  by  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsvivania  and/or 
the  Government  of  the  United  States.  Nothing  in  this  policv- 
abrogates  or  modifies  any  provisions  of  or  rights  under  the 
Collective  Bargaining  .\greement. 

B.  Discrimination  in  this  policy  generally  means  unlawful 
discrimination.  To  the  extent  that  any  form  of 
discrimination  identified  in  this  definition  is  not  imlawfijl 
dbcrimination.  this  definition  shall  not  be  taken  to  create  a 
cause  of  appeal  against  the  universitv-.  In  such  cases,  the  final 
appeal  procedures  stated  in  this  poUcv-  will  be  final  and 
binding  on  the  student. 

C.  Tenure  and  Promotion  Committee  Membership  on  Grade 
.\ppeals  Committees:  Members  of  tlie  universitv-vside  tenure 
and  promotion  committees  may  not  serve  concurrently  on 
grade  appeals  committees. 

D.  Support  Mechanism:  The  Provost's  Office,  after 
consultation  v\ith  the  Senate  .\cademic  Committee  and 
.APSCLT.  v\ill  be  responsible  for  identifving  a  pool  of  at  least 
ten  &cultv-  members  well  versed  in  the  preparation  of  grade 
appeals  who  will  be  available  upon  request  to  help  students 
or  faculr\'  prepare  documentation  for  the  grade  appeals 
process. 

E.  Training/Support:  The  Provost's  Office  will  offer  yearly 
information  sessions/workshops  to  assist  deans,  chairs,  grade 
appeals  panel/committee  members,  and  members  of  Student 
Congress/ -Academic  .\ffairs  Committee  in  identifving  issues 
and  to  provide  guidance  for  the  resolution  of  grade  appeals. 

F.  Dissemination  of  Grade  .Appeal  Information:  The 
Provosts  Office  will  annually  report  to  the  universitv- 
communirv-  a  statistical  summary  of  grade  appeal  data  that 
does  not  compromise  confidentiaUtv-  including  1 )  the  number 
of  appeals  filed,  2)  the  resolutions  at  levels  II  and  III,  and  3) 
the  final  implementation  of  Level  III  decisions. 

G.  .Appeals  on  Procedural  Groiuds:  Decisions  may  not  be 
challenged  merely  because  the  Provost's  Office  fails  to 
complv  with  .Ancillarv  Provisions  D,  E,  or  F  above. 

H.   Intentional  Misrepresentation:  Intentional 

misrepresentation  in  the  filmg  of  grade  appeals  by  students 
vvill  be  referred  to  the  unhersirv  judicial  system  for  students. 
Intentional  misrepresentation  by  facultv-  in  the  grade  appeals 
process  wLU  be  referred  to  the  Provost's  Office. 

I.     Confidentialitv-:  Students,  facidtv-.  administrators,  and  staff 
inv-olved  in  processing  and  hearing  grade  appeals  must 
respect  the  confidenrialitv-  of  all  aspects  of  these  proceedings. 
Those  breaching  confidenrialitv-  subject  themselves  to 
possible  disciplinarv-  action.  This  shall  not  abridge  the  First 
.Amendment  rights  of  the  student  appellant  nor  the  instrutnor 
against  whom  the  appeal  has  been  filed. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


GENERAL    POLICIES    AND    PROCEDURES       31 


J.     Intended  Purpose:  The  grade  appeal  procedures  are 

designed  simply  as  a  means  to  resolve  differences  between 
students  and  faculty-  related  to  grading.  Unless  there  is 
intentional  misrepresentation,  the  results  of  a  grade  appeal 
may  not  be  used  for  disciplinary  action  of  personnel. 

K.    Faculty  Compensation:  If  a  Review  Panel  (hearing)  is 

scheduled  at  a  time  in  the  summer  when  any  faculty  member 
involved  is  not  under  contract,  the  faculty  member  will  be 
compensated  under  terms  mutually  agreed  upon  at  Meet- 
and-Discuss. 

L.    Review  of  Policy:  Ever)'  five  years  the  Senate  Academic 
Committee  will  review,  m  consultation  with  the  campus 
communitv.  the  operation  of  the  Grade  Appeals  Policy  and 
recommend  changes  deemed  appropriate. 

M.  *  .\inendnient:  Amendments  may  be  implemented  upon 
concurrence  by  L^niversity  Senate,  APSCUF  Representative 
Council,  and  Meet-and-Discuss. 

*Note;  In  the  amendment  process  above,  specification  of 
University  Senate  implies  the  Council  of  Trustees'  role  in 
approving  Senate  actions  and  recognizes  the  Council  of  Trustees' 
final  action  to  change  policy. 

Academic  Integrity  Policy  and  Procedures 

IL  P  is  an  academic  community  within  the  society  at  large.  AH 
members  within  this  community  are  expected  to  accept  the 
responsibihty  for  academic  integrity  and  honesty.  Academic 
dishonesty  seriously  erodes  the  quality  of  educational  pursuits 
and  is  unacceptable  at  lUP.  The  foUovving  policies  and 
procedures  have  been  established  to  preserve  the  academic 
integrity  of  the  university  community,  while  also  providing  a 
process  that  protects  the  rights  of  students  who  allegedly  violate 
these  poUcies. 

Policy 

A.   Types  of  Violations.  Violations  of  academic  integrity 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  foUovving: 

1 .  Providing  or  receiving  unauthorized  assistance  in 
coursework.  with  lab  work,  theses,  dissertations,  or 
during  examinations  (including  qualifying  and 
comprehensive  exams)  or  quizzes. 

2.  Using  unauthorized  materials  or  devices,  such  as  crib 
notes,  during  e.xaminations  or  quizzes. 

3.  Plagiarizing  papers,  theses,  dissertations,  essays,  reports, 
speeches  and  oral  presentations,  take-home 
examinations,  computer  projects,  or  other  academic 
exercises  by  misrepresenting  or  passing  off  the  ideas, 
words,  formulas,  or  data  of  another  as  one's  own. 
Plagiarism  is  dishonest  and  illegal.  Waters  are  indebted 
to  authors  fi-om  whom  they  borrow  exact  words,  ideas, 
theories,  opinions,  statistics,  illustrative  material,  or  facts 
(beyond  common  knowledge).  Writers  are  also  indebted 
if  they  summarize  or  paraphrase  in  their  own  words 
material  fi^om  sources.  AH  quoted  material  requires  the 
acknowledgement  of  the  source  by  the  use  of  quotation 
marks  or  indentation  (if  exact  wording  is  incorporated). 
In  addition,  both  direcdy  quoted  and  summarized 
material  must  be  acknowledged  by  use  of  a  note  or 
parenthetical  citation  that  inchcates  the  author  and/or 
date  of  pubhcation  and  page  number  or  numbers.  If  the 
writer  indents  a  quotation,  it  must  be  clearly  set  off  from 
the  body  of  die  text  and  must  be  documented  in  the 
aforesaid  manner.  To  verify-  the  v-arious  documentation 
procedures,  writers  should  consult  the  style  sheet  in  the 


particular  discipline  for  which  they  are  preparing  the 
assignment  (MLA,  .A.PA,  Chicago,  BC,  etc.). 

4.  Using  the  same  paper  or  work  more  than  once  witliout 
authorization  of  the  faculty-  member(s)  to  whom  the  work 
is  being  submitted. 

5.  Possessing  course  examination  materials  before  the 
administration  of  the  exam,  without  the  prior  knowledge 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

6.  Intentionally  evading  lUP  academic  poUcies  and 
procedures:  for  example,  improperly  processing  course 
withdrawals,  grade  changes,  or  other  academic 
procedures. 

7.  Falsifying  information,  including  falsification/fabrication 
of  research  data  and/or  statistical  analyses,  forging 
signatures  on  various  forms  and  documents,  or  altering 
or  adding  answers  on  academic  exercises  or  exams  after 
w-ork  has  been  graded. 

8.  Computer  dishonesty,  including:  tampering  with  or 
making  unauthorized  change  to  another  person's  or  the 
university's  computer  system,  illegally  copying  computer 
software,  personal  use  of  another  individual's  computer 
account,  unauthorized  activity  involving  another 
individual's  personal  computer  system  or  any  system 
belonging  to  the  university,  and  other  unauthorized  use 
or  violations  involving  computer  use. 

9.  Noncompliance:  failure  to  foUow  through  with 
sanction(s)  imposed  as  a  result  of  an  academic  violation. 

The  university  reserves  the  right  to  discipUne  any  student  for  any 
action  that  an  ordinary-,  reasonable,  inteUigent  college  student 
knows  or  should  know  might  lead  to  the  issuance  of  discipline. 
This  means  the  university  maintains  the  right  to  issue  discipUne 
for  reasonable  cause. 

Charges  of  academic  integrity  violations  may  be  brought  by- 
faculty  members  or  administrators.  Students  who  observe  or 
become  aware  of  a  violation  of  academic  integrity-  by  another 
student  are  strongly  encouraged  to  report  it  to  a  umversity 
official.  A  faculty  member/administrator  who  beUeves  that  a 
student  has  violated  an  academic  poUcy  may  elect  to  resolve  the 
matter  by  Informal  Resolution,  by  Documented  Agreement,  or  by 
Formal  Adjudication.  Sanction(s)  may  not  be  imposed  upon  a 
student  believed  to  have  violated  an  academic  policy  without 
following  one  of  these  three  procedures. 

If  charges  are  brought,  the  accused  student(s)  shaU  have  a  fair 
and  reasonable  opportunity  to  answer,  explain,  and  defend 
against  the  charges.  The  university-  shaU  have  the  burden  of  proof 
in  aU  cases.  Hearsay  should  not  be  used  as  the  sole  evidence  to 
estabUsh  any  fact  necessary-  to  estabUsh  gmlt  or  innocence. 

Procedures 

X.    Faculty-/adniinistrators  must  use  one  of  the  foUowing  options 
to  resolve  aUeged  violations  of  academic  integrity-. 
1 .    Option  I:  Informal  Resolution.  The  faculty 

member/administrator  and  student  may  meet  informaUy, 
normaUy  within  seven  class  days  of  the  observation  or 
discoverv  of  the  incident,  and  agree  to  resolve  the  issue 
without  submitting  any  formal  documentation.  If  the 
violation  pertains  to  work  being  judged  by  a  committee 
(examples  might  include  dissertations  and 
comprehensive  examinations,  both  oral  and  written),  the 
meeting  must  involve  a  majority  of  the  committee  and  the 
resolution  must  be  agreed  to  by  a  majority  of  the 
committee.  It  is  in  the  interest  of  both  the  faculty 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


32       GENERAL    POLICIES    AND    PROCEDURES 


kaK<~^«S.<£,'?%4' 


member/administrator  and  student  to  complete  a 
statement  that  summarizes  tlie  incident,  conference,  and 
agreed-upon  resolution.  This  factual  statement  should  be 
signed  by  both  parties  and  copies  pro\ided  to  the  student 
and  the  facult)'  member/administrator.  If  agreement 
cannot  be  reached,  or  at  the  discredon  of  die  faculty 
member/administrator,  a  more  formal  process  as  outlined 
in  this  policy  may  be  inidated. 

2.  Option  II:  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement 

a.  The  facult)'  member/administrator  may  schedule  a 
conference  with  the  student  in  an  attempt  to  agree  on 
the  facts  of  the  case  and  to  reach  a  mutually  agreeable 
resolution.  This  meeting  must  normally  be 
scheduled/requested  within  seven  class  days  of  the 
observation  or  discover)-  of  the  alleged  Wolarion  or  of 
the  failure  of  resolution  by  Option  1.  If  an  agreement 
is  reached,  the  facult)'  member/administrator  must 
complete  a  Documented  Agreement  Form  oudining 
the  agreement  and  have  it  signed  bv  both  parties: 
facidty  member/administrator  and  student.  If  die 
violation  pertains  to  work  such  as  a  thesis  or 
comprehensive  examination  being  judged  by  a 
committee,  the  meeting  must  involve  a  majority  of  the 
committee  and  the  Documented  Agreement  Form 
must  be  agreed  to  and  signed  by  a  majorit\'  of  the 
committee.  Copies  are  distributed  to  the  student,  the 
faculty  member(s)/administrator  filing  the  agreement, 
and  the  department  chair,  who  must  also 
electronically  record  the  information  for  subsequent 
entry  into  die  computer  database.  The  fonn  must 
normally  be  filed  within  seven  class  days  of  the 
conference. 

b.  If  an  agreement  is  reached  and  the  form  is  filed,  the 
matter  is  closed  unless  the  student  has  a  prior 
academic  \iolation(s)  on  record.  By  signing  off  on  the 
agreement,  the  student  waives  the  right  to  appeal  the 
sanctions  agreed  upon  in  the  conference.  If  the 
student  fails  to  flilfiU  the  written  agreement,  the 
faciJti.'  member/administrator  may  file  an  academic 
integrit)-  referral  against  die  student  for 
noncompliance. 

c.  If  a  prior  academic  integrit)'  \iolation(s)  for  the 
student  is  on  record,  the  matter  will  be  referred  to  an 
Academic  Integrit)-  Board  (AlB).  The  AlE  will 
review  the  case  to  determine  if  more  severe  sanctions 
are  warranted  (see  Section  D,  Multiple  Violations). 

d.  If  a  documented  agreement  is  not  reached,  the  facidty 
member/administrator  should  initiate  the  formal 
adjudication  process  by  filing  an  academic  integrit)' 
referral  form  with  the  department  chair,  normally 
widiin  seven  class  days  of  the  conference  with  die 
student. 

3.  Option  III:  Resolution  by  Formal  Adjudication.  A 
facult)-  member/administrator  shoidd  pursue  formal 
adjudication  if: 

•  he/she  carmot  reach  or  chooses  not  to  attempt  a 
mutually  agreeable  resolution  with  the  student 
regarding  the  facts  of  the  case  or  sanctions  to  be 
imposed, 

•  he/she  believes  that  the  \iolarion  is  so  severe  that  it 
warrants  a  sanction  of  expulsion,  suspension, 
involuntary  withdrawal  from  part  of  lUP's  academic 


or  odier  programs,  or  awarding  a  failing  grade  on  a 
project  or  examination  (such  as  a  graduate  qualifying 
or  comprehensive  examination  or  dissertation)  when 
resubmitting  the  project  or  retaking  die  examination 
is  not  possible. 

a.  The  facidt)-  member/administrator  should  fde  an 
academic  integrit\'  referral  fonn  with  the  department 
chair,  normally  within  seven  class  days  of  die 
obser\'ation  or  discovery  of  the  \iolation  or  widiin 
seven  class  days  of  die  failure  to  reach  a  resolution 
through  Option  I  or  Option  II.  If  the  \iolation 
pertains  to  work  being  judged  by  a  committee,  the 
form  must  be  signed  by  a  majorit)'  of  the  committee. 
The  form  will  contain  a  description  of  the  alleged 
violation,  including  the  time.  date,  and  place  of 
occurrence,  and  the  recommended  sanction(s)  if  the 
student  is  found  to  have  \iolated  this  policy. 

b.  The  department  chair  will  forward  a  copy  of  the 
academic  integrit)'  referral  to  the  student,  normally 
within  seven  class  days  of  recei\ing  notification  of  the 
allegation,  and  contact  the  student  to  schedule  a 
hearing  to  re\iew  the  facts  surrounding  die  allegation 
and  recommended  sanctions  if  the  student  is 
determined  to  have  committed  a  \iolation. 

c.  The  hearing  slioiJd  be  scheduled  so  as  to  allow  the 
student  a  reasonable  time  to  prepare  a  defense 
(normally  within  seven  class  days  of  being  notified  of 
the  allegation  by  the  department  chair). 

d.  This  hearing  will  involve  the  student,  the  department 
chair,  and  the  facidt)'  member/administrator(s):  the 
department  chair  may  in\ite  others  with  pertinent 
infonnation.  All  parties  must  be  given  the 
opportunit)'  to  submit  written,  ph)'sical,  and 
testimonial  e\idence  and  for  reasonable  questioning 
ofwiuiesses. 

e.  The  accused  student  may  identify'  an  advisor,  who 
may  be  an  attorney,  to  be  present  at  the  hearing.  The 
advisor  ma)'  only  considt  privately  with  the  student 
unless  otherwise  determined  by  the  university 
regarding  a  particular  case. 

f.  The  student  may  waive  his/her  right  to  a  hearing  in 
WTiting.  If  so.  the  sanction  recommended  by  the 
person  filing  die  referral  will  be  imposed.  If  the 
student  fails  to  appear  when  a  hearing  has  been 
scheduled,  the  hearing  will  be  held  in  the  student's 
absence  and  the  department  chair  will  render  a 
decision  based  upon  factual  information  presented  by 
the  facult)'  member/administrator. 

g.  Following  die  hearing,  the  department  chair  will 
render  a  determination  based  on  die  information 
presented  at  the  hearing.  Normally  within  seven  class 
days  of  the  hearing,  the  department  chair  will  forward 
a  written  report  summarizing  die  hearing  diat 
includes  the  outcome,  the  factual  basis  for  die 
determinations  reached,  the  sanction(s)  to  be  issued, 
and  appeal  procedures.  Copies  of  diis  report  will  be 
sent  to  the  student,  the  faculty  member/administrator, 
and  the  provost/designee.  The  department  chair  will 
retain  a  copy  for  departmental  files  and  electronically 
record  the  information  for  subsequent  entrv-  into  the 
computer  database. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


GENERAL    POLICIES   AND    PROCEDURES       33 


h.    In  the  event  that  a  department  chair  cannot  or  will 
not  fulfill  the  above  role,  or  in  the  event  that  the 
person  filing  the  referral  is  an  administrator  or 
department  chair,  the  provost  or  designee  will 
determine  the  appropriate  indi%idual  to  fulfill  the 
department  chairs  role  and  inform  the  student  and 
the  facult)'  member  administrator  filing  charges, 
i.     If  a  prior  academic  \-iolation(s)  for  the  student  is  on 
record,  the  case  must  be  referred  to  the  .Academic 
Integrit\-  Board  which  will  consider  more  severe 
sanctions  (see  Section  D.  Multiple  Violations). 
OtherxNTse.  if  there  is  no  appeal,  the  recommended 
sanction  will  be  imposed. 
B.    .Academic  Integrity  Board  (.AJB).  The  .\IB  will  hear  all 

cases  in  which  appeals  to  the  chair's  decision  are  accepted  by 

the  provost  designee  (see  .Appeals  section  C.l.  and  C.2.). 

The  .\IB  will  also  re\iew  sanctions  in  cases  of  multiple 

violations  (see  Section  D). 

1.  The  .AJB  will  be  made  up  of  four  facultv'  members,  one  of 
whom  will  chair  the  board,  and  tvvo  students.  .A  quonmi 
requires  the  presence  of  four  persons,  at  least  one  of 
whom  must  be  a  student.  .All  members,  including  the 
chair,  are  voting  members. 

2.  WTien  an  .AIB  hearing  is  called  for.  the  .AIB  will  be 
convened  bv  the  provost/designee  (currendy  the  assistant 
to  the  \ice  president  for  Student  .Affairs).  The  accused 
student  shall  be  notified  of  the  time,  date,  and  place  of 
the  hearing  and  the  names  of  those  AIB  members 
scheduled  to  re\iew  his/her  case.  If  the  hearing  is  an 
appeal,  this  notification  will  also  include  details  of  the 
charges,  including  the  time.  date,  and  place  of  the  alleged 
offense(s)  and  the  recommended  sanction(s).  If  the 
hearing  is  a  review  of  sanctions  in  a  multiple  violation 
case  (see  Section  D).  the  notification  should  also  indicate 
that  more  severe  sanctions  might  be  imposed.  The 
hearing  should  be  scheduled  so  as  to  allow  the  student 
reasonable  rime  to  prepare  a  defense. 

3.  Prior  to  the  hearing  a  student  appearing  before  an  ,AIB 
may.  with  good  cause,  challenge  any  member  on  the 
board  sitting  in  judgment  of  his/her  particular  case. 
When  such  a  challenge  is  made,  an  alternate  member  will 
be  appointed  to  the  .AIB. 

4.  The  .AIB  will  review  all  material  and  hear  all  evidence 
pertinent  to  the  case  from  the  accused  and  all  witnesses. 
Members  of  the  .AIB  shall  be  free  to  ask  relevant 
questions  to  clariij-  information  or  resulting  issues. 

5.  The  student  shall  have  a  fair  and  reasonable  opportunitv- 
to  answer,  e.xplain.  and  defend  against  information  and 
witnesses  presented  at  the  hearing,  to  submit  written, 
physical,  and  testimonial  evidence,  and  to  call  relevant 
witnesses  on  his/her  behalf. 

6.  The  accused  student  may  identifv-  an  advisor,  who  may 
be  an  attorney,  to  be  present  at  the  hearing.  The  advisor 
may  only  consult  privately  with  the  student  unless 
otherwise  determined  by  the  universitv-  regarding  a 
particular  case. 

7.  After  hearing  all  evidence,  the  .AIB  will  privately  make  its 
decision  based  reasonablv  upon  the  evidence  presented. 
.A  majoritv  vote  of  the  .AIB  shall  be  required  for  any 
decision.  If  the  .AIB  finds  the  student  to  have  committed 
the  misconduct  or  infi^crion.  and  the  student  has  no 
prior  academic  violation(s)  on  record,  it  may  accept. 


reduce  (but  not  increase),  or  modifv-  the  recommended 
sanction.  If  the  student  does  have  a  prior  academic 
violation(s)  on  record,  the  AIB  may  increase  the 
recommended  sanction  (see  Section  D,  Multiple 
Violations). 

8.  If  the  student  waives  his/her  right  to  a  hearing  in  writing, 
or  chooses  not  to  appear  at  the  .AIB  hearing,  the  case  will 
be  adjudicated  based  upon  the  evidence  presented  at  the 
scheduled  hearing. 

9.  .All  hearings  are  closed  unless  the  student  requests  an 
open  hearing  in  writing.  The  .AIB  chair  has  the  authority 
to  make  the  final  decision  regarding  access  of  spectators 
at  the  hearing. 

10.  The  .AIB  must  submit  a  written  report  of  the  decision, 
normally  within  seven  class  days  of  its  decision,  to  the 
student,  facultv-  member/administrator,  department  chair, 
and  provost/designee,  who  will  electroiucally  record  the 
information  for  subsequent  entry  into  the  computer 
database. 

C.  .Appeals.  These  appeal  procedures  appK'  to  cases  resolved 
through  formal  adjudication.  Cases  of  academic  integritv'  that 
are  resolved  through  informal  resolution  or  documented 
agreement  cannot  be  appealed,  as  the  facts  of  the  case,  the 
decision,  and  sanction(s)  have  been  agreed  to  by  the  student 
and  the  individual  making  the  charge. 

1.  If  after  receiving  the  department  chair's  report  on  the 
outcome  of  the  hearing,  the  facultv/administrator  or  the 
student  disagrees  with  either  the  decision,  the  sanction, 
or  both,  he/she  may  appeal  to  the  provost/designee. 
normally  within  seven  class  days  of  receiving  the  report. 
This  appeal  must  be  in  vmting  and  must  describe  in 
detail  the  grounds  for  the  appeal.  These  reasons  may 
include  the  following: 

a.  Denial  of  a  fair  and  reasonable  hearing 

b.  New  evidence  (applies  when  there  is  an  acceptable 
reason  why  the  information  was  not  presented  at  the 
original  hearing) 

c.  Ebccessively  harsh  sanctions.  Students  cannot  appeal 
on  the  basis  of  excessK'ely  harsh  sanctions  if  the 
sanctions  are  specified  on  the  course  syllabus,  have 
the  prior  approval  of  the  department,  and  apply  only 
to  the  specific  course  in  which  the  alleged  violation 
occurred. 

2.  The  provost/designee  may  deny  the  appeal  or  direct  the 
appeal  to  be  heard  by  an  .AIB  vsithin  seven  class  days.  .AH 
appeals  involving  sanctions  of  involuntarv"  withdravx-al 
from  part  of  lUP's  academic  or  other  programs, 
suspension,  or  expulsion  v\ill  be  heard  by  an  .AIB. 

3.  Unless  the  recommended  sanction  is  suspension  or 
expulsion,  the  decision  of  the  .AIB  is  final  and  will  be 
implemented  by  the  provost/designee,  who  will 
electronically  record  the  information  for  subsequent 
entrv  into  the  computer  database. 

4.  Suspension  or  expulsion  may  be  recommended  by  the 
AIB  but  can  onlv  be  implemented  by  the  vice  president 
for  Student  .Affairs  (the  president's  designee  for 
suspension  and  expulsion),  who  is  responsible  for 
verif\ing  that  due  process  was  followed. 

D.  Multiple  Molations 

1 .     Students  with  multiple  academic  violations  of  record  will 
be  subject  to  additional  sanctions,  including  possible 
suspension  or  expulsion  from  the  umversity. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


34       GENERAL    POLICIES    AND    PROCEDURES 


2.  Information  about  prior  violations  is  not  relevant  to 
determining  whether  a  student  has  violated  this  polio-. 
However,  such  information  is  pertinent  in  determining 
the  appropriate  sanction. 

3.  If  a  student  found  in  Wolation  of  this  polic)°  through 
either  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement  or 
Resolution  by  Formal  Adjudication  has  a  prior  academic 
integritv  violation  of  record,  the  case  will  be  referred  to 
an  .A.IB; 

4.  For  cases  previously  resolved  by  Documented  Agreement 
or  through  Formal  .Adjudication  at  the  department  chairs 
level,  the  .AIB  will  schedule  a  new  hearing.  This  hearing 
will  review  all  information  pertinent  to  the  determination 
of  an  appropriate  sanction  but  will  not  reconsider  the 
issue  of  whether  the  policv-  violation  occurred.  After 
considering  the  severirv'  of  the  current  and  prior 
violations,  the  .AIB  may  determine  that  a  more  severe 
sanction  b  appropriate. 

5.  For  cases  being  heard  by  an  .AIB.  the  .AIB  should  request 
information  on  prior  violations  onlv  after  determining 
that  a  violation  has  occurred.  Information  on  prior 
violations  should  be  used  in  determining  the  appropriate 
sanction. 

6.  The  .AIB  must  submit  a  written  report  of  the  decision, 
normally  within  seven  class  days  of  its  decision,  to  the 
studenL  facultv/ administrator,  department  chair,  and 
provost/ designee  who  will  electronically  record  the 
information  for  subsequent  entry  into  the  computer 
database. 

7.  The  student  may  appeal  any  new  sanction(s)  to  the 
provost/designee.  The  provost/designee  may  deny  the 
appeal  or.  on  the  basis  of  denial  of  a  fair  and  reasonable 
hearing,  new  evidence,  or  excessiveh'  harsh  sanctions, 
direct  the  appeal  to  be  heard  by  the  second  .AIB.  The 
provost/designee  will  electronicalh"  record  the 
information  for  subsequent  entry  into  the  computer 
database. 

£.  Sanctions 

I .    The  following  sanctions  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the 
student  and  faculty  member/administrator  through 
informal  resolution  or  dociunented  agreement.  .AU  grade 
reductions  require  the  approval  of  the  instructor  of 
record.  If  the  work  is  graded  by  a  committee,  a  grade 
reduction  requires  the  approval  of  the  majority  of  the 
committee. 

a.  Single  Grade  Reduction:  Reduction  of  grade  or 
failure  on  project,  examination,  quiz,  or  other 
academic  exercise  on  which  the  student  is  alleged  to 
have  cheated. 

b.  Course  Grade  Reduction:  Reduction  of  comse 
grade  or  &ilure  in  the  comse.  If  the  violation  involves 
a  project  spanning  multiple  courses  (such  as  a 
dissertation  or  multiple  semester  internship),  the 
grade  reduction  may  apply  to  all  courses  involved. 

c.  Constructive  or  Educational  Task:  A  task  which 
requires  the  student  to  examine  his/ber  dishonest 
behavior  and  which  may  benefit  the  student,  campus, 
or  communitv. 


d.    Other:  Sanctions  deemed  appropriate  and  tailored 
to  a  specific  violation  as  determined  bv  the  facultv 
member/administrator.  .Any  reasonable  sanction  or 
combination  of  sanctions  for  a  given  violation  may  be 
agreed  upon  by  the  student  and  faciJty 
member/administrator. 
2.    In  addition  to  the  above,  the  following  sanctions  might  be 

imposed  through  formal  adjudication. 

a.  Letter  of  Warning:  A  warning  letter  mav  be  issued 
indicating  that  the  student  has  been  foimd  in 
violation  of  an  academic  policv-  and  that  failure  to 
comply  with  policies  in  the  future  may  result  in 
further  disciplinary  action  to  be  handled  as  a  second 
offense.  The  letter  of  warning  will  remain  in  effect  for 
a  period  of  time  as  specified  by  the  individual  or 
board  hearing  the  case. 

b.  Disciplinary  Probation:  Disciplinary  probation, 
which  is  for  a  period  of  time  specified  by  the 
individual  or  board  hearing  the  case,  is  an  indication 
that  a  student's  status  at  the  universitv-  is  seriously 
jeopardized.  If  the  student  is  found  in  violation  of 
another  IL  P  policv-  during  the  probationary  period,  a 
more  serious  sanction  will  be  levied,  including 
jjossible  involimtary  withdrawal  from  part  of  lUP's 
academic  or  other  programs,  suspension,  or 
expulsion  from  the  universitv. 

c.  Involuntary-  withdrawal  from  part  of  lUP's 
academic  or  other  programs:  .A.  student  may  be 
denied  the  right  to  participate  in  some  segment  of 
IL'P's  programs.  Such  involuntary  withdrawal  might 
be  imposed  on  either  a  temporary  or  permanent 
basis. 

d.  Suspension:  A  student  may  be  suspended  fi-om  the 
universitv-  for  a  specified  period  of  time,  not  to  be  less 
than  the  remainder  of  the  current  semester. 
Suspension  requires  that  a  student  remove 
him/herself  from  umversitv-  premises,  not  attend 
classes  or  social  activities,  and  not  be  present  on 
umversitv-  or  Student  Cooperative  .Association 
propertv-  during  the  period  of  suspension. 

e.  Expidsion:  E.xpuIsion  may  be  considered  under  any 
of  the  following  circnmstances:  when  there  is  a  v-ery 
serious  violation  of  the  academic  integritv  poUcy-. 
when  a  student  is  proven  to  have  violated  the 
academic  integritv-  pohcy-  on  more  than  one  occasion, 
or  when  a  student  appears  before  the  board  after 
already  having  been  suspended.  Elxpulsion  fi-om  the 
institution  is  permanent.  .Appeals  to  the  sanction  of 
expulsion  must  be  submitted  to  the  Office  of  the 
President.  If  necessary-,  the  president  will  consult  with 
legal  coimsel  in  these  cases. 

Suspension  and  e-xpiJsion  can  be  recommended  bv  a  faculty 
member/administrator,  department  chair,  and  .AIB  but  can  be 
imposed  onh,-  by  the  presidents  designee  for  suspension  and 
expulsion  (currendy  the  vice  president  for  Student  .Affairs),  who 
is  responsible  for  verifving  that  due  process  w-as  followed. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


■;"'-.^i:?y<.A'.T:^.' 


GENERAL    POLICIES    AND    PROCEDURES       35 


F.  Records  and  Recordkeeping 

1 .  Records  of  Informal  Resolution.  Although  no  official 
forms  are  filed  at  this  level  of  resolution,  it  is  strongly 
recommended  that  a  faculty  member/administrator  and 
student  who  reach  an  informal  agreement  put  the 
agreement  in  writing  with  a  copy  to  each  participant. 
This  protects  each  party  in  the  event  of  any  fiiture 
attempt  at  renegotiation. 

2.  Records  of  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement. 
Documented  agreement  resolutions  are  recorded  on  the 
computer  database  of  disciplinary  files  maintained  by  the 
assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs.  They 
are  not  considered  formal  disciplinary  records  until  and 
unless  the  student  is  found  in  violation  of  this  policy  a 
second  time.  They  are  internal  university  records  used 
for  monitoring  students  for  multiple  violations  only.  If  a 
second  documented  agreement  fonn  is  filed  or  a  student 
is  found  in  violation  of  the  policy  through  formal 
adjudication,  the  student  wiU  then  have  a  fonnal 
disciphnary  record  which  includes  records  of  both 
violations.  This  formal  record  is  maintained  according  to 
the  lUP  judicial  system  recordkeeping  policies. 

3.  Records  of  Fonnal  Adjudication.  Records  of  academic 
integrity  cases  resolved  through  formal  adjudication  are 
recorded  on  the  computer  database  of  disciplinary  files 
maintained  by  the  Office  of  the  Assistant  to  the  Vice 
President  of  Student  Affairs.  They  are  maintained  as 
formal  disciplinary  records  in  accordance  with  lUP 
judicial  system  recordkeeping  policies.  Records  of  cases 
involving  suspension  or  expulsion  must  be  maintained 
for  a  minimum  of  two  years. 

G.  Operational  Notes 

1 .  In  cases  where  a  violation  is  alleged  at  or  near  the  end  of 
the  semester  and  resolution  by  informal  resolution, 
documented  agreement,  or  formal  adjudication  cannot  be 
completed  before  grades  are  submitted,  the  faculty 
member  should  submit  a  designation  of  "Incomplete"  (I) 
for  the  student.  The  "I"  designation  will  remain  on  the 
student's  record  until  the  case  has  been  resolved.  Once 
the  case  has  been  resolved,  the  "I"  designation  will  be 
replaced  with  the  appropriate  grade. 

2.  If  the  violation  is  alleged  during  the  semester  when 
classes  are  in  session,  the  accused  student  should 
continue  attending  all  classes  and  continue  to  complete 
course  requirements  during  the  resolution  of  the 
academic  integrity  case. 

3.  The  provost/designee  may  extend  any  deadline  which 
cannot  be  met  for  what  he/she  deems  legitimate  reason. 

4.  Requests  to  constitute  the  AIB  for  hearings  will  be 
directed  to  the  provost/designee  (currently  the  assistant 
to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs). 

5.  The  university  may  withhold  transcripts,  grades, 
diplomas,  or  other  official  records  pending  the 
disposition  of  cases,  if  such  action  is  reasonably 
necessary  to  preserve  its  ability  to  enforce  its  rules. 


6.  The  provost/designee  may  modify  the  procedural 
provisions  of  these  rules  by  the  issuance  of  written  orders 
to  deal  with  particular  unusual  procedural  situations,  so 
long  as  no  order  shall  contradict  the  rules  of  the  Board  of 
Governors  of  the  State  System  of  Higher  Education 
governing  due  process  for  students,  and  no  such  rule 
shall  deny  fimdamental  fairness  to  students  by,  for 
example,  effectively  constituting  a  denial  of  notice  or 
opportunity  to  be  heard. 

7.  This  policy  will  be  reviewed  by  the  Senate  Academic 
Committee  after  five  years. 

The  various  forms  described  in  this  policy  are  available  from  the 
assistant  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs,  215A  Sutton  Hall, 
deans'  offices,  or  department  chairs.  Questions  concerning  the 
Academic  Integrity  Policy  and  Procedures  can  be  directed  to  the 
assistant  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs,  215A  Sutton  Hall. 

Approved  by  Council  of  Trustees — May  15,  1998 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


36       GENERAL    POLICIES    AND    PROCEDURES 


Course  Prefix  Key 

The  following  departmenul  abbreviations  are  used  to  identify  courses  referred  to  in 
the  catalog: 


Accounting 

ACCT 

Administrarion  and  Leadership  Studies 

ALS 

Administrative  Sen-ices 

.ADMS 

Adult  and  Comraunit)-  Education 

ACE 

Anthropolog)- 

.\NTH 

Applied  Music 

APMU 

Art 

ART 

Art  Education 

ARED 

An  HistoiTi 

ARHl 

Biology 

BIOL 

Business  Education 

BTST 

Business  Law 

BL.W' 

ChemistT)' 

CHEM 

Commuiiications  Media 

COMM 

Computer  Science 

cose 

Counselor  Education 

COLN 

Criminology 

GRIM 

Curriculum  and  Instruction 

CURR 

Distributive  Education 

DEDU 

Earl)-  Childhood  Education 

ECED 

Economics 

ECON 

Education 

EDL'C 

Education  Administration 

EDAD 

Educational  and  School  Psycholog\- 

EDSP 

Elementary  Education 

ELED 

Elementary  Mathematics 

ELMA 

English 

ENGL 

Finance 

FIN 

Food  and  Nutridon 

FONT 

Foimdations  of  Education 

FDED 

Special  Education 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  EDEX 

Speech-Language  Patholog)'  SPLP 

Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education  SAHE 


Geoscience 

GEOS 

Graduate  School  and  Research 

GSR 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

HPED 

History 

HIST 

Home  Economics 

HMEC 

Himian  Services 

HMSV 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

ILR 

Information  Management 

IFMG 

Literacy 

LTCY 

Managemeiu 

MGMT 

Marine  Science 

MRSC 

Marketing 

MKTG 

Masters  in  Education 

MEDU 

Mathematics 

MATH 

Music 

MUSC 

Music  Histor)' 

MUHI 

Nursing 

NURS 

Philosophy 

PHIL 

Physics 

PHYS 

Political  Science  (PubUc  Affairs) 

PLSC 

Psychology 

PSYC 

Quantitative  Business 

QBUS 

Safet\-  Sciences 

SAFE 

Sociolog)- 

SOC 

Theater 


THTR 


Vocational  Education 


VOED 


Geography  and  Regional  Planning 


GEOG 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    AND    INFORMATION   TECHNOLOGY       37 


Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology 


The  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology 
ofiFers  two  graduate  programs:  the  Master  of  Business 
Administration  (M.B.A.)  with  fiill-time.  part-time  evening,  and 
executive  tracks  (Pittsburgh  area  and  Johnstown  locations)  and 
the  Master  of  Education  in  Business  AVorkforce  Development 
(M.Ed.). 

Master  of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.) 

The  Master  ot  Busmess  .\dmiiiistration  degree  program  is 
designed  to  serve  the  needs  of  junior-  and  intermediate-level 
business  executives  who  are  seeking  additional  knowledge  and 
skills  to  do  a  more  efficient  job  of  problem  soKing  and  decision 
making.  .Also,  the  program  is  structured  to  gi\e  recent  college 
graduates  advanced  training  in  business  management  prior  to 
entry  into  a  business  career.  The  M.B..\.  may  be  taken  on  either 
a  part-  or  full-time  basis.  Courses  are  scheduled  for  both  day  and 
night  sessions,  including  a  fijll  schedule  of  course  offerings  in  the 
simimer. 

Core  I  of  the  program  consists  often  undergraduate  prerequisite 
courses  (31  s.h.)  that  are  designed  to  provide  a  foundation  in  the 
basic  concepts  and  techniques  used  in  today's  business  world 
and  prepare  the  student  for  the  graduate  courses  in  business 
administration. 

Core  II  of  the  program  consists  of  33  credit  hours  in  courses  that 
provide  ad\'anced  knowledge  in  the  fimctional  and  appUed  areas 
of  business.  The  33  credit  hours  consist  of  eleven  graduate 
courses  (eight  required  courses  and  three  elective  courses  chosen 
by  the  student  from  an  approved  list).  Students  are  not  required 


to  have  a  specific  major  in  the  M.B..\.  program.  The  objecti\-e  of 
the  program  is  to  offer  the  student  either  the  opportunit)'  to 
sample  a  \-ariet%-  of  fields  of  business  or  to  develop  depth  in  one 
special  area  of  interest 

Normalh".  a  student  with  a  recent  bachelors  degree  in  Business 
Administration  from  a  fulK"  accredited  uni\ersit)-  wiH  have 
completed  all  of  the  Core  I  courses.  This  will  enable  the  student 
to  complete  the  M.B..A..  program  in  one  year  of  ftJl-time  stud)', 
whereas  a  nonbusiness  major  will  require  t\vo  years — one  year  for 
the  Core  I  or  undergraduate  courses  and  one  year  for  the  Core  II 
or  graduate  course  requirements.  Part-time  students  t\'pically 
require  between  two  and  five  years  to  complete  the  program. 

Students  who  have  been  admitted  to  the  .M.B.A.  program  and 
who  have  Core  I  prerequisites  remaining  may  receive  special 
{jermission  to  take  some  of  the  courses  elsewhere.  Students  must 
receive  specific  permission  for  all  such  courses  from  the  Elberh.- 
CoUege  of  Business  and  Information  Technology"  graduate 
coordinator.  .Also,  it  is  possible  to  complete  some  of  these 
courses  bv  examination  onh'.  -Again,  ad\-ance  permission  is 
required. 

Admissions  Criteria 

In  addition  to  meeting  admission  requirements  of  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research,  students  seeking  enrollment  in  the  M.B..A. 
program  must  achieve  a  satisfactory"  score  on  the  Graduate 
Management  .Admission  Test  (GNLAT)  before  admission  to  the 
degree  program.  Information  about  the  GNLAT  can  be  obtained 
fix)m  the  Eklucational  Testing  Service,  Princeton,  NJ  08540  or 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


38       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS   AND    INFORMATION  TECHNOLOGY 


from  lUP  Unh-ersit\-  Testing  Senices.  wfaidi  is  located  in  Career 
Senices  (724-357-2235). 

Program  Requirements 

Corel 

31  s.h.  in  the  foDowing  undergiaduate  courses  with  a 
grade  of 'KT"  or  better 

ACCT  201        .^ccoundng  Principles  I  3  sJl 

ACCT  202        Accounting  Principles  II  3  sJi. 

BLAW  235        Introduction  to  Business  Law  3  s.h. 

ECON  122        Principles  of  Economics  n  3  s.h. 

FIN  310  Fmancel  3  s.h. 

IFMG  300         Information  S)-stems:  Theory  and 

Practice  3  s.h. 

^LV^H  121       Calculuslfor  Business.  Natural  and 

Social  Sciences 

Principles  of  Management 

Principles  of  Marketing 

Business  Statistics 


4sJi. 
3  sJl 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


MGMT310 
MKTG  320 
QBUS  215 

Students  will  be  gi>en  credit  for  Core  1  undergraduate  prerequisite 
courses  taken  at  ILT  or  at  other  appropriate  institutions  with  prior 
permission.  See  the  ILT  L'ndergraduate  Catalog  for  course 
descriptions.*  Students  should  contact  the  Eberh-  CoDege  of  Business 
and  Information  Technologj-  graduate  coordinator  to  ascertain  the 
appropriateness  of  prior  undergraduate  work  and  am-  special  requests 
for  prerequisite  waiters.  Prior  written  permission  is  required  to  take 
courses  at  any  other  institutions. 
*      Some  of  the  Core  I  course  requirements  may  be  fiilfilled  by  a 

successfiJ  completion  of  CoDege  Level  Examination  Program 

(CLEP)  tests  in  these  subjects. 

Coren 

33  s.h.  in  the  following  giaduate  couises: 

A.  Reqnired: 

ACCT  607  Management  .\ccoxmting**  3  s.h. 

ECON  634  Economics  of  Corporate  Decisions  3  s.h. 

FIN  630  Financial  Management  3  s.h. 

IFMG  640  Management  Information  Sj-stcms  3  s.h. 

MGMT  613  Organizational  .Analysis  3  s.h. 

MGMT  695  Busmess  Polio.-  3  s.h. 

MKTG  603  Marketing  Management  3  s.h. 

QBUS  601  Quantitative  Merfiods  3  s.h. 

•*    Not  open  to  students  who  ha>-e  taken  .\CCT  311  Cost  .\ccounting 
or  its  equivalenL 

B.  Three  courses  chosen  by  the  student  in  the  following  elective 
graduate  courses: 

.Accounting: 

-ACCT  501  .\d\-anced  .Accounting  3  s.h. 

ACCT  512  .\d\-anced  Cost  .Accounting  3  s.h. 

.ACCT  531  .Auditing  3  s.h. 

.ACCT  608  Seminar  in  Accounting  Issues  3  s.h. 

.ACCT  610  -Accounting  S>-stems  3  s.h. 

ACCT  612  .Advanced  Tax  .Accounting  3  s.h. 

ACCT  613  Fuiandal  Scatemem  .Anah-sis  3  s.h. 

.Administrative  Services: 

.ADM  S  6 1 0        Busmess  Conununications  and 

Report  Writing  3  S-h. 

Business  Law: 

BL.AW  633        Case  Problems  in  Business  Law  3  s.h. 


Finance: 

FL\510 

Financial  Institudons  and  Markets 

3  s.h. 

FL\  520 

Investment  .Anah-sis 

3  s.h. 

FLN  522 

Seminar  in  Finance 

3s.h. 

FL\631 

.Adv-anced  Financial  Management 

3  s.h. 

FIN  632 

Seminar  in  Finance 

3s.h. 

FLN  635 

Principles  of  Im-estments  in  Securities 

3s.h. 

Management 

Information  Systems: 

IFMG  550 

Database  Theon.  and  .Application 

3  s.h. 

IFMG  551 

Svstems  .Anah-sis 

3  s.h. 

IFMG  570 

Systems  Design 

3s.h. 

IFMG  580 

Distributed  Business  Informadon 

S\-s  terns 

3  s.h. 

IFMG  641 

Business  Data  Processing  I 

3s.h. 

IFMG  642 

Business  Data  Processing  II 

3s.h. 

Management 

MGMT  623 

Seminar  in  Personnel 

3s.h. 

MGMT  630 

Management  TTieorj- 

3s.h. 

MGMT  631 

Management  Development  and 

Training 

3s.h. 

MGMT  635 

Seminar  in  Management  and 

Organizational  Leadership 

3s.h. 

MGNFT  636 

The  Evolution  of  Management 

3s.h. 

MGSrr  642 

Organizarional  Behavior 

3s.h. 

MGMT  645 

Case  Problems  in  Business  Human 

Reladons 

3s.h. 

MGMT  651 

Intemadonal  Management 

3s.h. 

MGNFF  652 

Comforatik-e  Management 

3s.h. 

MGMT  654 

Managing  Global  Compedrion 

3s.h. 

Marketing: 

MKTG  521 

Marketing  Research 

3s.h. 

MKTG  530 

Intemadonal  Maiketing 

3s.h. 

MKTG  531 

Industrial  Marketing 

3s.h. 

MKTG  610 

Marketing  Behavior 

3s.h. 

MKTG  611 

Marketing  Conmiimications 

3s.h. 

MKTG  621 

Marketing  Research 

3s.h. 

Quantitativ-e 

Business: 

QBLS  602 

Seminar  in  Management  Science 

3s.h. 

QBUS  604 

Seminar  in  Methodologv  of  Business 

Research 

3s.h. 

Otben  581/681  Special  Topics  courses  offered  v^iih  the  follo»-ing 
prefcices:  .ACCT.  BLAW.  FIN.  IFMG.  MGNFT.  MKTG.  and  QBUS: 
other  business-related  courses  with  prior  approval  of  the  Eberiy  College 
of  Business  and  Informadon  Technology-  graduate  coordinator.  No  more 
than  six  credits  of  Special  Topics  mav-  appiv-  toward  a  degree. 
Smdents  mav-  take  one  500-lev-el  course  v*-ithout  permission  of  the 
Eberh-  CoDege  of  Business  and  Informadon  Technologv-  graduate 
coordinator.  .Addidonal  500-level  courses  require  prior  written 
approval.  Students  may  elect  one  graduate-level  course  outside  the 
Eberh'  CoDege  of  Business  and  Informadon  Technologv-  in  related  Gelds 
as  an  electjve  vnlh  prior  approval  of  the  Eberiy  CoUege  of  Business  and 
Informadon  Technologv-  graduate  coordinator.  Examples  of  such  areas 
mav  include  Labor  Reladons.  Economics,  and  other  related  Gelds. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002    GRADUATE    CATALOG 


EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    AND    INFORMATION   TECHNOLOGY       39 


Master  of  Business  Administration — 
Executive  Track  (M.B.A.) 

The  Master  of  Business  Administration — Elxecutive  Track 
Program  is  designed  to  serve  the  needs  of  experienced  managers 
from  industrial,  financial,  nonprofit,  and  small  business  as  well  as 
the  public  sector  and  allows  them  to  earn  an  M.B..-\.  degree 
without  interrupting  their  careers.  A  Saturday-only  class  format 
allows  participants  to  complete  a  master's  degree  in  Business 
within  two  vears  at  a  convenient  time  and  location.  A  lock-step 
format  in  which  members  of  each  class  begin  the  program  at  the 
same  time,  do  all  the  required  courses  together,  and  typically 
complete  the  program  as  a  group  facihtates  the  formation  of  long- 
term  study  groups  and  extends  a  peer  group  or  cohort  experience 
to  the  participants  that  becomes  a  long-lasting  neUvork  which 
develops  both  business  and  social  contacts.  Limited  class  size 
with  carehil  selection  of  participants  insures  a  wide  variety  of 
professional  backgrounds.  An  opportunity  to  experience  such  a 
learning  forum  pro\ides  exposure  to  peers  from  all  organizational 
settings  in  a  cohesive,  netsvorking  environment. 

The  M.B..\.-Elxecurive  Track  program  oEFered  by  lUP  constitutes 
a  demanding  experience  for  participants.  The  program  prepares 
each  individual  to  accept  increased  responsibihties  in  general 
management.  The  curriculum  offers  broad  training  in 
foundations  of  management  and  basic  analytical  techniques  while 
exposing  students  to  contemporary  management  tools  and 
technologies.  The  prevailing  theme  of  the  program  is  the 
emphasis  on  strategic  decision  making  in  a  changing  global 
environment. 

Admissions  Criteria 

Undergraduate  degree  (no  specific  major),  official  GMAT  scores, 
three  or  more  years  of  supervisorv/managerial/professional 
experience,  and  nomination  and  full  sponsorship  by  an 
organization  (preferred). 

Participants  who  have  not  had  recent  academic  training  are 
expected  to  update  their  mathematical  and  calculus  skills 
concurrent  with  or  before  beginning  the  M.B. A.— Executive 
Track  Program. 

Program  Requirements 

The  program  will  include  a  one-day,  mandator);  on-campus  orientation 
period  for  all  students.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  graduate  faculty 
members  and  will  be  exposed  to  campus-based  facilities  and  resources. 
Students  will  have  an  opportunit)'  in  a  social  setting  to  discuss  program 
objectives/characteristics  with  graduate  facult\-  members  and  the 
administradon  of  the  college. 

Fifh-one  semester  hours  of  500-  and  600-level  course  work  (42  semester 
hours  of  core  courses  and  9  semester  hours  of  electives  to  be  chosen  by 
the  group)  as  follows: 

\.    Required 

First  Year  Fall: 


ECON  634        Economics  of  Corporate  Decisions  3  s.h. 


Second  Year  Fall: 

BL.\\V  633        Business  Law 


.-VCCT  502 
QBLS  500 
ECON  501 

Foundadons  of  Financial  Accounting 
Foiuidations  of  Business  Statistics 
Foundadons  of  Modem  Economics 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

Spring: 

.ACCT  607 
MGMT613 
QBLS  601 

Management  Accoimting 
Organizational  .Analysis 
Quantitative  Methods 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

Summer: 

IFMG  640 
MKTG  603 

Management  Information  Systems 
Marketing  Management 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY 

OF    1 

Operations  Management 
Financial  Management 

International  Management 
Business  Policy 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


MGMT  632 
FIN  630 

Spring: 

MGMT  651 
MGMT  695 
EUective 

Summer: 

Two  Electives 

B.    Electives  will  be  chosen  by  each  M.B..4.-Execurive  Track  group 
from  the  list  of  av'ailable  graduate  elective  courses  in  Business 
Administration  or  related  fields. 

Fall,  Spring,  and  Summer  semesters  all  have  fourteen  weeks. 
Students  who  enter  the  M.B..A.-E.\ecurive  Track  Program  in  a  fixed 
cohort  group  and  decide  to  drop  out  will  be  given  credit  toward  the 
regular  M.B. .A.  course  requirements  and  will  be  given  the  opportunity  to 
complete  the  program  in  an  alternative  mode. 


Department  ofTechnology  Support 
and  Training 

Master  of  Education  in  E>usiness/Worl<.force 
Development  (M.Ed.) 

The  Department  of  Technolog>-  Support  and  Training  offers  the 
M.  Ed.  in  Business/Workforce  Development  with  three  areas  of 
concentration —  Business  Specialization,  Workforce 
SpeciaUzation,  and  .Administrative  Specialization.  Each  area  of 
concentration  requires  30  credits,  with  all  tracks  having  the  same 
core  requirements  and  then  branching  into  specialization 
requirements. 

Courses  can  be  taken  on  either  a  full-  or  part-time  basis,  with 
classes  offered  during  the  evening:  a  fiiU  schedule  of  course 
offerings  is  av^able  in  the  summer.  Needs  of  each  student  are 
addressed  through  individual  attention,  flexible  scheduhng,  and 
opportunities  for  original  research. 

The  Business  Specialization  is  of  interest  to  individuals  desiring 
to  enhance  their  knowledge  of  pedagogy,  study  current  business 
issues  and  trends,  and  expand  the  use  of  technologv'  in  the 
learning  environment.  Individuals  with  vahd  business  teaching 
certificates  may  pursue  additional  certification  areas.  In  addition, 
an  opportunitv'  is  available  for  an  individual  to  complete  the 
reqiurements  for  initial  Pennsylvania  teaching  certification  in 
business  education  (this  would  include  additional  course  work 
beyond  the  30  credits  for  die  M.Ed.). 

The  Workforce  Speciahzation  is  of  interest  to  individuals  desiring 
to  broaden  their  understanding  of  business,  to  enhance  their 
knowledge  of  training,  and  to  update  dieir  understanding  of  the 
new  technologies  used  in  the  workforce. 

The  Administrative  Speciahzation  is  available  for  those  interested 
in  curricidum  development  and  supervision  of  vocational 
programs.  It  offers  Pennsylvaiua  Department  of  Education 
certification  as  a  Supervisor  of  Vocational  Education  (this  would 
include  additional  course  work  beyond  the  30  crechts  for  the 
M.Ed.). 


PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


^KTVtfX.'^'VflMl.^  '  .:.w=p 


40       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    AND    INFORMATION   TECHNOLOGY 


TTie  three  options  meet  the  needs  of  all  business  and  vocational 
graduate  students.  There  are  opportunities  for  research, 
personalized  scheduling,  field  experiences,  and  additional 
certificates. 


I.      Professional  Development  .\rea 

A.  *  Humanistic  Studies  (3sh) — One  of  the  foUow'ing: 

FDED514  Comparative  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 
FDED611  Historical  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 
FDED  612         Philosophical  Foundations  of 

Exlucation  3  s.h. 

FDED  613         Social  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 

B.  *  Behavioral  Studies  (3  s.h.)— One  of  the  following: 
COLTN  639 
EDSP  573 
EDSP576 
EDSP  578 
EDSP  604 
EDEX650 


Group  Procedures 

Psycholog)'  of  .Adolescent  Education 

Beha\ior  Problems 

Learning 

Ad\-anced  Educational  Psychology 

Elxceptional  Children  and  Youth 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 


3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


C.  Elements  of  Research  (3  s.h.) 

GSR  615  Elements  of  Research 

II.  Business/\\'orkforce  Core 

BTST  650         Issues  and  Trends  in  Business/ 

Workforce  Development 
BTST  656         Applied  Research  in  Business/ 

Workforce  Development 
BTST  670         -Administrative  Coraraunicarions 

III.  Specialization 

Student  will  select  one  of  the  three  specializadon  areas. 

Business  Specialization  (I2sh) 

BTST  642         Training  and  Development  in 

Business/Workforce  Development  3  s.h. 

*  Ad\Tsor  Approved  Elecdve  3  s.h. 

*  Advisor  Approved  Elecdve  3  s.h. 

*  .Advisor  .Approved  Elecdve  3  s.h. 
Any  addidonal  graduate  courses  listed  in  this  catalog 

under  ,ADMS.  ACCT,  BTST.  FIN.  IFMG.  MGMT 
MKTG.  BL.AW.  or  QBUS.  Other  related  courses  may 
be  allowed  with  die  consent  of  die  Eberly  College  of 
Business  and  Informadon  Technology  graduate 
coordinator. 

Workforce  Specializadon  (I2sh) 

BTST  642         Training  and  Development  in  Business/ 

Workforce  Development  3  s.h. 

BTST  680         Technical  Update  3  s.h. 

BTST'COMM614  Instrucdonal  Compuung  Basics  3  s.h. 

BTST;COMM631  hitcracdve  Muldmedia  3  s.h. 

Administrative  Specializadon  (12sh) 

BTST/\'OED  600    Curriculum  Development  in  Vocadonal 

Educadon  3  s.h. 

BTST/VOED  601    Curriculum  and  Instrucdonal 

Leadership  in  Vocadonal  Educadon        3  s.h. 
BTST/\'OED  602    Conference  Leadership  and 

Communication  Mediods  3  s.h. 

EDSP  618  Interpretadon  of  Educadonal  and 

Psychological  Tests  3  s.h. 

*Selecdon  based  on  area  of  concentradon  and/or 
cerdficadon.  Certificate  opdons  for  Pennsyh-ania 
Business  Educadon  Cerdficadon,  beyond  master's 
degree 


9  s.h. 


9  s.h. 


12  s.h. 


IV.  Certificate  Opdons 

*Pennsylvania  Business  Educadon  Certificarion 
BTST  693         Seminar  in  Teaching  Business 

Subjects  3  s.h. 

EDSP  604         .Advanced  Educational  Psychology  3  s.h. 

BTST  694         Clinical  Studies  in  Business  Educadon   3  s.h. 
EDSP  577         .Assessment  of  Snident  Learning  3  s.h. 

BTST  695         Professional  Semester  (Student 

Teaching)  6  s.h. 

EDEIX  650        Exceptional  Children  and  Youdi  3  s.h. 

*      Must  meet  ECOBIT  undergraduate  core  business 
education  requirements  (see  current 
undergraduate  catalog) 

**Certificadon  .Areas  (Select  one) 

Accounting  (9  sh) 

ACCT  607        Management  Accounting  3  s.h. 

ACCT  613        Financial  Statement  Analysis  3  s.h. 

ACCT  68 1         Special  Topics  in  Accounting  Elective     3  s.h. 
(Permission  of  Instructor) 

.Marketing  (9  sh) 

MKTG  603       Marketing  Management  3  s.h. 

MKTG Marketing  Elective  3  s.h. 

MKTG Marketing  Elective  3  s.h. 

Students  with  ad\isor  ajiproval  will  elect  courses  from 
the  graduate  offerings  in  marketing,  i.e..  MKTG530, 
MKTG53L  MKTG603.  MKTG610.  MKTG611, 
MKTG621 

**    Certification  candidates  must  meet  teacher 

certification  requirements  from  IL  P — College  of 
Education  and  Educadonal  Technology. 

Supervisor  Certificate  (9  sh) 

BTSTA'OED  603    Management  of  Instruction  for 

Vocational  Education  3  s.h. 

BTST/VOED  604    Curriculum  Supervision  in  Vocadonal 

Education  3  s.h. 

BTST/VOED  605    Pohcy  Administration  3  s.h. 


(9  s.h.) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL  TECHNOLOGY       41 


College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology 


The  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technoloo;\-  offers  a 
\^rier\'  of  master's  programs  and  doctorates  in  School 
Psvcholog\-.  Curriculum  and  Instruction,  and  Administration  and 
Leadership  Studies.  Certification  programs  approved  by  die 
Pennsvl\"ania  Department  ot  Education  are  offered  for 
Elementar\-  and  Secondarv'  Guidance  and  CoimseUng.  Reading 
Specialist.  Speech-Language  Padiologist.  Dementars'  and 
Secondare  School  Principal.  School  PsychologisL  Instructional 
Technolog^■  Specialist,  and  tlie  letter  of  eligibiliti.-  for  School 
Superintendency.  Odier  certification  programs  are  offered  at  die 
undergraduate  level. 

A  Performance-Based  Principal  Certification  Program 

Each  vear.  approximatelv  nvenrv'  students  are  admitted  into  diis 
innoN'ative  principal  certification  progxani.  .\11  candidates  must 
schedule  an  inteniew  widi  the  program  director  before  being 
recommended  for  admission  into  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research.  Once  admitted,  all  candidates  attend  one  class  during 
die  summer  session  here  at  lUP.  The  remaining  program 
requirements  are  completed  at  die  candidate's  school  diroughout 
the  academic  vear. 


Department  of  Adult  and 
Community  Education 


i 


Master  of  Arts  in  Adult  and  Community  Education 

The  Master  of  .Arts  in  .\didt  and  Conmiunit)'  Education  (.ACE)  is 
designed  to  develop  leaders  in  die  fields  of  adult  and  conmiunity 
education.  Graduates  fi-oni  die  program  work  in  business  and 
industrv.  hospitals  and  healdi-related  institutions,  conmiunity 
agencies,  govenmiental  offices  and  agencies,  the  military-,  religious 
organizations,  volunteer  associations,  and  many  other  human 
ser\-ices  organizations.  The  program  assists  professionals  in 
acquiring  skills  to  develop  and  implement  educational  and  odier 
programs  designed  for  adults  in  a  wide  \-ariet)-  of  settings. 

The  .ACE  program  addresses  die  needs  of  each  student  through 
iiidi\idualized  programming  and  fle.xible  scheduling.  Students 
are  encouraged  to  relate  theor>^  and  course  content  to  their 
specific  areas  of  interest.  The  program  offers  a  balance  of 
academic  preparation,  practical  field  experience,  and  indi\idual 
research  and  emphasizes  die  application  of  theory  to  practice  and 
the  development  of  dieon.-  from  practice. 

In  addition  to  die  regiJar  Graduate  School  and  Research 
requirements,  applicants  for  die  M..A.  in  .Adult  and  Conmiunit\' 
Education  are  required  to  submit  a  resume  and  writing  sample  as 
«  ell  as  participate  in  an  in-depth  interview  «ith  program  faculty. 
The  program  can  be  completed  at  die  ILT  Monroe%Tlle  Center  as 
well  as  at  die  IL'P  main  campus  in  Indiana. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


r-}^L'  it.-a:'ii*A-v, 


42       COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL  TECHNOLOGY 


Program  Requirements 

Non-Thesis* 

ACE  620  Introduction  to  Adult  and 

Community  Education  3  s.h. 

ACE  62 1  The  Adult  Learner  3  s.h. 
ACE  622            Program  and  Process  Development 

in  ACE  3  s.h. 
ACE  623           Organization  and  Administration 

in  ACE  3  s.h. 

Facilitating  Adult  Learning  3  s.h. 

Seminar  in  ACE  3  s.h. 

Internship  in  ACE  6  s.h. 

Practical  Research  in  ACE  3  s.h. 

Thesis  

Elements  of  Research 


ACE  625 
ACE  735 
ACE  740 
ACE  745 
ACE  850 
GSR  615 
Electives 


3  s.h. 
6  s.h. 


Thesis 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
6  s.h. 
**3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


Total 


36  s.h.     36  s.h. 


*      A  comprehensive  examination  is  required  for  non-thesis  option 

students. 
**    ACE  745  is  recommended  as  an  elective  for  thesis  option  students. 


Master  of  Arts  m  Adult  Education  and 
Corr)n)unications  Technology  Track 

Adult  education  is  a  fast-growing  field  which  encompasses  the 
development,  delivery,  and  evaluation  of  education  programs  in  a 
broad  variety  of  settings,  including  business  and  industry, 
community  colleges,  health  care,  community  and  social  agencies, 
higher  education,  corrections,  and  vocational  education. 
Communications  Media  is  the  application  of  current  and 
emerging  technologies  to  enhance  and  supplement  the  delivery  of 
educational  and  informational  programs.  The  combination  of  the 
theory  and  research  from  Adult  Education  and  the  knowledge 
and  skills  in  the  use  of  technology  from  Communications  Media 
will  place  graduates  of  the  program  in  an  advantageous  position 
in  the  labor  market. 

Graduates  should  be  competitive  for  such  employment 
opportunities  as  human  resources  developers  in  business  and 
industry;  production  positions  in  education,  business,  and 
govermnent;  public  relations  positions  in  the  pubhc,  private,  and 
nonprofit  sectors;  entrepreneurs  in  the  rapidly  developing  market 
of  external  program  delivery  to  government,  business,  and 
education;  and  a  variety  of  other  jobs  which  involve  the  delivery 
of  education  and  training  and  the  use  of  technology. 

The  {)urpose  of  the  program  is  to  help  students  acquire 
knowledge  and  skills  in  theory  and  research  in  adult  education 
and  in  the  appHcations  of  current  and  emerging  production 
technologies.  Upon  completion  of  the  program,  students  will  be 
able  to: 

1.  understand  and  apply  the  dynamics  of  adult  development 
and  learning  theory  to  the  design  and  implementation  of 
educational  programs  and  media  selection  and  use 

2.  develop  needs  assessment  procedures  to  make  decisions 
regarding  educational  programs  and  media  use 

3.  develop  goals  and  objectives  for  the  design  of  educational 
material  and  the  selection  and  use  of  media 

4.  develop  plans  of  action  for  educational  programs  and  the  use 
of  technology 

5.  select,  design,  produce,  and  evaluate  target  media 

6.  develop  formative  and  summative  evaluation  procedures  for 
educational  programs  and  media  selection  and  use 


7.  design  educational  experiences  using  instructional  design 
and  other  systematic  approaches 

8.  conduct  meaningfial  educational  experiences  using 
appropriate  adult  education  methods 

9.  manage  and  administer  educational  and  media  programs  and 
events 


Program  Requirements 


Core  Courses 


27  s.h. 


The  Adult  Learner 

Program  and  Process  Development 

in  ACE 

Organization  and  Administration 

in  ACE 

Facilitating  Adult  Learning 

Seminar:  Technology  and  Adult 

Learning 

Instructional  Design  and  Development 

Media  Production 

Instructional  Computing  Basics 

Interactive  Multimedia 


ACE  621 
ACE  622 

ACE  623 

ACE  625 
ACE  750 

COMM  600 
COMM601 
COMM  614 
COMM  631 

II.  Research  Requirements 

GSR  6 1 5  Elements  of  Research 

III.  Either 

A.  Thesis  Option 

ACE/COMM  850  Thesis 

or 

B.  Non-Thesis  Option 

(Six  credits  of  the  following) 
COMM  698      Internship 
Electives  (As  approved  by  advisor) 

Total  (Thesis  Option) 
Total  (Non-Thesis  Option) 


3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 


3  s.h. 


3-6  s.h. 
3-6  s.h. 


3  s.h. 


3  s.h. 


6  s.h. 


33  s.h. 
36  s.h. 


Instruaional  Technology  Specialist  Certification 

Approved  by  die  Pennsylvania  Department  ol  Education. 
Students  wishing  to  apply  for  certification  will  complete  the 
regular  sequence  of  courses  in  the  Adult  Education  and 
Communications  Technology  track  in  the  Department  of  Adult 
and  Community  Education.  In  addition,  students  wishing 
certification  must  complete  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Students  must  get  Act  34  and  Act  151  clearance. 

2.  Students  must  complete  a  restricted  internship  in  a  media 
center  in  a  school  district  or  intermediate  unit. 

3.  Students  must  complete  and  submit  all  required  forms  and 
fees  to  lUP  and  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  for 
certification. 


Department  of  Counseling 


Master  of  Arts  in  Community  Counseling 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  program  in  Community  Counseling  is 
designed  to  prepare  students  to  work  in  a  variety  of  settings, 
including  mental  health  centers,  drug  and  alcohol  treatment 
programs,  specialized  community  agencies,  vocational  or 
rehabihtation  programs,  correctional  institutions,  health  care 
settings,  social  services,  and  business  and  industry.  The 
counseling  curriculum  is  based  on  the  educational  standards  as 
set  forth  by  the  National  Board  for  Certified  Counselors 
(NBCC).  Students  who  successfiJly  complete  their  course  work 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    Av.  Z     IZ 


C.-NOLOGY       43 


will  be  eligible  to  take  the  National  Certificarion  Exam.  L'pon 
passing  the  exam,  students  will  be  Board  Eligible  counselors. 

Students  enrolled  in  the  Master  of  .\rts  degree  program  will 
complete  45  (plus  thesis)  or  48  hours  of  credit  for  the  degree. 
The  program  requires  the  following  courses  or  their  equrvaients: 


Master  of  Arts  in  Communrty  Gjunse/mg 


I.     Core  Courses 

COL-NGIO 

Introduction  to  Community 

Counseling 

3sJ». 

COUN615 

Counseling  Across  the  Life  Span 

3»Ji. 

COUN617 

Basic  Counseling  SfciTIs 

SsJu 

COUN618 

Diversity  Issues  in  Counseling 

3sJi. 

COUN  634 

Mental  Health  Appraisal 

3sJi. 

COUN  636 

Career  Counseling  and  Development 

3  3.h. 

COUN  730 

Ethical  and  Legal  Issues  in 

Commnniry  Counseling 

3sJi. 

COUN  755 

Field  Expenence 

3s.h. 

GSR  615 

Oements  of  Research 

3sJi. 

Electives 

9sJi. 

36sJi. 


II.    Application  of  Counseling  Courses — Based  on 
Client  Population 

A.    Students  planning  to  work  primarily  with 
adolescents  and  or  adults  take  the  following: 

COL^  637        Counseling  Theorv"  ( adolescent  adult) 
COL'N  639        Group  Counseling  (adolescent  adult) 
COL^  657        Individual  Counseling  Practicimi 

(adolescent,  adult) 
COL'N  659        Group  Counseling  Practicum 
( adolescent  adult) 


\2  s.h. 


3sJi. 
3  si. 

3s.h. 

3sJi. 


B.    Students  planning  to  work  primarily  with  children 
take  the  following-. 


COLTS  627 
COL'N  629 
COUN  667 

COUN  669 
Total 


Child  Counseimg  Theory  3  sJi. 

Group  Procedures  (chQd)  3  sJl 
Individual  Counseling  Practicuin 

(chfld)  3  s.h. 

Group  Counseling  Practicum  (child)  3  s.h. 


48  s.h. 


M.A.  students  wiU  not  receive  credit  for  COUN  624  Educational 
Appraisal  or  COL'N  720  Ethical  and  Legal  Issues  in  School 
Counseling. 

Prospective  students  for  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Community 

Cotmseling  must  meet  departmental  admissions  requirements 
and  procedures  in  addition  to  those  of  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research.  Prospective  students  should  contact  the  department  to 
determine  these  requirements.  Applicants  are  required  to  attend 
an  admission  workshop  as  the  final  step  in  the  adnussions 
process.  Workshops  are  held  three  times  a  year,  and  appUcants 
should  contact  the  department  to  obtain  the  dates  of  workshops 
and  deadlines  for  completed  appUcatioDS  to  be  received  by  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

Master  of  Education  in  School  Counseling  Certiiication 

Elementary  and  Secondary  School  Counselors — To  qualifi.  for 
institutional  endorsement  and  commonwealth  certification, 
students  must  complete  a  48-credit-hour  competenc\-based 
program  to  include  a  series  of  counseling  skills  courses,  including 
indi%idual  and  group  counseling,  and  complete  a  field  experience 
under  the  supervision  of  a  certified  school  coimselor. 


Wlule  teaching  ccpenence  is  not  a  prerequisite  for  admission  and 
school  counselor  certificadon  in  Fomsyhrania.  studoits  are 
expected  to  possess  an  understanding  of  educational  philosc^>fay 
and  child  or  adolescent  growth  and  devdopment.  They  should 
also  understand  the  basic  principles  of  j>sycfaology.  socioiogy.  and 
learning  theory.  Students  lacking  prerequisite  undeistandii^ 
wiU  be  expected  to  meet  these  deficioicies  dmit^  didr  coarse  of 
study. 

Students  seeking  commoowealtfa  Scfaool  Counsding  certification 

will  take  the  followins: 


M<Kter  of  Educatior}  in  Schoot  Cowsidktg  Certipcation 


L     Core  Cooises 

COL"N  615  Counseling  Across  the  Life  %an  3  sJl 

COLTN6I7  Basic  CoonseliiigSkilk  3sJi. 

COUN  618  Diversity  Issues  in  Coonsdii^  SsJi. 

COLrN62I  Introdoctioo  to  Ciiidaiice  SeiTkxs  3sJl 

COL'N  624  Educadooal  Appraisal  3  sJi. 

COUN  626  Career  EdncalioD  3sJi. 

COUN  628  ^.tan^oneiit  orCoidaiice  Services  3  sJi. 

COUN720  Ethical  and  Legallssues  in  Scliod 

Counsehng  3  sJi. 

COL'N  755  Field  Experience  3  sJi. 

FDED  61 1  Historical  Foonclalioos  of  Education  3  sJi. 
•r 

FDED612  PInkMophical  Fnmdatioas  rfEdnadon 


36  s^ 


FDED613 

GSR615 

Electiyes 


Social  Foondatioas  of  Edocalian 
Elements  of  Research 


SsJi. 
3sJu 


11. 


A. 


Application  of  Counseling  Courses — Based  on 
School  Settins 

Students  pLanninj  to  work  in  the  secondary 
school  settins  and  who  art  s-etking  secondary 
school  cO'Unsehns  cerdfiLacion  will  take  the 
foflowing: 


12sJl 


COL'N  637 
COL'N  639 
COL'N  657 

COLTS  659 


Counseiiz^  Theory  i. 
Group  Coonsehng  I  :^ 
Indiyidual  Counsehr 
( adokscent/ad'- 
Group  Coonse..   . 
(adokscenl^ifak) 


3  sJl 
3sJi. 


3s-h. 


B.    Stndents  planning  to  work  in  the  dementary 
scfaool  settinz  and  who  are  seeking  elementary 
scfaool  counseling  certificaaon  will  take  the 
foHowinsn 


COL'N  627 

Child  CownsftirtgTheoiy 

3sJi. 

COLTS'  629 

Group  Procedures  (child) 

3sJu 

COL'N  667 

Individiial  Counseling 

Practkam  (child) 

SsJi. 

COrS  669 

Croup  Coonseiii^  Ptactioim  (ddld) 

3sJi. 

Total 

48sJl 

M.Ed,  students  will  not  receive  credit  for  COL'N  634  Mental 
Health  Appraisal  or  COL'N  730  Ethical  and  Legal  Issues  in 
Community  Counseling. 

Prospective  students  for  the  Master  of  Education  and  scfaool 
certification  programs  must  meet  departmental  admissHMis 
requirements  and  procedures  in  addition  to  those  of  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research.  Prospective  sttidents  should 
contact  the  department  to  determine  these  requirements. 
.\ppUcants  are  required  to  attend  an  admission  workshop  as  die 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002    GRADUATE    CATALOG 


44       COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL  TECHNOLOGY 


final  step  in  the  admissions  process.  Workshops  are  held  three 
times  a  year,  and  applicants  should  contact  the  department  to 
obtain  die  dates  of  workshops  and  deadUnes  for  completed 
applications  to  be  received  by  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research. 

School  Counseling  Certification  Only 

Those  students  already  possessing  a  master's  degree  and  desiring 
School  Counseling  certification  (elementar)-  or  secondar))  may 
apply  to  the  counseUng  program  for  "Certification  Only"  status. 
Applicants  should  contact  the  department  to  have  their  graduate 
transcript(s)  e\'aluated  to  detemiine  necessary  course  work  to 
complete  commonwealth  graduate  certification  requirements. 
Applicants  for  "Certification  Only"  must  meet  similar  admission 
requirements  as  degree-seeking  appficants;  these  requirements 
include  a  minimum  3.5  graduate  grade  point  average. 

License  Only  Option 

The  License  Only  Option  for  admission  is  designed  for 
indixiduals  who  need  additional  credits  to  meet  state  standards 
for  licensure.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for  the  License  Only  Option, 
individuals  need  to  have  completed  a  minimum  of  a  36-credit 
hour  master's  degree  and  meet  grandparenting  criteria  as 
outMned  by  the  licensure  board  OR  individuals  need  to  have 
completed  a  minimum  of  a  48-credit  master's  degree.  Applicants 
should  contact  the  department  to  have  their  transcript(s) 
evaluated  in  order  to  determine  in  which  courses  they  could 
enroU.  The  final  determination  of  course  acceptability  for 
Ucensure  is  made  bv  the  state  licensing  board.  If  a  student  has  a 
question  about  a  course  being  accepted  for  ficensure  or  about 
meeting  grandparenting  criteria,  he  or  she  should  contact  the 
Ucensure  board  direcdy.  Applicants  for  the  "License  Only" 
status  must  meet  the  same  admissions  requirements  as  degree- 
seeking  applicants;  these  requirements  include  a  minimum  3.5 
graduate  grade  point  average. 


Department  of  Educational  and 
School  Psychology 

Program  Descriptions 

The  Master  of  Education  degree  in  the  Educational  Psycholog)' 
Program  (33  to  36  semester  hours,  depending  upon  choice  of 
thesis  or  non-thesis  option)  has  been  designed  to  give  the 
interested  student  a  broad  theoretical  and  practical  background 
in  the  areas  of  education  and  psychology'.  The  program  will  be  ol 
interest  to  those  planning  to  pursue  certification  in  school 
psychology-  after  the  master's  degree,  to  those  wishing  to  broaden 
tlieir  understanding  of  human  development  and  learning,  or  to 
those  wishing  to  learn  more  about  educational  evaluation  and 
research. 

The  school  psychology-  program  at  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania  is  a  multiple-entry-level  graduate  program 
culminating  with  a  specialist  certificate  as  a  school  psychologist 
in  the  Conmionwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and/or  a  Doctorate  in 
Education  in  school  psychology.  An  individual  with  a  bachelor's 
degree  may  enter  the  program  as  a  master's  degree  candidate 
and,  upon  completion  of  the  masters-level  course  work,  may 
apply  for  acceptance  into  the  post-master's  school  psychology- 
certification  program.  Students  showing  exceptional  potential 
may  be  invited  to  apply  direcdy  to  the  doctoral  program, 


receiving  certification  as  school  psychologists  as  they  progress 
toward  the  doctorate. 

Individuals  who  already  possess  a  master's  degree  from  an 
accredited  institution  may  apply  direcdy  into  the  post-master's 
portion  of  the  program  but  may  be  required  to  make  up  certain 
master's  degree  courses.  Those  students  take  66-69  semester 
hours  for  the  speciahst  certificate,  while  completion  of  the  enUre 
doctoral  program  involves  102- 11 1  semester  hours  beyond  the 
bachelors  degree  depending  on  the  student's  level  at  entry. 

A  student  who  is  already  certified  as  a  school  psychologist, 
dirough  anodier  ftilly  accredited  institution,  may  apply  direcdy  to 
die  doctoral  program.  The  sequence  of  courses  required  of  these 
students  is  detennined  by  a  revieyv  of  their  past  training  and  their 
performance  on  both  a  content  and  pracdcum  competency 
evaluation.  The  core  program  for  the  doctoral  sequence  for 
students  entering  at  this  level  is  42  semester  hours  beyond 
specialist  cerdficadon. 

Admission  into  the  program  at  all  levels  is  based  upon  evidence 
of  previous  scholarship  and/or  potendal  for  academic  success, 
personal  and  professional  qualities  deemed  necessary-  to  funcdon 
as  a  school  psychologist,  and  modvation  for  professional 
excellence  and  leadership  in  the  field.  Condnuous  enrollment  of 
a  minimum  of  6  credit  hours  per  semester  or  summer  session  is 
required  unless  yvaived  by  the  student's  advisor  and  the  school 
psychology-  comnuttee. 

Both  the  specialist-level  and  doctoral  programs  are  fiilly 
accredited  by  the  Nadonal  Association  of  School  Psychologist 
and  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education. 

Master's  of  Education  in  Educational  Psychology 

General  Requirements— All  students  must  complete  course  yvork 
in  the  following  areas:  Professional  Development  (9  semester 
hours),  Humanistic  Studies  (3  semester  hours).  Behavioral 
Studies  (3  semester  hours).  Subject  Area  (6  semester  hours), 
Research  (6  semester  hours),  and  Electives  (9  semester  hours, 
non-thesis  option).  All  electives  must  be  approved  by  the 
student's  departmental  advisor  and  may  be  chosen  to  enliance 
the  student's  interest  in  school  psychology,  human  development 
and  learning,  or  educational  evaluation  and  research. 

Post-Master's  Certification 

The  post-master's  certification  requirement  of  33  semester  hours 
is  designed  to  provide  the  student  yvith  the  specific  clinical  skills 
necessary  to  fianction  as  a  school  psychologist.  Courses  focus  on 
the  role  of  the  psychologist  (EDSP  711),  assessment  (EDSP  712, 
EDSP  713,  EDSP  763),  and  biological  bases  of  behavior  and 
exceptionahty  (EDSP  766),  as  well  as  on  consultation  (EDSP 
718,  EDSP  763).    Six  hours  ofpracticum  are  required  (EDSP 
750 — 6  hours)  as  well  as  six  hours  of  internship  (EDSP  751). 
Specialist-level  students  are  required  to  complete  a  ten-month 
internship,  half  of  which  must  be  completed  in  a  school  setting 
on  a  fiiU-time  basis.  Grades  of ''B"  or  better  are  required  for  all 
certification  course  work,  including  practica  and  internship. 
Courses  may  be  repeated  should  a  student  earn  a  grade  below-  a 
"B."  (Refer  to  "Course  Repeat  Policy.'") 

Doctor  of  Education  in  School  Psychology 

Doctoral  students,  when  their  schedule  permits,  may  enroll  in 
selected  doctoral  required  courses  as  they  progress  through  the 
certification  program.  It  is  expected  that  the  majority-  of  the 
doctoral  requirements  will  be  completed  in  the  two  summers 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    E  D  U  C  AT  I  O  N  A  L  T  EC  H  N  O  LO  G  Y       45 


following  the  specialist-level  internship  so  as  to  maintain  program 
continuit}-.  A  student  who  has  a  lapse  in  program  enrollment 
without  facult}-  approval  may  be  required  to  reapply  to  the 
program.  The  courses  are  designed  to  enhance  the  generahst 
competencies  of  the  school  psychologist  and  to  allow  him  or  her 
to  gain  advanced  skills  in  research  and  a  specialt)-  in  eidier 
neuropsychology  and  learning  disorders  or  family-school 
relations. 

In  addition  to  seminars  in  advanced  issues  in  assessment  and 
intervention  (EDSP  764.  EDSP  765).  the  core  courses  include 
two  advanced  research  courses  (EDSP  715.  EDSP  716)  and  four 
courses  emphasizing  applied  clinical  skills  in  the  above  specialty 
areas.  Students  entering  the  doctoral  program  who  are  already 
certified,  must  take  a  three  semester  hour  practicum  and  a  three- 
hour  school-based  internship  (ten  months).  .AH  doctoral  students 
are  required  to  complete  a  three-hour  specialty  internship  (300 
clock  hours)  and  a  nine-semester-hour  dissertation  to  complete 
the  doctoral  degree.  Half  of  a  student's  total  school  psychology 
internship  must  be  completed  in  a  school  setting. 

Admission  to  the  Master's  Program 

Indi\iduals  seeking  initial  admission  to  any  departmental 
program  must  complete  both  a  Graduate  School  and  Research 
appUcation  and  a  departmental  appUcation.  Once  all  application 
materials  (including  completed  appUcation  forms,  two  letters  of 
recommendation,  transcripts,  and  GRE  scores  for  the  aptitude 
portion  of  the  exam  only)  have  been  received,  the  school 
psychology  program  committee  will  review  applications  and 
select  applicants  for  interviews.  Following  these  interviews,  the 
committee  will  forward  to  the  Graduate  School  and  Research 
recommendations  regarding  admission  into  the  program.  The 
Graduate  School  and  Research.  Ln  turn,  will  communicate  an 
admission  decision  to  the  applicant. 

.Admission  to  the  program  is  based  upon  an  evaluation  of 
undergraduate  and  graduate  transcripts,  recommendations,  GRE 
test  scores,  work  historv'.  professional  goals,  and  personal 
characteristics  as  determined  in  the  admission  interview.  No  one 
criterion  dominates  in  the  admission  decision,  providing  there  is 
evidence  of  the  basic  ability  to  do  graduate  work.  .Apphcants 
who  have  cimiulative  GPAs  below  2.6  will  be  required  by  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research  to  take  the  Miller  Analogies  Test 
as  well. 

The  progress  of  students  entering  the  master's  program  is 
reviewed  by  the  facult)'  during  the  first  year  of  course  work,  and  a 
decision  is  made  on  whether  to  invite  students  to  apply  to  the 
doctoral  program  or  support  continuation  into  the  specialist 
certification  program.  .At  this  point,  the  student  must  complete  a 
streamlined  application  process  in  either  case. 

Admission  to  Summer-Only  Doctoral  Program 
(Track  B> 

Special  admission  and  program  planning  procedures  have  been 
developed  so  that  employed  school  psychologists,  certified 
through  a  fiilly  accredited  universitv'  training  program,  may  be 
admitted  to  the  doctoral  program.  In  addition  to  the  completed 
appUcation  forms,  undergraduate  and  graduate  transcripts,  two 
letters  of  recommendation,  one  of  which  must  be  fi'om  a  direct 
supervisor,  and  GRE  scores  for  the  aptitude  and  advanced  test  in 
psychology,  the  student  must  present  evidence  of  being  a 
nationally  certified  school  psychologist. 


L'pon  admission,  these  Track  B  students  must  imdergo  a 
transcript  review  and  candidacy  exam  to  evaluate  their  past 
training  and  current  competencies.  All  certified  school 
psychologists  entering  through  the  Track  B  process  must  enroll 
in  EDSP  750  Practicum  II  during  their  first  summer  on  campus. 
Based  on  the  transcript  review,  the  candidacv-  exam,  and 
observation  of  their  clinical  skills  in  Practicum  II.  a  plan  of  studv 
is  developed  which  includes  a  core  program  of  24  semester  hours 
of  doctoral  course  work,  a  three-credit-hour  internship,  and  a 
nine-credit-hour  dissertation.  Additional  courses  may  be  needed 
to  fin  gaps  in  the  student's  training  or  competence.  AH  Track  B 
students  who  have  not  completed  a  1 , 200-hour  internship  as  part 
of  their  certification  traimng  must  make  up  this  deficiency  prior 
to  receiving  a  full  candidacy  status. 

Master's  Degree  Program  (M.Ed,  in  Educational  Psychology) 

Thesis  option.  33  s.h. 
Non-Thesis  option,  36  s.h. 

A.  Professional  Development  9  s.h. 

EDSP  604         Advanced  Educational  Psvchology  3  s.h. 

EIDSP  653         Crisis  Intervention  and  Psychological 

Counseling  of  Ejcceptional  Children        3  s.h. 
EDSP  675         Learning  and  Instruction  3  s.h. 

B.  Humanistic  Studies  3  s.h. 

PSYC  636         Personalitv-  Theory  3  s.h. 

or 

PS\'C  658         Advanced  Social  Psychology*  3  s.h. 

C.  Behavioral  Studies  3  s.h. 

EDSP  679         Advanced  Studies  in  Behavioral 

Problems  3  s.h. 

D.  Subject  .Area  6  s.h. 
EDEX  650        ELxceptional  Children  and  Youth              3  s.h. 

EDSP  677         Advanced  Psychology  of  Adolescent 

Education  3  s.h. 

E.  Research  6  s.h. 
GSR  615           Elements  of  Research                               3  s.h. 

EDSP  616         .AppUed  Educational  Research 

Methods  3  s.h. 

F.  Psychology  Core  ElectKes— Non-thesis  Option  9  s.h. 
PSYC  610         Historical  Trends  in  Psychologv-*            3  s.h. 

EDSP  649         Practicum  I**  3  s.h. 

Elective  (advisor  approval)  3  s.h. 

or 

Thesis  Option  6  s.h. 

EDSP  850         Thesis  6  s.h. 


Total  33or36s.h. 

*      Recommended  for  those  continuing  in  school  psychology  doctoral 

program. 
**    Required  for  those  continuing  in  school  psychology  certificate  or 

doctoral  program. 


Doctoral  Program  (D.Ed,  in  School  Psychology) — Track  A 

Certification  Sequence 

EDSP  711          Introduction  to  School  Psychology  3  s.h. 

EDSP  712         -Assessment  for  Intervention  I  3  s.h. 

EDSP  713         .Assessment  for  Intervention  II  3  s.h. 

EDSP  718         Instructional  Consultation  3  s.h. 
EDSP  742         Neuropsychologv'  of  Children's 

Learning  Disorders  3  s.h. 

EDSP  750         Practicum  II  (6  semester  hours)  6  s.h. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


46      COLLEGE    OF 


EDUCATION    AND    E  D  U  C  AT  I  O  N  A  L  T  E  C  H  N  O  L  O  G  Y 


EDSP  751  Internship  (6  semester  hours- 

school  rotation) 

EDSP  763         Assessment  of  Personality  and 
Behavior  Problems  of  Children 

EDSP  766         Educational  and 

Psychopharmacological  Issues  in 
Cliild  Neuropsychology 


6s.h. 


3s.h. 


3s.h. 


Total 

Doctoral  Core  Sequence 

EDSP  764  Seminar  in  School  Psychology  I 

EDSP  765  Seminar  in  School  Psychology  II 

EDSP  777         Seminar  in  Family-School  Relations 
EDSP  715         Doctoral  Seminar  in  Applied 

Educational  Research 
EDSP  716         Doctoral  Seminar  in  Advanced 

Educational  Research 

Specialty  Sequence 
Family-School  Relations 


33  s.h. 
15s.h. 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 


18  s.h. 


PSYC  634 

Family  Therapy 

3  s.h. 

PSYC  763 

Advanced  Family  Therapy 

3  s.h. 

or 

PSYC  791 

Family  and  Couples  Clinic 

3  s.h. 

or 

EDSP  778 

Family  Services  for  School-Related 

Problems 

3  s.h. 

EDSP 751 

Internship  (specialty  rotation) 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  950 

Dissertation 

9  s.h. 

or 

Neuropsychology  and  Learning  Disorders 

EDSP  753 

Child  Neuropsychology 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  778 

Family  Services  for  School-Related 

Problems 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  751 

Internship  (specialty  rotation) 

3  s.h. 

EDSP 950 

Dissertation 

9  s.h. 

Total 

33  s.h. 

rioaora\  Program  (D.Ed,  in  School  Psychology)— 

-Track  B* 

Doctoral  Core  Sequence 

24  s.h. 

EDSP 616 

Ajjplied  Educational  Research 

Metliods 

3  s.h. 

(if  research  section  of  Candidacy 

Exam  not  passed) 

EDSP  715 

Doctoral  Seminar  in  Applied 

Educational  Research 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  716 

Doctoral  Seminar  in  Advanced 

Educational  Research 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  742 

Neuropsychology  of  Children's 

Learning  Disorders 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  750 

Practicum  II  (3  semester  hours) 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  764 

Seminar  in  School  Psychology  I 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  765 

Seminar  in  School  Psychology  11 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  777 

Seminar  in  Family-School  Relations 

3  s.h. 

Specialty  Sequence 

21  s.h. 

Family-School  Relations 

P.SYC  634 

Family  Therapy 

3  s.h. 

PSYC  763 

Advanced  Family  Therapy 

3  s.h. 

or 

PSYC  791 

Family  and  Couples  Clinic 

3  s.h. 

or 
EDSP  778 

Family  Services  for  School-Related 

Problems 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  751 

Internship  (specialty  rotation-3  s.h. 

and  school  rotation-3  s.h.) 

6  s.h. 

EDSP  950 

Dissertation 

9  s.h. 

Neuropsychology  and  Learning  Disorders 

EDSP  753         Cluld  Neuropsycholog>-  3  s.h. 

EDSP  778         Family  Seivices  for  School-Related 

Problems  3  s.h. 

EDSP  751  Internship  (specialty  rotation-3  s.h. 

and  school  rotation-3  s.h.)  6  s.h. 

EDSP  950         Dissertation  9  s.h. 

*      Those  Track  B  students  interested  in  licensure  shoidd  take  PSYC 
636  or  PSYC  658,  PSY  610,  and  EDSP  766  (Psych.  Core)  if  similar 
courses  are  not  part  of  tlieir  certification  program  per  advisement  of 
doctoral  director. 


Department  of 
Foundations  of  Education 


Graduate  courses  offered  by  this  department  include 
Comparative,  Historical,  Philosophical,  and  Social  Foundations 
of  Education;  Curriculum  Development;  Professional 
Negotiations  in  Education;  and  International  Education  Studies 
Program. 


Department  of 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

The  Professional  Studies  in  Education  Department  offers  the 
following  graduate  degrees:  M.Ed,  in  Education,  M.Ed,  in  Early 
Childhood  Education,  M.Ed,  in  Literacy,  a  doctorate  in 
Administration  and  Leadership  Studies,  and  a  doctorate  in 
Curriculum  and  Instruction.  A  brief  description  of  each  degree 
is  presented  below.  Specific  fists  of  courses  and  requirements  can 
be  obtained  fi^om  the  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Department  in  30.3  Davis  Hall. 

Masters  in  Education 

This  thirty-six-credit,  team-taught  |)rogram  is  structured  to 
address  the  educational  needs  of  several  types  of  graduate 
students  who  enter  and  proceed  through  the  program  as  a  cohort 
group.  The  program's  integrated  curriculum  is  designed  to 
prepare  educators  to  be  research  oriented  and  to  be  more 
effecdve  and  innovative  in  classrooms,  in  schools,  and  in 
communities.  The  six  Thematic  Units  of  six  credits  each  include 
Community  and  Culture,  Instruction  and  the  Learner,  Teacher  as 
Researcher,  Curriculum  and  Instruction,  Educational  Change 
and  Technology,  and  Teacher  as  Leader.  The  program  requires 
Internet  access,  which  is  available  at  lUP  at  no  charge  to 
students. 


1.     Required  Thematic  Units 

MEDU661  Community  and  Culture  6  s.h. 

MEDU  662  Instruction  and  the  Learner  6  s.h. 

MEDU  663  Teacher  as  Researcher  6  s.h. 

MEDU  664  Educational  Change  and  Technology      6  s.h. 

MEDU  665  Curriculum  and  Instruction  6  s.h. 

MEDU  666  Teacher  as  Leader  6  s.h. 


36  s.h. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL  TECHNOLOGY       47 


Mas,ier  of  Education  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

This  three-year,  pan-tune  program  is  specificalh'  designed  for 
practicing  teachers  who  are  seeking  an  ad\-anced  degree  and 
speciaHzed  certificate  in  the  teaching  of  young  children  (pre- 
kindergarten  through  third  grade).  Students  take  one  course 
each  fall,  one  each  spring,  and  two  during  the  summer  for  a  total 
of  12  credits  per  vear.  During  years  one  and  two.  teachers  who 
are  alreadv  certified  to  teach  in  another  educational  field  (e.g., 
Elementary  Education.  Special  Education.  Art  or  Music 
Education)  earn  the  24  credits  for  an  Instructional  II  Certificate 
in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsyh"ania  and  add  an  early 
childhood  endorsement  (nursery  school  through  third  grade)  to 
their  credentials.  During  year  three  of  the  program,  students  earn 
the  remaining  12  credits  required  for  a  36-semester-hour.  non- 
thesis  Master's  in  Earlv  Childhood  Education. 

Master's  Degree  Program 

iM.Ed.  in  Earty  Childhood  Educatjon) 

Year  One 

LTC\'  648         Creativit)-  and  the  Elementary 

School  Child 

(earK-  childhood  section) 

EarK-  Childhood  Curriculum 

Child  Stud\"  and  .Assessment 

Resource  Materials  in  Elementarv' 

Science 

Issues  and  Trends  in  Early  Childhood 

Education 

Mathematics  for  Earh  Childhood 

Developmental  Influences  on 

Children's  Learning 

Recent  Trends  in  language  Arts 

(earh'  childhood  section) 

Elements  of  Research 

Preschool  Education  for  Children 

uith  Disabilities 

Histon.'  and  Philosophy  of  Early 

Childhood 

Techniques  of  Parent  Education 


ECED664 
ECED  660 
ELED643 

Year  Two 

ECED  665 

ELMA  655 
ELED  655 

LTC\'644 

Year  Three 

GSR615 

EDE\515 

ECED  661 

HMEC  526 
Total 


12s.h. 


3s.h. 

3s.h. 

3s.h. 
3s.h. 


36s.h. 


M.Ed,  in  Literacy  and/or  Reading  Specialist 
Certification 

The  M.Ed,  m  Literacv-  is  a  graduate  program  housed  in  the 
Department  of  Professional  Studies  in  Educadon.  This  degree  is 
ofiiered  to  educators  certified  in  teaching  who  are  pursuing 
graduate  studies  in  reading  and  literacy  theories,  research,  and 
instructional  practices. 

The  M.Exl.  in  Literaoi-  requires  thirt\-sLx  credits.  Students  may 
also  receive  a  Reading  Specialist  Certification  by  completion  of 
twentv-seven  credits  within  the  masters  program  from  categories 
.VC.  ' 

21  s.h. 


.4.    Literao- 

LTO-  600 

Foundations  of  Literacv  Instruction 

3  s.h 

LTCY'601 

-Assessment  and  .Acceleration 

3s.h 

LTCY  602 

Reading  and  Writing  in  the  Content 

Areas 

3  s.h 

LTCY'  605 

Organization  and  Administration  of 

Reading/AVriting  Programs 

3  s.h 

LTO'  644 
LTCY  670 
LTCY  671 

B.    Research 
LTCY"  698 


D.    Research 

12  s.h. 

GSR  615 

E.    Humanisi 

3  s.h. 

FDED514 
FDED  613 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

12  s.h. 

F.     Oectives 

LTCY'  648 

3  s.h. 
3.  s.h. 

LTCY  697 
LTCY  699 

3s.h. 
3  s.h. 

ENGL  690 

Issues  and  Trends  in  the  Language 

Arts 

Practicimi  and  Seminar  for 

Reading  Specialists  I 

Practicum  and  Seminar  for 

Reading  Specialists  II 

-Anahsis  of  Research  in  Literacy 

Requ  iredfor  Reading  Specudist 

Certification 

Required  for  M.Ed,  in  Literacy  if  not 

computing  a  thesis 

C.    Related  .Areas  (Select  one) 

LTC\'  607         Instruction  and  Learning  with 

Literature 
EDSP  573         Ps)chologi.-  of  .Adolescent  EUiucation 
ENGL  518        -Adolescent  Literature 


Elements  of  Research 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h 

3s.h. 


3  s.h 
3  s.h. 
3s.h. 

3  s.h. 


3s.h. 


3  8.iL. 


3  S.h. 


3  s.h. 


3s.h. 


Comparative  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 
Social  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 

Other  graduate  courses  that  address  the 
relationships  of  social,  political,  historical, 
and  cultural  perspectives  of  education 
could  be  applicable  for  this  section. 

Creativity  and  the  Elementary 

School  Child  3  s.h. 

Seminar  in  Reading  3  s.h. 

Independent  Study  in  Reading 

Exlucation  3  s.h. 

Writing  as  a  W^y  of  Learning*  3  s.h. 

Other  current  graduate  courses  that 

address  literacy,  learning,  or 

reading/writing  could  be  applicable  as 

an  elective. 

With  special  permission  from  ad\Tsor 


Administration  and  Leadership  Studies — D.Ed.Track 

The  doctoral  program  in  .Administration  and  Leadership  Studies 
is  designed  to  educate  future  school  superintendents  and  college 
administrators.  The  sixty-credit  graduate  program  wUl  admit 
approximately  twent\  candidates  who  will  remain  together  as  a 
cohort  group  for  three  years.  Classes  are  scheduled  all  day 
Friday  and  Saturday  approximately  once  a  month  from  9  a.m.  to 
4  p.m. 

Potential  candidates  must  take  part  in  a  one-hour  interview  at 
lUP.  The  interview  and  writing  examination  are  designed  to 
identifv-  candidates  who  will  be  admitted  into  the  three-year 
program.  -All  applicants  should  be  current  or  former 
administrators  and  have  at  least  two  years  of  administrative 
experience. 

The  program  focuses  on  budgeting  techniques,  commimicadon 
skills,  team  building,  leadership  theory,  conflict  resolution, 
implementing  change,  research,  adult  development,  and  case 
studies.  The  monthly  seminars  combine  theory  with  actual 
projects  that  candidates  are  expected  to  implement  in  the 
workplace.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  accommodate  the 
schediJes  of  working  administrators. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


48       COLLECt   OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL  TECHNOLOGY 


Program  requiremer\ts 

Core 

CURR  7 1 0        Advanced  Topics  in  I  luinan 

Development  and  Learning  3  s.h. 

EDUC  650        School  and  Community  3  s.h. 

ALS  701  Leadership  Theories  3  s.h. 

ALS  702  Leadership:  A  Case  Study  Approach      3  s.h. 

ALS  703  Leadership:  Applied  Practice  3  s.h. 

ILR651  Conflict  Resolution  3  s.h. 


18  s.h. 


Research 

CURR  720 
ALS  782 

ALS  783 

ALS  950 

Internship 

ALS  798 


IS  s.h. 


Doctoral  Seminar  in  Research  Methods  3  s.h. 

Research  Instrument  Design  for 

Leadership  Studies  3  s.h. 

."Analysis  of  Qualitative  Data  in 

Leadership  Studies  3  s.h. 

Dissertation  9  s.h. 


fis.h. 


18  s.h. 


Internship  in  Administration  and 

Leadership  Studies  6  s.h. 

Educational  Administration 

CUJRR  705        Curriculum  Evaluation  3  s.h. 
CURR  725        Critical  Analysis  of  Issues  in  Education  3  s.h. 

CURR  730        Analysis  of  Effective  Instruction  3  s.h. 

EDAD  660        School  Finance  3  s.h. 

EDUC  658        School  Law  and  Negotiations  3  s.h. 

Elective  3  s.h. 


Doctorate  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

The  Doctor  of  Education  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction  is  a 
professional  degree  conferred  upon  teacher/scholars  wlio  iiave 
demonstrated  distinguished  achievement  as  practitioners  or 
administrators  in  tJie  educational  field  and  are  prepared  to 
function  eflfectively  as  teacher  educators  in  college  and  universit)- 
settings  responsible  for  preparing  fliture  generations  of  teachers. 
Successful  completion  of  the  doctorate  in  Curriculum  and 
Instruction  acknowledges  that  the  individual  has  mastered  the 
four  components  of  the  program:  educational  theory,  teaclier 
education,  curriculum  evaluation,  and  research  methods. 

The  program  leading  to  a  Doctor  of  Education  in  Curriculum 
and  Instruction  is  an  applied  program  of  courses,  experiences, 
and  research  for  educators  currendy  serving  as  educators  in  early 
childhood,  elementary,  middle  school,  or  secondary  settings. 
The  program  intends  to  serve  such  educators  who  are  seeking  to 
begin  careers  in  higher  education  or  to  become  curriculum 
experts  and  ])rofessional  development  specialists  in  public, 
private,  and  independent  schools. 

The  doctoral  program  in  Curriculinn  and  Instruction  is  designed 
to  prepare  teacher/scholars  who  work  with  pre-ser\'ice  and  in- 
service  educators  in  university  and  school  settings.  In  fulfilling 
their  role  as  teacher  educators,  those  who  earn  the  doctoral 
degree  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction  will  apply  their  knowledge 
and  experience  in  four  areas:  educational  theory:  teacher 
education;  curriculum  evaluation;  and  research  methods. 

These  areas  will  be  developed  in  pursuit  of  the  overarching  goal 
of  promoting  the  professional  development  of  practitioners  in  die 
field  of  education. 

I.     Core  33  s.h. 

CURR  705        Curriculum  Evaluation  3  s.h. 

CURR  710        Advanced  Topics  in  Human 

Development  and  Learning  3  s.h. 


CURR  725        Critical  Analysis  of  Issues  in  Education  3  s.h. 

CURR  730        Analysis  of  Efi'cttive  Instnu  lion  3  s.h. 

CURR  735        Education  for  Cultural  Pluralism  3  s.h. 

CURR  740  Technology'  in  the  Curriculum  3  s.h. 
CURR  745        Literacy:  Theory,  Research,  and 

Practice  3  s.h. 
CURR  750        Issues  and  Processes  in  ("urricular 

Change  3  s.h. 
CURR  755         Doctoral  Seminar  in  Curriculum  and 

Instruction  3  s.h. 
ECED  766        Evaluation  of  Early  Childhood 

Programs  (recommended  elective)  3  s.h. 

Elective  3  s.h. 

II.  Professional  Skills  12  s.h. 

CURR  715  Writing  for  Professional  Publication  3  s.h. 
CURR  720  Doctoral  Semmar  in  Research  Methods  3  s.h. 
EDSP  715         Doctoral  Seminar  in  Applied 

Research  Methods  3  s.h. 

ALS  783  Analysis  of  Qualitative  Data  in 

Leadership  Studies  3  s.h. 

III.  Internship  6  s.h. 

CURR  798        Doctoral  Internship  6  s.h. 

IV.  Dissertation  9  s.h. 

CURR  950        Dissertation  9  s.h. 

V.  Professional  Portfolio 

The  professional  portfolio  will  be  developed  during  the  course  of  the 
doctoral  program  and  will  be  presented  in  the  last  course  of  the  program 
(CURR  755  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Curriculum  and  Instniction).  The 
professional  portfolio  will  be  administered  by  the  Dissertation  Advisory 
Committee  and  will  be  composed  of  die  following  elements: 

•  Dissertation  proposal,  consisting  of  the  first  three  chapters  of  the 
dissertation 

•  Curriculum  vitae 

•  Reprints  of  papers  jjublished  and  presented 

•  Internsliip  report 


Department  of  Special  Education 
and  Clinical  Services 


The  Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
ofTers  two  graduate  programs:  Master  of  Education  degree  in 
Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  and  the  Master  of  Science 
degree  in  Speech-Language  Pathology.  These  programs  are  in 
accord  widi  the  current  national  standards  of  the  Council  for 
Exceptional  Children  and  the  American  Speech-Language- 
Hearing  Association,  respectively. 

Master  of  Education 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

The  M.Ed,  program  is  stmctured  to  address  the  educational 
needs  of  four  ty]ics  of  graduate  students:  (a)  those  who  hold 
Pennsylvania  Mentally  and/or  Physically  Handicapped 
certification;  (b)  those  who  hold  another  teaching  certificate  who 
wish  to  obtain  special  education  certification  while  working 
toward  an  M.Ed,  degree  in  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons;  (c) 
those  who  hold  another  teaching  certificate  who  wish  to  obtain 
special  education  certification  widiout  earning  the  M.Ed,  degree; 
and  (d)  those  who  do  not  want  to  ciualify  fiir  a  teaching  certificate 
but  who  vNisli  to  work  professionally  with  persons  with 
disabilities. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    E  D  U  C  ATI  ©"N  ^^^ 


wwmmm^ 


49 


Students  working  toward  a  master's  degree  may  select  a  thesis  or 
a  non-thesis  option  at  an  appropriate  point  in  their  program  of 
studies.  The  department  will  exercise  final  judgment  over  the 
exact  program  of  studies  required  for  any  student.  .\11  M.Ed. 
candidates  must  successfiJly  complete  a  comprehensive 
examination  as  the  terminal  experience  in  their  course  of  studies. 

AppUcations  are  due  by  March  I  for  consideration  for 
Summer/Fall  acceptance  and  by  July  15  for  Spring  acceptance. 

M.Ed.  Students  with  Pennsylvania  Special  Education  Certification 

and 

M.Ed.  Students  Not  Seeking  Pennsylvania  Special  Education 

Certification 


I.     Professional  Development  .\rea 

A.    Humanistic  Studies  3  s.h. 

Choose  one  of  the  follovv-ing: 

FDED514  Comparative  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 
FDED  611  Historical  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 
FDED  612         Philosophical  Foundations  of 

Education  3  s.h. 

FDED  613         Social  Foundarions  of  Education  3  s.h. 


B.    Behavioral  Studies 

Choose  one  of  the  following: 

COUN  629 

Group  Procedures 

3s.h. 

COL-N  639 

Group  Procedures 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  573 

Psvcholog\-  of  Adolescent  Education 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  578 

Learning 

3  s.h. 

EDSP  604 

.Advanced  Educational  Psychology 

3s.h. 

C.    Research 

3  s.h. 

GSR  615 

Elements  of  Research 

3  s.h. 

II.    Specialization  Core 


EDSP  576 
ED  EX  651 

EDEX  652 
EDEX  654 

EDEX  655 

EDEX  685 

A. 

EDEX  850 
One  elective 


3  s.h. 


Behavior  Problems 

Vocarional  Preparation  and  Transition 

for  Youth  with  Disabihdes  3  s.h. 

Assessment  of  Persons  with  Disabilities  3  s.h. 

Advanced  Instructional  Design  in 

Special  Education 

Professional  Collaboration  and  Team 

Building  for  Special  Educators 

Practiciun  and  Internship 


3  s.h. 

3s.h. 
3  s.h. 


TTiesis 
from  Approved  List 


6  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


9s.h. 


B. 

EDEX  653         Research  Seminar  in  Special  Education  3  s.h. 
Two  electives  from  Approved  List  6  s.h. 

Total  required 


9  s.h. 


3  s.h. 


18  s.h. 


33-36  s.h. 


M.Ed.  Students  Seeking  Pennsylvania  Special  Education 

Certification* 


I.      Professional  Development  .\rea 

A.    Humanistic  Studies  3  s.h. 

FDED  514        Comparative  Foundations  of  Education  3  sJu 

FDED  611         Historical  Foundations  of  Educanon  3  s.h. 
FDED  612         Philosophical  Foundations  of 

Education  3  sJi. 

FDED  613         Social  Foundations  of  Education  3  sJi. 


B.    Behavioral  Studies 


COLTS  629 
COUN  639 

EDSP  573 
EDSP 578 
EDSP  604 

C.    Research 

GSR615 


Group  Procedures 

Group  Procedures 

Psvcholog)-  of  Adolescent  Education 

Learning 

.Advanced  Educational  Psv'chology 

EUements  of  Research 


II.    Specialization  Core 


EDSP  576 
EDEX  651 

EDEX  652 
EDEX  654 

EDEX  655 

EDEX  685 
EDEX  685 

A. 

EDEX  850 
m- 
EDEX  653 

and 


3s.h. 
3sJi. 
3sJi. 
3sJi. 
3sJi. 
3sJl 

3sJi. 
SsJl 


3s.h. 


Behavior  Problems 

Vocational  Preparation  and  Transition 

for  Youth  with  Disabilities  3  sJl 

.Assessment  of  Persons  with  DisabiUties  3  s  Ji. 

.Advanced  Instructional  Design  in 

Special  Education  3  s.h. 

Professional  Collaboration  and  Team 

Building  for  Special  Educators  3  sJl 

Practicmn  and  Internship-  3  sJi. 

Practicum  and  Internship'  3  s.h. 


Thesis 

Research  Seminar 


B.  Characteristics  Courses 


EDEX  516 
EDEX  517 

EDEX  518 

EDEX  519 

EDEX  650 
Total  required 


Education  of  Persons  with  Emotional 
or  Behavioral  Disorders 
Education  of  Persons  with  Mental 
Retardation  or  Developmental 
Disabihties 

Education  of  Persons  with  Physical 
or  Multiple  Disabilities 
Education  of  Persons  with  Brain 
Injuries  or  Learning  Disabihties 
Elxceptional  Children  and  Youth 


3s.h. 
3s.h. 

3sJi. 

3  sAl. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 

3  5.h. 


9s.h. 


21  ^.h. 


15  s.h. 


48s.h. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002    GRADUATE    CATALOG 


50       COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL  TECHNOLOGY 


Students  Seeking  Pennsylvania  Special  Education 
Certification  Only* 

I.  Characteristics  Courses  I5s.h. 

(Unless  tlie  requirement  has  been  previously  fiilfilled) 
EDEX  516        Education  of  Persons  witli  Emotional 

or  Behavioral  Disorders  3  s.h. 

EDEX  517        Education  of  Persons  widi  Mental 

Retardation  or  Developmental 

Disabilities  3  s.h. 

EDEX  518         Education  of  Persons  with  Physical 

or  Multiple  Disabilities  3  s.h. 

EDEX  519        Education  of  Persons  with  Brain 

Injuries  or  Learning  Disabilities  3  s.h. 

EDEX  650         Exceptional  Children  arid  Youth  3  s.h. 

II.  Specialization  Core  15  s.h. 

EDSP  576  Behavior  Problems  3  s.h. 
EDEX  652  Assessment  of  Persons  with  DisabiUties  3  s.h. 
EDEX  654        Advanced  Instructional  Design  in 

Special  Education  3  s.h. 

EDEX  685         Pracdcum  and  Internship]  3  s.h. 

EDEX  685         Practicum  and  Internship  1  3  s.h. 

Total  required  30  s.h. 


*      These  are  minimum  requirements.  Additional  course  work  may  be 
required  depending  on  present  certification  (e.g.,  applicants  widi 
secondary  education  certification  will  be  required  to  demonstrate 
competence  in  the  teaching  of  reading,  language  arts,  and  math  to 
students  witli  disabilities). 

1       The  first  three  semester  hours  of  EDEX  685  focus  on  mild- 
moderate  disabilities,  while  the  second  three  semester  hours  focus 
on  severe-profound  disabilities. 


Speech-Language  Pathology 

The  Speech-Language  Pathology  program  culminates  in  a  Master 
of  Science  degree.  lUP  is  accredited  by  the  Council  on 
Academic  Accreditation  of  the  American  Speech-Language- 
Hearing  Association  (ASHA).  The  program  provides  for  the 
completion  of  the  academic  and  practicum  requirements  for  the 
Certificate  of  Chnical  Competence  from  ASHA,  for  Pennsylvania 
Licensure  in  Speech-Language  Pathology,  and  for  Level  I 
Certification  in  Teaching  the  Speech  and  Language  Impaired 
fi-om  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education.  The  tripartite 
role  is  fiilfilled  by  completion  of  all  the  course  requirements  for 
the  B.S.Ed,  and  the  M.S.  degrees.  Consequendy,  applicants  who 
do  not  meet  all  of  the  undergraduate  requirements  will  be  asked 
to  complete  the  necessary  deficiencies  before  registering  for 
graduate  courses.  Workshops  are  not  to  be  considered  applicable 
for  degree  requirements.  The  thesis  option  is  available  widi 
approval  of  your  advisor. 

Master  of  Science  in  Speech-Language  Pathology 

Candidates  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  must  meet  the 
academic  and  practicum  requirements  for  the  Certificate  for 
Clinical  Competence  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  awarded  by 
the  American  Speech-Language-Hearing  Association.  A 
minimum  of  48-.5I  hours  is  required  for  the  degree. 

Required  Courses: 

SPLP  600  Neurolinguistics  3  s.h. 

SPLP  604  Diagnostic  Methods  3  s.h. 

SPLP  610  Articulation  3  s.h. 

SPLP  616  Stuttering  3  s.h. 

SPLP  618  Voice  3  s.h. 


SPLP  630  Language  Disorders  of  Children              3  s.h. 

SPLP  632  Neurological  Communication  Disorders  3  s.h. 

SPLP  635  Seminar  in  Communication  (two  taken)  6  s.h. 

SPLP  640  Diagnostic  Audiology                               3  s.h. 

SPLP  661  Advanced  Clinical  Practicum  I                  2  s.h. 

SPLP  662  Diagnostic  CHnic                                       1  s.h. 

SPLP  663  Hearing  Testing  Clinic                              1  s.h. 

SPLP  671  Advanced  Clinical  Practicum  II                2  s.h. 

Select  two  of  the  following: 

SPLP  696  Internship  in  Hospitals  6  s.h. 

SPLP  697  Internship  in  Community  Agencies  6  s.h. 

SPLP  698  Internship  in  Schools  6  s.h. 

Admission  Policy:    The  Graduate  Admission  Committee  will 
review  all  appficants  for  admission  in  terms  of  courses  Usted  on 
the  transcript(s)  as  well  as  grade  point  average.  Applicants  will 
be  informed  of  any  deficiencies  when  they  receive  the  acceptance 
letter  from  the  Graduate  School  and  Research.  Undergraduate 
courses  in  the  major  widi  a  letter  grade  below  a  "C"  will  not  be 
accepted  as  a  prerequisite  to  graduate  study  and  will  be  treated  as 
a  course  deficiency.  The  graduate  coordinator  will  advise  the 
person  of  the  procedures  to  fiilfill  the  deficiencies. 

Because  the  program  has  a  limit  on  the  number  of  appUcants  that 
it  can  accept,  first  priority  for  admission  will  be  granted  to 
applicants  with  at  least  a  grade  point  average  of  3.00  out  of  4.00 
overall  in  Speech-Language  Patliology  and  Audiology  and  strong 
letters  of  recommendation  from  at  least  two  faculty  members. 
Second  priority  will  be  given  to  applicants  with  grade  point 
averages  between  2.80  and  2.99.  Applicants  with  GPAs  of  2.60 
to  2.79  may  be  accepted  on  a  conditional  basis  and,  before  being 
considered  for  candidacy,  must  complete  1 2  credit  hours  of 
content  courses  with  a  grade  of  "A"  or  "B"  in  each  course. 
Registration  for  clinical  practicum  experiences  will  not  be 
permitted  until  candidacy  is  achieved.  Applicants  with  a  grade 
point  average  below  2.60  will  not  be  considered  for  acceptance. 

Applicants  for  whom  Engfish  is  not  their  native  language  must 
achieve  a  score  at  the  ninetieth  percentile  or  higher  on  the  oral 
and  written  subtests  of  the  TOEFL.  If  appficants  are  not 
graduates  of  an  undergraduate  program  in  Speech- Language 
Pathology  and  Audiology,  the  restrictions  relative  to  completing 
deficiencies  will  also  apply.  Furthermore,  the  appUcant  must 
provide  the  program's  Graduate  Admission  Committee  with  an 
audiotape  recording  of  twenty  minutes  of  free  conversation  with  a 
colleague  and  twenty  minutes  of  reading  from  a  professional  text. 
The  committee  will  judge  the  adequacy  of  the  spoken  language; 
the  appficant  may  be  required  to  successftiUy  complete  speech 
therapy  before  being  allowed  to  register  for  clinical  practicum 
experiences. 

Observation  hours  and  clinical  practicum  completed  in  another 
country  will  be  accepted  when  they  have  been  supervised  by  a 
speech-language  pathologist  or  an  audiologist  who  holds  the 
appropriate  certification  from  ASHA. 

Retention  in  the  Program 

No  person  will  be  granted  a  degree  who  has  more  than  one  "C" 
grade  in  graduate  courses  in  Sjieech-Language  Pathology.  Only 
one  of  these  courses  may  be  repeated  in  agreement  with  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research  procedures.  Clinical  courses 
must  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  "B"  or  higher  to  meet  the 
requirements  for  graduation.  Furthermore,  the  practicum  hours 
in  chnical  courses  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  lower  will  not  apply  to 
ASHA  certification  or  state  licensure  requirements. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL  TECHNOLOGY       jl 


National  Examination 

Prior  to  receiving  their  degree,  students  must  complete  the 
National  Examination  in  Speech-Language  Patholog\-  and 
Audiolog\-  and  provide  evidence  of  the  attempt  to  the  graduate 
coordinator.  The  examination  should  be  taken  during  the  last 
semester  of  enrollment. 


Department  of  Student  Affairs  in 
Higher  Education 

Master  of  Arts  in  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Educadon 

The  Department  of  Student  .\fFairs  m  Higher  Education  houses 
one  graduate  program,  offering  the  M.A.  degree  in  Student 
Affairs  in  Higher  Education. 

Student  ,\ffairs  is  an  appUed  behavioral  and  social  science  field 
and  as  such  offers  the  following  topics  areas:  personaht\'  and 
human  development:  research:  specific  skills  and  techniques  for 
helping  others  learn,  grow,  and  develop;  orgamzational  and 
management  theory  and  practice;  and  practice-oriented 
experiences. 

Students  in  the  department  prepare  to  be  professional  student 
affairs  practitioners  in  two-  and  four-year  colleges  and  universities 
in  a  variety  of  administrative  areas,  i.e.,  admissions,  housing  and 
residence  Ufe.  student  development  programs,  student  acti%'ities 
and  organizations,  Greek  affairs,  registration,  financial  aid.  career 
planning  and  development,  minority"  affairs  programs,  health 
services,  athletics,  advising  and  testing,  international  student 
services,  and  counseling  programs. 

The  SAHE  program  gives  its  students  in-depth  exposure  to 
theories  and  models  of  human  and  student  development.  It 
provides  the  methods  to  translate  psvchological  theor\-  into 
practice  aimed  at  enriching  the  environment  and  collegiate 
experience  for  undergraduates.  In  addition,  students  get  hands- 
on  work  experience  via  structiu'ed  practicums  in  specific  student 
affairs  or  related  ofiBces. 

A  minimum  of  42  hours  plus  the  passing  of  a  comprehensive 
exam  and  the  equivalent  of  two  academic  years  of  fiiU-time  study- 
are  required  for  the  M.A.  in  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education. 
These  include  a  core  requirement  of  36  hours: 


I.  Core  Courses 


36  si. 


GSR  615 

Elements  of  Research 

3s.h. 

SAHE  621 

History  of  Higher  Education  in  the 

L'nited  States 

3sJi. 

S.\HE  624 

Student  Affairs  Functions  in  Hi^er 

Education 

3sJi. 

SAHE  625 

Theories  of  Personahtv  and  Human 

Development 

3  si. 

SAHE  631 

Student  Development  in  Hi^ier 

Education 

3sJi. 

S.\HE  634 

.Assessment  and  Evaluation  in 

Student  Affairs 

3  si. 

S.\HE731 

Practiciim  in  Student  Affairs  (to  be 

taken  twice  for  a  total  of  six  credits) 

3  si. 

S.\HE  733 

Management  of  Organizational 

Behavior  in  Higher  Elducation 

3  si. 

SAHE  735 

Individual  and  Group  Interventions 

3  si. 

SAHE  737 

The  American  College  Student 

3  si. 

S.AHE740 

Contemporarv-  Issues  in  Hi^er 

Education 

3s.h. 

11.  Thesis  or  Electives 

Thesis  Option 

SAHE  850 

Thesis                                                3 

or  6  s  h. 

Electiv-es 

3 

orOsi. 

Non-Thesis 

Option 

Electives 

0  s.h. 

6  si. 


Total 


42  si. 


In  addition  to  graduate  school  admissions  requirements,  the 
S.AHE  program  requires  a  2.8  (3.0  b  preferred)  grade  point 
average  (GP.\),  an  updated  resume,  a  typed  200-word  writiag 
sample  addressing  the  candidate's  reasons  for  entering  the  field, 
and  a  personal  interview.  .\11  graduate  assistant  candidates  must 
come  to  campus  for  personal  mterviews.  .\dmissions  interviews 
can  nm  concurrentlv'  with  assistantship  mterviews. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


52       COLLEGE 


OF    FINE    ARTS 


College  of  Fine  Arts 

The  College  of  Fine  Arts  offers  graduate  degrees  in  Art  and 
Music.  The  Department  of  Art  offers  Master  of  Arts  and  Master 
of  Fine  Arts  degrees.  The  Department  of  Music  offers  a  Master 
of  Arts  in  Music  (Music  Education),  Master  of  Arts  in  Music 
History-Literature,  Master  of  Arts  in  Theor)-  and  Composition, 
and  Master  of  Arts  in  Performance  degree. 

With  one  of  tlie  largest  arts  programs  in  tlie  connnonwealth, 
lUP's  College  of  Fine  Arts  offers  members  of  both  the  university 
and  the  extended  community  many  opportunities  to  learn  and 
grow.  A  1,600-seat  auditorium,  two  theaters,  two  art  galleries,  a 
university  museum,  and  a  recital  hall  augment  dedicated  facilities 
for  each  department.  Typically,  the  College  of  Fine  Arts  sponsors 
more  than  two  hundred  arts  events  annually,  including 
exhibitions  of  nationally  recogtiized  artists,  facult\'  recitals  and 
chamber  music  concerts,  performances  of  Theater-by-the-Grove, 
Classical  Tracks,  Cross  Currents,  Performance  Plus,  Music 
Theater,  and  other  events  in  lUP's  professional  "Lively  Arts" 
series.  The  Department  of  Art  also  has  an  active  visiting  artists 
program,  and  students  benefit  from  the  university's  proximit)-  to 
major  arts  centers  of  Pittsburgh,  Philadelphia,  Wa.shington,  D.C., 
and  New  York  City. 


Department  of  Art 


The  two  advanced  studio  degrees  offered  by  the  Department  of 
Art,  the  Master  of  Arts  and  the  Master  of  Fine  Arts,  focus  on 
breadth  and  depth  of  knowledge  in  the  visual  arts,  emphasize 
performance  and  competence  as  an  artist,  and  foster  artistic 
growth  and  maturity  across  a  wide  range  of  creative  endeavors. 

Those  students  who  intend  to  teach  studio  in  higher  education 
settings,  or  those  who  wish  to  become  professional  artists,  will 
usually  seek  admission  to  the  Master  of  Fine  Arts  degree.  The 
overall  M.F.A.  degree  program  at  lUP  requires  the  successful 
completion  of  a  minimum  of  sixt)-  credits  of  course  work 
distributed  across  several  required  categories  of  study.  An 
M.F.A.  work  exhibition  marks  the  final  fonnal  step  in  degree 
completion.  The  Dej)artment  of  Art  has  stmctured  the  overall 
M.F.A.  degree  as  an  initial  thirt)-credit  program  (culminating  in 
an  M.A.  degree  in  studio)  and  the  final  thirty  credits  focusing  on 
the  completion  of  tlie  terminal  degree  in  the  visual  arts,  the 
Master  of  Fine  Arts. 

The  Master  of  Fine  Arts  degree  program  at  lUP  follows  the 
guidelines  and  standards  that  have  been  adopted  by  the  College 
Art  Association  and  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Art 
and  Design.  Nationally,  the  M.F.A.  is  used  as  a  guarantee  of  a 
high  level  of  professional  competence  in  the  visual  arts. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS       53 


B. 


Admission  Requirements 

Individuals  seeking  admission  to  graduate  study  within  the 
Department  of  Art  must  meet  the  general  admission  standards 
and  adhere  to  academic  policies  set  by  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research  at  I  UP.  The  specific  poUcies  of  the  Graduate  School 
and  Research  are  set  forth  in  this  catalog. 

Standard  Departmental  Admission  Requirements 

A.    The  applicant  must  either  be  a  graduate  of  an  accredited 
B.F.A.,  B.A.,  or  equivalent  degree  program  with  a  major  in 
one  of  the  studio  concentrations  offered  by  lUP  or  be  judged 
by  the  Graduate  Committee  of  the  Department  of  Art  to 
possess  necessar\-  prerequisite  studio  proficiency.  Admission 
to  study  in  graduate  studio  is  based  upon  the  nature,  extent, 
and  quafity  of  preparation  in  art  history,  studio,  criticism,  and 
related  academic  and  art-related  content  areas. 
If  the  apphcant  is  deemed  to  be  deficient  in  a  particular  area 
of  undergraduate  preparation  (art  histon.-.  studio,  or  a  related 
area),  the  Graduate  Committee  of  the  Department  of  .Art  may 
recommend  and  require  satisfactory  completion  of 
undergraduate  credits  that  wiU  eUniinate  any  areas  of 
deficiency.  Undergraduate  credits  will  not  count  toward  any 
segment  of  graduate  course  work  at  either  the  M.A.  or  M.F.A. 
degree  levels.  The  sole  purpose  of  the  completion  of  the 
recommended  undergraduate  course  work  is  to  ensure  entrv'- 
level  competency  and  abiht)-  to  engage  in  serious  scholarly 
and  creative  studies. 

Those  seeking  admission  at  either  the  Master  of  Arts  level  or 
the  Master  of  Fine  Arts  level  must  declare  upon  apphcation 
the  studio  areas  that  will  constitute  the  major  and  minor  areas 
of  studio  concentration. 

A  sUde  portfoho  of  twent)-  sUdes  reflecting  the  best  and  most 
recendy  completed  work  in  the  apphcant's  major  and  minor 
areas  of  concentration  must  be  submitted  along  with  at  least 
three  letters  of  recommendation,  transcripts  from  all 
previously  attended  schools  (whether  undergraduate  or 
graduate),  artist  statement,  completed  apphcation,  and 
application  fee.  All  of  the  above  materials  must  be  received 
by  the  Graduate  School  and  Research  before  a  review  of 
materials  can  take  place.  There  are  only  nvo  reviews  a  year: 

Review        Date  for  receipt  of  materials  by  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research 


Master  of  Fine  Arts:Terminal  Degree 

Major  Concentration:   Minimum 
Minor  Concentration:  Minimum 
Art  Histor)- 
M.F.A.  ELxhibition 

Total  required 


15  s.h. 
6s.h. 
9  s.h. 


30  s.h. 


D 


The  total  minimum  number  of  credits  for  the  M.F.A.  degree:  60 
semester  hours.  lUP  brackets  the  (M.A./M.F.A.)  as  a  means  of 
building  toward  the  minimum  sixty-credit  standard.   Those  with 
an  M.A.  from  another  accredited  institution  of  higher  learning 
may  be  considered  for  the  M.F.A.  degree  at  lUP. 

Residency  Requirement  Master  of  Fine  Arts  Degree 

The  residencv  requirement  for  the  M.F.A.  is  the  same  as  that  for 
a  student  within  a  doctoral  program  at  lUP.  Please  refer  to  that 
section  of  the  catalog  for  details. 

In  addition  to  the  information  that  appears  in  this  catalog, 
apphcants  are  advised  to  request  a  copy  of  the  Program  Overview 
and  Admission  Procedures  dociunent  from  the  Department  of  Art 
that  describes  in  slightly  more  detail  the  poUcies  and  procedures 
relative  to  the  Master  of  .Art  and  Master  of  Fine  .Arts  degree 
program.  Please  visit  us  on  the  web  at  www.arts.iup.edu/art/. 


Department  of  Music 

The  graduate  program  in  music  provides  the  student  with 
opportunities  to  improve  skills  as  teacher,  performer,  or  scholar 
beyond  the  bachelor's  degree.  Upon  acceptance  by  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research,  each  student  consults  the  graduate 
coordinator  in  music,  who  assigns  advisors,  helps  plan  a  course 
sequence,  and  oversees  the  formation  of  the  thesis  comrmttee. 

The  Department  of  Music  offers  four  graduate  degrees:  Master 
of  Arts  in  Music  (Music  Education).  Master  of  Arts  in  Music 
Historv-Literature,  Master  of  Arts  in  Theory  and  Composition, 
and  Master  of  Arts  in  Performance. 

The  Music  Education  degree  offers  students  a  range  of 
experiences  in  music  teaching  and  learning  theory,  research,  and 
performance.  Students  may  elect  to  prepare  a  research  thesis,  a 
recital  thesis,  or  a  final  project  in  a  chosen  area  within  music 
education. 

The  Performance  degree  introduces  students  to  the  world  of 
professional  artistrv-.  Students  prepare  a  thesis  which  consists  of 
a  recital  and  program  notes  as  partial  fijlfillment  of  the  degree. 

The  Music  History-Literature  degree  builds  a  broad  foimdation 
in  the  historv-  and  hterature  of  ciJtivated  music  from  the  early 
middle  ages  to  the  modem  era.  It  can  serve  as  a  backgroimd  for 
careers  in  music  joumahsm,  concert  management,  and  associated 
fields.  Snidents  prepare  a  thesis  that  coordinates  knowledge  of 
geography,  historv',  foreign  language,  and  music  theory  with  the 
study  of  major  styles  and  masterworks. 

The  Music  Composition  and  Theorv-  degree  will  expose  students 
to  a  broad  spectrum  of  musical  stvies  and  compositional 
techniques,  as  well  as  experience  in  composing  for  solo 
instruments,  chamber  groups,  and  large  ensembles.  Students 
prepare  a  major  composition  as  a  thesis  or  undertake  an  extensive 
analysis. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


Spring  March  15 

Summer      June  15 

Please  allow  ample  time  for  materials  to  arrive  at  lUP.  If  any 
are  missing,  the  apphcant  will  not  be  reviewed.  Please  note 
dates  above  are  not  postmarked  dates. 
The  artist  statement  should  specifi.-  areas  of  concentration, 
contextualize  the  apphcant's  artwork,  articulate  artistic  goals, 
and  substantiate  reasons  for  seeking  a  graduate  degree  in  the 
visual  arts  at  either  the  M.A.  or  M.F.A.  level. 


Master  of  Arts:  Initial  Degree 

.Major  Studio  Concentration:  Minimum 

12  s.h. 

Minor  Studio  Concentration:   Xhnimum 

6  s.h. 

Graduate  Seminar  (.ART  615) 

3  s.h. 

.Art  Historv 

3  s.h. 

Elective 

3  s.h. 

.M.A.  Thesis/Exhibition  (ART  850) 

3  s.h. 

Total  required 

30  s.h. 

54 


F    FINE    ARTS 


In  addition  to  meeting  Graduate  School  and  Research 
requirements,  the  applicant  must  meet  Music  Department 
Admission  Requirements:  a)  undergraduate  degree  with  major  in 
music  or  its  demonstrated  equi\-aIenL  b)  undergraduate  degree  in 
music  education  and/or  teacher  certification  for  the  Music 
Elducation  degree:  c)  completion  of  a  satisfactory'  audition  in  the 
applicant's  major  instnmient  for  the  Performance  or  Music 
Exlucation  degree  (specific  audition  requirements  are  a\-ailable 
uf>on  application):  and  d)  entrance  placement  exams  in  theorv'. 
music  historv-.  and  piano  proficienc)'.  Applicants  requesting 
admission  to  the  Music  EUlucation  degree  are  required  to  have  a 
Pro\-isional  Permsv-h-ania  Teachers  Certificate  or  its  equh-alent. 
Music  Exlucation  appUcants  who  do  not  already  have  such 
certification  must  complete  a  planned  program  leading  to 
certification  prior  to  appKing  for  candidacy-  at  IL  P. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Music  Education  *30  s.h. 

I.  Core  Courses  9  s.h. 
MUSC  600        Bibliography  of  Music 
MUSC618        CompreheIlsi^•e  Musicianship 
MLSC  632        Research  Techniques  in  Music 

II.  Required  Conrses 
MLSC  619        Methods  for  Comprehensive 

Musicianship 
MLSC  620        Foundations  of  Music  Education 

III.  Music  Education  Courses 

Select  courses  from  the  following: 
MUSC  501        .\d\-anced  Choral  Conducting 
MLSC  502        Ad>-anced  Instrumental  Conducting 
MLSC  535        Music  for  the  Exceptional  Smdent 
MUSC  537        Techniques  of  the  Marching  Band 
MLSC  540-550  Summer  Music  Workshop  1 

MUSC  628 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3s.h. 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


6  s.h. 


4-6  s.h. 


Contemporaiy  international 
-Approaches  to  Elementary-  Education 
MUSC  629        .\d\-anced  String  Pedagogy- 
MUSC  63 1        .Administrative  Problems  in  Music 

Education 
MUSC  633        Comparative  Choral  Methods 
ML  SC  634        Practicum  in  Instrumental  Music 
MUSC  635        Psvcholog)"  of  Music  Education 

TV.  Music  TTieor»-  or  Historv  Course 


.MUSC  516 

»r 

MUHI  503 
MUHI  504 
MUHI  505 
MLTII  507 
MLHI508 


.Anahtical  Techniques 

Music  of  the  Baroque  Era 
Music  of  the  Classical  Era 
Music  of  the  Romantic  Era 
Music  of  the  Twentieth  Century 
Music  of  the  Sixteenth  Centurv 


V.  .Applied  Music  Courses 

.\PMU  601-771 


\1.  Thesis 

MUSC  850 


TTiesis 


2s.h. 
2s.h. 
3  s.h. 
2  s.h. 
-3  s.h. 

2s.h. 

2  s.h. 

2s.h. 
2s.h. 
2s.h. 
2s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 

3  s.h. 

4  s.h. 
4  s.h. 


3  s.h. 


4  s.h. 


4  s.h. 


MUHI  505  Music  of  the  Romantic  Era 

ML'HI  507  Music  of  the  Twentieth  Centuiy 

MUHI  508  Music  of  the  Sixteenth  Centur)- 

III.  EJective 

(600-level  courses  and  others  as  approved  by  advisor) 

I\'.  Thesis 

MUSC  850  Thesis 


3  s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


4  s.h. 


6  s.h. 


4  s.h. 


Master  of  Arts  in  Theory  and  Composition 

*3I  S.h. 

I.  Core  Conrses 

9  s.h. 

MUSC  516        Anal\tical  Techniques 

3  s.h. 

MUSC  600        BibUography  of  .Music 

3s.h. 

ML'SC  632        Research  Techniques  in  Music 

3  s.h. 

11.  Theor>-  and  Composition  Courses 

12  s.h. 

Four  courses  from  the  following: 

MLSC  511        Composition 

3s.h. 

MUSC  512        .Ad\-anced  Orchestradon 

3s.h. 

MUSC  513        .Ad\-anced  Band  Scoring 

3s.h. 

MUSC  514        Adv-anced  Choral -Arranging 

3  s.h. 

MUSC  515        Counterpoint 

3s.h. 

.MUSC  618       ComprehensKe  Musicianship 

3s.h. 

m.  Electives 

6  s.h. 

(600-level  courses  and  others  as  approved  by  advisor) 

r\'.  Thesis 

4  s.h. 

MUSC  850        Thesis 

4s.h. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Performance 

*3I  s.h. 

I.  Core  Courses 

9  s.h. 

M  U  S  C  5 1 6        -AnaK-rical  Techniques 

3  s.h. 

MUSC  600        Bibliography  of  Music 

3  s.h. 

MUSC  632        Research  Techniques  in  Music 

3  s.h. 

II.  -Applied  Music  Courses  12  s.h. 

.APMU  601-771  12  s.h. 

III.  Electives  6  s.h. 
(Music  Theorj'  or  Music  History  courses  and  others 

as  approved  by  advisor) 

IV'.  Thesis  4  s.h. 

MUSC  850       Thesis  4  s.h. 

*      50  percent  of  the  courses  must  be  600  level  or  above. 


Master  of  Arts  in  Music  History-Uterature 

I.  Core  Courses 

MUSC  600  Bibliography  of  Music 
MUSC  516  .Anahtical  Techniques 
MUSC  632        Research  Techniques  in  Music 

II.  Historv  and  Literature  Courses 

Four  courses  from  the  foUowing: 

MUHI  503        Music  of  the  Baroque  Era 

MLHI  504        Music  of  the  Classical  Era 


*3I  s.h. 

3 
3 
3 

s.h. 
s.h. 
s.h. 

9sJ». 
12  s.h. 

3 
3 

s.h. 
s.h. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES       55 


1 


ii 


College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


The  College  of  Healtli  and  Human  Services  offers  graduate 
degrees  in  five  different  areas  of  professional  practice.  The 
Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition  offers  a  Master  of  Science  in 
Food  and  Nutrition.  The  Department  of  Health  and  Physical 
Education  offers  a  Master  of  Science  in  Sport  Science.  A  Master 
of  Arts  is  offered  by  the  Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor 
Relations.  The  Department  of  Nursing  and  .AHied  Health 
Professions  offers  a  Master  of  Science  in  Nursing.  A  Master  of 
Science  is  offered  by  the  Department  of  Safety  Sciences. 

Witli  diversified  offering  of  graduate  programs  in  professional 
areas  devoted  to  the  enhancement  in  the  quality  of  life,  tlie 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Services  is  uniquely  positioned  to 
serve  its  students  and  the  extended  communit)-.  Most  of  the 
programs  are  accredited  by  the  applicable  national  boards.  With 
strong  academic  programs  which  enjoy  national  reputations,  a 
professionally  renowned  faculty,  and  specialized  and  dedicated 
facilities,  the  college  offerings  are  among  the  most  prestigious 
available. 


Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 


Advanced  Human  Nutrition)  and  biochemistry  are  required  for 
entrance  into  the  program.  Prospective  students  apply  for 
admission  through  the  Graduate  School  and  Research. 
Applicants  are  then  referred  to  the  Food  and  Nutrition 
Department  Graduate  Studies  Committee  for  re\-iew.  All  relevant 
official  transcripts,  Graduate  Record  Elxamination  scores,  and 
letters  of  recommendadon  must  be  on  file  with  tlie  Graduate 
School  and  Research  prior  to  any  department  decision.  After 
acceptance,  a  faculty  advisor  will  be  assigned  to  each  student. 

*If  taken  for  graduate  credit.  Adranced  Human  Nutrition  cannot 
count  toward  degree  credits  in  tlie  Food  and  Nutrition  program 
but  can  be  taken  as  elective  degree  course  outside  of  Food  and 
Nutridon. 

With  die  successfid  compledon  of  15  hours  of  graduate  course 
work,  including  BIOL  602  or  GSR  516  and  GSR  615,  students 
wdll  qualif)'  for  degree  candidacy. 

.An  Accredited  American  Dietedc  Associadon  Dietetic  Internship 
is  available  in  conjunction  with  the  master's  program.  Admission 
to  this  program  requires  a  separate  application.  Information  can 
be  obtained  by  contacting  die  Food  and  Nutrition  Dietetic 
Internship  Program  Director. 

Students  may  choose  a  diirt)-diree-credit  degree  program  to 
include  a  four-credit  diesis  (FDNT  850)  or  a  diirt)-five-credit 
program  widi  a  comprehensive  exam. 


The  Master  of  Science  degree  program  is  designed  to  prepare 
individuals  with  baccalaureate  education  in  food  and  nutrition  by 
increasing  die  depdi  of  dieir  knowledge  with  respect  to  food  and 
nutrition,  developing  research  skills,  and  enhancing  their 
performance  skills  by  specializing  in  the  area  of  applied  hiuiian 
nutrition.  Courses  in  intermediate  nutrition  (FDNT  458/558* 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


56       COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Thesis  Degree  Requirements 
I.     Professional  Core  Courses 


BIOL  602 

Biometr)- 

3s.h. 

GSR  516 

Sudstics  I 

3s.h. 

GSR  615 

Elements  of  Research 

3s.h. 

FONT  713 

Seminar  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

Is.h. 

(to  be  taken 

t\Wce  for  a  total  of  two  credits) 

FONT  850 

Thesis 

4s.h. 

II.    Department  Core  Courses 

Students  must  elect  15  semester  hours  (&\e  courses) 
from  the  following  lisL  They  may  choose  no  more 
than  one  500-level  course:  course  selection  must 
include  FDNT  645.  FDNT  646.  and  must  include  one 
course  in  life  c\cle  nutrition  such  as  FDNT  711. 


FDNT  544 

Food  Composition  and  Biochemistry 

3s.h. 

FDNT  547 

Nutritional  .\spects  of  Food 

Technology 

3s.h. 

FDNT  564 

Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Methods 

3s.h. 

FDNT  612 

Administration  of  Food  Service 

Systems 

3s.h. 

FDNT  641 

Eating  Beha>iors  and  Food  Habits 

3s.h. 

FD.NT  642 

Contemporan-  Issues  in  Food  and 

Nutrition 

3s.h. 

FDNT  645 

Proteins.  Carbohydrates,  and  Fats 

3s.h. 

FDNT  646 

Mtamins  and  Minerals 

3s.h. 

FD.NT  711 

Nutrition  in  the  Life  Cycle 

3s.h. 

FDNT  743 

Clinical  Dietetics 

3s.h. 

III.  Electives 

Students  will  elect  additional  courses  from  the  lUP 

Graduate  Catalog  with  the  approval  of  their  advisor. 

Total  semester  hours 


3s.h. 

3s.h. 
3s.h. 
1  s.h. 


FDNT  544 

Food  ComjMJsition  and  Biochemistry 

3  s.h. 

FDNT  547 

Nutritional  Aspects  of  Food 

Technolog)- 

3  s.h. 

FDNT  564 

Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Methods 

3  s.h. 

FDNT  612 

.Administration  of  Food  Sertice 

Systems 

3  s.h. 

FDNT  641 

Eating  Behaviors  and  Food  Habits 

3  s.h. 

FDNT  642 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Food  and 

Nutrition 

3  s.h. 

FDNT  645 

Proteins.  Carbohydrates,  and  Fats 

3  s.h. 

FDNT  646 

Vitamins  and  Minerals 

3  s.h. 

FDNT  711 

Nutrition  in  the  Life  Cycle 

3s.h. 

FDNT  743 

Clinical  Dietetics 

3  s.h. 

12  s.h. 


15  s.h. 


6  s.h. 


33  s.h. 


8  s.h. 


NorhThesis  Degree  Requiremer)ts 

I.      Professional  Core  Courses 

BIOL  602  Biometry 

or 

GSR  5 1 6  Statistical  Mediods  1 

GSR  615  Elements  of  Research 

FDNT  713        Seminar  in  Food  and  Nutrition 
(to  be  taken  twice  for  a  total  of  two  credits) 

U.    Department  Core  Courses 

Students  must  elect  15  semester  hours  (fi\e  courses) 
from  the  following  list.  They  may  choose  no  more 
than  one  500-leyel  course:  course  selection  must 
include  FDNT  645,  FDNT  646.  and  must  include  one 
course  in  life  c\cle  nutrition  such  as  FDNT  711. 


15  s.h. 


111.  Electives 

Students  uill  elect  additional  courses  from  the  lUP 
Graduate  Catalog;  with  the  appro\-al  of  their  ad\isor. 

Total  semester  hours 


12  s.h. 


35  s.h. 


Suggested  Ancillary  Courses 

FD.NT  562        .\dvanced  Experimental  Foods  3  s.h. 

FDNT  698  Internship  1-6  s.h. 
.\CE  620           Introduction  to  Adult  and 

Community  Education  3  s.h. 

.\CE  621  The  Adult  Learner  3  s.h. 
ACE  622           Program  and  Process  Development 

in  .Adult  and  Commuiuty  Exlucation  3  s.h. 
ACE  623           Organization  and  .Administration  in 

Adult  and  Communit)-  Education  3  s.h. 

-ACE  625           Facihtating  .Adult  Learning  3  s.h. 

EDSP6I6  Applied  Research  Methods  3  s.h. 
EDSP7I5         Doctoral  Seminar  in  .Applied 

Educational  Research  3  s.h. 

GSR  517           Statistical  Methods  II  3  s.h. 

HPED510  Exercise  Prescription  3  s.h. 
HPED  5 1 2        Physical  Activity  and  Stress 

Management  3  s.h. 

H  PED  5 1 3        Physical  Activity  and  Aging  3  s.h. 

HPED  601  Sport  and  Societ>-  3  s.h. 
HPED  632        .Assessment  of  Human  Physiological 

Functions  3  s.h. 
ILR  63 1             Human  Resource  Management  in  the 

Pubhc  Sector  3  s.h. 

NURS617        Issues  in  Health  Care  3  s.h. 


Department  of  Health  and 
Physical  Education 


The  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Sport  Science  is  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  students  from  nonteaching  professions,  as  well 
as  from  the  teaching  profession.  The  program  is  discipline- 
specific  with  pro\ision  for  students  to  choose  from  among  four 
different  academic  tracks:  Sport  Management,  Elxercise  Science, 
.Aquatics  Administration/  Facilities  Management,  and  Sport 
Studies.  According  to  their  selected  program  of  study,  students 
are  prepared  for  a  variety-  of  competitive  eniplo\Tnent 
opportunities,  including  management  and  administration  of  sport 
and  athletic  programs,  corporate  and  communit)-  health  and 
fitness  facilities,  hospital  and  medical-based  exercise  programs, 
and  recreational  programs  in  school  and  community  settings. 

Requirements  for  Admission 

To  be  admitted  to  the  Health  and  Physical  Elducarion 
Department,  the  applicant  must  have  completed  the  requirements 
for  a  bachelors  degree  from  an  accredited  college  or  universit)- 
and  frilfill  the  general  requirements  for  admission  to  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research  for  a  master's  degree. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES       57 


Master  of  Science  in  Sport  Science 

Students  may  choose  between  a  thesis  or  non-thesis  curriculum, 
depending  upon  individual  preferences  and  need. 

Sport  ManagementTrack 

I.   Thesis  Degree  Requirements 

A.  Core  Courses 

HPED601  Sport  and  Society- 

HPED  634  Current  Literature  in  Sport 

HPED  603  Physiological  Basis  of  Sport 

GSR  5 1 6  Statistical  Methods  I 

GSR  615  Elements  of  Research 

HPED  850  Thesis 


B.  Required  Courses 

MGMT613      Organizational  .\nalysis 
HPED  635        Sport  Management 
HPED  637        Sport  Facilities  Management 
BTST  670         Administrative  Communications 

II.   Non-thesis  Degree  Requirements 

A.  Core  Courses 

H  PED  60 1         Sport  and  Society- 
HPED  634        Current  LiteraUire  in  Sport 
H  PED  603        Physiological  Basis  of  Sport 
GSR  5 1 6  Statistical  Methods  I 

GSR  615  Elements  of  Research 

B.  Required  Courses 

MGMT  6 1 3      Organizational  Analysis 
HPED  635        Sport  Management 
HPED  637        Sport  Facilides  Management 
BTST  670         Administrative  Conmiunicarions 


3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 

3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 

3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


30  s.h. 
18  s.h. 


12  s.h. 


36  s.h. 
15  s.h. 


12  s.h. 


9  s.h. 


*C.  Elective  Courses 

HPED  510  Exercise  Prescription  3  s.h. 
HPED  512        Physical  Activity- and  Stress 

Management  3  s.h. 

HPED  513        Physical  Activity- and  Aging  3  s.h. 

HPED  602  Sport  Psychology-  3  s.h. 
ILR  61 1             Development  and  Theories  of  the 

Labor  Movement  3  s.h. 
ILR  613             Fundamentals  of  American  Industrial 

and  Labor  Relations  3  s.h. 
HPED  620        ILxercise  Prescription  for  Chronic 

Diseases  3  s.h. 
BTST  642         Training  and  Development  in 

Business/Workforce  Developoment  3  s.h. 

HPED  672        Epidemiology-  of  Physical  Activity  3  s.h. 

HPED  680        Seminar  3  s.h. 

HPED  681         Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

HPED  698        Internship  3  s.h. 

*      Electives  may  be  substituted,  based  upon  student's  undergraduate 
course  record  ajid  pemussion  of  advisor. 


Exercise  Science  Track 

I.  Thesis  Degree  Requirements 

A.  Core  Courses 

HPED  601         Sport  and  Society  3  s.h. 

HPED  603         Physiological  Basis  of  Sport  3  s.h. 

HPED  634        Current  Literatiure  in  Sport  3  s.h. 

GSR  5 1 6  Statistical  Methods  1  3  s.h. 

GSR  615  Elements  of  Research  3  s.h. 

HPED  850        Thesis  3  s.h. 


30  s.h. 
18  s.h. 


B.  Required  Courses  12  .s.h 

HPED  512        Physical  .Activity  and  Stress 

Management  3  s.h. 

HPED  632        Assessment  of  Human  Physiological 

Functions  3  s.h. 

HPED  620        Elxercise  Prescription  for  Chronic 

Diseases  3  s.h. 

HPED  672        Epidemiology  of  Physical  Activity  3  s.h. 

II.  Non-thesis  Degree  Requirement  36  s.h. 

A.  Core  Courses  15  s.h 

HPED  601         Sport  and  Society-  3  s.h. 

HPED  603        Physiological  Basis  of  Sport  3  s.h. 

HPED  634        Current  Literature  in  Sport  3  s.h. 

GSR516  Statistical  Mediods  I  3  s.h. 

GSR  615  Elements  of  Research  3  s.h. 

B.  Required  Courses  12  s.h. 

HPED  5 1 2        Physical  Activity  and  Stress 

Management  3  s.h. 

HPED  632        .Assessment  of  Human  Physiological 

Functions  3  s.h. 

HPED  620        Elxercise  Prescription  for  Chronic 

Diseases  3  s.h. 

HPED  672        Epidemiology  of  Physical  Activity  3  s.h. 

*C.  Electives  9  s.h. 

HPED  510 
HPED  513 
HPED  602 
HPED  631 
HPED  633 
HPED  680 
HPED  681 
HPED  698 


Exercise  Prescription 
Physical  .Activity-  and  Aging 
Sport  Psychology- 
Motor  Learning 
Kinesiological  Principles 
Seminar 
Special  Topics 
Internship 

Electives  may  be  substituted,  based  upon  student's  undergraduate 
course  record  and  permission  of  advisor. 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
1-6  s.h. 


Aquatic  Admir)istra^on/Facilities  Management  Track 

I.  Thesis  Degree  Requirements 

A.  Core  Courses 

HPED  601         Sport  and  Society  3  s.h. 

HPED  603        Physiological  Basis  of  Sport  3  s.h. 

HPED  634        Current  Literature  in  Sport  3  s.h. 

GSR  516           Statistical  Mediods  I  3  s.h. 

GSR  615           Elements  of  Research  3  s.h. 

HPED  850        Thesis  3  s.h. 

B.  Required  Courses 

HPED  635        Sport  Management  3  s.h. 

HPED  637  Sport  Facilities  Management  3  s.h. 
HPED  641  Administration  of  Aquatic  Programs  3  s.h. 
HPED  642        Design  and  Operation  of  .Aquatic 

Facilities  3  s.h. 

II.  Non-thesis  Degree  Requirement 

A.  Core  Courses 

HPED  601         Sport  and  Society  3  s.h. 

HPED  603        Physiological  Basis  of  Sport  3  s.h. 

HPED  634        Current  Literature  in  Sport  3  s.h. 

GSR  5 1 6           Statistical  Methods  I  3  s.h. 

GSR  6 1 5           Elements  of  Research  3  s.h. 

B.  Required  Courses 

HPED  635        Sport  Management  3  s.h. 

HPED  637        Sport  Facihties  Management  3  s.h. 


30  s.h. 
18  s.h. 


12  s.h. 


36  s.h. 
15  s.h. 


12  s.li. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


58 


F    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


HPED64I 

Administration  of  Aquatic  Programs 

3  s.h. 

HPED  642 

Design  and  Operation  of  Aquatic  Facilities3  s.h. 

*C.  Elective  Courses 

HPED  510 

Exercise  Prescription 

3  s.h. 

HPED  512 

Physical  Activity  and  Stress 

Management 

3  s.h. 

HPED  513 

Physical  Acti\'ity  and  Aging 

3  s.h. 

HPED  602 

Sport  Psychology 

3  s.h. 

1LR61I 

Development  and  Theories  of  the 

Labor  Movement 

3  s.h. 

1LR613 

Fundamentals  of  American  Industrial 

and  Labor  Relations 

3  s.h. 

HPED  620 

Exercise  Prescription  for  Chronic 

Diseases 

3  s.h. 

MGMT  630 

Management  Theory 

3  s.h. 

BTST  642 

Training  and  Development  in 

Business/Workforce  Development 

3  s.h. 

HPED  672 

Epidemiology  of  Physical  Activity 

3  s.h. 

HPED  680 

Seminar 

3  s.h. 

HPED  681 

Special  Topics 

3  s.h. 

HPED  698 

Internship 

3  s.h. 

9  s.h. 


Hectives  may  be  substituted,  based  upon  students  undergraduate 
course  record  with  permission  of  advisor. 


Sport  Studies  Track 

I.  Thesis  Degree  Requirements 

A.  Core  Courses 

HPED  60 1  Sport  and  Society 

HPED  603  Physiological  Basis  of  Sport 

HPED  634  Current  Literature  in  Sport 

GSR  5 1 6  Statistical  Methods  1 

GSR  615  Elements  of  Research 

HPED  850  Thesis 

B.  Elecrives 

Students  may.  witli  the  advice  and  consent  of  tlie 
graduate  coordinator,  select  electives  from  any  of  the 
approved  graduate-level  courses. 

II.  Non-thesis  Degree  Requirements 
A.  Core  Courses 


30  s.h. 
18  s.h. 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


12  s.h. 


36  s.h. 
15  s.h. 


HPED  601 

Sport  and  Society 

3  s.h. 

HPED  603 

Physiological  Basis  of  Sport 

3  s.h. 

HPED  634 

Current  Literature  in  Sport 

3  s.h. 

GSR  516 

Statistical  Methods  I 

3  s.h. 

GSR615 

Elements  of  Research 

3  s.h. 

B.    Electives 

Six  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

HPED  510 

Elxercise  Prescription 

3  s.h. 

HPED  512 

Physical  Activity  and  Stress 

Management 

3  s.h. 

HPED  513 

Physical  Activity  and  Aging 

3  s.h. 

HPED  602 

Sport  Psychology 

3  s.h. 

HPED  632 

Assessment  of  Human  Physiological 

Funcdons 

3  s.h. 

HPED  633 

Kinesiological  Principles 

3  s.h. 

HPED  635 

Sport  Management 

3  s.h. 

HPED  637 

Sport  Facilities  Management 

3  s.h. 

HPED  680 

Seminar 

3  s.h. 

HPED  681 

Special  Topics 

3  s.h. 

21  s.h. 


In  addition,  the  student  is  required  to  earn  15  semester  hours  from  any 
approved  graduate-level  courses,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
graduate  coordinator. 


Department  of  Industrial  and 
Labor  Relations 

The  Master  of  Aits  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  is  a 
multidisciplinary  graduate  degree  program  designed  to  prepare 
professional  practitioners  in  the  field  of  industrial  and  labor 
relations  in  public  and  private  management,  unions,  government 
agencies,  and  neutral  and  service  organizations.  The  42- 
semester-hour  program  consists  of  a  required  core  of  27  semester 
hours  and  elective  course  offerings  totaling  15  semester  hours. 

In  consultation  with  the  advisor,  each  student  will  individually 
buUd  the  elective  sequence  of  the  program  of  study  by  choosing 
15  elective  semester  hours  from  among  industrial  and  labor 
relations  courses  and  courses  approved  by  the  advisor  that  are 
offered  by  other  departments. 

Students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  elect  an  internship  to 
integrate  theory  and  practice  in  the  field.  Certain  students  with 
exceptional  background  in  relevant  work  experience  or  previous 
course  work  may  qualify'  for  exemption  from  some  courses.  As 
part  of  their  professional  growth,  students  may  also  participate  in 
the  research  and  training  activities  of  the  Pennsylvania  Center  for 
the  Study  of  Labor  Relations. 

Course  Requirements  for  the  MA.  Degree 

I.  Required  Core:  27  s.h. 

ILR610  Employee  Rights  under  Law  3  s.h. 

ILR  611  Development  and  Theories  of  the 

Labor  Movement  3  s.h. 

ILR  612  Labor  Relations  Practice  and 

Administration  3  s.h. 

ILR  613  Fundamentals  of  American  Industrial 

and  Labor  Relations  3  s.h. 

ILR  615  Dispute  Setdement  3  s.h. 

ILR  619  Research  Methods  in  Industrial  and 

Labor  Relations  3  s.h. 

ILR  625  Processes  of  Collective  Bargaining  3  s.h. 

ILR  641  Contract  Administration  3  s.h. 

ECON  530        Labor  Economics  3  s.h. 

(or  approved  substitute) 

II.  Elective  Area:  15  s.h. 

Fifteen  semester  hours  chosen  from  other  elective 
courses  in  industrial  and  labor  relations  or  from  related 
departments  witli  die  approval  of  student's  advisor. 


Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

The  program  leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  nursing  is 
fijlly  accredited  by  die  Commission  on  Collegiate  Education.  It  is 
designed  to  prepare  die  graduate  for  an  advanced  practice 
nursing  role  as  a  nurse  administrator  or  a  community  healtli 
clinical  nurse  specialist  and  serves  as  a  foundation  for  doctoral 
study. 

Upon  completion  of  the  degree  the  student  is  prepared  to: 

•      Provide  leadership  that  influences  nursing  practice  and 
contributes  to  the  advancement  of  the  nursing  profession. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF 


HEALTH 


AND 


m^^m 

HUMAN 


SERVICES       59 


•  Svntliesize  ad%'aiiced  skills  aiid  sciendlic  knowledge  to 
practice  as  a  communit)'  healdi  clinical  nurse  specialist  or 
nurse  administrator. 

•  Utilize  ad\'anced  nursing  practice  knowledge  and  research 
skills  in  the  identification,  resolution,  and  e\'aluation  of 
clinical  nursing  or  management  problems  to  provide  high 
qualitN'.  cost-effective  healdi  care  for  die  communit)'. 

Course  work  builds  on  the  knowledge  and  skills  gained  in  a  basic 
nursing  education  program.  It  provides  the  theoretical  and 
practical  knowledge  required  for  ad\-anced  nursing  practice  in 
diverse  settings  widiin  a  rapidlv  changing  healtli  care  system. 
Nurse  administrators  assume  leadership  roles  in  planning, 
organizing,  and  implementing  care  across  the  spectnim  of  health 
care  settings.  CUnical  nurse  specialists  provide  leadership  in  the 
provision  of  care  for  clients  witli  multiple  and  or  complex  needs 
Nvidiin  a  \ariet)-  of  community"  settings. 

Students  mav  choose  die  42-credit  Communir\-  Healdi  Clinical 
Nurse  Specialist  track  or  die  j6-credit  Nursing  Administration 
track. 

Reffistered  nurse  students  who  enroll  in  the  IL'P  Baclielor  of 

o 

Science  in  Nursing  program  mav  take  up  to  sl\  credits  ot 
graduate-level  course  work  as  part  of  die  undergraduate  program. 
These  graduate-level  courses  taken  by  lUP  undergraduate 
nursing  students  «  ould  be  used  to  partially  ftdfiU  die  degree 
requirements  of  the  lUP  M.S.  in  Nursing  program. 


Nursing  Administration  Tracl< 

*30-36 

S.h. 

Graduate  Nursing  Core 

21 

s.h. 

NURS6I0 

Healtli  Promotion  and  Social  Issues 

3s.h. 

NURS614 

Health  Care  Organizations  and  Policv' 

Ss.h. 

NURS  620 

Theoretical  Foundations  ot  Nursing 

3s.h. 

NURS  622 

The  Practice  of  Nursing  Research  I 

3  s.h. 

NURS  623 

The  Practice  of  Nursing  Research  II 

3  s.h. 

**Electives 

6  s.h. 

.Administration  Courses 

15 

s.h. 

MRS  619 

Leadership  Strategies  for  Nursing 

3  s.h. 

NURS  729 

Nursing  Adininistratioii 

Ss.h. 

NURS  730 

Financial  Management  in  Health  Care 

3  s.h. 

NURS  731 

Nursing  .Administration  Practicum 

6  s.h. 

— 

— 

Clinical  Nurse  Specialist  Track 

*36-42 

TT 

Graduate  Ni 

ursing  Core 

21 

s.h. 

NURS  610 

Health  Promotion  and  Social  Issues 

3  s.h. 

NURS  614 

Health  Care  Organizatioas  and  Policy 

3  s.h. 

NURS  620 

Theoretical  Foundations  of  Nursing 

3  s.h. 

NURS  622 

The  Practice  of  Nursing  Research  I 

3  s.h. 

NURS  623 

The  Practice  of  Nursing  Research  II 

3  s.h. 

**Electives 

6  s.h. 

.Advanced  Practice  Nursing  Core 

9 

s.h. 

NURS  511 

.Adv-anced  Healdi  .Assessment 

3  s.h. 

NURS  612 

Padiophysiolog)-  for  Advanced 
Practice  Nursing 

Ss.h. 

NURS  613 

Pharmacolog)'  for  .Adx-anced 
Practice  Nursing 

Ss.h. 

Communit)'  Health  Courses 

NURS  734        Concepts  of  Communitv-  Health 

Nursing 


12  s.h. 


Ss.h. 


NURS  735        .Aggregates  in  the  Communit)-  3  s.h. 

NLRS  736        Leadership  in  Communit}'  Health 

Nursing  6  s.h. 

*      L'p  to  SLx  credits  earned  by  taking  graduate  course  work  as  an  lUP 
midergraduate  would  be  appUed  to  fiilfilling  the  degree 
requirements  of  the  M.S.  in  Nursing  major. 

**    Students  may  choose  electives  from  lUP  courses  that  are 
appropriate  for  their  needs  and  interests  as  they  work  toward 
meeting  the  program  objectives.  .Ad\isors  will  approve  elective 
choices.  Six  crechts  of  NURS  850  Thesis  may  be  substituted  for 
electives. 


Department  of  Safety  Sciences 

The  Department  of  Safety  Sciences  ofiFers  a  program  of  studies 
leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Saferv  Sciences.  .A  thesis 
or  non-thesis  curriculum  is  avTuIable.  The  M.S.  in  Safet)" 
Sciences  is  accredited  by  the  .Accreditation  Board  for 
Engineering  and  Technologi.-. 

Students  have  die  opportunit)-  to  choose  from  a  wide  selection  of 
course  offerings  or  select  a  specialized  area.  In  addition,  students 
mav  choose  elective  courses,  widi  approval  of  advisor,  in  fields 
direcdv  related  to  safetv-  sciences.  The  program  is  designed  for 
individuals  vvidi  relevant  experience  in  safetv-  sciences  and  those 
vvidi  appropriate  midergraduate  preparation  who  are  interested 
in  pursuing  careers  in  the  profession. 

Department  Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  die  requirements  tor  admission  to  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research,  a  student  intending  to  work 
toward  a  Master  of  Science  in  Safety  Sciences  will  be  required  to 
have  the  following  prerequisite  professional  preparation: 

Entrs-level  competencv  in  four  subdiscipUnes:  Safetv- 
Management.  Occupational  Safetv-.  Occupational  Health,  and 
Fire  Protection  through  relev-ant  education,  dociunented  work 
experience,  certifications,  or  odier  means  acceptable  to  the  Safetv- 
Sciences  Graduate  Committee. 

The  student's  undergraduate  preparation  shouJd  include  the 
following: 

•  Sciences  and  Mathematics  (21  hours).  These  are  typicalh' 
courses  such  as  calculus,  statistics,  physics,  chemistrv-.  and 
hitman  phvsiologv-  and  anatomy  or  biologv-. 

•  Elngineerin^/Technologv-  Courses  (42  hours).  Courses  in  the 
Safetv  Sciences,  such  as  industrial  hvgiene.  systems  safetv-. 
safetv-  management,  fire  safetv-.  ergonomics,  and 
emiroimiental  safetvv  as  well  as  a  varietv-  of  engineering  and 
technologv-  courses. 

•  Hmnanities.  Communications,  and  Social  Sciences  (21 
hours).  Courses  in  psvchologv-.  speech,  and  written 
communications  as  well  as  a  vaiietv-  of  other  social  sciences. 

When  the  Safety  Sciences  Graduate  Conimittee  determines  that  a 

deficiencv  in  work  experience  or  relev-ant  education  exists,  a 
student  vviD  be  required  to  complete  additional  stuches  to 
eliminate  the  deficiencv.  More  information  on  admissions 
requirements  is  av-ailable  from  the  Safetv-  Sciences  Department. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


60       COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Master  of  Science  in  Safety  Sdences 

.\11  students  are  required  to  take  a  total  of  36  hours,  of  which  18  hours 
are  core  courses.  The  student  must  choose  the  remaining  18  hours  in  a 
specialized  or  generalized  option.  Students  may  choose  between  a  thesis 
or  non-thesis  curriciJum. 

I8s.h. 


\.    Required 

Core  Courses 

S.\FE601 

Concepts  of  Risk  .\ssessraent 

3sJi. 

S.\FE602 

Quantitati\-e  Methods  in  Safety- 

Management 

3s.h. 

S.\FE603 

Human  Relations  in  Safety- 

Management 

3s.h. 

S.\FE604 

Industrial  Toxicolog)- 

3s.h. 

SAFE  605 

Ach-anced  Principles  of  Safet>- 

Elngineering 

3s.h. 

SAFE  606 

Hazardous  Materials  Management 

3s.h. 

B.     Additional  Requirements 
1.     Thesis  Option 


3-6  s.h. 


18s.h. 


SAFE  850         Thesis 
and 

Electives.  Specialized  Option: 

Two  courses  in  one  chosen  subdiscipline.  from  list 

of  Safet\-  Electrse  Courses  (see  below)  6-9  s.h.  minimum 

.Approved  electJNes  6  s.h. 


Electhes.  Ceneralist  Option: 

.\t  least  four  courses,  one  in  each  subdiscipline.  from 

list  of  Safet\- Electi\-e  Courses  (see  below)       12  sJi.  minimum 

.Approved  electrves  0-3  s.h. 

2.    Non-thesis  Option  18s.h. 

Electhes.  Specialized  Option: 

Two  courses  in  one  chosen  subdiscipline  from  list 

of  Safet)-  ElectKe  Courses  (see  below)  6  s.h. 

.\pproved  electi\-es  1 2  s.h. 


Certificate  of  Recognition  in  Safety  Sciences 

The  Department  of  Safers-  Sciences  offers  a  program  of  studies 
leading  to  a  Certificate  of  Recognition  in  Safet)-  Sciences.  The 
Certificate  of  Recognition  in  Safet)-  Sciences  is  a  twelve-credit 
program  that  introduces  the  students  to  die  fiindamentals  of 
occupational  safet)-  aiid  health.  The  fiindamentals  will  stress  the 
recognition.  e\-aluation.  and  control  of  common  workplace 
hazards.  The  Certificate  of  Recognition  in  Scifet)-  Sciences  is 
designed  for  those  indi\-iduals  w-ho  already  have  a  bachelors 
degree  and  have  safet)-  and  health  program  acti\-ities  as  peripheral 
responsibilities  w-ithin  an  organization.  It  should  also  be  noted 
that  the  Certificate  of  Recognition  in  Safet)-  Sciences  could  also 
serve  as  a  foundation  for  those  indi\-iduals  who  would  like  to 
pursue  a  graduate  program  m  safet)-  but  who  do  not  have  an 
undergraduate  degree  in  safet)^  Professionak  who  would  benefit 
from  this  certificate  are  human  resource  managers,  occupational 
health  and  en\-ironmental  health  professionals,  or  others  who 
have  safet)-  as  a  peripheral  responsibility. 

Program  Requirements 

AH  smdents  will  be  required  to  successfiilly  complete  a  total  of  tweK-e 
credits,  of  which  six  hours  are  core  courses.  The  student  must  choose 
the  remaining  sLx  hours  in  elective  courses. 

Required  Core  Courses  6  s.h. 

S.AFE  645    Principles  of  Occupational  Safet)'  3  s.h. 

S.\FE  667    Principles  of  Occupational  Health  3  s.h. 

EJective  Courses  6  s.h. 

Select  two  courses  from  the  following  list: 

S.\FE562    Radiological  Healdi  3  s.h. 

S.AFE  623    .■\d\-anced  Safety  .Administration  3  s.h. 

S.AFE  630    Pollution  Control  3  s.h. 

S.AFE  643    Construction  Safety  3  s.h. 

SAFE  673    Disaster  Preparedness  3  s.h. 


EJectrves,  Ceneralist  Option: 

Four  courses,  one  in  each  subdiscipline.  from  list  of 

Safet)-  Electi\e  Courses  (see  below) 

-Approved  electi\-es 

Graduate  Elective  Courses  by  Subdiscipline 

Safet)  Management 

S.AFE  620  Safet)-  Data  Management 

S.AFE  623  .Ad\-anced  Safet)-  .Administration 

Occupational  Health 
S.AFE561  .Air  Pollution 

S.AFE  562  Radiological  Health 

S.AFE  565  Right-to-Know  Legislation 

S.AFE  663  Industrial  H)-giene  Laborator)- 

Methods 
S.AFE  664  Industrial  Noise  Control 


Occupational  Safetv- 

S.AFE  541  .Accident  Investigation 

S.AFE  642         -Advanced  Mine  Safet)-  Engineering 

S.AFE  643  Construction  Safet)- 

SAFE  644  Pre^-enting  Unsafe  .Acts 

Fire  Protection 

S.AFE  672  Process  Safet)-  in  the  Chemical  Industries3  s.h. 

SAFE  673  Disaster  Preparedness  3  s.h. 

SAFE  674  Fire  Safet)-  in  Building  Design  3  s.h. 


12  s.h. 
6s.h. 


3s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3s.h. 

3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3  s.h. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


'Kr-Jjl 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       61 


"% 


-•"^  s 


College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  offers  master's 
degrees  in  Criminology'.  English.  Geography  and  Regional 
Planning.  Histon,;  Political  Science,  and  Sociolog);  Doctorates 
are  awarded  in  Criniinolog)'.  English  (Literature  and  Criticism, 
Composition  and  TESOL).  and  Administration  and  Leadership 
Studies. 


Department  of  Criminology 


The  Department  of  Criminology'  offers  programs  of  study  leading 
to  a  Master  of  Arts  and  a  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in 
Criniinolog)'.  The  programs  are  designed  to  prepare  graduate 
students  for  careers  in  academia  as  well  as  upper-level 
administrative  positions  in  various  fields  of  justice.  The 
programs  allow  the  student  to  choose  from  a  wide  selection  of 
courses  within  the  Department  of  Criminology  as  well  as  elective 
courses  in  related  departments. 

The  Master  of  Arts  program  is  offered  in  two  locations.  The 
M.A.  program  on  the  main  campus  offers  fiill-  or  part-time  study. 
A  part-time  evening  program  is  also  offered  in  the  greater 
Pittsburgh  area.  The  doctoral  program  is  offered  on  the  main 
campus:  fiiU-  or  part-time  study  is  permitted. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Criminology 

Department  Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  requirements  for  admission  to  the 

Graduate  School  and  Research,  a  student  intending  to  work 


toward  a  Master  of  Arts  in  Criminology  will  be  required  to  have 
the  following  prerequisite  academic  and/or  professional 
preparation: 

A.  Students  should  be  able  to  demonstrate  a  sound 
understanding  of  criminological  theor)-  and  the  criminal 
justice  system  (generally  satisfied  by  a  bachelor's  degree  in 
criminology,  criminal  justice,  or  related  field);  or, 

B.  Students  should  have  knowledge  gained  through  experience 
within  the  justice  system  or  by  specialized  training  or 
completed  graduate  or  undergraduate  studies  in  a  related 
field.* 

*.A11  applicants  for  the  Master  of  .Arts  degree  in  Criminology 
must  possess  the  essence  of  knowledge  offered  in  the 
undergraduate  (B.A.)  program  core  courses.  These  courses  are 

GRIM  102  Survey  of  Criminolog)' 

GRIM  210  Criminal  Law 

GRIM  300  Theory  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice 

Organizations 

GRIM  306  Criminological  Research  Methods 

GRIM  400  Theoretical  Criniinolog)- 

GRIM  401  Contemporary  Issues  in  Criminology 

If,  upon  the  consideration  of  die  Department  of  Criminology- 
Graduate  Conmiittee,  an  appUcant  is  deemed  to  be  deficient,  the 
department,  through  the  master's  coordinator,  will  require 
appropriate  undergraduate  courses  to  remove  these  deficiencies. 
Students  may  begin  master's  studies  in  eitiier  semester  or  in  the 
summer. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


«5QiT<jrS>KS337?<TX' 


62       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Master  of  Arts  in  Criminology 

Stiulcnts  must  choose  between  a  tliesis  or  non-tliesis  curriculum: 

Thesis  Degree  Requirements 

A  total  of  36  semester  hours  is  required,  including: 

CRIM  600         Criminological  Theon- 

Proseminar 

Research  Methods 

Legal  Issues  in  Criminolog)' 

Seminar  in  Administration  and 

Management  in  Criminal  Justice 

System  Dynamics  in  the 

Administration  of  Justice 

Quantitative  Strategies  for  Criminology  3  s.h. 

Ethical  and  Philosophical  Issues  in 

Criminology  3  s.h. 

CRIM  850        Thesis  3-6  s.h. 

Electives  6  s.h. 

Total 


CRIMtiOl 
CRIM  605 
CRIM  610 
CRIM  630 

CRIM  631 

CRIM  718 
CRIM  730 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 


36  s.h. 


Non-Thesis  Degree  Requirements 
A  total  of  36 


CRIM  600 
CRIM  601 
CRIM  605 
CRIM  610 
CRIM  630 

CRIM  631 

CRIM  718 
CRIM  730 

Electives 
Total 


semester  hours  is  required,  including: 

Criminological  Theory 
Proseminar 
Research  Methods 
Legal  Issues  in  Criminology 
Seminar  in  Administration  and 
Management  in  Criminal  Justice 
System  Dynamics  in  the 
Administration  ofjustice 
Quantitative  Strategies  for  Criminology  3  s.h. 
Ethical  and  Philosophical  Issues 
in  Criminology  3  s.h. 

12  s.h. 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 


36  s.h. 


Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Criminology 

Department  Admission  Requirements 
It  is  expected  that  students  entering  the  Ph.D.  program  in 
Criminology  will  have  completed  a  master's  degree  in  either 
Criminology  or  a  closely  related  discipline.  However,  in 
exceptional  cases,  a  highly  qualified  applicant  may  enter  the 
doctoral  track  with  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Such  students  would 
obtain  the  M.A.  degree  en  route  to  the  Ph.D. 

Applicants  must  meet  all  Graduate  School  and  Research 
admission  requirements.  Additionally,  the  doctoral  coordinator, 
after  consulting  with  the  department  Ph.D.  committee,  will 
submit  a  recommendation  regarding  applicants  to  the  Graduate 
School  and  Research.  The  following  criteria  are  reviewed: 

1 .  all  official  college  transcripts 

2.  three  letters  of  recommendation 

3.  statement  of  goals 

4.  example  of  written  work  (thesis,  articles,  reports,  etc.) 

5.  GRE  scores  (a  combined  score  of  at  least  900  on  the  verbal 
and  quantitative  sections  is  expected.  Some  flexibility  may 
be  granted  at  the  discretion  of  the  screening  committee.) 

6.  skill  requirement  (foreign  language,  computer  or  statistical 
ability,  or  other  skills  approved  by  the  Ph.D.  committee  or 
the  department's  graduate  curriculum  committee) 


7.    personal  interview  (may  be  requested  by  department  Ph.D. 
committee  or  by  apphcant) 

Curriculum 

The  Ph.D.  program  in  Criminology  requires  a  minimum  of  54  semester 
hours  of  acceptable  graduate  credit.  Each  student  must  complete 
requirements  for  (a)  course  work;  (b)  area  of  specialization  requirements; 
(c)  qualifying  examinations;  (d)  skill  requirement;  and  (e)  dissertation. 

A.  Required  Course  Work 

1.  Core  Courses  (2 1  semester  hours): 

CRIM  710         Advanced  Theoretical  Criminology  3  s.h. 

CRIM  717  Advanced  Qualitative  Mediods  3  s.h. 
CRIM  718         Quantitative  Strategies  for  Analysis  in 

Criminology  3  s.h. 

CRIM  720  Advanced  Quantitative  Methods  3  s.h. 
CRIM  730         Etliical  and  Philosophical  Issues  in 

Criminolog)'  3  s.h. 

CRIM  740         Advanced  Criminal  Justice  Policy  3  s.h. 

CRIM  750         Doctoral  Colloquium  in  Criminology  3  s.h. 

2.  Advanced  Applied  Research  (9  semester  hours): 

CRIM  801         Advanced  Applied  Research  I  3  s.h. 

CRIM  802         Advanced  Applied  Research  II  3  s.h. 

CRIM  803         Advanced  AppUed  Research  II  3  s.h. 

Criminology  Electives:  six  semester  hours  minimum 

4.     Other  Electives:  six  semester  hours  from  Criminology  or  related 
disciplines 

B.  Qualilying  Examination:  Upon  completion  of  18  semester  hours  a 
student  nmst  take  qualilying  examinations  in  three  core  subject 
areas.  After  successliil  completion,  a  student  may  proceed  toward 
fulfillment  of  remaining  degree  requirements. 

C.  Comprehensive  Area  of  Specialization  Competence  Review: 

Areas  of  Concentration — Each  student  must  decide  upon  one 
subspecialty  within  Criminology.  Upon  consultation  with  the 
student,  the  student's  advisory  committee,  and  die  doctoral 
coordinator,  a  proficiency  review  will  be  conducted. 

D.  Skill  requirement:  (0-6  semester  hours)  This  requirement  may  be 
ftilfilled  by  demonstrating  knowledge  in  one  of  the  following  areas: 

•  foreign  language 

•  computer 

•  advanced  statistics 

•  advanced  research  mediods 

•  other  appropriate  areas  as  approved  by  the  doctoral  coordinator 

Furdier  details  regarding  any  of  these  skill  requirements  can  be 
obtained  from  the  doctoral  coordinator. 

E.  Dissertation:  In  accordance  with  university  guidelines,  successful 
completion  of  a  doctoral  dissertation  is  required  (12  semester 
hours). 


Residency 

The  following  options  are  available  to  doctoral  students  for 
satisfying  residency  requirements: 

1.  completion  of  a  minimum  of  nine  graduate  credits  at  lUP  in 
each  of  at  least  two  consecutive  semesters 

2.  completion  of  a  minimum  of  nine  graduate  credits  at  lUP  for 
at  least  one  semester  immediately  preceding  or  following  a 
simimer  of  nine  semester  hours  of  study 

3.  completion  at  lUP  of  at  least  nine  graduate  credits  in  each  of 
two  consecutive  summers  plus  six  graduate  credits  during  the 
intervening  academic  year 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE 


OF    HUMANfTIES    AND 


SOCIAL   SCIENCES       63 


Part-Time  Study 

This  program  may  admit  each  year  some  students  whose 
intention  is  to  complete  the  program  on  a  part-time  basis. 
Course  offerings  can  be  expected  to  fluctuate,  especially  in  the 
expansion  of  new  course  offerings.  A  complete  and  updated 
description  of  any  changes  can  be  obtained  from  the  Department 
of  Criminolog)-. 


Department  of  English 


Master  of  Arts  in  English 

The  M.A.  in  English,  revised  in  1989,  responds  to  the  needs  of 
four  groups  of  students:  those  interested  in  gaining  a  generalist 
background  in  graduate  English  studies,  students  wanting  to 
concentrate  on  literatiu-e,  students  seeking  secondary  English 
certification  or  desiring  to  enhance  their  existing  skills  in  teaching 
English,  and  students  who  want  to  teach  English  to  speakers  of 
other  languages.  Each  of  the  four  options  for  the  M.A.  requires 
36  credit  hours,  either  of  course  work  (twelve  coiu^es)  or  a 
combination  of  course  work  and  an  internship  or  thesis.  Each 
option  has  its  own  set  of  requirements  for  distributing  those  36 
hours,  and  each  has  its  own  admissions  committee.  WTien  you 
apply  for  admission,  you  must  indicate  which  degree  option  you 
wish  to  pursue. 

The  generalist  (M.A./GEIN)  option  b  designed  for  students  who 
wish  course  work  in  several  areas  of  ELnglish  to  attain  a  balanced 
background  in  the  discipline  and  gain  preparation  for  more 
advanced  doctoral  work,  for  teaching  at  the  commimity-coUege 
level,  or  for  a  career  in  such  professional  fields  as  publishing  or 
translation.  The  Literature  (M.A./LIT)  option  is  for  active 
professionals  who  wish  to  fiorther  their  expertise  in  literature  and 
for  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  work  on  a  Ph.D.  in  British 
and  American  Literatiu-e  and  criticism.  The  teaching  English 
(M.A./TE)  option  is  for  in-service  secondary  English  teachers 
who  wish  advanced  in-depth  study  in  the  teaching  of  English  and 
for  students  with  the  bachelor's  degree  in  English  (or  its 
equivalent)  who  wish  to  pursue  initial  certification.  The 
M.A./TESOL  option  prepares  students  in  the  theory  and 
practice  of  teaching  EngUsh  to  speakers  of  other  languages  in  a 
variety  of  settings  within  (ESL)  and  outside  (EFL)  the  United 
States. 

ILTP's  M.A.  in  English  has  courses  available  in  both  siunmer 
sessions  and  during  the  academic  year.  As  there  is  no  specific 
residency  requirement  for  the  M.A.  at  lUP,  students  are  not 
required  to  attend  the  program  fiiU  time  during  the  academic 
year;  much  of  the  work  may  be  accomplished  over  the  coiu'se  of 
several  summers — although  certain  courses  required  in  several  of 
the  programs  are  offered  only  during  the  normal  academic  year. 
However,  the  final  six  credits  must  be  taken  at  lUP.  Students 
attending  full  time  can  complete  the  M.A.  in  English  in  as  litde  as 
a  single  year  or  may  spread  their  work  out  over  two  or  three 
years.  Thus,  the  M.A.  in  EngUsh  at  ILP  offers  the  advantages  of 
both  professional  focus  and  personal  fle.xibihtv-. 

M.A.  Program  Descriptions 
MA.IGeneralist 

The  Master  of  Arts/Generalist  (M.A./GEIN)  option  is  for  students 
who  wish  course  work  in  several  areas  of  English.  This  track 
provides  preparation  for  more  advanced  doctoral  work,  for 


teaching  at  the  cotmnunity-coUege  leveL  or  for  careers  in  such 
professional  fields  as  publishing  or  translation. 

MA-IGeneraiist  Course  Requirements 

\.    Core  Courses  13  S.I1. 

ENGL  630        Research  on  the  Teaching  of  literacy 

and  Literature  3  sJl 

ENGL  643        TESL,TEFL  Methodology  3  sJu 

ENGL  674        Bibliographical  Methods  in  English  3  s.h. 

ENGL  676        Critical  Approaches  to  Literature  3  sJl 

ENGL  692        American  English  Grammar  3  sJi. 

B.  Literature  Linguistics  Electrves  12  S.I1. 

Twelve  additional  semester  hours,  selected  from  the 
following  list  and  approved  by  the  director  of  Graduate 
Studies  in  Composition  and  TESOL  and  the  director  of 
Graduate  Studies  in  Literature: 

ENGL  632        Linguistics  and  die  English  Teacher        3  sJi. 
ENGL  675        Literature  and  the  International 

Student  3  sJi. 

ENGL  703        Language  and  Cognition  3  sJl 

ENGL  705        Language  and  Social  Content  3  sJi. 

EINGL  760        Teaching  College  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  761        Topics  in  ^Ajnerican  Literature 

Before  1870  3  sJi. 

ENGL  762        Topics  in  .American  Literature 

Since  1870  3  sJi. 

ENGL  763        Topics  in  British  Literature  Before 

1660  3  5.h. 

ENGL  764        Topics  in  British  Literature  Since 

1660  3  sJi. 

ENGL  765        Topics  in  Literature  as  Genre  3  sJi. 

ENGL  766        Topics  in  Comparative  Literature  3  sJl 

ENGL  771        Topics  in  Postmodern  Literature  3  sJl 

EINGL  772        Topics  in  Women's  Literature  3  sJl 

ENGL  773        Topics  in  .American  or  British 

Minority  Literature  3  sJi. 

C.  Open  Electives  9  s.h. 

Nine  addiaonal  semester  hours  of  electives  approved 
by  the  dirertor  of  Graduate  Studies  in  Composition 
and  TESOL  and  by  the  director  of  Graduate  Studies 
in  Literature  and  Criticism.  L'p  to  6  of  these  semester 
hours  may  be  taken  outside  the  English  departmenL 
In  addition,  with  the  approval  of  a  thesis  advisor,  a 
student  may.  as  part  of  this  requirement,  register  for 
from  1  to  6  hours  of  ENGL  850  Thesis. 


Total  Credit  Hours 


36  s.h. 


MA/Lrteroture 

The  Master  of  .Arts/ Literature  (M.A./LIT)  is  designed  for  active 
professionals  who  wish  to  further  their  expertise  in  literature  and 
for  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  work  on  a  Ph.D.  in  British 
and  American  hterature  and  criticism.  The  M.A.  LIT  option 
introduces  students  to  a  wide  range  of  critical  and  theoretical 
approaches  to  traditional  and  nonCraditional  Uterary  works. 


MA/Literature  Course  Requirements 

\.    Core  Courses: 

ENGL  674        Bibliographical  Methods  in  English         3  sJi. 
ENGL  676        Critical  .Approaches  to  Literature  3  S-h. 

B.     Period  Courses:  12  sJu 

ENGL  761        Topics  in  .American  Literature 

Before  1870  3  sJl 

ENGL  762        Topics  in  .American  Literature 

Since  1870  3  sJi. 


6sJi. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002    GRADUATE    CATALOG 


HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


ENGL  763 


ENGL  764 


Topics  in  British  Literature  Before 

1660 

Topics  in  Bntisli  Literature  Since 

1660 


3s.h. 


3  s.h. 

C.  Courses  in  Approaches  to  the  Literary  Canon  3  s.h. 

One  course  from  among  the  following  offerings: 
ENGL  766        Topics  in  Comparative  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  771         Topics  in  Postmodern  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  772        Topics  in  Women's  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  773        Topics  in  .American  or  British 

Minoriti,-  Literature  3  s.h. 

D.  Literature  Electives  9  s.h. 

Three  courses  from  among  the  following: 
ENGL,  675        Literature  and  the  International 

Student  3  s.h. 

ENGL  760        Teaching  College  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  761         Topics  in  American  Literature 

Before  1870  3  s.h. 

ENGL  762        Topics  in  .\merican  Literature 

Since  1870  3  s.h. 

ENGL  763        Topics  in  British  Literature  Before 

1660  3  s.h. 

ENGL  764        Topics  in  British  Literature  Since 

1660  3  s.h. 

ENGL  765        Topics  in  Literature  as  Genre  3  s.h. 

ENGL  766        Topics  in  Comparative  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  771         Topics  in  Postmodern  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  772        Topics  in  Women's  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  773        Topics  in  American  or  British 

Minority  Literature  3  s.h. 

E.  Open  Electives  6  s.h. 

Six  semester  hours  approved  by  the  director  of 
Graduate  Studies  in  Literature  from  other  graduate 
offerings  in  Literature,  courses  in  Composition  and 
TESOL,  or  courses  outside  the  department  in  a 
related  and  appropriate  field.  With  the  approval  of  a 
thesis  advisor,  a  student  may,  as  part  of  this 
requirement,  register  for  from  one  to  six  hours  of 
ENGL  850  Thesis. 


Total  Credit  Hours 


36  s.h. 


MA.ITeaching  English 

The  Master  of  .Arts/Teaching  English  (M.A./TE)  is  a  36- 
semester-hour  degree  program  that  involves  the  study  of  the 
research  on  teaching  literature,  composition,  and  language, 
through  both  academic  course  work  and  supervised  field 
experiences.  The  M.A./TE  program,  which  reflects  recent 
studies  of  teacher  development,  is  designed  for  in-ser\  ice 
secondary  English  teachers  who  wish  advanced,  in-depth  study 
in  the  teaching  of  English.  Also,  it  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs 
of  persons  with  a  bachelor's  degree  in  English  (or  its  equivalent) 
who  wish  to  pursue  initial  English  teaching  certification.  In 
addition  to  enrolling  in  the  36  semester  hours  of  course  work, 
students  seeking  initial  certification  must  complete  six  semester 
hours  of  student  teacliing  and  may  need  an  additional  three- 
credit  course  in  Adolescent  Literature.  Thus,  the  M.A./TE  with 
certification  will  entail  a  total  of  42  to  45  semester  hours  of 
course  work  and  student  teaching. 


M.A.ITeaching  English  Course  Requirements 

A.    Core  Courses: 
ENGL  630 


Research  on  the  Teaching  of  Literacy 

and  Literature 

Critical  Approaches  to  Literature 

American  English  Grammar 

Seminar  in  Teaching  English  in  the 

Secondary  School 

Teaching  Writing 

And  one  additional  course  from  the  following,  approved 
by  the  director  of  Graduate  Studies  in  Composition  and 
TESOL: 

Topics  in  American  Literature 

Since  1870 

Topics  in  British  Literature  Before 

1660 

Topics  in  Women's  Literature 

Topics  in  American  or  British 

Minority-  Literature* 


ENGL  676 
ENGL  692 
ENGL  693 

ENGL  730 


ENGL  762 

ENGL  763 

ENGL  772 
ENGL  773 


*      Students  seeking  initial  certification  should  take 
ENGL  773  to  assist  them  in  preparing  for  the 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education 
Certification  Examination. 

B.    Electives  in  Teaching,  Learning,  and  Schools 

Tiiio  courses  from  among  the  following: 
ELED  644         Recent  Trends  in  Language  .\rts 
EDSP  604         .'Advanced  Educational  Psychology 
EDSP  618  Interpretation  of  Educational  and 

Psychological  Tests 
EDEX  524        Language  Disabihties  and  the 

Language  Processes 
EDEX  650        Ejcceptional  Children  and  Youth 
FDED  61 1         Historical  Foundations  of  Education 
FDED  612         Philosophical  Foundadons  of 

Education 

Social  Foimdadon  of  Education 


18  s.h. 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 


FDEd  613 

Students  seeking  initial  certification  as  a  secondary 
EngUsh  teacher  must  take  EDEX  650.  EDSP  604, 
EDSP  618,  and  FDED  611.  FDED  612,  or  FDED  613 
to  satisfy  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education 
certification  standards.  Since  this  list  constitutes  12 
semester  hours,  no  professional  electives  will  remain 
for  these  students. 

C.  Professional  Electives 

Six  semester  hours  to  be  chosen  from  graduate  courses 
in  the  Enghsh  Department  or  the  College  of  Education 
and  Educational  Technology  approved  by  the  director 
of  Graduate  Studies  in  Composition  and  TESOL  after 
discussion  with  the  student's  advisor. 

Note:  Students  who  have  not  taken  an  undergraduate 
or  graduate  course  in  Adolescent  Literature  are 
advised  to  take  ENGL  518,  Adolescent  Literature. 

D.  Professional  Practice: 

ENGL  694        Obsen-ation  in  Teaching  Enghsh 
ENGL  698        Internship 

Students  seeking  initial  certification  as  secondary 
EngUsh  teachers  must  also  student  teach  as  required 
by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  before 
the  director  of  Graduate  Studies  in  Composition  and 
TESOL  will  recommend  approval  for  certification  to 
the  certifying  officer  at  lUP.  die  dean  of  the  College  of 
Education  and  Educational  Technolog)'. 

Total  Credit  Hours 

Total  Credit  Hours  with  Initial  Certification 


3  s.h. 
3s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


6  s.h. 


6  s.h. 


6  s.h. 


36  s.h. 
42  s.h. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       65 


M.A./Teaching  English  to  Speakers  of  Other 
Languages 

The  Master  of  Ans/Teaching  English  to  Speakers  of  Other 
Languages  (M.A./TESOL)  is  designed  to  prepare  students  to 
teach  EngUsh  as  a  second  or  foreign  language  within  the 
guidelines  established  by  TESOL.  The  program  combines  both 
theor\-  and  practice  as  well  as  a  \'ariet\-  of  approaches. 


15  s.b. 


ENGL  692 
ENGL  643 
ENGL  644 
ENGL  724 


M.A.iTeaching  English  to  Speakers  of  Other  Languages  Course 
Requirements 

A.  Core  Requirements 
ENGL  625        Introduction  to  TESOL 

American  English  Grammar 
TESL^EFL  Methodolog)- 
ESL  Media  and  Materials 
Second  Language  Acquisition 

B.  Teacher  Education  Component 

Students  take  two  of  die  following  courses: 
ENGL  688        Practicum  in  TESOL 
ENGL  694        Obseri-ation  of  English  Teaching 
ENGL  696        Internship  in  ESL 

C.  TESOL  Electives 

Students  choose  any  three  from  the  following  courses: 
ELNGL  632        Linguistics  and  the  English  Teacher 

Topics  in  ESL  Pedagogy 

Independent  Study 

Second  Language  Teaching 

Second  Language  Literacj- 

Teaching  Writing 

Cross-Cultural  Communication 

Reading  Theory 

D.  Open  EUectives 

Students  choose  two  other  courses  (500  level  or  higher). 

Total  Credits 


ENGL  641 
ENGL  699 
ENGL  723 
ENGL  725 
ENGL  730 
ENGL  742 
ENGL  744 


3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


6s.h. 


9s.h. 


6s.h. 


36  s.h. 


Doctor  of  Philosophy  Progranns 

There  are  two  distinct  doctoral  programs  in  English,  one  in 
Literature  and  Criticism  and  one  in  Composition  and  TESOL. 
Both  programs  lead  to  a  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  English. 

/.    Literature  and  Criticism 

The  Literature  and  Cnticism  Program's  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
EngUsh  is  designed  for  present  or  hiture  teachers  at  the  college  or 
university  level.  It  features  both  a  regular  academic  year  program 
and  a  ver\'  active  simvmer  program  for  estabhshed  teachers  w'ho 
wish  to  complete  their  degrees  in  the  summers  only.  The 
program  develops  students"  abilities  to  examine  hterature 
critically,  to  teach  literature  effectively,  and  to  make  professional 
contributions  in  the  field.  Courses  emphasize  the  role  of  tlieory 
in  understanding  literature,  and  students  are  asked  to  apply 
theon.-  to  their  teaching  and  research  in  the  concluding  .\dvanced 
Seminars.  The  Traditional  Literature  courses  reinforce  the 
student's  imderstanding  of  historical,  ciJtural,  and  intellectual 
contexts.  The  Special  Literatures  section  mirrors  the  acceptance 
of  new  works  in  the  canon.  The  focus  on  scholarly  skills  in  the 
seminars  and  the  mentoring  relationships  with  professors  assure 
that  students  will  acquire  a  professional  competence  in  hterature 
and  critical  theorv'. 

The  Literature  Program  has  rolling  admissions  throughout  the 
year.  Phase  note  that  applications  are  not  encouraged  from 
students  who  are  not  already  employed  in  teaching  English  or  who 
do  not  have  prior  teaching  experience.  Because  of  the  limited 


18  s.h. 


opportunity  for  gaining  teaching  experience  on  campus,  student 
classroom  teaching  experience  as  part  of  the  degree  program 
cannot  he  guaranteed. 

Early  in  the  program,  each  doctoral  student  chooses  or  is 
assigned  a  faculty-  mentor  to  provide  guidance  and  advice  on 
becoming  professionally  active.  The  main  components  of  the 
program  are  course  work,  a  candidac)'  examination  (taken 
approximately  midway  in  the  coursework),  proof  of  a  language 
proficiency,  tlie  completion  of  a  research  skills  requirement, 
comprehensive  examinations,  and  the  dissertation. 

A  minimum  of  30  hours  of  course  work  (excluding  the 
dissertation  and,  for  certain  students,  the  prerequisite  ENGL  674 
BibUographical  Methods  in  English)  is  required  beyond  the  M.A. 

Two  core  courses  6  s.h. 

E1NGL751         The  History  and  Theor)' of  Criticism      3  s.h, 
ENGL  752        Literar)-  Theop.-  for  the  Teacher  and 

Scholarly  Writer  3  s.h. 

Six  courses  may  be  elected  from  all  700-level 
courses  in  literature 

(At  least  two  courses  must  be  in  Traditional  Literatures) 
ENGL  761         Topics  in  .American  Literature 

Before  1870  3  s.h. 

ENGL  762        Topics  in  .American  Literature 

Since  1870  3  s.h. 

ENGL  763        Topics  in  British  Literamre  Before 

1660  3  s.h. 

ENGL  764        Topics  in  British  Literature  Since 

1660  3s.h. 

ENGL  765        Topics  in  Literature  as  Genre  3  s.h. 

ENGL  766        Topics  in  Comparative  Literature  3  s.h. 

(At  least  one  course  must  be  in  Special  Literatures) 
ENGL  771         Topics  in  Postmodern  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  772        Topics  in  Women's  Literature  3  s.h. 

ENGL  773        Topics  in  .American  or  British 

Minorit)^  Literature  3  s.h. 

Two  of  the  three  Advanced  Seminars  6  s.h. 

ENGL  783        Seminar:  Literary  Theor)'  Applied  to 

Major  .Amencan  .Author  or  Theme  3  s.h. 

ENGL  784        Seminar:  Literan,-  Theor\-  .Applied 

to  British  .Author  or  Theme  3  s.h. 

E3<'GL  785        Seminar:  Comparative  Literary 

Theory  Applied  to  Traditional  and 

Special  Literature  3  s.h. 

Total  30  s.h. 

The  program  director  may  permit  students  with  particular 
programmatic  needs  to  take  up  to  six  of  the  30  hours  in  a  closely 
related  field  such  as  rhetoric  and  Unguistics,  history,  or 
philosophy. 

After  completing  12  to  18  hours  of  course  work,  the  student  must 
take  a  generalist  hterary  essay  examination  for  admission  to 
candidac)'  and  permission  to  take  further  elective  courses  and 
seminars.  Candidacs'  depends  upon  satisfactory'  completion  of 
this  exam  and  the  fiilfillment  of  a  3.5  grade  point  average. 

Following  the  completion  of  the  30  hours  of  course  work, 
students  take  written  comprehensive  exarmnations  in  three  areas 
(Uterarv-  theor)'  and  practice  as  applied  to  a  general  list  of  authors 
and  texts,  a  broadly  defined  area  of  literature,  and  a  narrowly 
focused  field  of  study),  together  with  an  oral  defense  of  die 
written  exams.  In  addition,  the  program  requires  reading  abihty 
in  a  foreign  language  and  the  compleUon  of  a  research  skills 
requirement  (eitlier  proficiency  in  a  second  foreign  language  or 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


66       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES   AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


an  additional  six  hours  of  graduate  course  work  in  a  field  related 
to  a  student's  research  needs).  Tlie  final  program  requirement  is 
the  successfiil  defense  of  dissertation,  including  registration  for 
twehe  dissenadon  credits.  Further  and  more  detailed 
informadon  about  the  program  is  a>'ailable  in  the  Pwgram 
Handbock.  which  may  be  obtained  fiDm  the  OflBce  of  the 
Director.  Graduate  Studies  in  Literature  and  Criricism.  Ill 
Leonard  Hall.  421  North  WalL  IL'P.  Indiana.  P.\  15705.  Phone: 
724-357-2264:  fax:  724-357-3056. 

//.  Composition  and  TESOL 

The  Composidon  and  TESOL  Program  (formerh-  Rhetoric  and 
Linguistics)  began  in  1975  and  was  reiised  in  1986  and  again  in 
2000.  ConsistentK".  the  program  has  been  designed  to  meet  the 
needs  of  En^ish  and  TESOL  (Teaching  En^ish  to  Speakers  of 
Other  Languages)  instructors  at  two-year  and  four-year  colleges 
and  imi\ersiries.  The  program's  core  courses  pro\'ide  a 
foundation  for  students  to  build  a  sj>ecializ€d  course  of  study  in 
composition  or  TESOL  or  both.  This  foundation  is  flexible 
enou^  to  meet  students"  indi\-idual  needs  and  the  e\er-changing 
needs  of  the  academic  marketplace.     Moreover,  the  core 
curricidiun  enables  students  to  connect  theory  with  authentic 
practice.    The  program  is  designed  to  increase  the  professional 
qualifications  and  teaching  effectiveness  of  instructors  now  in 
teaching  positions. 

The  Composition  and  TESOL  Program  recognizes  the  changing 
structure  of  education  and  the  interdisciplinary  nature  of  research 
into  the  nature  and  transmission  of  fluent  literacy,  allowing  the 
mature  graduate  student  to  design  an  mno\-atiN"e  schedule  of 
courses  to  meet  his  or  her  s{>ecial  needs.  It  pro\ides  central 
courses  in  research  methods,  technology-  and  literacy,  and 
language  theor\'.  and  offers  options  for  a  9-credit  specialization  in 
Composition  or  TESOL.  Students  have  15  electi\e  hours  in  the 
program,  with  courses  offered  in  rhetoric,  reading  theory,  and 
literac*'  theorv.  In  addition,  students  may  take  courses  fi'om  other 
programs  or  they  may  opt  to  take  the  second  sj>ecialization  in  the 
CT  Program. 

The  emphasis  of  the  program  is  on  the  flexible,  yet  intensi>-e, 
preparation  of  instructors  of  literacy.  To  achieve  this  flexibility", 
the  program  is  designed  to  permit  \-ariation  in  the  fields  of 
concentration.  Course  and  program  alternatives  may  be  adjusted 
to  reflect  the  personal  goals  of  students  in  consultation  with  the 
Composition  and  TESOL  Committee,  a  committee  of  those 
&culty  members  approved  to  teach  Composition  and  TESOL 
graduate  courses  (see list  of  facult)).  Nonetheless. aU  students 
stud\-  a  common  bod\'  of  knowledge  in  central  courses  and  focus 
inquiry  and  research  on  the  uses  of  interdisciplinary  knowledge 
for  the  transmission  of  literacy  in  the  teaching  of  Elnglish. 

Core  Courses  9  s.b. 

ENGL  703         Language  and  Cognition  3  s.h. 


EINGL  705        Language  and  Social  Context 
EINGL  700        Introduction  to  Researdi 
ENGL  70S        Technolog)'  and  Literacy 

Specialization 

Composition  Specialization 

ENGL  733        Theories  of  Composition 

ENGL  730        Teaching  Writing 

ENGL  731         Rhetorical  Traditions 


3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


9  s.h. 


3  s.h. 


15  s.h. 


TESOL  Specialization 

E1NGL723         Second  Language  Teaching  3  s.h. 

ENGL  724        Second  Language  .Acquisition  3  s.h. 

ENGL  725         Second  Language  Literacy  3  s.h. 

Research 

EINGL  715        Qualitative  Research  Methods  in 

Rhetoric  and  Linguistics  3  s.h. 

cr 

A  course  in  another  department,  such  as  EIDSP  626 
Applied  Educational  Research  Methods 

Electhes 

ENGL  632  Linguistics  and  the  English  Teacher  3  s.h. 

EINGL  745  Theories  of  Literac)-  3  s.h. 

ENGL  742  Cross-Cultura]  Communication  3  s.h. 

EINGL  744  Reading  Theon.-  and  the  College 

English  Teacher  3  s.h. 

ENGL  746  .Adv-anced  Seminar  in  Literacv-  3  s.h. 

ENGL  748  Ad\-anced  Topics  in  Linguistics  3  s.h. 

EINGL  797  Independent  Seminar  3  s.h. 

Courses  in  other  programs  such  as  Literature  or 
si>ecific  courses  such  as  CL'RR  700  Writing  for 
Professional  Publication 

Total  Course  Hours  36  s.h. 

Dissertation  12  s.h. 


Department  of  Geography  and 
Regional  Planning 

lUP's  Department  of  Geography  and  Regional  Planning  offers 
graduate  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science 
and  Master  of  .-Vrts  in  geographv.  The  M.S.  and  M.A.  programs 
are  designed  to  prepare  students  for  a  v-anety  of  careers  as 
geographers  in  business,  government,  research.  en\Tronmental, 
and  planning  organizations  or  for  entry  to  a  doctoral  program  at 
another  university.  Elmphasis  is  placed  upon  developing 
professional  competence  in  the  tools,  substance,  methodology, 
and  geographic  theories. 

Graduates  of  the  program  are  employed  by  the  state  and  federal 
govemmenL  city,  county,  and  regional  planning  commissions, 
priv-ate  consultant  and  engineering  firms,  business  and  industry, 
and  colleges  and  universities.  Knowledge  of  environmental 
processes,  the  organization  and  operation  of  the  planning  field, 
and  geographic  information  systems  are  of  value  to  the  graduate 
in  the  job  search. 

Students  who  enter  the  program  usuaUy  hold  a  bachelor's  degree 
in  geography  or  one  of  the  social  sciences.  Persons  with  degrees 
in  education,  science,  or  business  also  may  quahfi."  and  often  find 
a  degree  in  geography  of  v-alue.  .AppUcants  need  to  take  the 
Graduate  Record  Exam  before  they  will  be  admitted  to 
precandidacy  status. 

Master  of  Arts  students  may  pursue  geographic  themes  of  study 
and  research  such  as  population,  urban/economic,  or 
cultural/historical.  Recent  facult)-  research  papers  and 
publications  have  examined  rtiral  planning,  Elastem  Europe, 
economic  developmenL  geographic  information  systems,  regional 
input-output  analysis,  population  patterns.  reUgious  landscapes, 
microcomputers,  and  geographic  education.  Faculty  members 
ser\-e  in  v-arious  capacities  in  the  .Association  of  American 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       67 


Geographers.  PennsyK'ania  Planning  Association,  and  several 
other  professional  organizations.  The  Spatial  Sciences  Research 
Center.  Pennsylvania  Geographic  Miance.  and  National  Council 
for  Geographic  Education  are  located  within  tiie  department. 

The  Master  of  Science  program  requires  that  tlie  student 
complete  a  fifteen-credit  track  in  GIS/Cartography.  Regional 
Planning,  or  Environmental  Planning.  Each  track  includes  two 
required  courses  and  a  hst  of  options. 

In  eitlier  program,  selected  courses  in  related  fields  may  be 
apphed  toward  the  degree.  -AH  students  will  be  expected  to 
demonstrate  proficiency  in  cartography  in  dieir  tliesis  or 
portfoUo.  Bodi  a  tliesis  or  non-tiiesis  option  are  available  in 
either  the  M.S.  or  M.A.  program.  For  students  selecting  the  non- 
tliesis  option,  a  portfolio  is  a  nongraded  graduation  requirement. 
A  three-person  facult}'  committee  wiU  evaluate  die  portfolio, 
which  will  include  at  least  three  of  die  student's  best  pieces  of 
work  and  written  reflective  analysis.  The  portfolio  is  submitted 
bv  the  end  of  the  first  week  of  the  semester  the  student  is 
scheduled  to  graduate. 

Bodi  graduate  degree  programs  require  a  minimum  of  33 
semester  hours  of  credit  (including  the  thesis  credits)  for  the 
diesis  option  or  39  hours  for  the  non-diesis  option.  Three  core 
courses  must  be  included:  GEOG  610,  GEOG  612,  and  GEOG 
614.  Students  may  arrange  an  internship  as  part  of  their  degree 
electives  up  to  six  credits. 


Master  of  Arts  m  Geography 

I.  Core  Program 

GEOG  610        Research  in  Geography  and 

Regional  Planning 
GEOG  612        Quantitative  Techniques  in 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
GEOG  6 1 4        Thought  and  Pliilosoph)-  in 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

II.  Electives  and/or  Thesis 


9$.h. 


.'5  s.h. 
3s.h. 
;S  s.h. 


either 

A.  Thesis  Option 

Electives  in  GEOG  and  related  fields 

GEOG  850       Thesis 

or 

B.  Non-thesis  Option 

Electives  in  GE  and  related  fields 


24  s.h. 


18-23  s.h. 
1-6  s.h. 


30  s.h. 


Master  of  Science  in  Geography 

I.  Core  Program  9  s.h. 

GEOG  610        Research  in  Geography  and 

Regional  Planning  3  s.h. 

GEOG  612        Quantitative  Techniques  in 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning  3  s.h. 

GEOG  614        Thought  and  Philosophy  in 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning  3  s.h. 

II.  Tracks  (Choose  one) 

GIS/Cartography  Track  15  s.h. 

Five  courses  from  among  the  following. 

GEOG  513*      Cartography  3  s.h. 
GEOG  514        Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation        3  s.h. 

GEOG  515        Remote  Sensing  3  s.h. 

GEOG  516*      Introduction  to  GIS  3  s.h. 

GEOG  517        Technical  Issues  in  GIS  3  s.h. 

GEOG  571        Aerospace  Workshop  3  s.h. 


GEOG  617 

Field  Techniques  in  Geography 

and  Planning 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  618 

GIS  .'Applications  Development 

3  s.h. 

B.  Regional  Planning  Track 

Five  courses  from  among  the  following. 

GEOG  531 

Population  Geography 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  532 

Urban  Geography 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  533 

Geography  of  Trade  and 

Transportadon 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  534 

Pofidcal  Geography 

3s.h. 

GEOG  536 

Social  Geography 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  550 

Introduction  to  Planning 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  552* 

Planning  Methods 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  554 

Planning  Design 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  558 

Land  Use  Law 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  564* 

Land  Use  Policy 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  568 

Planning  Theor)- 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  617 

Field  Techniques  in  Geography 

and  Planning 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  620 

Spatial  Structure  of  the  Economy 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  623 

Regional  Development 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  625 

Emironniental  Planning 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  633 

Setdement  Geography 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  665 

Plan  Implementation 

3  s.h. 

PLSC  668 

Public  Sector  Financial 

.Administration 

C.  Environmental  Planning  Track 

Five  courses  from  among  the  following. 

GEOG  515 

GEOG  516 

GEOG  540* 

GEOG  541 

GEOG  542 

GEOG  558 

GEOG  564 

GEOG  617 


GEOG  625* 


Remote  Sensing 

Introduction  to  GIS 

Conservation:  Environmental  Analysis 

Chmatology 

Physiography 

Land  Use  Law 

Land  Use  Policy 

Field  Techniques  in  Geography 

and  Planning 

Emironmental  Planning 


3  s.h. 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 


III.  Electives  and/or  Thesis 
either 

A.    Thesis  Option 

Electives  in  GE  and  related  fields 
GEOG  850        Thesis 


B.    Non-thesis  Option 

EUectives  in  GE  and  related  fields 

A  three-  or  six-semester-hour  internship  may  be 

included  as  an  elective  in  die  M.S.  program. 

*      Required  course  for  the  track. 


3-8  s.h. 
1-6  s.h. 


15  s.h. 


15  s.h. 


9  s.h. 


15  s.h. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


68       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Department  of  History 


The  Department  of  Histon,-  offers  the  M.A.  degree  with  either  a 
thim-credit  (thesis)  or  a  thirt)'-six-credit  (non-thesis)  option. 
Students  must  complete  a  research  requirement  and  a  subject 
matter  requirement.  A  wide  range  of  courses  in  .\merican, 
European,  and  pubUc  histor)-  are  aN-ailable. 

Traditionally,  most  historians  have  become  teachers.  But 
increasingly,  historians  are  seeking  emploxinent  in  nonteaching 
fields,  including  careers  in  museuun.  archival,  or  librar)'  work  or 
in  tourism  and  travel.  Historical  societies  pro\ide  editorial  and 
administrative  openings,  and  publishing  companies  hire 
liistorians  for  both  sales  and  editorial  services.  The  history- 
graduate  program  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  training 
appropriate  to  a  wide  range  of  professional  goals  in  the  field  of 
history. 

A  minimiun  of  30  semester  hours  is  required,  or  36  semester 
hoiu^  for  those  electing  not  to  write  a  thesis  or  electing  to  pursue 
the  Public  Histon,-  track.  Within  diese  general  requirements  is  a 
nine-semester-hour  research  requirement  consisting  of  HIST  614 
Research  Methods  (or  a  substitution  approved  by  the 
department)  and  a  combination  of  seminars  and/or  thesis  hours. 
The  remaining  hours  are  selected  from  the  subject  matter 
courses.  Six  semester  hours  may,  with  approval,  be  from  related 
disciplines. 

Students  pursuing  the  Public  History  track  must  complete  36 
semester  hours  as  outlined  below: 


I.     Research  requirement 

HIST  6 1 4  Research  Methods 

HIST  850         Thesis 


3s.h. 
6s.h. 


Two  seminars  (one  with  a  local  history  focus) 

II. 

HIST  605  Introduction  to  Public  Histor)-  3  s.h. 

HIST  606         Topics  in  Public  History'  3  s.h. 

III. 

Internship  6  s.h. 

r\'.  .Approved  electrves  15  s.h. 

Failure  to  consult  the  department  prior  to  registering  for  courses  may 
delay  the  completion  of  a  master's  degree. 

1      Under  special  circumstances,  another  appropriate  course  in  a  public 
histon-  specialization  may  be  substituted  for  HIST  606. 


Department  of  Political  Science 

The  Political  Science  Department  offers  the  M..A.  in  Public 
Affairs  degree,  concentrating  on  PubUc  Administration  with 
several  alternative  field  specializations. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Public  Affairs 

The  M.A.  m  Public  Affairs  program  is  designed  for  fttU-  and  part- 
time  students  who  are  seeking  or  are  currendy  engaged  in 
professional  careers  as  administrators,  project  directors,  staflF 
analvsts.  and  supervisors  in  goverrmient  and  human  service 
agencv-  dehven,-  systems,  trade  unions,  and  interest  groups; 
teachers  of  the  social  studies:  and  those  interested  in 


international  development  and  comparative  achninistration  or  in 
becoming  foreign  service  professionals. 

.•Xdmission  Requirements:  The  requirements  for  admission  are: 
( 1 )  an  undergraduate  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.8  or 
better:  (2)  undergraduate  course  work  in  poUtical  science, 
economics,  and  pubhc  or  international  affairs  or  equivalent 
professional  experiences  (in  some  cases,  this  may  require  specific 
remedial  course  work  that  will  not  count  toward  degree 
requirements):  (3)  for  international  students,  a  TOEFL  score  of 
550  or  better:  (4)  for  students  with  an  undergraduate  degree  from 
an  .American  college  or  imiversit)',  a  combined  GRE  score  of 
1050. 

Degree  Requirements:  The  M.A.  in  PubUc  Affairs  requires 
thirtv-sLx  or  thirtv-nine  graduate  credits,  including  a  thesis  or  a 
practicuni.  Students  develop  a  core  competence  in  mediodology 
and  in  pubUc  administration  and  also  select  one  of  six 
interdisciplinary  field  specializations. 

Public  Affairs  36-39  s.h. 

1.  Methodology  Core  6-9  s.h. 
PLSC500          Research  Mediods  in  Political  Science'   3  s.h. 

PLSC  674         .\nalv-tical  Techniques  3  s.h. 

CRIM  605         Research  Methods  3  s.h. 

vr 

G  EOG  6 1 2        QuantitatK-e  Techniques  in 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
or 

GSR  615  Elements  of  Research 

or 
SOC  665  Microcomputing  Applications 

in  Sociologv- 

2.  Public.4dministration  Core  12  s.h. 
PLSC  570          Introduction  to  Public  Administration    3  s.h. 

PLSC  666         PubUc  Policv-  Analysis  3  s.h. 

PLSC  668         Pubhc  Sector  Financial  Administration  3  s.h. 

or 

PLSC  670 

or 

PLSC  672 

or 

PLSC  675 

and 

PLSC  671  Seminar  in  Public  Administration  3  s.h. 

3.  Field  Specializations  15  s.h. 

Students  must  select  one  of  the  following  with  advice 
from  a  field  speciahzation  advisor:  Criminal  Justice 
-Administration:  Planning  and  Regional  Development; 
Human  Services  .Administration:  Human  Resources 
Management;  Local  Government  Management;  or 
International  Development  Administration. 

4.  Directed  Research  Requirement  3  s.h. 

a.  Students  must  complete  PLSC  690.  Practicum, 
which  includes  a  supervised  field-based  research 
project  at  a  site  appropriate  to  the  student's 
specialization. 

or 

b.  Students  may  opt  to  write  a  thesis  (PLSC  850). 
The  diesis  must  conform  to  criteria  published  by  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

1      A  student  whose  undergraduate  transcript  shows  "B  or  better" 
performance  in  a  Research  Methods  in  Pohtical  Science  course  may 
petition  the  MAP.A  program  for  exemption  fi-om  PLSC  500.  The 
exempdon  will  be  determined  by  examination  by  qualified  facultv'  in 
the  Department  of  Pohtical  Science. 


Foreign  Pohcv'  Studies^ 
Comparative  Political  Studies' 
International  Political  Economv' 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       69 


2      Students  wlio  elect  to  pursue  the  International  De\'elopment 

Administration  field  specialization  will  enroll  for  either  PLSC  670 
Foreign  Policy  Studies  or  PLSC  672  Comparative  Political  Studies 
or  PLSC  675  International  Development  Administration,  instead  of 
PLSC  668  PubUc  Sector  Financial  Administration. 


II.    Either 

A.    (Thesis  Option) 

SOC  850  Tiiesis  6  s.h. 

Approved  electives  (including  at  least  9  s.h.  in 

Area  of  Specialization)  21  s.h. 


Department  of  Sociology 


Advanced  traitiiiig  in  sociology  should  enable  students  to  think 
insightfully  and  critically  about  society  and  human  relationships 
and  to  serve  more  effectively  in  a  variety  of  professions.  The 
department's  M.A.  in  Sociology  prepares  students  for 
employment  in  human  services,  government  agencies, 
corporations,  higher  education,  and  social  research  positions. 
Recent  graduates  are  working  as  directors  of  human  services 
agencies,  alcohol  treatment  supervisors,  domestic  violence 
program  staff  members,  medical  social  workers,  mental  health 
professionals,  social  policy  researchers,  and  college  professors. 
The  M.A.  in  Sociolog)'  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  such 
opportunities  with  two  programs  of  study:  the  General 
Sociology  Program  and  the  Human  Services  Program. 

Iti  addition  to  Graduate  School  and  Research  admissions 
requirements,  the  apphcants  to  the  Sociology  M.A.  program 
should  have  completed  at  least  12  hours  of  undergraduate  social 
science  courses  with  an  average  of  "B"  or  better.  Students  not 
meeting  this  requirement  may  be  admitted  if  they  agree  to  take 
additional  undergraduate  or  graduate  sociology  courses 
designated  by  the  department. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Sociology 

Students  select  either  a  six-credit  thesis  option  or  a  non-thesis 
option.  Students  selecting  the  thesis  option  must  successfiilly 
complete  a  si,\-credit  diesis  (see  requirements  for  the  thesis  Usted 
under  the  catalog  description  for  SOC  850).  Including  the  sLx- 
credit  thesis,  the  thesis  option  requires  a  total  of  ,'56  credit  hours 
for  those  in  both  the  General  Sociology  and  the  Human  Services 
Programs.  The  non-diesis  option  in  both  programs  requires  a 
total  of  36  credit  hours  and  successful  completion  of  a 
comprehensive  exam. 

Additional  courses  are  available  from  odier  departments  on 
related  topics  such  as  counseling,  individual  assessment, 
women's  studies,  criminology,  cross-cultural  studies,  public 
policy  and  finance,  community  and  urban  planning,  statistical 
analysis,  and  program  evaluation.  Up  to  nine  credit  hours  may  be 
taken  outside  die  department.  No  more  than  one-third  of  a 
student's  total  credit  hours  may  be  dual-level  (.500-level)  courses. 
Students  who  enrolled  for  dual-level  courses  while 
undergraduates  at  lUP  may  not  repeat  the  same  courses  for  credit 
as  graduate  students. 

General  Sociology  Program 

The  General  Sociology  Program  is  designed  especially  for  those 
students  [ireparing  for  research  professions,  doctoral  studies,  or 
teaching  in  the  social  sciences. 

I.     Required  Core  9  s.h. 

SOC  664  Research  Seminar  in  Sociology  H  s.h. 

SOC  665  Microcomputing  Apphcations  in 

Sociology  .3  s.h. 

SOC  667  Contemporar)'  Sociological  Theory         3  s.h. 


B.    (Non-thesis  Option) 

Approved  electives  (including  at  least  9  s.h.  in  .Area 

of  Speciahzation)  27  s.h. 

Comprehensive  exam  0  s.h. 

III.  Areas  of  Specialization  (choose  one)' 

A.  Sociology' of  Deviance 

B.  Sociolog)'  of  the  Family/Sociology  of  the  Lifecourse 

C.  Medical  Sociolog)' 

D.  Sociology  of  Organizations 

E.  Social  Stratification 

F.  Social  Change 

A  specialization  enables  the  student  to  select  a  combination  of 
three  to  five  courses  (including  courses  from  various  other 
departments)  focusing  on  a  particular  area  of  interest. 
Complementar)'  courses  are  offered  in  Women's  Studies,  Clinical 
Psycholog)',  Counselor  Education,  Criminology,  Public 
Administration,  Adult  and  Coinmiuiitv'  Educadon,  Political 
Science,  Histors'.  and  other  departments  or  programs. 

Human  Services  Program 

The  Human  Services  Program  is  designed  to  prepare  students  to 
work  in  a  variety  of  human  service  fields  and  to  offer  advanced 
training  for  those  already  employed  in  human  service  professions. 
The  Human  Services  Program  is  designed  for  those  interested  in 
ser\'ice  deliver)'  to  special  client  groups  like  the  aging,  die  abused, 
and  the  alcohol  dependent,  or  for  those  interested  in  human 
service  administration  or  evaluation. 


I.      Required  Core 

SOC  610  Sociology  of  Human  Services  3  s.h. 

SOC  611  Human  Senices  Administration  3  s.h. 


15  s.h. 


SOC  612  Mediods  for  Sociological  Practice  3  s.h. 

SOC  664  Research  Seminar  in  Sociology  3  s.h. 

SOC  665  Microcomputing  Apphcations  in 

Sociology  3  s.h. 

SOC  667  Contemporary  Sociological  Theory  3  s.h. 

II.  Internship  6  s.h. 

SOC  698  Internship  6  s.h. 

III.  .\reas  of  Specialization  (Choose  one)' 

A.  .'Administration  and  Evaluation  of  Human  Services 

B.  Alcohol  and  Drug  .AJjuse 

C.  Healdi  and  Medicine 

D.  Children  and  Famihes 

E.  Aging 

A  specialization  enables  the  student  to  select  a  combination  of  three  to 
five  courses  (including  courses  from  various  odier  departments)  focusing 
on  a  particular  area  of  interest.  Complementary  courses  are  oftered  in 
Women's  Studies,  Chnical  Psychology,  Counselor  Education. 
Criminology,  Public  Administration.  .-Adult  and  Commimity  Education, 
Political  Science,  Histor)',  and  odier  departments  or  programs. 

IV.  Either 

A.    (Thesis  Option) 

SOC  850  Thesis  6  s.h. 

Approved  electives  in  a  chosen  area  of  specializadon        9  s.h. 
or 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


70       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


B.    (Non-Thesis  Option) 

Approved  electives 

including  at  least  9  s.h.  in  a  chosen  area  of 

specialization"  15  s.h. 

Comprehensive  exam  0  s.h. 

Both  thesis  and  non-diesis  opdons  in  the  Human  Services  Program 
require  a  total  of  36  credit  hours. 

1  Students  may  also  design  their  own  specialization,  with  the  approval 
of  the  graduate  coordinator. 

2  No  more  than  9  of  these  15  semester  hours  of  approved  elecdves 
may  be  from  outside  the  department. 

OodoT  of  Philosophy  in  Administration 
and  Leadership  Studies 

The  doctoral  program  in  Administration  and  Leadership  Studies 
(Ph.D.)  is  designed  to  educate  administrators  in  social  service, 
health  care,  and  government  agencies  and  in  higher  education. 
The  sLxtN'-credit  program  admits  approximately  rwent)'  students 
at  a  time.  Classes  are  designed  to  accommodate  the  schedules  of 
working  human  service  professionals  and  are  offered  throughout 
the  year,  including  simimers. 

The  program  focuses  on  leadership  approaches,  research  and 
evaluation  methods,  and  policy  and  administrative  applications. 
Focused  electives  may  be  selected  from  a  variety  of  departments, 
including  Sociology,  Political  Science,  Geography,  Industrial  and 
Labor  Relations,  Criminology,  Management.  Adult  and 
Community  Education,  and  others.  For  detailed  information 
about  the  program,  you  may  contact  the  program  coordinator  at 
724-357-2730  orALS-PHb@iup.edu.  The  program's  website 
may  be  viewed  at:  www.chss.iup.edu/ALS. 

Program  Requirements  Core 

HMSV  701  Leaderslup  Theories 

HMSV  702  Leadership:  A  Case  Study  Approach 

HMSV  703  Leadership:  Applied  Practice 

SOC  610  Sociology  of  Human  Services 

SOC  611  Human  Service  Administration 

SOC  701  Social  PoUc\-  Issues 


18  s.h. 


Research 

HMSV  601 
SOC  664 
SOC  764 


Analysis  of  Social  Data 
Research  Seminar  in  Sociology 
Seminar  in  -Applied  Human 
Services  Research 


HMSV  950        Dissertation 

Field  Experience 

H.\IS\'  798        Field  Experience  in  Administration 
and  Leadership  Studies 

Human  Services  .Administration 

Students  are  expected  to  take  a  minimum  of  nine 
semester  hours  from  the  courses  in  Group  A  and  nine 
additional  hours  from  Group  A,  Group  B,  or  other 
courses  with  the  approval  of  the  advisor.  Selected 
courses  should  focus  on  the  student's  primary  area  of 
interest  within  the  human  service  field,  e.g.,  higher 
education;  human  resources;  individual  and  family 
services;  service  organization;  policy  analysis; 
administration  of  justice.  For  example,  a  student 
interested  primarily  in  administration  might  choose  the 
following  courses:  PLSC  631,  PLSC  668,  PLSC  671, 
SOC  654,  ILR  610,  ILR  621;  a  student  interesUd 
primarily  in  indii'idual  and  family  services  migfit 
choose:  PLSC  666,  SOC  654,  SOC  656,  SOC  612,  SOC 
636,  SOC  657;  a  student  interested  primarily  in  higher 
education  administration  might  choose:  PLSC  671, 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 
9  s.h. 


18  s.h. 


6  s.h. 


6  s.h. 


18  s.h. 


SOC  654,  SOC  656,  SAME  627,  ACE  622,  ACE  623;  a 
student  primarily  interested  in  policy  making  mi^t 
choose:  PLSC  666.  SOC  642,  SOC  654,  SOC  656, 
CRIM  740,  ILR  610.  .ill  courses  should  be  selected  in 
consultation  with  the  student's  advisor. 


Croup  A: 

PLSC  631 

I  luman  Resource  Management 

3  s.h. 

PLSC  666 

Public  Policy  Analysis 

3  s.h. 

PLSC  668 

Pubhc  Sector  Financial  Administration 

3  s.h. 

PLSC  671 

Seminar  in  Public  .Administration 

3  s.h. 

SOC  612 

Methods  for  Sociological  Practice 

3  s.h. 

SOC  642 

Industrial  Sociology 

3  s.h. 

SOC  654 

Social  Inequality 

3  s.h. 

SOC  656 

Social  Change 

3  s.h. 

Croup  B: 

-ACE  621 

The  .Adult  Learner 

3  s.h. 

■ACE  622 

Program  and  Process  Development 

in  .Adult  and  Communit)-  Education 

3  s.h. 

ACE  623* 

Organization  and  -Administration  in 

-Adult  and  Community  Education 

3  s.h. 

COUN  639* 

Group  Procedures 

3s.h. 

COUN  646 

Interpersonal  Sensitivity 

3  s.h. 

CRIM  730 

Ethical  and  Philosophical  Issues  in 

Criminologv- 

3  s.h. 

CRIM  740 

Advanced  Criminal  Justice  Policy 

3  s.h. 

FIN  630* 

Financial  Management 

3  s.h. 

GEOG  550 

Introduction  to  Plaiming 

3  s.h. 

GEPG  665* 

Plan  Implementation 

3  s.h. 

IFMS  640* 

Management  Information  Systems 

3  s.h. 

ILR  610 

Employee  Rights  Under  Law- 

3  s.h. 

ILR613 

Fundamentals  of  American  Industrial 

and  Labor  Relations 

3  s.h. 

ILR  621 

1  ,abor  Relations  in  the  Public  Sector 

3  s.h. 

ILR  625 

Processes  of  Collective  Bargaining 

3  s.h. 

ILR  632 

Compensation  Administration 

3  s.h. 

ILR  640* 

Negotiations 

3  s.h. 

ILR  641* 

Contract  -Administration 

3  s.h. 

MGMT  613* 

Organizational  -Analysis 

3  s.h. 

MGMT  630* 

Management  Theory 

3  s.h. 

SOC  621 

Sociolog)-  of  Health  Care 

3  s.h. 

SOC  630 

Seminar  in  -Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse 

3  s.h. 

SOC  632 

Addiction  and  the  Family 

3  s.h. 

SOC  636 

Sociology  of  the  Family 

3s.h. 

SOC  640 

Community  Development  and 

Social  PoHcy 

3  s.h. 

SOC  657 

Aging  and  Societ\- 

3  s.h. 

SOC  662 

The  Sociolog)-  of  Deviance 

3  s.h. 

SOC  681 

Special  Topics 

3  s.h. 

SAHE  626 

Historv-  of  Higher  Education 

3  s.h. 

SAHE  627 

Student  -Affairs  Functions  in 

Higher  Education 

3  s.h. 

*      Prerequisite  or  permission  required 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        71 


College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathennatics 


The  College  of  Xatuial  Sciences  and  Mathematics  at  I  UP  offers 
graduate  degrees  in  Biolog\-  (M.S.)-  Chemistrv-  (M.S.  and  M..\.). 
Mathematics  (M.S.  and  M.Ed.).  Physics  (M.S.  and  M..\.).  and 
Clinical  Psychology'  (Psy.D.). 


Department  of  Biology 


The  Department  of  Biolog)'  offers  a  Master  of  Science  degree 
that  is  intended  both  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  pursue 
fiirther  graduate  work  leading  to  the  Ph.D.  degree,  as  well  as 
those  who  desire  the  M.S.  degree  as  a  means  to  seek  a  career  as  a 
biologist  in  a  number  of  different  professions.  The  M.S.  degree 
in  Biology  has  two  alternatives,  the  thesis  and  non-thesis  options. 
The  thesis  option  is  research  oriented,  with  an  emphasis  on  a 
comprehensive  research  project  imder  the  supervision  of  a  thesis 
ad%TSory  committee.  The  non-thesis  option  also  requires  a 
research  component  that  is  imder  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
member.  Both  alternatives  are  intended  to  pro\'ide  the  student 
with  a  well-roimded  biologv'  background,  as  well  as  furnish  the 
research  skills  required  for  postgraduate  positions. 

Requirements  for  Admission 

To  be  admitted  to  the  Department  of  Biolog)',  the  appUcant  must 
have  completed  the  requirements  for  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an 
accredited  college  or  university.  These  requirements  should 
include  a  major  in  Biolog)-  (or  related  subject),  one  year  of 
inorganic  chemistry,  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry,  and  one 


semester  of  calciJus  or  statistics.  Applicants  with  undergraduate 
deficiencies  may  be  required  to  register  for  prerequisite  courses. 

The  departmental  requirements  for  candidacy  for  the  M.S. 
degree  are 

•  Satisfactor\-  completion  of  15  semester  hours  of  graduate 
work,  with  at  least  eight  hours  in  core  courses. 

•  The  selection  of  a  thesis  ad%isor  and  a  committee  of  at  least 
two  additional  faciJty  members  (in  the  case  of  the  thesis 
student)  or  a  research  ad\isor  (in  the  case  of  non-thesis 
student)  to  guide  the  candidate  in  completing  the  program. 

•  An  oflEcial  apphcation  to  candidacy-,  including  a  research 
proposal  approved  by  the  advisor,  must  be  submitted  to  the 
Biologv"  Department  Graduate  Committee. 

Candidates  are  expected  to  maintain  an  average  not  lower  than 
3.0.  Continuance  in  the  graduate  program  for  those  receiving 
two  individual  course  grades  below  a  "B"  is  contingent  upon 
favorable  review  of  the  Graduate  Conmiittee. 

Master  of  Science  in  Biology 

Students  working  for  this  degree  wiU  complete  35  semester  hours  of 
work  in  accordance  with  the  following  divisions.  Students  may  pursue 
either  a  thesis  or  a  non-thesis  option. 

I.     Core  Courses 

Thesis  option— 20  semester  hours 
\on-thesis  option —  1 7  semester  hours 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


72       COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


A.    Required  Courses 

Thesis  option 

BIOL  602  Biometn 

BIOL  61 1  Biolog>  Seminar  I 

BIOL  6 1 2         Biolog>  Seminar  11 

BIOL  850         Thesis 

Non-thesis  option 

BIOL  602  Biomem 


3s.h. 
ls.h. 
ls.h. 
6s.h. 

3s.h. 
ls.h. 
ls.h. 
3s.h. 


11  s.h. 


8s.h. 


DtpQTtm^nl  of  Chemistry 


BIOL  611  Biolog>  Seminar  I 

BIOL  6 1 2  Biolog\  Seminar  II 

BIOL  699  Independent  Study 

B.    Core  Qecti^e  Requirement 

For  both  options,  the  nine  remaining  hours  of  course 
credit  are  to  be  selected  bom  biolog)'  electhes  and 
must  include  one  cell  moleciJar  course,  one 
organismal  course,  and  one  ecologj'  course. 

n.    Eiecti»-e  Courses 

Thesis  option:  15  semester  hours 

Non-thesis  option:  1 8  semester  hours 

Courses  to  be  selected  %vith  the  appro%'al  of  the  ad\"isor 

from  the  500-  and  600-le\-el  biology-  electi^•e  courses  or 

from  related  science  and  mathematics  courses. 

in.  Competency  Exam 

Even  student  must  take  a  competency  exam 
administered  by  the  candidate's  ad\Tsory  committee. 
The  purpose  of  this  examination  is  to  assure  that  all 
graduates  have  a  broad-based  knowledge  of  biologv'.  as 
well  as  a  masters-  of  their  subject  matter  pertaining 
directh-  or  indirectly  to  their  research  project. 

This  examinarion  must  be  scheduled  alter  completion 
of  1 8  semester  hours  but  before  completion  of  27 
semester  hours.  If  a  student  feils  this  exam,  a  second 
exam  «t11  be  administered  which,  at  the  discretion  of 
the  committee,  can  be  oral  or  written.  This  exam  must 
be  taken  within  a  four-month  period  following  the  first 
exam.  Failure  of  the  second  exam  will  result  in 
dismissal  from  the  program. 

r\'.  Research  Requirement  for  the  M.S. 

A.  Non-thesis  option — The  candidate  must  conduct 
an  original  research  project  imder  the  direction  of  a 
faoiltv  ad\-isor.  A  report  in  the  format  of  a  journal 
article  must  be  submitted  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
studs'.  This  requirement  is  programmed  as  BIOL  699. 
Independent  Smdy. 

B.  Thesis  option— The  candidate  must  conduct 
original  research  under  the  direction  of  the  thesis 
ad\Tsory  committee  and  present  a  research  thesis  at  the 
conclusion  of  the  program.  The  candidate  registers  for 
BIOL  850.  Thesis,  while  engaged  in  research  and 
preparation  of  the  thesis.  The  candidate  will  present  a 
public  seminar,  reporting  results  of  the  research,  and 
an  oral  defense  before  the  thesis  committee. 


In  manv  courses  in  the  Department  of  Biolog)-.  addidotial 
laboratorv  time  may  be  required  beyond  the  regularly  scheduled 
p>eriods. 


TTie  Chemistn.-  Department  offers  t\vo  different  degree  programs 
on  the  master's  level:  the  Master  of  Science  and  the  Master  of 
.\rts  degrees. 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  is  for  the  chemist  who  intends  to 
pursue  fiirther  graduate  work  leading  to  a  Ph.D.  or  who  intends 
to  work  as  a  professional  chemist  and  desires  to  become  more 
competent  in  chemistry.  This  degree  is  research  oriented,  and 
successfij]  completion  of  an  experimental  thesis  is  required. 
Also,  two  consecutive  semesters  of  residency  are  required. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the 
chemist  who  is  ciurently  a  fiiU-rime  employee  of  a  chemical  or 
academic  institution  and  who  wishes  strengthening  in  those  areas 
relevant  to  the  professional  position.  The  emphasis  here  is  on 
course  work.  The  student  may  also  pursue  this  degree  on  a  fiill- 
rime  basis. 

Four  core  courses,  one  in  each  of  the  areas  of  inorganic,  organic, 
analytical,  and  physical  chemistry,  are  required  in  the  NI.S.  and 
M..\.  programs.*  Beyond  this  point,  the  programs  separate,  with 
the  NLS.  student  taking  more  specialized  work  in  chemistry  along 
with  an  experimental  research  problem.  The  M..\.  candidate  will 
take  more  specialized  work  in  chemistry  and  will  be  encouraged 
to  take  courses  outside  the  sciences  if  they  are  relevant  to  the 
particular  area  of  employment. 

General  admissions  requirements:  Students  should  have 
completed  one  year  each  of  inorganic  chemistry,  analytical 
chemistrv.  organic  chemistry,  physical  chemistry,  general  physics, 
and  calculus.  Students  wishing  to  specialize  in  biochemistry 
should  also  have  had  an  undergraduate  course  in  biochemistry. 
.\  student  deficient  in  the  above  areas  of  study  may  also  be 
admitted  provided  these  deficiencies  are  made  up  concurrently 
with  the  student's  graduate  studies. 

*.\n  exception  to  this  is  afforded  the  student  wishing  to  specialize 
in  biochemistry. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Chemistry 

I.  Industrial/teaching  experience:  Before  the  degree  of  M.A.  in 
chemistn-  can  be  granted,  the  applicant  must  have  had  at  least  three 
vears  of  fiill-time  emplov-ment  in  an  approved  area  of  chemistry-.  Only 
those  vears  of  emplovment  after  obtaining  the  bachelor's  degree  may  be 
counted.  This  experience,  in  addition  to  the  final  six  credits  being  taken 
at  ILP.  meets  the  unKersitv- and  departmental  residency-  requirements. 

II.  Core  Courses 
CHEM  540       Physical  Chemistry 
CHEM  600       Seminar* 
CHEM  610       Inorganic  Chemistry- 
CHEM  620       .Anahtical  Chemistry- 
CHE.M  630       Organic  Chemistry 

III.  Coarse  Electives 

.\nv  graduate-level  courses  selected  firom  the  natural 
sciences  and  mathematics  with  the  permission  of  the 
candidate's  advisor.  Special  permission  from  the 
Chemistry-  Department's  Graduate  Committee  will  be 
required  for  courses  outside  the  sciences. 

r\'.  Thesis  Requirements  (Dor  4  s.h.) 

The  student  has  two  options: 

.■V.    Thesis  not  required— .-V  total  of  30  semester 
hours  in  suitable  courses  is  acceptable. 


14  s.h. 
3s.h. 
2s.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3  s.h. 

(10  to  16  s.h.) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSiLvANiA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        73 


B.    Committee  thesis  (CHEM  850-4  s.h.)— If  the 
candidate  is  doing  research  as  part  of  Rill-time 
erapioNTiient.  that  research  may  be  submitted  as  a 
tliesis.  pro\ided  appro\-al  is  given  in  advance  by  the 
emplover  and  the  Chemistry  Department's  Graduate 
Conunittee.  The  candidate's  emplo\Tnent  supervisor 
mav  sene  as  an  ex-officio  member  of  die  tliesis 
committee. 

*      The  M.A.  candidate  is  not  required  to  attend  all  dastinie  seminars 
but  is  required  to  present  two  seminars  and  is  expected  to  attend  the 
evening  seminars. 


Master  of  Science  in  Chemistry 

I.  Residence  Requirements:  The  student  shall  be 
m  residence  a  miiiimimi  ot  r»"0  consecutive  semesters 
of  fiill-rime  work.  Students  working  as  graduate 
assistants  and/or  making  up  deficiencies  can  expect  to 
be  in  residence  for  at  least  two  years. 

eilher 

II.  For  those  specializing  in  analytical,  inorganic, 
organic,  or  physical  chemistry: 

A.  Required  Courses  15  s.h. 

CHEM  540       Physical  Chemistr\-  3  s.h. 

CHEM  610       Inorganic  Chemistr)-  3  s.h. 

CHEM  620       Analytical  Chemistr>-  3  s.h. 

CHEM  630       Organic  Chemistry  3  s.h. 

Ai\  additional  three-semester-hoiu"  600-level 
chemistry-  course  selected  from  anal%'tical.  3  s.h. 

inorganic,  organic,  or  physical  chemistry 

B.  Electives  6  s.h. 

The  student  may.  witli  the  ad\4ce  and  appro\-al  of  the 
adWsor.  select  electives  from  chemistr..  physics, 
biologv.  or  madiematics.  CHEM  500  Special  Studies 
can  pro\ide  a  niaximmn  oi  diree  semester  hours 
toward  the  30  semester  hours  necessan  tor  die  degree. 


Department  of  Mathematics 


III.  For  those  specializing  in  biochemistry: 

A.    Required  Courses 

CHEM  646       Biochemistry 


12  s.h. 


CHEM  623 

Physical  and  Chemical  Mediods 

of  Separation 

3  s.h. 

CHEM  630 

Organic  Chemistr\- 

3  s.h. 

BIOL  662 

3  s.h. 

B.    Electives 

a  minimun 

at  least  one  of  die  following: 

BIOL  553 

Phvsiolog\  of  Plants 

3  s.h. 

BIOL  652 

Microbial  Plivsiolog\' 

3  s.h. 

BIOL  653 

Animal  Phvsiolog\- 

3  s.h. 

BIOL  654 

Endocrinolog\' 

3  s.h. 

and  any  graduate  courses  in  the  natural  sciences  and 
madiematics  mutually  agreed  upon  by  die  student  and 
adxisor 

IV.  Research  and  Thesis  Requirements: 

A.  The  research  work  must  lead  to  an  acceptable 
diesis,  approved  by  the  student's  ad%isor  and  the 
supervisory"  committee  and  defended  in  a  final  oral 
examination. 

B.  CHEM  600  Seminar  2  s.h. 

C.  CHEM  690  Research  for  at  least  3  s.h. 

D.  CHEM  850  Thesis  4  s.h. 

To  be  taken  during  die  term  in  which  student  is  writing  the  M.S.  thesis. 


The  Mathematics  Department  offers  three  graduate  degrees:  the 
Master  of  Science  degree  in  .\pplied  Matlieniaucs.  the  Master  of 
Education  in  Matliematics,  and  die  Master  of  Education  in 
Ellementary  and  Middle  School  Mathematics  Education. 

Master  of  Science  in  Applied  Mathematics 

The  M.S.  program  m  .\pphed  Mathematics  is  designed  to 
produce  graduates  wlio  are  marketable  in  industry  government, 
and  education.  It  also  pro\ides  a  soUd  background  for  those 
planning  to  pursue  a  Ph.D.  program.  Faculty  members  offer 
courses  in  tlie  areas  of  operations  research,  statistics,  and 
traditional  applied  madiematics.  The  department  houses  state- 
of-tlie-art  computer  facilities,  including  Silicon  Graphics.  Lie, 
macliines.  widi  which  faculrs'  and  students  engage  in  acti\ities 
such  as  simulation  and  statistical  analysis.  Most  classes  are 
offered  at  times  convenient  for  nontraditional  students  who  \vish 
to  adN^ance  dieir  careers  in  appUed  mathematics  or  secondary 
education.  Students  have  die  option  of  WTiring  a  diesis  or 
participating  in  ati  internship. 

Program  Requirements 

I.  Core  Courses*  15  s.h. 
MATH  525       .\ppUed  Mathematical  Analysis  I             3  s.h. 
MATH  545       Programming  Models  in  Operations 

Research  3  s.h. 
MATH  546       Probabihsric  Models  in  Operations 

Research  3  s.h. 

MATH  563       Mathematical  Statistics  I  3  s.h. 

M.^TH  564       Mathematical  Statistics  II  3  s.h. 

*Required  unless  comparable  courses  have  been 
completed  at  the  imdergraduate  level 

II.  Controlled  Electives**  15  s.h. 

MATH  547  Simulation  Models  3  s.h. 

MATH  55 1  Numencal  Mediods  for 

Supercomputers  3  s.h. 

MATH  571  Linear  .^gebra  3  s.h. 

MATH  641  Differential  Equations  3  s.h. 

MATH  643  Graphs.  Netvvorks.  and  Combinatorics    3  s.h. 

M.\TH  645  Nonhnear  Programming  Models  3  s.h. 

MATH  661  .\d\'anced  Sampling  Theon.'  3  s.h. 

MATH  663  N'onparametric  Statistics  3  s.h. 

M.\TH  665  .\ppUed  Regression  .\nalysis  3  s.h. 

MATH  684  Topics  in  Operations  Research  3  s.h. 

NL\TH  685  Topics  in  Statistical  Mediods  3  s.h. 

MATH  688  Problems  in  AppUed  Madiematics  3  s.h. 

**At  least  12  s.h.  must  be  at  the  600  level. 

III.  .Additional  Electives*** 

Odier  graduate-le\  el  mathematics  courses  may  be 
selected  with  the  approv-al  of  the  student's  advisor. 
Also,  widi  the  advisor's  approv^.  up  to  sLx  semester 
hours  of  graduate  work  may  be  taken  in  disciplines 
such  as  chemistry,  computer  science,  economics, 
finance/management  information  systems,  and  physics. 

***The  MS  in  .\ppUed  Mathematics  requires  a 

minimimi  of  27  s.h.  of  course  work  in  addition  to 
the  research  requirement  listed  below. 

r\'.  Research  Requirements  3-6  s.h. 

Option  I 

\L\TH  S50       Thesis 


3  s.h. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


74 


EGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Option  II 

MATH  698 

Total 


Internship 


6s.h. 


30-33  s.h. 


N\osltT  of  Education  in  Mathematics 

The  Master  of  Education  in  Mathematics  is  ideal  for  secondary 
mathematics  teachers.  Its  purpose  is  to  provide  an  opportunit)' 
for  students  to  increase  their  knowledge  of  mathematics  and  to 
become  aware  of  research  and  innovations  in  mathemadcs 
educadon.  Course  requirements  and  elecdves  come  from  several 
departments:  Foundations  of  Education  (FDED).  Educational 
Psychology-  (EDSP).  Counselor  Education  (COUN),  Special 
Education'(EDEX),  and  Madiematics  (MATH,  ELMA). 

Program  requirements 

A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  must  be  completed  by  each  candidate 
for  the  Master  of  Education  degree,  according  to  the  following: 

I.     Foundations  of  Educadon  Elecdves  3  s.h. 

FDED  514  Comparauve  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 
FDED  611  Historical  FoundaUons  of  Education  3  s.h. 
FDED  612         Philosophical  Foundations  of 


FDED  613 


Education  3  s.h. 

Social  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 


3  s.h. 


II.  Educational  Psychology  Elecdves 

EDSP  604  Advanced  Educational  Psychology  3  s.h. 

EDSP  573  Psychology-  of  Adolescent  Education  3  s.h. 

EDSP  576  Behavior  Problems  3  s.h. 

EDSP  578  Learning  3  s.h. 

COUN  629  Group  Procedures  3  s.h. 

COUN  639  Group  Procedures  3  s.h. 

EDEX  650  Exceptional  Children  and  Youth  3  s.h. 

III.  Research  Requirement  3  s.h. 

GSR  6 1 5  Elements  of  Research  3  s.h. 

IV.  Mathematics  Education  Elecdves  6  s.h. 

MATH  650       History- of  .Mathematics  3  s.h. 

MATH  651        Seminar  in  Teaching  Junior  High 

School  Mathematics  3  s.h. 

MATH  652       Seminar  in  Teaching  Senior  High 

School  Mathematics  3  s.h. 

MATH  654       Curriculum  and  Supervision  in 

Mathematics  3  s.h. 

ELMA  65 1        The  Laboratory  Approach  to  Teaching 

Mathematics*  3  s.h. 

ELMA  652        Diagnosis  and  Remedial  Teaching 

of  Mathematics*  3  s.h. 

ELMA  653        Mathematics  for  die  Gifted  Student*       3  s.h. 

V.  Mathematics  Content  Elecdves  15  s.h. 

a.  Required  unless  comparable  courses  have  been 
completed  at  the  undergraduate  level  0-6  s.h. 
MATH  521        Advanced  Calculus  1  3  s.h. 
MATH  576       Abstract  Algebra  I  3  s.h. 

b.  Any  graduate-level  mathematics  content  courses  other  than  those 
listed  in  part  a.  9-15  s.h. 

*      With  special  permission  from  the  advisor,  these  courses  are 
acceptable  for  ftilfillment  of  the  Mathematics  Education 
requirement. 


Master  of  Education  in  Elementary  and  Middle  School 
Mathematics  Education 

An  integral  part  of  the  program  will  be  to  familiarize  students 
with  recent  developments  in  curriculum,  mstruction,  and 
implementation  of  contemporar)-  mathematics  programs  in 
elementary  and  middle  schools.  Upon  completion  of  the 
program,  the  student  will  be  prepared  to  serve  as  a  resource 
teacher,  mathematics  teacher  in  a  departmentalized  situation, 
coordinator,  or  in  other  leadership  roles  in  an  elementary  or 
middle  school  mathematics  program.  For  teachers  in  pubUc 
schools,  the  program  meets  the  credit  requirements  for 
Instructional  Level  II  certification.  It  does  not  provide  7-12 
certification  for  those  who  hold  a  K-6  Level  I  certificate. 

Students  have  three  options  for  the  completion  of  the  program 
leading  to  a  Master  of  Education  degree  in  Elementary  and 
Middle  School  Mathematics  Education. 

Option  I :  Primarily  designed  for  those  who  wish  to  pursue  a 
degree  after  the  master's  degree.  The  requirements  are  27  hours 
of  course  work  and  a  three-hour  conmiittee  thesis. 

Option  2;  Primarily  designed  for  those  who  wU]  take  a 
leadership  role  in  the  school.  The  requirements  are  30  hours  of 
course  work  and  written  comprehensive  exarrunation. 

Option  3:  Primarily  designed  for  the  classroom  teacher  who 
wishes  to  update  skills.  The  requirements  are  36  hours  of  course 
work  with  no  thesis  or  comprehensive  examination  required. 

Students  must  satisfy-  the  following  course  reqiurements: 

I.  Professional  Development  9  s.h. 
Required:                                                                                6  s.h. 
ELM.4  650        Curriculum  and  Instruction  in 

Elementary  School  Mathematics  3  s.h. 

EDSP  604         Advanced  Educational  Psychology  3  s.h. 

Elective:  3  s.h. 

Chosen  from  the  graduate  course  offerings  of  the 
Department  of  Professional  Studies  in  Education  and 
the  Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 
Serv-ices.  Students  should  consult  their  adv-isor 
concerning  prerequisites  and  appropriateness  before 
scheduling  these  courses. 

II.  Educational  Research  3  s.h. 

GSR  6 1 5  Elements  of  Research  3  s.h. 

III.  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Mathematics 

Education  Electives  6  s.h. 

ELMA  651        The  Laboratory  Approach  to  Teaching 

Mathematics  3  s.h. 

ELMA  652        Diagnosis  and  Remedial  Teaching 

of  Mathematics  3  s.h. 

ELMA  653        Mathematics  for  the  Gifted  Smdent         3  s.h. 

ELMA  654        Teaching  Problem  Solving  in  the 

Elementary  and  Middle  School  3  s.h. 

ELMA  655        Madiematics  for  Early  Childhood  3  s.h. 

ELMA  698        Supervised  Internship  3  s.h. 

ELMA  699        Elementary  Math— Independent  Study   3  s.h. 

ELMA  850        Thesis*  3  s.h. 

IV.  Subject  Matter  Concentration  EUectives 

Options  1  and  2  9  s.h. 
or 

Option  3  15  s.h. 
ELMA  5 1 7         Introduction  to  Probabihty  and 

Statistics  3  s.h. 

ELMA  520        Pre-Calculus  Madiematics  I  3  s.h. 

ELMA  556        Principles  of  Geometry  I  3  s.h. 

ELMA  557        Introduction  to  Number  Theory  3  s.h. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        75 


FI.MA  558        Introduction  to  Logic  and  Logical 

Games  3  s.h. 

Fl  MA  559        Computer-Rekted  Topics  in  the 

Elementarv-  and  Middle  School  3  s.h. 

E1NL\571        Basic  Concepts  of  .\lgebra  3  s.h. 

Fl  \{  A  601        Basic  Concepts  in  Mathematics  I  3  s.h. 

FT  AlA  602        Basic  Concepts  in  Mathematics  II  3  s.h. 

FT  \(A  603        Teaching  the  Metric  System  3  s.h. 

FIMAfiSl         Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

V.     Dectives  3  s.h. 

Chosen  from  other  courses  in  categories  I,  HI,  and  I\'  above 

W.  Comprehensi>e  EJxam 

Option  2  onh" 

*      EILNL-V  850  b  required  for  Option  1  only. 


Department  of  Physics 


The  Department  of  Physics  offers  two  graduate  degrees  at  the 
master's  level:  the  Master  of  Science  and  the  Master  of  .Arts. 
The  Master  of  Science  degree  program  is  designed  for  students 
who  plan  to  pursue  fluther  graduate  work  or  to  undertake 
research  in  an  industrial  position.  The  degree  is  research 
oriented,  and  a  thesis  is  required.  The  Master  of  Arts  program 
will  2eneralh'  be  selected  bv  students  who  wish  to  strengthen 
their  phvsics  background  in  preparation  for  more  advanced 
graduate  study  or  to  fiilfill  teaching  certification  requirements. 
This  program  emphasizes  course  wort,  and  a  thesis  is  optional. 

Because  of  the  «ide  range  of  possible  courses,  students  are 
required  to  have  the  consent  of  their  graduate  ad\TSors  before 
selecting  a  coiurse.  .An  advisor  is  assigned  to  students  as  soon  as 
they  are  accepted  into  the  degree  program. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Physics 

This  program  is  the  more  flexible  of  the  two  graduate  degree 
programs  offered  by  the  Department  of  Physics.  Elach  student's 
program  is  designed  to  meet  his  or  her  indi\ndual  needs  and  is 
develof>ed  with  the  student  and  advisor  working  together. 

The  educational  goals  of  students  in  many  categories  can  be  met 
while  they  are  working  to  attain  degrees.  Several  examples  of  the 
category  of  student  who  may  select  this  degree  program  are 

1 .  The  student  whose  imdergraduate  training  is  in  Ph)-sics 
Elducation  or  Physical  Science  Education  or  Science 
Education  with  a  strong  professional  education  component. 
This  student  mav  need  more  content  than  professional 
education.  In  this  program,  the  student  may.  with  the 
concurrence  of  his  or  her  advisor.  enroU  in  exacdy  that  ratio 
of  content  courses  to  professional  education  courses  that  is 
necessary"  to  attain  his  or  her  goals. 

2.  The  student  who  holds  a  teaching  certificate  in  a  field  other 
than  phvsics  but  is  a  secondare-  school  physics  teacher. 
These  students  often  require  formal  course  work  in  a  nimiber 
of  areas  of  phvsics  in  order  to  have  phvsics  added  to  their 
certificates.  This  is  normally  a  requirement  of  their  school 
district  and/or  the  commonwealth.  This  program  allows 

.  students  to  meet  this  requirement  while  working  toward  a 
degree. 

3.  The  student  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  a  cooperative  program, 
including  those  programs  with  internship  components. 


Students  may  earn  eight  to  15  semester  hours  during  a 
semester  while  interning  under  one  of  the  special  programs 
instituted  bv  the  universiti.'. 

I.  Subject  Matter  15  s.h.  minimum 

Required  com^e  work  in  Physics  is  to  be  selected  from  the  graduate 
ph^'sics  courses  with  course  numbers  of  5 1 0  or  greater.  This  selecdon 
must  have  the  prior  appro>-al  of  the  student's  academic  advisor,  and  a 
notation  of  such  approi'al  is  to  appear  in  the  student's  folder. 

II.  Electives  11  to  18  s.h. 

The  student  may  complete  the  requirements  for  an  M.A.  by  selecting, 
with  the  appro%-al  of  his  or  her  ad\isor.  from  among  the  offerings  of  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research.  The  number  of  credits  selected  for 
electives  depends  upon  the  opdon  e.\ercised  under  Research  and 
Thesis. 

III.  Research  and  Thesis  Option 

Each  Master  of  .\rts  student  must  complete  degree  requirements  in  one 
of  the  following  two  ways: 

A.  Undertake  an  individual  research  problem  and  complete  an 
acceptable  thesis.  For  this  option,  the  student  must  schedule  PFTVS 
600  for  two  semester  hours  and  PIT\'S  850  for  at  least  two  semester 
hours.  If  the  student  selects  this  option,  he  or  she  will  have 
completed  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours,  including  these  two 
courses,  for  the  degree. 

B.  Decide,  with  the  approval  of  his  or  her  academic  advisor,  that  a 
research  problem  is  not  to  be  undertaken.  If  this  option  is 
exercised,  the  student  will  not  do  a  thesis  but  must  complete  a 
miniTniim  of  33  semester  hours  of  course  worL 

Master  of  Science  in  Physics 

I.  .Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  must  have  a  B.S.  or  B..A.  degree  with  a  major  in  Physics  and 
meet  the  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School  and  Research  and  the 
Department  of  Phvsics.  .Applicants  having  other  degrees  that  provide 
sufficient  preparation  in  physics  and  mathematics  will  also  be  considered 
for  admission. 

II.  Subject  Matter  Concentration 

.A  minimum  of  six  courses  to  be  selected  with  the  approv^  of  the  advisor 
from  the  following:  PHYS  536.  PH\'S  601-602.  PH\'S  634.  PmS 
641,  Pm'S  651. PmS  652,  PmS  661-662. 

m.  Research  Requirement 

Each  Master  of  Science  student  is  required  to  undertake  an  individual 
research  problem  and  to  complete  an  acceptable  thesis  under  the 
supervision  of  one  of  the  faculty  members  eligible  to  teach  graduate 
courses.  The  student  is  expected  to  choose  a  research  advisor  by  the 
beginning  of  the  second  semester  in  attendance  and  to  submit  a  written 
thesis  proposal  to  his  or  her  Thesis  Committee  for  approval  by  the  end 
of  the  second  semester.  The  Thesis  Committee  will  be  selected  by  the 
student  in  conjunction  with  his  or  her  research  advisor.  The  student 
must  schedule  PH\'S  600  for  two  semester  hours  and  PPH'S  850  for  at 
least  two  semester  hours. 

IV'.  Comprehensive  E-xamination 

The  student  must  pass  a  comprehensive  exammation. 

V.     Free  Electives 

The  student  mav  complete  the  30-hour  requirement  by  choosing  from 
among  the  offerings  of  the  Graduate  School  and  Research,  with  the 
advice  and  approval  of  the  student's  graduate  advisor. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


76 


r^7 

COLLEGE 


OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Department  of  Psychology 

The  Psycholog)'  Department  offers  a  Doctor  of  Psycholog)' 
degree  in  Clinical  Psvcholog)-  (Psy.D.)  that  places  empiiasis  upon 
professional  applications  of  psvcholog}-  based  on  a  sohd 
grounding  in  the  scientific  knowledge  base  of  psvcholog)-.  The 
program  is  designed  to  meet  the  academic  requirements  of 
Ucensure  and  provide  the  background  to  immediately  assume 
responsibilities  in  appropriate  professional  settings. 

The  department  also  offers  a  program  of  respecialization  in 
clinical  psvcholog)'  for  persons  holding  a  doctoral  degree  in  a 
nonclinical  area  of  psycholog)'.  Psychologists  wishing  to  enter 
the  respecialization  program  must  plan  to  acquire  a  broad  base  of 
knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes  tlirough  an  individualized  plan  of 
studv  including  course  work  and  practica.  Tliis  program  usually 
requires  two  years  of  campus  course  work  and  practica,  followed 
by  a  year-long  internship. 

Doctorate  in  Clinical  Psychology 

Admission  to  the  Psy.D. 

The  following  criteria  are  used  in  the  evaluation  of  application 
materials:  (a)  overall  grade  point  average  and  grades  in 
psvcholog)-  courses  (3.0  minimum  in  botli  areas):  (b)  scores  on 
the  Aptitude  and  Ad\'anced  sections  of  the  GRE  (average  of  500 
on  all  sections);  (c)  training  in  research  methodology;  (d)  prior 
clinical  experience  in  practicum  or  emplo)Tnent;  (e)  the 
appUcant"s  statement  of  goals:  (f)  letters  of  recommendation;  and 
(g)  results  of  a  personal  interview. 

Breadth  of  undergraduate  training  is  preferable  to  narrow 
specialization.  Weaknesses  in  one  area  may  be  offset  by  strengths 
in  another  area,  although  tlie  Admissions  Committee  gives 
preference  to  apphcants  with  some  demonstrated  strengths  in  all 
areas.  Students  may  be  required  to  make  up  deficiencies. 

The  deadline  for  receipt  of  all  appUcation  materials  isjanuan-  10. 
The  Admissions  Committee  will  then  select  a  pool  of  qualified 
applicants  who  will  be  invited  to  the  campus  for  personal 
interx'iews.  Announcements  of  final  admissions  decisions  w-iU  be 
made  around  April  1 . 

Philosophy 

The  Psv.D.  program  follows  a  practitioner  or  applied  model  of 
training  of  cUnical  psychologists.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
professional  appUcations  of  psycholog)'  to  a  v>dde  variety  of 
human  problems.  Students  receive  extensive  supervision  in  the 
development  of  skills  in  interpersonal  relations,  psychological 
assessment,  psychotherapy,  communit)-  outreach,  and  program 
evaluation  and  a  soUd  grounding  in  die  scientific  knowledge  base 
of  psycholog)'. 

Curriculum 

The  Psy.D.  program  is  t)-pically  completed  in  four  calendar  )-ears 
of  fiJl-time  study  plus  an  additional  year  of  fiill-time  internship. 
The  curriculum  requires  a  minimum  of  102-104  semester  hours 
of  acceptable  graduate  credit.  Each  student  must  complete 
requirements  for  (a)  core  course  work:  (b)  special 
proficienc)-/elective  course  work  requirements;  (c)  pracdcum, 
internship,  and  professional  issues;  (d)  doctoral  project;  (e) 
comprehensive  academic  and  professional  examinations:  and,  (f) 
master's  and  doctoral  candidac)-.  In  addition,  a  course  in  Histor)- 
and  Systems  in  Psychology  is  required  for  graduadon. 


A.    Core  Course  Work 

The  core  courses  are  required  of  all  students.  These 
courses  cover  several  areas  of  psychology-  and  provide 
the  scientiBc  basis  for  professional  practice. 

1 .  Methods  of  Beha>-ior  Change: 

P.SYC  630         Methods  of  Intenention  I  3  s.h. 

PSYC631  Methods  of  huer\-ention  II  3  s.h. 

PSYC  633         Clinical  Group  Techniques  3  s.h. 

PSYC  634         Family  Therapy  3  s.h. 

2.  Methods  of  .Assessment  and  Evaluation: 

PSYC  64 1  Psychological  .Assessment  I  3  s.h. 

PSYC  642  Psychological  .Assessment  II  3  s.h. 

PSYC  743         Psychological  Assessment  III  3  s.h. 

3.  Research  and  Methodology: 

PSYC  601  Research  Mediods  in  Psycholog)' I  3  s.h. 

PSYC  603  Evaluation  Research  3  s.h. 

PSYC  704         Clinical  Research  Mediods  3  s.h. 


57  s.h. 


4.  Individual  Differences: 
PSYC  635         .Advanced  Psychopathology 
PSYC  636         Personalit)-  Theorv-  and  Systems 

of  Psychotherapy  3  s.h. 

PSYC  637         Issues  in  Developmental  Psychology       3  s.h. 

5.  Physiological  Bases  of  Behavior: 

PSYC  646         Drugs  and  Behavior 
PSYC  647         Clinical  Neuropsychology 

6.  Cognitive  Bases  of  Behavior: 

PSYC  632  Models  of  Learning 

7.  Social  Bases  of  BehaWor: 


3  s.h. 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 


PSYC  638 


PSYC  658 


Racial,  Cultural,  and  Gender  Issues 
in  Psycholog)-  3  s.h. 

Ad\-anced  Social  Psychology  3  s.h. 


8.     History  of  Psychology: 

PSYC  610         Historical  Trends  in  Psychology  3  s.h. 

B.  Elective  Course  Work/Special  Proficiency:  three  courses 
Students  select  three  advanced  courses  in  consultaUon 

with  an  ad\-isor.  Special  elective  packages  include 
Child/Family  and  Behavioral  Medicine. 

C.  Pracdcum,  Internship,  and  Professional  Issues:  27  s.h. 

PSYC  770         Professional  Issues  3  s.h. 

PSYC  798         Advanced  Psychological  Pracdcum        21  s.h. 
PSYC  799         Internship  3  s.h. 

Students  will  t)-pically  register  for  pracdcum 
experience  throughout  their  program  with  sampling 
from  diverse  settings.  During  die  final  year,  a  hill-time 
professional  internship  emphasizing  depth  and  long- 
term  involvement  is  required. 

D.  Doctoral  Project:  9  s.h. 

PSYC  950         Doctoral  Project  (Dissertation)  9  s.h. 

E.  Comprehensive  .Academic  and 

Professional  Examinations:  0  s.h. 

Each  year,  an  e\'aluation  of  clinical  and  professional 
competence  wiU  be  made.  This  evaluation  data  «'ill  be 
shared  with  the  student  as  feedback,  and  ajoint  effort 
will  be  made  to  remediate  any  deficiencies. 

Students  must  also  pass  a  preUminar)-  examination  and 
a  research  proficienc)-  evaluation  covering  basic 
knowledge  appropriate  for  a  professional  psychologist. 
This  examination  will  cover  material  related  to  all  of 
the  core  course  work  areas. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        77 


The  Clinical  Proficienc\-  E\-aluadon  is  completed 
during  the  final  year  on  campus.  Students  present 
assessment  and  therapy  work  samples  to  a  committee 
of  facult)'  members. 

Satisfactor^"  performance  on  both  the  preliminary 
examination  and  the  professional  e\'aluadons  must  be 
achieved  before  candidac)  for  the  doctorate  «t11  be 
recommended.  Serious  deficiencies  may  result  in 
recommendations  for  remedial  worL  reexamination, 
delay  of  candidac\'.  or  tenmnarion  fi-om  the  program. 

F.     Masters  and  Doctoral  Candidacy 
Students  will  routinely  obtam  the  master's  degree  en 
route  to  the  doctorate.  Requirements  for  candidac)-  for 
the  M.A.  degree  include  the  successfiJ  completion  of 
24  credits  of  approved  graduate  coiuse  work  with  a 
grade  point  average  of  3.0  and  the  recommendation  of 
the  Climcal  Trainmg  Comrmttee  based  on  satisfactory 
academic  and  professional  evaluations.  The  fiftv-four 
credits  for  the  M.A.  must  include  nine  hours  of 
pracricum  and  45  hours  of  the  core  course  work  of  the 
Psv.D.  degree. 

The  candidacy  for  the  Psy.D.  will  be  awarded 
following  the  completion  of  all  M.A.  requirements  plus 
a  minimum  of  an  additional  nine  credits.  successfiJ 
performance  on  the  preliminarv-  examination  and 
research  proficiency  evaluation,  and  satisfactory  aimual 
academic  and  professional  evaluations.  A  grade  point 
average  of  3.0  is  required  for  candidacy. 


G.    Transfer  of  Graduate  Credit 

Applicants  who  have  completed  course  work  at  other 
institutions  may  request  transfer  of  credit.  A  maximum 
of  36  semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  approved.  A 
portion,  but  not  all.  of  the  practicinn  requirements  may 
be  transferred  for  equix^alent  supervised  experience. 

H.    Part-time  Study  and  Residency 

Students  must  complete  two  consecutive  semesters  or 
one  siunmer  plus  the  preceding  or  following  semester 
of  fiill-time  study  to  meet  residencv'  requirements.  At 
other  times,  students  may  complete  part-time  studies. 
All  students  complete  a  Plan  of  Study,  which  will 
include  a  detailed  semester-by-semester  outline  of 
proposed  coiu^se  work  and  completion  dates  for 
exams,  doctoral  project,  and  internship.  .An  average  of 
15  semester  hours  must  be  completed  each  year,  and 
all  requirements  must  be  completed  within  seven 
years. 

Othtr  Policies 

The  Psycholog)-  Department  has  established  guidelines  for  the 
registration  and  completion  of  the  doctoral  project,  academic 
good  standing,  fiill-time  student  status,  an  appeals  process,  and 
other  academic  matters.  These  guidelines  are  explained  in  the 
Psychology  Graduate  Student  Handbook. 


The  Graduate  School  and  Research 


Professional  Growth 

The  Professional  Growth  program  leading  to  an  M.A..  M.S..  or 
M.Ed,  is  a  highly  restricted  and  specially  structured  course  of 
studies  determined  by  the  student  and  his/her  ad\isor\- 
committee.  The  program  may  not  duphcate  or  even  resemble  an 
existing  graduate  degree  program  at  IL'P.  For  each  degree  area, 
the  total  credit-hour  requirement  is  the  same:  30  credit  hours. 
Students  electing  to  pursue  an  M.Ed,  degree  in  Professional 
GrovMh  should  receive  additional  ad\ice  from  the  College  of 
Education  and  Educational  Technology.  The  requirements  for 
all  M.Ed,  degrees  have  a  certain  core  that  must  be  ftilfilled.  A 
four-semester-hour  committee  thesis  is  required,  as  well  as  GSR 
615.  Ellements  of  Research.  .An  administrative  member  from  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research  is  a  mandatory  thesis  conmiittee 
member,  in  addition  to  at  least  two  members  of  the  faculty  from 
related  academic  disciplines.  For  fitrther  information,  write  to 
the  Advisor,  Professional  Growth  Degree  Program.  Graduate 
School  and  Research,  210  South  Tenth  Street,  lUP,  Indiana.  PA 
15705. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


78       COURSE 


DESCRIPTIONS 


— TTTI 
Course  Descriptions 


AC 


Accounting 

Department  of  Accounting 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
informotion  Technology 


Js.h. 


ACCT50I  Advanced  Accounting 

Study  of  business  conibitiations  and  consolidations  as  well  as  accounting 
problems  of  specialized  nature  such  as  goods  on  consignment,  installment  sales, 
receivershiii  accounts,  agency  and  branch  accounting.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  .302 
or  equivalent  (9  s.h.  of  Accounting). 

ACCT  502  Foundations  of  Financial  Accounting  3  s.h. 

A  basic  course  for  graduate  students  encompassing  the  concepts  of  accounting 
fundamentals,  external  reporting  and  the  interpretation  of  accounting  principles, 
and  external  reporting  and  \}\e  inteq>retation  of  accounting  information  for 
financial  decision  making  in  domestic  and  international  coq>orations. 

ACCT  512  Advanced  Cost  Accounting  3  s.h. 

Tlieor\',  preparation,  and  use  of  budgets,  analysis  of  cost  variances,  direct  costing, 
and  extensive  analysis  of  various  cost  control  and  profit  planning  programs. 
Prerequisite:  ACCT  311. 

ACCT  .53 1  Auditing  3  s.h 

A  study  of  auditing  theory  and  practical  application  of  auditing  standards  and 
procedures  to  the  verification  of  accounts  and  financial  statements,  working 
papers,  and  audit  reports.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  302. 

ACCT  581  Special  Topics  in  Accounting  3  s.h. 

Covers  advanced  or  exploralorA'  toi)ics  willun  the  discipUne.  Specific  content 
developed  by  instructor.  Content  will  van,-  depending  on  specific  topics.  May  be 
repeated  by  specific  approval.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instmctor  and 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technobig\-  graduate  coordinator. 


ACCT  607  Management  Accounting  3  s.h. 

Designed  for  management  personnel  who  are  not  accountants  but  who  need  to 
understand  the  accounting  process  and  the  use  of  accounting  infonnatic^n  by 
management  in  making  decisions  and  in  performance  evaluation.  Prerequisite: 
ACCT  202.  Not  open  for  credit  for  students  with  constructive  credit  for  ACCT 
311. 

ACCT  608  Seminar  in  Accounting  Issues  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  oflTer  students  the  opportunitv-  to  explore  die  conceptual  framework 
for  accounting  and  reporting  and  to  study,  research,  and  debate  various 
controversial  issues  of  current  interest  to  the  accounting  profession  as  well  as  any 
other  accounting  area  of  mutual  interest  to  diem  and  dieir  instructor.  The  theme 
of  the  seminar  will  be  different  even,'  time  it  is  offered.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  302 
or  instructor's  permission. 

ACCT  610  Accounting  Systems  3  s.h. 

Accounting  principles  applied  to  constnicting  accounting  systems.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  problems  of  management  as  they  relate  to  acc()unting  systems 
by  developing  a  system  to  give  management  the  information  desired  for  effective 
operation  of  business.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  301. 

ACCT  612  Advanced  Tax  Accounting  3  s.h. 

Develops  further  knowledge  of  federal  income  tax  laws  as  they  apply  to 
corporations,  estates,  and  trusts.  Federal  estate  tax  and  gift  tax  are  also  explored. 
Prerequisite:  ACCT  421. 

ACCT  613  Financial  Statement  Analysis  3  s.h. 

Detailed  analysis  and  interpretation  of  financial  statements  using  the  various 
purj)Oses  and  coverage  of  the  accounting  principles  underlying  die  data  to  be 
analyzed.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  202. 

ACCT  681  Special  Topics  in  Accounting  3  s.h. 

Covers  advanced  or  exploratory  topics  within  the  discipline.  Specific  content 
developed  by  instniclor.  Content  will  varv  depending  upon  the  interests  of 
instructor  and  students  with  instructor  choosing  specific  topics.  May  be  repeated 
by  specific  approval.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  the  Eberly 
College  of  Business  and  Infonnation  Technology  graduate  coordinator. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


ACCT699  Independent  Study  in  Accounting  1-3  s.h. 

Individual  research  and  anaKsis  of  contemporarif'  problems  and  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  stud>"  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  &cult\"  member. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor,  departmental  chairperson,  and  dean,  Eberiy 
College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology. 

ACCT  850  Thesis  4-6  s-h. 

For  students  writing  the  thesis.  ACCT  850  should  be  scheduled  for  the  semester 
in  which  thev  plan  to  complete  their  worit.  The  thesis  is  a  committee  thesis  ( 4-6 
s.h.)  for  which  the  student's  advisor,  two  additional  fecultv-  members,  the  Eberiy 
College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  graduate  coordinator,  and,  or  the 
representative  of  the  dean.  Eberiy  College  of  Business  and  Information 
Technolog\;  may  constitute  the  committee. 


kC 


Aduft  and  Community  Education 
i  Deponment  ofAduSt  and  Community 

College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology 


ACE  620  Introduction  to  Adult  and  Cooununity  Education  3  sJl. 

A  survev  course  which  examines  the  fields  of  adult  and  community  education 
philosophically  and  historical^  and  in  terms  ot  current  programs  and  processes. 
The  course  includes  the  study  of  adult  and  community'  education  principles  and 
concepts  as  well  as  a\-ailable  literature  and  resources. 


ACE  621  The  Adult  Learner 

This  course  focuses  on  the  adult  as  learner,  including  ph\-siologicaL 
psychological,  and  sociological  characteristics  and  their  effect  on  leammg. 


3sJi. 


3sJi. 


ACE  622  Program  and  Process  Development  in  Adult  and 

Education  Community 

A  knowledge  and  skill-building  course  designed  for  present  and  hiture  adult  and 

community  education  practitioners.  This  how-to  course  examines  concepts  and 

practices  relevant  to  the  development  of  educadonal  programs  in  traditional  and 

nontraditiooal  educational  settings. 

ACE  623  Organization  and  Administration  in  Adult  and  Community    3  s.h. 
Educadon 

This  course  mtroduces  the  student  to  basic  theories  of  leadership  management 
and  organizadonal  structure.  It  includes  study  and  apphcadon  of  the  tasks,  tools, 
strategies,  and  leadership  roles  of  adult  and  community'  education  administrators. 
Prerequisite:  Permission. 

ACE  625  Facilitating  .\dult  Learning  3  sJi. 

This  course  examines  teachmg  and  learning  theories  as  they  relate  to  adults:  the 
teaching-learning  process  in  a  variety  of  educational  settings:  instructional 
methods,  techmques  and  devices  which  are  effective  with  adults;  and  instructional 
designs  and  evaluatjve  methods  effective  in  the  teaching-learning  process. 
Prerequisite:  Permission, 

.\C£  650  Current  Topics  in  Adult  and  Community  Education  3  s.h. 

Ejq)lores  current  issues,  trends,  and  topics  m  depth  in  a  workshop  formaL 
Topics  will  be  selected  by  the  faculty  and  announced  m  advance  of  the  semester 
in  which  the  course  is  to  be  offered.  Topics  may  include  issues  in  continuing 
higher  education,  volunteerism,  adult  career  development,  managing  nonprofit 
organizations,  group  processes  in  adult  education,  and  current  issues  in  research. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

ACE  699  Independent  Study  in  .Adult  and  Community  Educadon       1-3  s.h. 

Independent  stud\"  of  a  topic  pertinent  to  an  individual's  program  of  study. 
Permission  of  advisor  and  department  chairperson  required. 

ACE  735  Seminar  in  Adult  and  Conmiunity  Education  3  s.h. 

This  course  involves  an  intensive  study  of  special  topics  m  adult  and  commumty 
education  with  a  research  emphasis.  Research  content  varies  according  to  student 
interest.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

ACE  740  Internship  in  Adult  and  Community  Education  6  s.h. 

This  is  an  indi^idualK'  designed  field  project  in  which  students  work  with  a  site 
project  advisor  and  a  urmersity  advisor.  The  six-credit  internship  is  a  single 
project  designed  in  two  phases,  each  earning  three  credits.  Prerequisite: 
Permission. 


.\CE  745  Practical  Research  in  .\dalt  and  Commimity  Edncatioa  3  sJi. 

Practical  research  m  adult  and  community  education  is  designed  co  have  students 
conduct  and  report  a  formal  research  study  m  their  field  of  interest.  Students 
formulate  a  research  problem  and  design  a  plan  of  inquiry  that  wilL  provide  an 
answer^s)  to  their  stated  research  problem.  Students  must  be  able  to  inarpret 
their  research  findings  and  communicate  them  both  oraOv  and  in  writing  at  a 
professional  level.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

.ACE  750  Seminar:  Technology  and  Adult  Learning  3  %Jl. 

This  course,  by  providing  an  advanced  forum  m  which  to  researciu  discuss,  and 
document  current  and  emerging  topics,  issues,  and  applications  in  technology 
and  adult  learning  (with  special  emphasis  on  distance  leammg).  serves  to 
synthesize  these  two  fields  of  inquiry  and  offers  students  the  opporan^r  Eo 
conceptualize  and  develop  models  and  strategies  for  the  mcegrated  appEcadoa  of 
theory  and  practice  learned  in  earlier  courses.  Literature  reviews,  topic  analyses, 
and  case  studies  are  used  to  enhance  awareness  of  critical  issues  and  potential 
^plication  in  real-life  settings.  Prerequisites:  At  least  twelve  completed  credits, 
six  each  in  ACE  and  COMM  courses,  and  advisor  approvaL 


ACE  850  Thesis 

Students  selecting  the  thesis  option  will  complete  a  thesis  project  with  a 
conmiitlee  consisting  of  at  least  three  ^cuitv  members. 


39^ 


/strfft/ve  Services 

'e':  ;    ~7.   -;  .  f.  Support  and 

Eberiy  CoHege  of  Business  and 
Information  Technology 


.ADMS  58 1  Special  Topics 


3s.k. 


ALS 


Administration  and  Leadership 

department  of  Professonal  Studies  in 

\ducawn 

College  of  Education  and  Educauonai 
Technology 


.ALS70I  Leadership  Theories  3  s.k. 

Focuses  on  se\-eral  leadership  theories  related  to  administering  sodal  agrades. 

schools,  business,  and  industry. 

.\LS  702  Leadership:  A  Case  Stndy  Approach  3  s.k. 

Acquaints  students  with  the  theory  and  apphcation  of  the  case  study  approach  as 
related  to  theories  of  leadership.  Designed  to  provide  practice  for  ftinire 
administrators  in  the  following  areas:  group  decision  making,  leadership, 
planning  and  orgaiuzmg,  sensitivitv. judgment,  and  commnnication  skills. 
Prerequisites:  For  approved  Administration  and  Leadership  Studies  canifelMira; 
in  addition-  ALS  60 1  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

ALS703  Leadership:  Applied  Practice  3  s.k. 

Students  must  develop  and  implement  a  field  project  that  incorporates  leadership 
and  policy  theories  learned  in  previous  courses.  Prerequisites:  For  approved 
Administration  and  Leadership  Studies  candidates;  m  addition.  .ALS  60 1  and 
.\LS  702  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

ALS  782  Research  Instrument  Design  for  Leadership  Scn<fies  3  s^ 

Designed  to  prepare  doctoral  students  in  leadership  studies  co  critique  and 
develop  research  instruments  tor  use  in  dissertation  research.  It  wiQ  *^"|>^<*^"' 
identi^-ing  the  kev  issues  associated  with  instrument  design  in  leaderafa^  s&Mfies., 
critiquing  the  published  instruments,  writing  instrument  items,  and  cooducting 
instrument  reliabiHtv  and  ^'alidity  analysis.  Students  wiD  learn  to  evaknce  and 
develop  mstruments  through  hands-on  activities  and  individual  proytcts. 
Prerequisite:  By  permission. 


ALS  783  Analysis  of  Qualitative  DaU  in  Leadership  SoiAcs  3  sM. 

Designed  to  prepare  doctoral  students  in  leadership  studies  to  conduct  quaHtative 
data  anaivsis  in  dissertation  research.  Emphaazes  identificadoo  of  key  issues 
associated  with  qualitative  research,  critique  of  the  pobliabed  quaHtative  research, 
transcription  of  quahtative  data,  interpretanon  and  presenQtion  of  patterns,  and 
use  of  computers  to  perform  data  analysis.  Students  will  Icam  to  analyze,  presenL 
and  write  qualitative  research  reports.  Prereqoisite:  By  permissioa. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


80       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


ALS  798  Internship  in  Administrabon  and  Leadership  Studies  3-6  s.h. 

A  planned.  &eld-based  wori.  e3q>ehence  proposed  by  the  advanced  graduate 
student  to  enhance  professional  competence,  subject  to  approval  b\'  student's 
advisor  and  program  director.  Prerequisite:  For  approved  Administration  and 
Leadership  Studies  candidates  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 


ALS  950  Dissertation 


9s.h. 


A 


Anthropology 


■iumonhfes  and  Sodol  Sciences 


.\NTH  514  Nati\  e  .Americans  3  s.h. 

Survey-  of  culture  history-  and  culture  area  characteristics  of  the  Indians  of  North 
America.  Detailed  stud\-  of  representaci\'e  groups  related  to  historical,  (imctional. 
and  ecological  concepts. 

.\NTH  520  Archaeological  Field  Sdiool  6  s.h. 

Introduction  to  archaeologica]  5urv-e\-.  field  exca\atiorL,  and  laboratory  processing. 
Field  school  students  participate  in  one  or  more  of  the  ongoing  research  projects 
of  the  ILT  .\rchaeolog\-  Program. 

.\_VrH  556  Field  Research  Methods  3  s.h. 

Examination  of  methods  and  practice  ofquahtative  and  quantitati\-e  research. 
Course  emphasizes  techniques  for  conducting  ethnographic  research,  participant 
observation,  ethical  issues  in  social  research,  and  the  de\'elopment  of 
professionalism. 


.ANTH581  Special  Topics 
.ANTH  699  Independent  Study 


3s.h. 
3  s.h. 


An  Educavon 

Depan-"'- 


I   i 


ARED  610  An  and  the  Exceptional  Child  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  consider  characteristics  and  needs  of  the  mentalh'  retarded  and  the 
intellectualK-  gifted  child  with  particular  emphasis  on  art  aspects  of  the  diild's 
education. 

-\RF.D  611   .\rt  Curriculum  Development  in  .\rt  Education  3  s.h. 

A  semmar  and  stud)-  of  curricidums  at  all  levels.  Particular  attention  gi\en  to 
indn-idual  needs  of  class  participants  in  development  of  curriciJa  pertinent  to 
their  owti  teaching  situations.  For  those  students  who  have  not  yet  taught, 
theoretical  and  practical  problems  will  be  examined. 

.\R£D  612  Supervision  and  .Administration  in  .\rt  Education  3  s.h. 

Responsibilities,  ftincdons.  and  duties  of  an  supervisors  and  administrators. 

ARED  613  Research  in  .Art  Education  3  s.h. 

Required  of  all  .Art  Education  majors.  Reviews  past  and  present  research 
focusing  upon  the  methodologies  pertinent  to  the  field.  Prerequisite  for  this 
course.  GSR  615.  is  to  be  scheduled  within  the  first  four  to  eight  semester  hours. 
.ARED  613  must  be  taken  as  soon  thereafter  as  possible  but  within  the  first  twelve 
semester  hours. 

.ARED  614  Histor\- and  Philosophy  of  Art  Education  3  s.h. 

Considers  an  education  in  Europe,  the  L'nited  Stales,  and  Canada.  Designed  to 
give  the  student  backgroimd. 


Art  History 

Depannnent  of  An 
College  of  Rne  Arts 


Applied  Music 


.AppUed  Music  (.APMU  601-771)  1-4  s.h. 

The  following  courses  will  be  taught  in  form  of  private  lessons  geared  to 
individual  student  and  aiming  at  maximum  progress  of  each  studenL  depending 
on  bad^ground  of  the  student  and  time  available.  The  student  should  for  any 
series  of  lessons  use  the  first  number  in  pro^airuning  for  the  first  time,  the  second 
number  for  the  second  time.  etc. 


.\PMU  601, 651.  701.  751 

Prn-al£  Piano 

.\PMU  602. 652. 702. 752 

Pm-ate  Organ 

.\PML-603.653.703.753 

Pm-ate  Harpsichord 

.■VPMU  605. 655. 705. 755 

Pri\^te  Voice 

.\PML"  606. 656.  705.  756 

Prh-ate  MoUn 

.\PMf  607.  657.  707.  757 

Pri>-ate  \"iola 

AP\n:  608.  658,  708,  758 

Pri\-at£  Cello 

.\PM1,'  609. 659. 709. 759 

Pri\-ate  Bass  \lol 

.\PMU  610. 660. 710. 760 

Prrvate  Flute 

.WMU  612. 662. 712. 762 

Pn\-ate  Oboe 

.\PMU  613. 663. 713. 763 

Prh-ate  Bassoon 

.\P\a' 614. 664.  714.  764 

Prhate  Saxophone 

.\PMU  615. 665.  715.  765 

Pri\-aie  Tnimpel 

.\PMU  616. 666, 716. 766 

Pri\-a[e  French  Horn 

.\PMU  61 7, 667,  71 7.  767 

PrHate  Trombone 

.\PMU  618, 668, 718. 768 

Pn\ate  Euphonium 

.\PMU  619. 669. 719. 769 

Prii-ate  Tuba 

APMU  620. 670. 720, 770 

Prnate  Percussion 

.\PMU  621, 671, 721, 771 

Pri\-att  Guitar 

.ARHI507  Medieval  .Art  3  s.h. 

.Art  and  architecture  of  Europe  during  Middle  Ages,  begirming  with  the  study  of 
Earlv-  Christian  and  Bv-zantine  .An  and  concluding  with  an  of  the  Romanesque 
and  Gothic  periods.  Prerequisite:  Art  History  m^ors  or  by  special  anrangemenu 

.ARHI508  Italian  Renaissance  .Art  3  s.h. 

.An  Histon-  majors,  by  special  arrangemenL  Covers  span  of  Italian  art  from  1400s 
through  1 850  and  Mannerist  movemenL  Special  attendon  paid  to  great  masters 
of  the  period. 

ARHI  509  BaTt>que  and  Rococo  Art  3  s.h. 

General  survey  of  art  fi-om  1 575  to  1 775.  Will  include  architecture,  sculpture, 
painting,  and  other  arts. 


An 

Department  of  An 

College  of  Fine  Arts 


.ART  581  Special  Topics 


3  s.h. 


.ART  615  .An  Seminar  3  s.h. 

Opportunities  for  students  to  conduct  in-depth  exploradons  of  contemporarv' 
trends/issues  in  Studio  .Art  and  to  develop  proficiencv'  in  the  area  of  art  cridcism. 
Course  content  and  methods  will  include  writing,  verbalizadon,  group  discussion, 
attendance  at  regional  exhibidons.  and  development  of  thesis/exhibidon 
proposals.  For  M.A.  candidates  onh.-. 

.ART  640  Graduate  Studio  in  Ceramics  3-18  s.h. 

.All  aspects  of  handforming.  decoradng.  glazing,  and  firing  will  be  dealt  with.  This 
may  include  body  and  ^aze  formulation  and  reducdon.  oxidadon.  salL  wood,  and 
raku  firing,  as  well  as  thrown,  coiled,  or  stab  construcdon  or  combinadons 
thereof.  Includes  historic  and  contemporarv'  ceranucs  and  philosophies  of  the 
craft.  Prerequisite:  At  least  one  year  of  undergraduate  ceranucs. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       81 


-AJIT644  Graduate  Studio  in  Fibers  3-18  s.h. 

Fundamentals  of  fiber  construction  and  processes.  Emphasis  on  experimental 
approaches  to  fiber  design  and  construction.  Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of 
beginning  as  well  as  advanced  students. 

ART  647  Graduate  Studio  in  Jewelry  and  Metal  Work  3-18  s.h. 

Ad\-anced  studv  dealing  with  specialized  problems  in  design  and  execution  of 
metal  work  and  jewelr\-.  A  thesis  may  be  developed  depending  on  research  in  one 
of  the  areas  relating  to  this  field:  historv".  materials,  tools,  processes,  or  teaching 
techmques  of  the  craft. 

ART  650  Graduate  Studio  in  Sculpture  3-18  s.h. 

An  ad\*anced  course  in  which  students  are  expected  to  work  on  challenging 
problems  in  sculpture.  A  student  may  explore  one  or  several  sculpture  or 
modeling  media. 

ART  653  Graduate  Studio  in  Woodworking  3-18  s.h. 

Specialized  studv  and  experiences  in  the  design  and  execution  of  problems 
relating  to  wood  as  a  crafts  material.  Opportunit)'  is  presented  to  more  intensiveK' 
explore  materials  and  processes  of  this  craft  employing  both  hand  and  power 

tools. 

ART  661  Graduate  Studio  in  Drawing  3-18  s.h. 

Drawing  as  a  language  and  continued  development  of  skill  in  communication  and 
expression  in  all  kinds  of  materials  and  media.  Drawing  as  an  intimate  work  of  the 
artist  will  be  expressed. 

ART  662  Graduate  Studio  in  Oil  Painting  3-18  s.h. 

Traditional  and  contemporarv-  methods  and  techniques  in  the  area  of  plastic 
painting  media.  Composition  in  relation  to  modem  painters"  problems. 
Opportunit}'  is  presented  for  exploration  and  specialization  in  depth  as  well  as 
breadth. 

ART  668  Graduate  Studio  in  Printmaldng  3-18  s.h. 

Modes,  media,  material,  techmques.  and  processes  of  graphic  arts  and  their  use  in 
expression.  The  student  may  concentrate  on  intensive  exploration  of  one  media 
in  depth  or  explore  a  number  of  media  for  breadth  of  experience.  Prerequisite: 
.ART  2 1 7  or  its  equi\'alent. 

Studio  courses  may  be  taken  for  a  total  of  18  semester  hours  in  one  studio.  No 
more  than  six  semester  hours  in  one  studio  may  be  taken  during  one  semester. 


ART  681  Special  Topics 
ART  698  Internship 
ART  699  Independent  Study 
.\RT  850  Thesis 


3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3  s.h. 
3s.h. 


6/C 


Biology 

Deportment  of  Biology 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 

Mathematics 


BIOL  520  Biology  of  Higher  Invertebrates  3  s.h. 

A  phylogenetic  overview  of  the  higher  invertebrates,  Annelida  through  lower 
Chordata.  A  systematic  approach  on  hinctional  morpholog)'  and  microstructure, 
behavior,  and  physiology  under  an  evoludonar\^  umbrella.  Laboratory  sessions 
offer  additional  research  opportunities.  Prerequisite:  BIOL  120. 

BIOL  525  Herpetologj  3  s.h. 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  classes  of  Amphibia  and  Reptiha.  mcluding  their 
classification,  structure,  origin,  evolution,  phylogenedc  reladonships.  distribution, 
and  natural  histor>;  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  herpetofauna  of 
Pennsv'lvania. 

BIOL  550  Pymatuning:  Field  Studies  3  s.h. 

During  the  summer  session,  v-arious  field  courses  are  offered  through  the 
P\-matuning  Laborator\'  of  Ecolog)'.  The  offerings  will  \-an.-  depending  on  tlie 
Slimmer.  Some  of  the  possible  offerings  include  E.\perimental  Design.  Fish 
Ecolog)'.  Behavioral  Ecologv;  Aquatic  Botany,  and  Ecological  Genetics. 
Information  regarding  specific  offerings  is  av^able  &"om  the  Biologv'  Department 
in  spring. 


BIOL  563  Limnology  3sJi. 

An  investigation  into  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  aspects  of  inland 
waters  and  their  interrelationships.  Saturday  or  Sunday  labs  may  be  required. 
Prerequisite:  Ecolog)-. 

BIOL  564  Immunology  3sJi. 

Stud\  of  anatomy  and  function  of  immune  system,  physical  and  chemical 
properties  of  antigens  and  antibodies,  nature  of  antigen-antibody  interactions, 
humoral  and  cell-mediated  immune  responses,  and  immunopathologv' 
Prerequisites:  Biochemistry-  and  Microbiologv'. 

BIOL  566  Principles  of  Vlrologj-  3s.li. 

Topics  include  structure,  classification,  assay,  and  transmission  of  animaL, 
bacterial,  and  plant  viruses;  methods  used  in  the  study  of  viriises;  viial 
rephcation.  gene  expression,  and  gene  regulation;  host-\iral  interactions  and  sub- 
viral  pathogens. 

BIOL  575  Mammalogy  SsJl. 

General  discussion  of  mammals,  emphasizing  svstematics.  distribution,  and 
structure-fijnction  modifications  related  to  their  evolution.  A  paper  is  required. 

BIOL  576  Parasitologv  3s.h. 

The  parasitic  protozoa,  tlatworms  and  roundworms.  Major  emphasis  is  on 
species  infesting  man  and  includes  their  structure,  physiologv;  ecologv;  life  cycles, 
and  pathogenicitv.  Arthropods  involved  in  parasite  transmission  included. 
Prerequisites:  One  year  Btologv-.  Vertebrate  and  Invenebrate  Zoologv'. 

BIOL  602  Biometry  3  s.h. 

The  choice  and  application  of  standard.  efficienL  practicaL  and  appropriate 
statistical  techniques  for  data  anaKses  in  common  biological  situations. 
Computer  instruction  will  emphasize  the  practical  application  of  statistical 
techniques  using  statistical  packages  on  microcomputers  and  the  RTF  mainframe 
computer.  Lecture  and  computer  instruction  will  be  combined  in  four  class  hours 
per  week. 

BIOL  603  Advanced  Techniques  in  Biology  1-3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  advanced  techmques  and  procedures  used  in  biological  research. 
Topics  van'.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

BIOL  611  Biology  Seminar  I  1  s.h. 

Develops  essential  skills  for  the  professional  biologist,  including  pubfic 
presentation  of  biological  information  and  the  abilitv'  to  critique  biological  data 
and  ideas. 

BIOL  612  Biologv  Seminar  II  I  s.h. 

Develops  essential  skills  for  the  professional  biologist,  including  writing  of 
research  proposals  and  presentation  of  senunars.  Prerequisite:  BIOL  611. 

BIOL  622  Advanced  Omidiologv  3  s.h. 

A  detailed  studv  of  bird  populations,  behavior,  and  movement,  including  the 
armual  cvcle.  Prerequisite:  Abifity  to  identify  local  birds  visually  and  by  their 
songs. 

BIOL  623  .Animal  Morphogenesis  3  sJi. 

Factors  that  influence  and  control  the  differentiation  of  organs,  tissues,  and  ceUs. 
Flmphasis  placed  on  experimental  procedures  and  methods.  Prerequisites: 
Ejnbryology  or  Comparative  Anatomy,  Or^mc  Chemistrv'.  and  Genetics. 

BIOL  624  Advanced  Entomology  3  s.h. 

Insect  morphologv-,  including  external  and  internal  organization  of  different 
species  of  insects.  Comparisons  between  species  included.  An  independent 
research  study  and  seminar  presentation  required. 

BIOL  631  Plant  Ecology  3  s.h. 

Nature  and  distribution  of  vegetation  in  relation  to  environmental  &ctors.  Field 
investigations  of  local  plant  coramuruties  constitute  bulk  of  lab  work. 
Prerequisites:  Field  Botanv,  Plant  Taxonorav.  or  general  knowledge  of  local  flora. 

BIOL  641  Population  and  Conununit^' Ecologv'  3  s.h. 

The  ecologv-  of  animal  and  plant  populations,  including  the  studv"  of  life  tables 
and  demographv.  population  growth  and  regulation,  and  the  evolution  of  life 
historv  traits.  Communitv-  ecologv-  considers  the  interactions  among  populations 
such  as  competition,  predation,  and  mutuahsm.  and  how  such  interactions 
control  the  composition  of  a  communitv'.  Prerequisite:  Introductorv' course  in 
ecology  or  permission  of  instructor. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


82       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


BIOL  645  Behavioral  Ecologj  3  s.h. 

A  consideration  of  tlie  behavioral  activities  of  animals  in  t}ieir  natural  habitats. 
Evolutionary  and  ecological  implications  of  behavior  will  be  stressed.  Topics 
include  natural  histon-  strategies,  resource  partitioning,  reproduction  strategies, 
sexual  selection,  cooperation,  conflict,  and  social  organization. 

BIOL  651   Physiological  Ecology  of  Animals  3  s.h. 

A  consideration  of  physiological  responses  of  animals  to  environmental  variables 
with  emphasis  on  the  ev*»lutionary-  aspects  of  the  response.  The  physiology  of 
invertebrates  and  vertebrates  in  aquatic  and  terrestrial  environments  will  be 
considered.  Prerequisite:  A  course  in  physiology  or  pemussion  of  the 
instructor. 

BIOL  653  Animal  Physiology  4  s.h. 

Digestion  and  molecular  transport  of  nutrients,  gaseous  exchanges,  excretion, 
muscular  acti\-it\-  and  control,  and  endocrine  and  neural  elements.  Prerequisite: 
Animal  Biology. 

BIOL  662  Molecular  Genetics  of  Eukaryotes  3  s.h. 

Study  of  organization  and  chemical  structure  of  genes  in  relation  to  molecular 
tiinction  and  evolution.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  genetic  systems  of 
eukar^'otes  and  their  viruses.  Prerequisites:  Genetics,  Organic  Chemistry,  and 
Biochemistry  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 


BIOL  681  Special  Topics 

.■\d\-anced  topics  in  biology.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 


1-3  s.h. 


BIOL  699  Independent  Studies  1-3  s.h. 

lndi\-idual  or  small  group  instruction,  by  tutorial  and  intensive  literature  survey,  in 
a  particular  area  not  covered  by  a  student's  course  work  or  thesis  research.  By 
arrangement  with  instructor  and  approval  of  graduate  director.  Maximum  of  six 
hours  to  be  used  toward  the  degree. 


BIOL  850  ThesU 


2-6  s.h. 


NOTE:  Simimer  courses  offered  at  the  Pymatiming  Laboratory  of  Ecology  may 
be  taken  for  biology  elective  credit. 


6L 


A  \     A     / 

Business  Law 

Oepartrnent  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Eberiy  College  of  Business  and 
information  Technology 


BLAW  581  Special  Topics  in  Business  Law  3  s.h. 

Covers  ad\'axiced  or  exploratorv'  topics  wiUiin  the  discipline.  Specific  content 
developed  by  instructor.  Content  will  \'ary',  depending  upon  liie  interests  of 
instructor  and  students,  with  instructor  choosing  specific  topics.  May  be 
repeated  by  specific  approval.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor  and  the 
Eiierly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Tcchnolog)'  graduate  coordinator. 

BLAW  633  Case  Problems  in  Business  Law  3  s.h. 

Deals  with  solution  of  case  problems  as  applied  to  various  topics  in  the  field  of 
business  law.  Prerequisite:  BLAW  235  t>r  equivalent. 


67. 


Business  Education 

Deportment  ofTeciinofogy  Support  and 

Training 

Eberiy  College  of  Business  and 

information  Technology 


BTST  600  Curriculum  Development  and  Vocational  Education  3  s.h. 

Emphasis  is  on  processes  for  making  curriculum  decisions  and  guiding  otliers  in 
developing  and  updating  curriculum  for  vocational  education.  Current 
occupational  standards  and  societal  needs,  as  well  as  state  and  federal  regulations 
governing  vocational  education,  are  used  as  a  basts  for  curriculum  decisions. 

BTST  601  Curriculum  and  Instructiona]  Leadership 

in  Vocational  Education  3  s.h. 

Curriculum  management  skills  are  developed  and  utilized  to  plan  and  organize 
vocational  curriculum.  Focus  is  on  practical  curriculum  decisions  when  they 
involve  guiding  other  staff  in  curriculum  development  for  vocational  education. 


BTST  602  Conference  Leadership  and  Communication  Methods  3  s.h. 

in  Vocational  Education 

Basic  concepts  in  super\ision  of  vocational  programs  are  reviewed.  Human 
relations,  communications,  processes,  decision  making,  helping  conferences,  and 
leadership  strategies  are  emphasized.  StudenLs  demonstrate  ability  to  perform 
supervisor)-  skills  in  an  individualized  manner  in  an  actual  vocational  school 
situation  supplemented  by  seminars. 

BTST  603  Management  of  Instruction  for  Vocational  Education  3  s.h. 

Classroom  instructional  tasks  performed  by  the  vocational  educator  are  studied, 
including  procedures,  materials,  and  learning  and  instructional  st>'les.  Emphasis 
is  on  leadership  strategics  and  processes  to  guide  and  assist  other  vocational 
instnictors.  Skills  are  developed  in  an  individualized,  self-paced  manner  in  an 
actual  vocational  school  situadon  supplemented  by  seminars. 

BTST  604  Curriculum  Supervision  in  Vocational  Education  3  s.h. 

Emphasizes  skills  needed  to  provide  leadership  in  supervision  of  facult)"  and  staff. 
In  consultation  with  his  or  her  advisor,  each  student  will  identif)'  those  areas  that 
need  enhancement  in  vocational  settings.  Skills  are  developed  in  an 
individualized,  seff-paced  manner  in  an  actual  vocational  school  situation 
supplemented  by  seminars. 

BTST  605  Policy  Administration  3  s.h. 

Develops  skills  to  communicate  vocational  school  policies  and  activities  effectively 
with  staff,  students,  and  community.  Includes  study  of  student  recniitment  for 
vocational  programs  and  maintenance/expansion /utilization  of  school  facilities.  In 
consultation  uith  his  or  her  advisor,  each  student  will  identity'  those  areas  that 
need  fiirther  refinement.  The  student  will  develop  and  perform  each  requisite 
skill  in  an  individualized,  self-paced  manner  in  an  actual  vocational  school 
situation  supplemented  by  seminars. 

BTST  614  Instructional  Computing  Basics  3  s.h. 

Introduces  students  to  tlie  practical  use  of  the  computer  as  a  tool  for  enhancing 
effectiveness  and  efficiencv'  in  teaching/learning  and  training  and  development. 
Learners  will  explore  the  use  of  the  computer  in  school  and  nonschool  teaching 
or  training  and  development  settings,  conduct  critical  evaluation  of  computer- 
based  instructional /training  materials,  and  develop  strategies  for  integrating 
computing  into  the  total  teaching/ training  and  development  enviromnent. 
Current  research  in  the  area  of  instructional  computing  and  its  practical 
implicadons  for  teaching  and  training  and  development  will  also  be  discussed. 

BTST  631  Interactive  Multimedia  3  s.h. 

This  course  provides  an  introducdon  to  designing  and  producing  computer- 
generated  multimedia  presentations  and  courseware  for  industry-  and  education. 
Prerequisite:  BTST  614  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

BTST  642  Training  and  Development  in  Business/ 

Workforce  Development  3  s.h. 

Office  systems  occupations  are  analyzed  and  teaching  strategies  are  developed  for 
training  in  high-lechnologv-  settings.  Development  of  unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  and 
classroom  management  strategies  will  be  included  on  topics  such  as  computer 
literacy,  desktop  publishing,  and  telecommunications. 

BTST  650  Issues  and  Trends  in  Business/Workforce  Development        3  s.h. 

Utilizing  state-of-the-art  technology,  explore  current  issues  and  trends  in  business 
and  technologv'  education.  Topics  include  the  integration  of  technology  in  the 
classroom  and  trends  in  educational  initiatives.  Participants  will  have  an 
opportunity  to  use  the  Internet  as  a  research  tool,  a  liigh-tech  workstation,  and  die 
latest  presentation  software. 

BTST  656  Applied  Research  in  Business/Workforce  Development         3  s.h. 

An  examination  of  methods  and  techniques  of  research  in  office  systems  and 
business  education.  Students  will  select  a  research  topic  and  conduct  an  actual 
study  on  an  individualized  basis  or  as  part  of  a  small  group.  A  formal  research 
report  will  bean  end  product  of  the  course.  Prerequisite:  GSR  615. 

BTST  670  AdmimsCrativc  Communications  3  s.h. 

An  examination  of  the  concepts  and  techniques  for  developing  and  improving 
administrative  communications  through  high  technology.  Emphasis  will  be  on 
the  current  needs  and  changing  technology  in  software,  hardware,  and 

telecommunications. 

BTST  676  Special  Studies  in  Business  and  Distributive  Education      1-6  s.h. 

Special  topics  in  business  and  distributive  education.  Topics  will  be  announced 
well  in  advance  of  registration. 

BTST  680  Technical  Update  1-3  s.h. 

Designed  to  provide  students  with  up-to-date  experiences  in  areas  of  rapidly 
changing  technology.  Offerings  will  focus  on  topics  of  particular  interest  to 
business  teachers  in  high- technology  settings. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE  descriptions'    83 


BTST  693  Seminar  in  Teaching  Business  Subjects  3  s.h. 

Includes  instruction  in  tiie  methods  of  teaching  and  evaJuating  hotli  the 
teclinolog)'-oriented  and  cognitive-related  courses  in  husiness  education. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  planning  instniction,  developing  methods  and  strategies 
for  making  effective  classroom  presentations,  delivering  instniction,  and  managing 
the  classroom.  Opportunities  will  be  provided  to  undertake  the  responsibilities 
assigned  to  tiie  business  classroom  teacher,  assume  the  teaching  role 
competencies,  and  research  current  trends  in  the  field. 

BTST  f>94  Clinical  Studies  in  Business  Education  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  historical  and  philosophical  perspectives  of  business  and 
technolog)'  education.  Includes  observations  of  classes  at  tlie  secondary, 
community  college,  and  industry  training  levels.  Interviews  of  staff  in  educational 
settings  will  be  included  to  provide  in-depth  infonnation  on  trends  in  business 
and  teclniolog)'  education. 

BTST  69.5  Professional  Seminar  3  s.h. 

Provides  experience  in  teaching  at  the  secondary'  level  in  a  business  education 
program  and  coordination  and  visitation  by  a  university  faculty  member  with 
supervision  by  a  cooperating  teacher.  Efforts  are  made  to  provide  opportunities 
to  work  with  students  who  have  special  needs  and/or  who  come  from  diverse 
cultural  backgrounds.  Students  enrolling  in  BTST  695  must  meet  all 
requirements  for  admission  to  Teacher  Certification. 

BTST  699  Independent  Study  in  Business  Education  1-3  s.h. 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  facult\'  member. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instmctor,  departmental  chaiq)erson.  and  Eberly 
College  of  Business  and  Infonnation  Technology  dean. 


a 


I 

Chemistry 

.    Deportment  of  Chemistry 

I  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 

Mothemotics 


CHEM500  Special  Studies  1-6  s.h. 

Intensive  survey  of  literature  in  a  particular  area  as  well  as  individual  instruction 
on  recent  advances  in  chemical  instrumentation,  methods  of  research,  and 
speciahzed  subject  areas.  To  be  arranged  with  instnictor. 

CHEM  .521  Advanced  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  3  s.h. 

Modern  instmmental  analysis,  including  electrical,  spectrophotometric,  x-rays, 
gas  chromatography,  and  other  metliods.  (Open  to  M.S.  and  M.A.  candidates  by 
pennission  only.)  Four-hour  lecture/laboratory. 

CHEM  531  Organic  Molecular  Structure  Determination  3  s.h. 

Gives  student  experience  in  systematic  identification  of  various  classes  of  organic 
compounds  by  both  chemical  and  physical  methods.  Four-hour 
lectu  re/1  abora  tor)'. 

CHEM  535  Current  Topics  in  Organic  Chemistry  3  s.h. 

With  selections  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  students,  possible  topics  may  include 
reaction  mechanisms,  molecular  spectroscopy,  stereochemistry,  natural  products, 
heterocyclics,  polymer  chemistry,  and  organic  synthesis. 

CHEM  540  Physical  Chemistry  (core  course)  3  s.h. 

An  introduction  to  spectroscopy  and  molecular  structure.  Lecture— 3  hours. 

CHEM  576  Radiochemistry  3  s.h, 

Basic  aspects  of  nuclear  structure,  phenomena  of  radioactive  isotopes,  and 
chemical  effect  on  such  isotopes.  Concurrent  lab  work  utilizing  instniments  for 
detection  and  measurement  of  radioactive  nuclides  used  in  chemical 
experimentation.  Four-hour  lecture/laboratory. 

CHEM  600  Seminar  1  s.h. 

A  study  of  modern  chemical  research  and  research  techniques.  Scientific 
communication,  including  the  role  of  the  science  laboratory  in  research.  The 
student  will  present  one  oral  report.  Lecture— one  hour. 

CHEM  605  Experimental  Techniques  in  Chemistry  3  s.h. 

Experimentation,  observation,  and  appfication  of  scientific  concepts.  Classnxnn 
and  lecture  demonstrations  will  be  prepared,  presented,  and  evaluated  by 
students  and  instructor.  Prerequisites:   Chemistn-  I, II;  Physics  I, II.  Four-hour 
lecture/laboratoiy 


CHEM  610  Inorganic  Chemistry  (core  course)  3  s.h. 

Theoretical  inorganic  chemistry  and,  in  particular,  structure,  periodicity, 
coordination  chemistry,  bonding,  and  chemistry  of  nonaqueous  solvents. 
Lecture— three  hours. 

CHEM  620  Analytical  Chemistry  (core  course)  3  s.h. 

Theoretical  principles  of  analytical  chemistry.  Lecture — tliree  hours. 

CHEM  630  Organic  Chemistry  (core  course)  3  s.h. 

Principles  of  physical  chemistry  will  be  applied  to  the  study  of  organic  reaction 
mechanisms.  Lecture— three  hours. 

CHEM  633  Chemical  Literature  3  s.h. 

Periodicals,  encyclopedias,  handbooks,  abstracting  journals,  and  other  sources 
dealing  with  various  divisions  of  chemistry  will  be  studied.  Students  are  required 
to  conduct  a  literature  search  on  a  selected  topic.  Lecture— three  hours. 

CHEM  646  Biochemistry  3  s.h. 

Topics  covering  and  emphasizing  most  recent  developments  in  the  areas  of 
biochemistry,  such  as  amino  acids,  carbohydrates,  lipids,  nucleic  acids,  proteins, 
enzymes,  metabolism,  and  metabolic  control.  Lecture— three  hours. 


CHEM  681  Special  Topics 


3  8.h. 


CHEM  690  Research  1-6  s.h. 

Laboratory-  and  literature  investigation  of  student's  diesis  problem  done  under  the 
direction  of  a  faculty  member.  Within  the  first  15  hours  of  course  work,  the 
student  must  schedule  at  least  <me  credit  of  research  for  which  the  student 
performs  the  literature  review  and  wntes  a  research  proposal. 

CHEM  699  Independent  Study  1-6  s.h. 

Available  to  students  who  seek  to  deepen  dieir  knowledge  in  some  specific  aspect 
of  chemistr)'.  The  student  must  discuss  the  nature  of  the  independent  study  witli 
a  faculty  member  having  expertise  in  the  area  prior  to  registration.  Special 
attention  to  development  of  new  ideas  and  new  ways  of  presenting  scientific 
principles. 

CHEM  850  Thesis  4  s.h. 

For  students  writing  the  thesis.  Should  be  scheduled  for  the  semester  in  which 
the  student  plans  to  complete  work.  A  committee  diesis  (four  semester  hours),  for 
which  die  student's  advisor,  two  additional  faculty  members,  and  tlie  dean  of  the 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  constitute  the  committee. 


CO 


A 


..S 


£ 


1 


CommunicatJons  Media 

Department  of  Communications  Media 
College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology 


COMM  503  Scriptwriling  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  introduction  to  scriptwriting  for  films  and  filmstrips.  Various  styles 
and  techniques  of  writing  will  be  analyzed,  and  each  student  will  be  expected  to 
experiment  willi  the  techniques  presented.  Emphasis  on  writing  and  in-class 
cridcism  of  student  script. 

COMM  508  Media  Field  Studies  3s.h. 

A  hands-on  course  designed  to  help  die  students  learn  about  the  production 
process  involving  on-location  production.  The  course  will  have  three  disdnct 
phases.  Students  will  begin  with  research  and  pre-production  tasks  on  campus. 
Students  will  travel  to  an  off-campus  site  to  collect  additional  infonnation  and 
images  and  use  those  images  to  complete  a  production.  Students  will  be 
responsible  for  travel  expenses.  Prerequisite:  Permission  from  the  instructor. 

COMM  549  Basic  Audio  Recording  3  s.h. 

Theory  and  pracdces  of  recording  sound  and  developing  an  understanding  of 
language  of  sound  recording  and  the  ability  to  make  sound  recordings.  Exposure 
to  recording  for  various  media,  including  radio,  nuisic,  motion  pictures, 
television,  multi-image,  and  slitle  and  tape  pntducdon.  Students  will  gain  hands- 
on  experience  through  labs  and  projects  to  he  ctimpieted  outside  class. 

COMM  55 1  Basic  TV  Production  and  Direction  3  s.h. 

Intensive  lab  course  circuit  facilities  designed  to  develop  skills  in  program 
production  and  direction.  Theory  and  practice  of  production  are  exainmed  widi 
each  student  expected  to  produce  a  television  program  during  the  course. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


84       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


COMM  552  Electronic  Field  Production  3  s.h. 

For  ad\'anced  graduate  students  witli  prior  training  and  experience  in  television. 
Adv'anced  television  production  techmques.  set  design,  lighting,  special  effects, 
and  advanced  editing  techniques.  Prerequisite:  COMM  551. 

COMM  581  Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

Ad\-anced  topics,  offered  on  an  experimental  basis,  witliin  tlie  discipline  of 
communications  but  not  dealt  witli  in  other  courses.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
tlie  instructor. 

COMM  600  lostrucUonal  Design  and  Development  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  systems  approach  for  the  design,  development,  and  evaluation  of 
instructional  material  (print,  video,  multimedia,  etc.).  Students  uill  learn  about 
tlie  history'  of  instnictional  technolog\'  and  its  current  applications.  Each  student 
will  produce  a  self- instructional  prototv-pe  which  will  require  die  student  to 
svstematically  and  creativelv  apply  the  concepts  and  rules  learned  in  the  class. 

COMM  601  Media  Production  3  s.h. 

Students  leam  how^  to  systematically  plan,  produce,  use.  and  evaluate  media. 
Each  student  will  produce  different  types  of  messages  {moti\'ational, 
informational,  and  instructional)  using  a  variety  of  media. 

COMM  614  Instructional  Computing  Basics  3  s.h. 

Introduces  students  to  the  practical  use  of  the  computer  as  a  tool  for  enhancing 
effectiveness  and  efficieno'  in  teaching/learning  and  training  and  development. 
Learners  will  explore  the  use  of  the  computer  in  school  and  nonschool  teaching 
or  training  and  development  settings,  conduct  critical  ev-aluation  of  computer- 
based  instructional /training  materials,  and  develop  strategies  for  mtegrating 
computing  into  the  total  teacliing/training  and  development  environment. 
Current  research  in  the  area  of  instructional  computing  and  its  practical 
implications  for  teaching  and  training  and  development  will  also  be  discussed. 

COMM  631  Interactive  Multimedia  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  introduction  to  designing  and  producing  computer-generated 
multimedia  presentations  and  courseware  for  industry  and  education. 
Prerequisite:  COMM  614  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

COMM  681  Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

Intensive  study  of  a  specific  area  of  communications  beyond  tlie  scope  of  other 
courses.  Offering  depends  upon  instructor  and  student  interest.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  Uie  instructor. 

COMM  698  Internship  2-6  s.h. 

Supervised  professional  work  experience  in  communications  media.  Location, 
duties,  length  of  internship,  and  hours  are  individually  tailored  to  student  career 
goals.  Sites  represent  wide  apphcation  of  process  and  technology  of 
communications  in  business,  education,  allied  health,  or  other  agencies. 

COMM  699  Independent  Study  1-3  s.h. 

The  student  may  elect,  with  approval  of  advisor,  to  do  several  different 
independent  study  projects.  Universit)*  facilities  and  equipment  are  provided,  but 
student  must  supply  materials  and  pay  for  processing  and  production  costs. 
Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  die  basic  course  in  the  medium  selected: 
the  professor's  approval. 


Computer  Science 

Departrnent  of  Computer  Science 
College  of  Navjrai  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 


COSC  581  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science  3  s.h. 

Seminar  in  advanced  topics  from  computer  science:  content  will  van,'  depending 
on  the  interests  of  llie  instructor  and  studenLs  (consult  department  for  currendy 
planned  topics).  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor. 


Counselor  Education 

Department  of  Counseling 

College  of  Education  and  Educational 

Technology 

COUN  610  Introduction  to  Community  Counseling  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  introduction  to  die  work  of  die  community  counselor  in  a  variety  of 
roles  in  many  different  settings. 

COUN  615  Counseling  Across  the  Life  Span  3  s.h. 

Principles  and  methods  involved  in  understanding  individuals  and  dieir 
developing  self-concepts.  Elxamines  counseling  meUiods  that  respond  to 
developmental  challenges. 

COUN  617  Basic  Counseling  Skills  3  s.h. 

Practice  in  developing  effective  basic  counseling  skills,  including  active  listening, 
attending,  building  rapport,  and  demonstrating  empadiy.  Observing, 
interviewing,  and  consulting  procedures  will  be  developed. 

COUN  618  Diversity  Issues  in  Cotwseling  3  s.h. 

An  overview  of  diversit)'  issues  in  the  field  of  counseling.  Students  will  increase 
dieir  awareness  of  cultural  issues,  identity,  and  personal  values,  acquire  knowledge 
of  diverse  groups,  and  leam  culturallv  appropriate  counseling  skills. 
PrerequUites:  COUN  617  and  COL'N  610/621. 

COUN  62 1   Introduction  to  Guidance  Ser\  ices  3  s.h. 

Ovenievv  of  genesis  and  development  of  guidance  in  :f\merican  education, 
including  philosophical  concepts,  psychological  theories,  cultural  and  social 
influences,  and  current  practices. 

COUN  624  Educational  Appraisal  3  s.h. 

Basic  statistical  and  measurement  concepts  utilized  in  testing  and  test 
interpretations,  emphasizing  data  concerning  purposes  and  tv'pes  of  tests,  test 
administration,  scoring,  validilv'  and  reliability,  and  principles  of  test  selection  for 
school  settings.  Prerequisite:  Students  enrolled  in  M.A.  program  are  restricted 
from  taking  this  course. 

COUN  626  Career  Education  3  s.h. 

Study  of  how  schools  facilitate  die  career  development  of  students  using  a 
comprehensive  career  guidance  program.  Considers  develop  mentally  relevant 
career  strategies  such  as  curriculum,  group  and  individual  interventions,  decision- 
making skills,  and  die  processing  and  use  of  infonnation.  Emphasizes  how 
students  acquire  self-  and  vocational  knowledge,  skills,  and  abilities  which  lead  to 
effective  career  decisions.  Prerequisites:  COUN  617,  COUN  624. 

COUN  627  ChUd  Counseling  Theory  3  s.h. 

Theories,  objectives,  principles,  and  practices  of  counseling  and  consulting  are 
covered.  Elraphasis  is  placed  on  techniques  and  practices  related  to  children. 
Prerequisites:  COUN  61 7,  COUN  610/621. 

COUN  628  Management  of  the  Guidance  Services  3  s.h. 

Helps  the  school  counselor  acquire  necessar)'  competencies  to  manage  guidance 
services.  Emphasis  placed  upon  planning,  organizing,  actuating,  and  controlling 
functions  of  management  as  applied  to  the  guidance  services.  Prerequisites: 
COUN  621,  COUN  624. 

COUN  629  Group  Procedures  (Child)  3  s.h. 

Emphasis  is  placed  upon  understanding  and  developing  group  techniques  related 
to  the  development  and  growth  of  children.  Group  counseling  witii  children  is 
covered.  Prerequisites:  COUN  617,  COUN  627. 

COUN  634  Mental  Healtii  Appraisal  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  t>verview  in  fundamental  knowledge  of  assessment  principles, 
application,  and  instruments  to  assist  the  community  counseling  student  in 
becoming  psych ometrically  literate.  Statistical  concepts,  standard  scores, 
reliability,  validity,  and  types  of  techniques  and  assessments  commonly  used  in 
mental  health  settings  will  be  covered.  Prerequisite:  Students  enrolled  in  M.Ed, 
program  are  restricted  from  taking  this  course. 

COUN  636  Career  Counseling  and  Development  (Community)  3  s.h. 

Emphasizes  how  individuals  act|uire  self-  and  vtjcational  knowledge,  skills,  and 
abilities,  wluch  lead  to  effective  career  decisions.  Considers  adult  vocational 
development,  decision-making  skills,  and  the  processing  and  use  of  information  in 
the  communit)*  setting.  Prerequisites:  COUN  617,  COL'N  634. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COLTS  637  Counseling  Theor>  3s.li. 

Theories,  objectives,  principles-  and  practices  of  counseling  »-ith  adolescents  and 
adults  are  covered.  Theor)-specific  counseling  skills  are  presented  and  practiced 
to  prepare  the  student  for  pracocum.  Prerequisites:  COUN  617.  COUN 
610/621. 

COL"\6J9  Group  Counseling  3  s.h. 

Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  the  nature  of  groups,  techniques  involved  in  the 
development  of  group  dv-namics.  formation  and  operation  of  groups,  orgaiuzation 
andstructureofgroups.  and  the  influence  of  the  group.  Prerequisites:  COUN 
6 17,  COUN  637. 

COLTii  646  Interpersonal  Sensitivity  3  s.h. 

Participants  will  explore  their  interpersonal  interaction  style  in  groups  and 
individuallv.  Human  potential  of  the  students  wiH  be  developed  as  they  enter  into 
authentic,  honest,  and  trusting  relationships  within  the  context  of  a  small-group 
experience,  encouraging  an  examination  and  understanding  of  oneself  and  one's 
impact  on  others. 

COUN  657  Individual  Counseling  Practicum  (.4dolescent/.4diilt)  3  s.h. 

Supervised  counselmg  experience  under  practicum  conditions.  Emphasis  vvill  be 
placed  on  implementing  relationship-building  skills  while  developing  advanced 
methods  of  facilitating  the  counseling  process.  Prerequisite:  COUN  637. 

COLT*'  659  Group  Connseling  Skills  (.Adolescent/.\duIt)  3  s.h. 

Provides  a  supervised  clinical  experience  to  develop  and  practice  group 
counseling  facihtation  skills  appropriate  to  the  various  stages  of  a  counseling 
group.  Pnereqnisite:  COUN  639. 

COUN  667  Individual  Counseling  Practicum  (Child)  3  s.h. 

Provides  a  child  counseling  expenence  in  appKing  appropriate  interventions  and 
consultation  practices  designed  to  facilitate  the  personal,  social,  and  acadeimc 
growth  of  children.  Prerequisite:  COUN  627. 

COUN  669  Group  Counseling  Practicum  (Child)  3  s.h. 

.\n  experientiallv  based  course  in  which  counselors  in  traimng  leam  how  to 
manage  group  counseling  experiences  involving  children  (ages  5  to  12).  This 
supervised  cUnical  experience  draws  upon  the  knowledge,  theories,  and  skills 
presented  in  COUN  629.  Group  Procedures.  Prerequisite:  COUN  629. 

COLTV681  Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

COUN  699  Independent  Study  1-3  s.h. 

Topic  pertinent  to  the  individual's  program  of  study.  By  permission  of 
department  chairperson  and  advisor  only. 

C£  720  Ethical  and  Legal  Issues  in  School  Counseling  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  examine  the  professional,  ethical,  and  legal  issues  that  impact  the 
practice  of  the  professional  counselor  working  in  a  school  setting.  Considerahle 
emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  understanding  and  appUcation  of  ethical  standards 
and  legal  statutes,  wtiich  affect  school  counselors  when  making  critical  decisions 
about  clients.  Prerequisites:  COUN  621.  COUN  627/637.  Students  emolled  in 
MJl.  program  are  restricted  6om  taking  this  course. 

COL'N  730  Ethical  and  Legal  Issues  in  Community  Counseling  3  s.h. 

Emphasis  is  on  professional,  ethical,  and  legal  issues  that  impact  the  practice  of 
the  professional  counselor  working  in  the  commumtv"  setting.  Exanunes  the 
fimction  and  application  of  ethical  standards  and  legal  statutes  that  affect 
community  counselors.  Prerequisites:  COUN  610.  COL'N  627/637.  Students 
enrolled  in  M.Ed,  program  are  restricted  from  taking  this  course. 

COLfN755  Field  E.xperience  3  s.h. 

Provides  a  supervised  field  placement  for  smdents  in  the  coimselor  education 
programs.  The  plan  and  scope  of  the  field  experience  will  be  determined  by  the 
student  and  supervising  facultv-  on  an  individual  basis.  Prerequisite: 
Ceitificadon,  core  courses,  and  specialty'  required  courses. 

COL'N  798  Internship  in  Counselor  Education  12  s.h. 

The  internship  provides  an  opporruniiv  to  apply  didactic  experiences  in  an  actual 
work  setting.  Sites  must  be  approved  by  the  department. 


COL'N  830  Thesis 


3s.h. 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       85 

h       A 

Criminology 

Department  of  Criminofogy 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sdences 

CRIM  600  Criminological  Theon  3  s.h. 

An  examination  of  criminological  theories  with  emphasis  on  origins  and 
applications  of  rele\'ant  theoretical  approaches  to  crime  and  cnminall)'  deviant 
behavior.  Required  ofall  masters  students. 

CRIM  601  Proseminar  3  s.h. 

Survev  of  current  research,  critical  issues  in  the  administration  of  justice,  and 
criminological  theorv'.  Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  recent 
developments  in  the  discipline  of  criminolog)-.  Required  ofall  masters  students. 

CRIM  605  Research  Methods  3  s.h. 

Methods  and  techniques  of  research  in  criminologv'.  An  in-depth  exammation  of 
the  role  of  research  in  the  analysis,  interpretation,  and  clarification  of  problems  in 
criminologi.'  and  the  administration  of  justice.  The  development  of  a  research 
proposal/thesis  prospectus  will  be  the  end  product  of  the  course.  Required  ofall 
masters  students. 

CRIM  610  Legal  Issues  in  Criminology  3  s.h. 

An  in-depth  studv  of  contemporan*  legal  issues  faced  by  cruninal  justice 
professionals.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  criminal  constitution  problems  as  well  as 
the  judicial  review  of  administrative  decisions  made  by  criminal  justice 
organizations.  Required  of  all  masters  students. 

CRIM  630  Seminar  in  Administration  and  Management 

in  Criminal  Justice  3s.h. 

The  studv  of  bureaucracv'  and  complex  organization  with  emphasis  on  the 
concepts  and  practices  of  the  organization  and  management  of  agencies  in  the 
administration  ofjustice.  Required  ofall  masters  students. 

CRIM  631  System  Dynamics  in  the  Administration  ofjustice  3  s.h. 

A  study  of  dv-namic  systems  and  analytical  techniques  relevant  for  understanding 
new  perspectives  of  the  administration  ofjustice.  Required  ofall  masters 
students. 

CRIM  665  Criminal  Justice  Planning  and  Evaluation  3  s.h. 

The  stud\'  of  planning  and  e\-aluation  in  criminology'  and  the  admimstration  of 
justice  and  of  the  literature  and  practices,  including  problems  and  issues  and  tasks 
confronting  planners  and  evaluators. 

CRIM  670  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Corrections  3  s.h. 

.\n  examination  of  current  issues  and  problems  in  contemporary  corrections. 

CRLM68I  Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  at  the  discretion  of  the  department  in  a  wide 
area  of  subjects  direcdy  related  to  law  enforcemenL  courts,  corrections,  or 
securitv'. 

CRIM  685  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Juvenile  Justice 

and  Delinquency  3  s.h. 

An  exammation  of  current  issues  and  problems  in  contemporary  ju\'enile  justice 
and  delinquency. 

CRIM  690  Seminar  in  the  Contemporary  Judicial  System  3  s.h. 

An  examination  of  current  issues  and  problems  m  the  contemporarTp- judicial 
system. 

CRIM  698  Graduate  Readings  in  Criminology  3  tf.h. 

With  facult)-  supervision,  students  will  read  at  least  six  major  criminological  texts 
and  participate  in  a  seminar  situation  for  the  purpose  of  discussing  the  reading 
materials. 

CRIM  699  Independent  Study  3  s.h. 

Research  of  a  significant  issue  or  problem  in  criminologv  or  the  admimstration  of 
justice.  Instructor,  coordinator,  and  chair  approval  required.  May  be  taken  twice 
for  a  maximum  of  6  semester  hours. 

CRIM  710  Advanced  Theoretical  Criminology  3  s.h. 

An  intensive  examination  and  cTidcal  analysis  of  the  original  works  of  selected 
theorists.  Major  theorists  will  be  chosen  each  semester  based  on  the  interests  of 
the  professor  and  students. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


86      COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


CRIM  7 1 7  Aih-anced  QoaUath  e  Methods  3  s.h. 

Explores  ihe  crimiiiological  research  enterprise  from  the  qualitatri'e  perspcctn-e. 
Focuses  on  the  relationship  among  all  components  of  research  design,  including 
problem  formulation.  theor\-.  data  collection.  anaK'sis.  and  presentation  of 
findings.  Students  will  indn-idualh"  design  a  project  and  cam-  out  preliminary 
stages  of  data  collection.  Permission  required. 

CRIM  718  Quantitalh'e  Strategies  for  .4iiah-sis  in  Criminology'  3  s.h. 

Computer  anah'sis  of  quantitati\"e  data  to  the  beha\"ioral  science  of  crimmolog\": 
the  logic  of  data  anaK'sis.  hindamentals  of  statistical  procedures  commonly  used 
in  criminological  analysis.  Students  also  will  learn  to  critique  published 
criminological  research. 

CRIM  720  .\dvanced  QuantitatiTe  Methods  3  s-h. 

.\n  in-depth  anah-sis  of  the  logic  and  uses  of  ad^-anced  criminological  research 
models.  Emphasis  vnU  be  gi\'en  to  the  use  of  quantitati>'e  research  techniques  and 
perspecti^'cs  as  they  relate  to  fbnnal  theory  constniction. 

CRIM  730  Ethical  and  Philosophical  Issoes  in  Criminology  3  s.Ii. 

.\n  intensive  examination  of  selected  ethical  and  philosophical  issues  currenth" 
being  the  field  of  criminolog).  Issues  for  anah'sis  will  be  dtaw-n  from  (but  not 
limited  to)  such  categories  as  the  fimction  of  law;  integrating  theory  and  practice: 
ethical  issues  surrounding  research  strategies;  punishment  forms:  social  control 
strategies:  and  crime  and  justice  in  the  future. 

CRIM  740  .\d\aiiced  Criminal  Justice  Policy  3  s.h. 

A  stud\  of  the  impact  of  government  crime  policies  on  indi\'iduals  and  groups. 
.\n  cxaminadon  of  criminal  jusdce  policv  formuladon  and  analyses  of  specific 
poUcies  relevant  to  crime  and  the  administradon  of  jusdce. 

CRIM  745  Comparatire  Justice  Systems  3  s.h. 

.\n  cxaminadon  of  criminological  field  research  in  di^'erse  cultural  settings  around 
the  world.  Special  focus  gi^-en  to  problem  formuladon.  theory  construction,  and 
general  research  design  in  comparative  jusdce  systems. 

CRIM  748  Criminal  Molence  Theory.  Research,  and  Issues  3  s.h. 

.\i\  overv'iew  of  general  theones  of  \iolence  and  their  appUcadons  to  criminal 
violence.  A  vanetv  of  research  and  policv  programmadc  issues  will  be  explored, 
with  attcndon  given  to  issues  relating  to  predicting  dangerousness. 

CRI.M  749  Mctimology:  Theory.  Research,  and  Policy  Issues  3  s.h. 

Examines  theoredcal  perspectives  and  research  methods  as  the\'  impact  on  the 
research  quesdons  and  findings  in  the  field  of  victimologv'.  Class,  race.  age.  and 
gender  will  be  applied  to  analyze  issues  regarding  the  role  of  the  victim,  kinds  of 
victimizabon.  fear  of  crime,  victimizadon  of  ofifenders  and  victims  by  the  cnminal 
justice  svstem.  and  \'ictim's  compensadon  and  human  ri^ts. 

CRIM  750  Doctoral  CoQoqniimi  in  Criminology  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  academic  setting  for  graduate  students  to  present  research  and 
theoredcal  papers  for  group  discussion.  Special  topics  in  criminology  wiH  be 
selected  each  semester. 


CRIM  781  Special  Topics 


3s.h. 


CRIM  801  .\d>^nced  .\ppUed  Research  I  3s.h. 

The  applicadon  of  selected  principles  of  criminological  theory  and  research 
methods  toward  understanding  and  resohing  specific  problems  of  jusdce 
processing. 

CRIM  802  Advanced  .Applied  Research  II  3  s.h. 

The  applicadon  of  selected  principles  of  criminological  theory  and  research 
methods  toward  understantling  and  resoh-ing  specific  problems  of  jusdce 
processing. 

CRI.M  803  Advanced  AppUed  Research  lU  3  s.h. 

The  appUcadon  of  select^  principles  of  criminological  theory  and  research 
methocls  toward  understanding  and  resohing  specific  problems  of  jusdce 
processing. 

CRIM  804  .Advanced  .\pplied  Teaching  Techiuques  3  s.h. 

A  revicv*  of  prominent  models  of  effective  teaching  and  the  applicadons  of 
selected  models  of  teaching  theory  to  specific  crimmological  coinses. 


CRIM  850  Thesis 


CRIM  950  Dissertadon 


3-6  s.h. 


1-12  s.h. 


cu 


Curriculum  and  Instruction 

7  -      -'■      -ssional  Studies  ir) 

College  of  Education  ar)d  Educational 
Technology 

CURR  705  Cnnicaliim  Evaluation  3  s.h. 

Provides  students  «ith  a  framework  for  the  svstemadc  analysis  of  curriculum  from 
the  context  of  social,  historical,  and  philosophical  foundadons  and  dicory  and 
research  in  the  field.  Emphasis  will  be  on  curricular  evaluadon  in  the  context  of 
theoredcal  foundadons  of  curriculum.  Prereqiusite:  Permission. 

CURR  710  .\dv-anced  Topics  in  Human  Development  and  Learning       3  s.h. 

Students  will  analvze.  evaluate,  and  synthesize  theories  of  human  development 
and  learning.  Emphasis  will  be  on  learning  and  development  throughout  the  life 
span.  Prercqtiisite:  Permission. 

CURR  715  Writing  for  Professional  Publicarion  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  enhance  the  scholarK'  and  publishable  writing  skills  of  doctoral 
students  in  educadon.  Students  will  produce  and  submit  a  proposal  for  a 
presentadon  at  a  professional  conference.  Students  will  also  develop  a  fiill 
manuscript  to  be  submitud  to  a  scholarly  journal  and  a  book  prospectus.  Skills 
in  responding  to  editorial  feedback,  peer  review,  and  pubUc  presentadon  of 
scholarlv  work  will  be  developed.  Prerequisites:  CURR  705  and  CURR  710. 

CURR  720  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Research  Mediods  3  s.h. 

Provides  students  with  the  opportunitv'  to  acquire,  refine,  and  apply  the 
knowledge  and  skills  to  evaluate  and  design  educarionalK-  relevant  research. 
Emphasis  in  the  course  will  be  on  quantitatr\-e  and  qualitative  research 
approaches  within  educadonal  settings.  Prereqinsites:  CLTIR  705  and  CURR 
710. 

CURR  725  Critical  .Analysis  of  Issues  in  Educadon  3  s.h. 

Examines  current  issues  and  inno\adons  which  are  influencing  reform  in  basic 
and  post-secondarv  educadon.  Reladonships  between  research,  pobcy  makmg. 
and  implemenladon  will  be  emphasized.  Prereqinsites:  CURR  705  and  CL"RR 

710. 

CL'IU1730  .\nalysis  of  Effective  Instmcrion  3  s.h. 

Explores  reflective  practice  as  it  relates  to  the  design,  implementadon,  and 
evaluadon  of  instruction  at  all  educational  levels,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
preparation  for  teaching  and  supervising  in  teacher  education.  Topics  include 
contemporarv  models  of  supervision  and  research  on  teaching  and  learning. 
Prerequisite:  CURR  720. 

CURR  735  Educadon  for  Cultural  Pluralism  3  s.h. 

Combines  theory  and  practice  rebled  to  culture  and  perceived  social  and 
philosophical  ideology  of  pluralism  as  significant  forces  in  educadon.  Critical 
anah'sis  of  research,  theory  and  practice,  and  curriculum  design  in  multicultural 
environments.  Focus  is  on  the  exploration  of  a  variety  of  perspectives  related  to 
race,  gender,  ctdture.  disabihty,  and  socioeconomic  status.  Prerequisite:  CURR 
725. 

CUHR  740  Technology  in  the  Curriculimi  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  the  dvnamics  of  technologv'  and  how  it  permeates  all  educational 
processes.  The  course  is  designed  for  those  working  in  curricidum  development 
at  the  district  level  or  teaching  in  higher  educadon.  Through  critical  inquiry  and 
reflection  of  relevant  research,  students  will  explore  the  theoretical  and  the 
practical  issues  of  technologv-  in  the  curriculuin  as  they  appK'  to  education  in  the 
twentv'-first  century.  Prerequisite:  CURR  720. 

CLTIR  745  Literacy:  Theory,  Research,  and  Practice  3  s.h. 

Examines  critical  issues  and  cognitive  processes  in  language  learning.  Topics  will 
include  changing  definitions  for  literacy,  cultural  aspects  of  bteracy.  methods  of 
fostering  bteracy  development,  and  alternative  assessment  practices.  Research 
and  theorv-  on  strategies  used  to  support  a  developmental  view  of  bteracy  will  be 
critically  evaluated.  Prerequisite:  CUliR  720. 

CLUR  750  Issues  and  Processes  in  Cuiricidar  Change  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  provide  students  opportunities  to  anah-ze  and  evaluate  critically 
curricular  development  processes  and  to  examine  those  elements  as  they  affect 
school  curricuJa.  Prerequisite:  CURR  720. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF 


CURR  755  Doctoral  .Seminar  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction  3  s.h. 

Students  will  engage  in  coUegial  discourse  about  scholarly  works  that  they  have 
produced  and  refine  those  works  based  on  responses  fixim  instructors  and  peers. 
Reviewed  material  will  become  pan  of  the  professional  pordbho.  Prereqiusite: 
CLTIR  725. 
PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       87 


CURR781  Special  Topics 


1-3  s.h. 


CURR  798  Supervised  Doctoral  Internship  3  s.h. 

Applied  field  experience  chosen  by  doctoral  students  widi  the  approval  of  the 
dissertation  advisory  committee.  Prerequisite:  Permission  only. 

CURR  950  Dissertation  1-12  s.h. 

Students  preparing  a  doctoral  dissertation  for  credit  must  register  for  this  course. 
Number  of  credits  assigned  and  the  extent  of  time  for  which  research  acti\'it\-  is 
scheduled  depend  on  nature  and  scope  of  student's  research  problem  and  his/her 
general  doctoral  program. 


D£ 


Distributive  Education 

Qepanm&\t  ofTechnc^ogy  Support  and 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
InfonmatJon  Technology 


DEDU699  Independent  Study  in  Distribudve  Education  1-3  s.h. 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporarv-  problems  and  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor,  departmental  chairperson,  and  Eberly  College 
of  Business  and  Information  Technology'  dean.ECON;  Economics 


EC 


Early  Childhood  Education 

Deparime^:  s'^^iDfess/onai  Studies  in 

EducQtJor} 

College  of  Education  and  Educationol 

Technology 


ECED  660  Child  Study  and  .Assessment  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  introduce  students  to  issues  and  strategies  affecting  the  evaluation  of 
the  three-to-eighl-year-old  child's  physical,  social,  emotional,  cogniti\'e.  and 
aesthetic  development.  Naturalistic  observation,  rating  scales,  tests,  and  portfolio 
assessment  of  children's  work  will  be  examined. 

ECED  661   History  and  Philosophy  of  Early  Childhood  Education         3  s.h. 

Introduces  students  to  the  histoncal  and  philosophical  foundations  of  the  field  of 
early  childhood  education.  Major  histoncal  events,  social  trends,  and 
philosophical  perspecti\'es  from  around  the  globe  that  have  shaped  the  education 
of  the  ver\-  young  will  be  addressed.  Students  will  examine  contemporary 
circumstances  in  early  childhood  education  in  terms  of  the  time-honored 
traditions  and  important  insights  from  leaders  in  the  profession. 

ECED  664  Eariy  Childhood  Curriculum  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  developmental  continuit\'  of  educational  programs  for  the  young 
child,  ages  three  through  eight.  Materials,  strategies,  concepts,  and  learning 
experiences  that  are  suited  to  each  child's  developmental  level  will  be  selected, 
planned,  applied,  and  e\'aluated  by  students. 

ECED  665  Issues  and  Trends  In  Early  Chilflhood  Education  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  provide  early  childhood  educators  vn\h  a  child  advocacy  perspective 
on  contemporary  social  forces,  professional  issues,  and  pubUc  poUc)-  trends 
affecting  young  children.  Students  will  develop  skills  in  identif^-ing  key  issues 
using  problem- soKing  strategies,  communicating  ideas,  and  fiinctioning  as  change 
agents  within  educational  institutions.  Interpersonal  skills  and  collaborative 
relarionsliips  with  colleagues,  administrators,  politicians,  parents,  and  community 
agencies  will  be  emphasized. 

ECED  766  Eariy  Childhood  Program  Evaluation  3  s.h. 

Emphasizes  the  study  and  evaluation  of  programs  designed  for  preschool  through 
the  primar\-  grades.  Students  will  assess  early  childhood  curricula,  review 
relevant  research,  and  use  evaluation  fiameworks  to  assess  program  quahty. 
Cross-cultural  comparisons  of  early  childhood  curricida  in  the  United  States  and 
programs  from  other  cultures  and  nations  will  be  studied.  Prerequisites:  ECED 
66 1 ,  ECED  664,  or  permission  of  instructor. 


til  Ml  III!  ■■■I ^^EnwL'. 


k 


Economics 


:  lomtcs 

"les  and  Social  Sciences 


ECON501  Foundations  of  Modem  Economics  3  s.h. 

Survey  of  micro  and  macroeconomics  designed  for  the  student  who  is  not  already 
well  grounded  in  the  field. 

ECON545  International  Trade  3  s.h. 

Stud)'  of  the  microeconomic  segment  of  international  sj>eciahzation  and  exchange, 
including  theories  of  international  trade  and  their  appUcation  to  commercial 
poUcies;  historical  survey  and  examination  of  current  problems  of  international 
trade:  and  the  institutional  setting  of  international  trade.  Prerequisites:  ECON 
121  and  ECON  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

ECON  546  International  Payments  3  s.h. 

Studv  of  the  macroeconomic  segment  of  international  specialization  and 
exchange,  including  analysis  of  balance  of  payments,  exchange  rates,  and  the 
mechanism  of  international  economic  and  monetarv'  adjustments;  international 
macroeconomic  policy:  historical  survev'  and  examination  of  current  international 
financial  problems:  and  the  institutional  setting  of  international  pav-ments. 
Prerequisites:  ECON  121  and  ECON  1 22  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

ECON  634  Managerial  Economics  3  s.h. 

Applications  of  economic  theorv'  to  organizational  decision-making.  Managerial 
practice  is  analyzed  using  techniques  of  maximization,  minimization,  and 
optimization.  Organizational  objectives  are  evaluated  using  techniques  of 
statistical  estimation  of  revenues,  costs,  and  outputs.  Prerequisite:  ECON  121, 
ECON  122,  MATH  121  or  the  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

ECON  699  Independent  Study  1-6  s.h. 

Directed  readings,  written  assignments,  and  research  on  a  specific  topic 
determined  by  the  student  and  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  ECON  501.  credits 
of  "'C"  or  better  in  six  semester  hours  of  Principles  of  Economics,  or  permission 
of  instructor. 


ED 


A     PN 

Education  Administration 

pepctr-T  r^^c'es:  onal  Studies  in 
/tduc:jc- 
College  of  Education  and  Educcstional 
Technology 


EIDAD  656  School  .Administration  3  s.h. 

Designed  as  a  basic  course  in  school  administradon,  this  course  is  intended  to 
serve  as  an  introduction  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  school  administration 
for  students  who  aspire  to  a  supervisorv'  or  administrative  position  in  public 
schools.  Human  aspects  of  educational  administration  are  emphasized. 

EDAD660  School  Finance  3  s.h. 

Budgeting  procedures  in  school  finances,  facilities,  and  management  are 
presented.  School  budgeting,  accounting,  bonding,  and  various  monetary' 
apphcations  are  presented  as  well  as  the  various  procedures  for  acquiring  fimds. 
Prerequisite:  For  approved  Admirustration  and  Leadership  Studies  candidates 
or  permission  of  the  instructor. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


88       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


Lb 


Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

Department  of  Special  Education  and 

Clinical  Services 

College  of  Education  and  Educational 

Technology 


EDEX515  Preschool  Education  for  Children  with  Disabilities  3  s.h. 

Provides  iiifomiation  on  assessment,  intervention  strategies,  curriculum,  ant] 
prescriptive  planning  for  preschool  children  with  disahililies.  Serves  as  a  course 
for  departmental  majors  who  are  specifically  interested  in  early  childhood 
education,  as  an  elective  for  other  interested  students  in  related  fields,  and  as  a 
priority  course  for  Earlv  Childhood  Education  majors.  Prerequisites: 
Cerufication  or  EDEX'650  or  EDEX  1 11  or  EDEX  300. 

EDEX  5 1 6  Education  of  Persons  with  Emotional  or 

Behavioral  Disorders  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  emotional  and 
behavioral  disorders,  definition  and  identification  of  the  population,  and 
educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  the  field,  including  current  issues, 
trends,  practices,  and  services.  Prerequisites;  Certification  or  EDEX  6.^0  or 
EDEX  1 1 1  or  EDEX  300.  Designed  to  meet  teacher  certification  requirements. 

EDEX  5 1 7  Education  of  Persons  with  Mental  ReUrdation  or  3  s.h. 

Developmental  Disabilities 

Provides  guidelines  and  methods  for  working  with  the  extremely  disabled  in 
educational  settings.  Emphasizes  methods  of  providing  stimulation  of  basic  skill 
development  in  areas  of  motor,  perceptual,  cognitive,  language,  and  social  skills. 
Prerequisites:  Certification  or  EDEX  6.50  or  EDEX  1 1 1  or  EDEX  300. 
Designed  to  meet  teacher  certificadon  requirements. 

EDEX  518  Education  of  Persons  with  Physical  or 

Multiple  Disabilities  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  a  wide  and  diverse 
range  of  physical/multiple  disabilities,  die  definition  and  identification  of  the 
population,  and  educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  die  field,  including 
current  issues,  trends,  practices,  and  services.  Prerequisites:  Certification  or 
EDEX  6,50  or  EDEX  1 1 1  or  EDEX  300.  Designed  to  meet  teacher  certification 
requirements. 

EDEX  .519  Education  ofPersons  with  Brain 

Injuries  or  Learning  Disabilities  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  neurological  and 
learning  disabiliues,  definition  and  identification  of  the  population,  and 
educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  the  field,  including  current  issues, 
trends,  practices,  and  services.  Prerequisites:  Certificadon  or  EDEX  650  or 
EDEX  1 1 1  or  EDEX  300.  Designed  to  meet  teacher  certification  requirements. 

EDEX  580  Seminar  in  Special  Education  3  s.h. 

Students  will  review  critically  recent  developments  in  the  field.  Opportunity  is 
afforded  for  independent  readings  and  limited  research  reports.  A  student  may 
identify-  a  topic  for  subsequent  development  as  his/her  thesis  or  research  project. 
Prerequisites:  EDEX  650. 

EDEX  581  Special  Topics 

EDEX  599  Independent  Study  in  Special  Education  1-3  s.h. 

Individual  students  develop  research  studies  in  consultation  with  a  faculty- 
member.  Departmental  consent  required. 

EDEX  650  Exceptional  Children  and  Youth  3  s.h. 

Surveys  characterisUcs,  definition/identification,  and  service  delivery  models  for 
children  and  youth  with  disal)ilities  or  who  arc  gifted/talented.  Considers  state 
and  federal  poUcies  governing  special  education  program  service  deUvery,  as  weU 
as  die  legal  rights  of  individuals  with  disabilities. 

EDEX  65 1  Vocational  Preparation  and  Transition  for 

Youth  with  Disabilities  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  develop  competencies  in  the  skills  necessary  to  help  students  with 
disabilities  make  a  successfiil  transition  from  school  to  eventual  employment. 

EDEX  652  Assessment  of  Persons  with  Disabilities  3  s.h. 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  of  the  diagnostic  tools  and  techniques 
used  to  evaluate  students  vvidi  disabilides.  Examines  fiirmal  and  informal 
assessment  measures  used  in  the  diagnosis  and  remediation  of  educational 
problems.  Emphasizes  diose  skills  expected  of  a  special  education  teacher  as  a 
member  of  a  multi/interdiscipfinary  team. 


EDEX  653  Research  Seminar  in  Special  Education  3  s.h. 

Provides  enrollecs  widi  opportunities  to  focus  on  current  research  in  special 
educadon.  Focus  of  research  may  change  each  term  in  accordance  with 
preferences  of  instructor  atitl  students.  Emphasizes  cridcal  analysis  of  research, 
classroom  applications  of  that  research,  and  implications  for  fiiture  research. 

EDEX  654  Advanced  Instructional  Design  in  Special  Education  3  s.h. 

Emphasizes  effective  instructional  approaches  appropriate  for  the  education  of 
students  with  mild  to  profound  disabilides.  Considers  educational  [iriorities  and 
effective  teaching  practices  in  developing  and  evaluating  individualized,  integrated 
intervendons. 

EDEX  655  Professional  Collaboration  and 

Team  Building  for  Special  Educators  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  strategies  for  collaboraUng  with  families,  regular  and  s])ccial 
educators,  paraprofessionals,  and  other  service  providers  in  die  school  and 
community. 

EDEX  685  Practicum  and  Internship  3-9  s.h. 

Advanced  students  arc  olfcred  giiided  jjracticum  experiences  in  selected  schools, 
residendal  institntinns,  clinics,  or  agencies.  Internships  or  supervised  student 
teaching  are  planned  individually.  Students  analyze,  evaluate,  and  report  on  their 
experiences. 


Educational  and  School  Psychology 

Deportment  of  Educational  and  School 

Psychology 

College  of  Education  and  Educational 

Technology 

EDSP577  Assessment  of  Student  Learning  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  major  methods  and  techniques  of  evaluation 
used  to  assess  and  report  growth,  development,  and  academic  achievement  of 
learners  in  elementary  ancl  secondary  schools,  including  interjjretadon  of 
standardized  test  infonnation. 

EDSP  604  Advanced  Educational  Psychology  3  s.h. 

An  upward  extension  of  educational  psychology  with  a  systematic  review  ol 
current  research  and  learning  theory  with  emphasis  on  classroom  applicadons 
including  studies  of  the  organization,  administration,  and  operation  of  schools. 

EOSP  616  Applied  Educational  Research  Methods  3  s.h. 

Develops  skills  needed  to  engage  in  applied  educational  research  using  standard 
experimental  research  and  evaluation  designs,  typical  measurement  approaches, 
and  parametric  statisUcal  procedures.  A  pracucal  problem  presentation  mode 
enhances  an  integrated  holistic  approach  to  design,  sampfing,  measurement, 
stadstics,  hyiiodiesis  testing,  and  intcq>reIation  of  results.  A  microcomputer 
statistical  package  is  used  to  assist  in  the  analysis  of  data. 

EDSP  653  Crisis  Intervention  and  Psychological 

CounseUng  of  Exceptional  Children  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  provide  educational  psychology  students  with  theoretical 
background  and  entry-level  skills  for  counseling  children  (K-12)  who  have  special 
needs  and  to  assist  their  families  with  adjustment  and  coping  skills.  In  addition  to 
basic  counseling  teclinii|ues.  students  will  be  exposed  to  best  practices  in 
counseling  multicultural  populations  and  diose  with  disaliilities  and  in  crisis 
intervention.  Emphasis  will  be  on  short-term,  goal-oriented  intervendons.  The 
role  of  the  psychologist  in  the  development  and  pracdce  ot  die  school  crisis 
intervention  team  will  also  be  addressed,  as  well  as  cooperative  functioning  with 
other  service  professionals  in  the  schools. 

EDSP  675  Learning  and  Instruction  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  in-depth  examination  of  developmental,  cognidve,  and  interactionist 
learning  theories  as  they  apply  to  classroom  instmction.  Emphasis  is  ])laced  on 
direct  ap])lication  of  theory  to  die  improvement  of  classroom  instrucUon  and  die 
relationship  of  learning  and  motivation. 

EDSP  677  Advanced  Psychology  of  Adolescent  Education  3  s.h. 

Presents  an  in-depth  discussion  of  developmental  issues  that  impact  adolescents 
ill  instructional  environments.  In  parUcular,  physical,  societal,  and  educadonal 
influences  as  they  atVect  high-risk  behaviors  in  this  age  group  are  examined. 
Students  are  expected  to  research  and  present  successfiil  intervendon  programs 
for  adolescents. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       89 


EDSP  679  Advanced  Studies  in  Behavioral  Problems  3  s.h. 

Explores  behavior  problems  encountered  in  classroom  siCuaQons  and  pyts  cause, 
characteristics,  and  some  pre\-entati%e  and  remedial  techmques.  including  those 
appropriate  for  managing  students  with  learning  and  beha\4oni  excepdooalities. 

EDSP  681  Special  Topics  in  Educational  Psycfaolo^  3  s  Ji. 

Designed  for  those  students  who  wish  to  do  independent  research  in  special 
areas.  Prerequisite:  Departmental  chairperson  permission. 

EDSP  711  Introduction  to  School  Psychology  3  s.h. 

The  professional  responsibilides  of  the  school  ps\-chologrst  are  explored  in 
relation  to  ethical  and  legal  aspects,  state  and  federal  Utiganon  and  legislatioo. 
d"VTiamics  and  organization  of  regular  and  special  education,  issues  in 
multicultural  and  exceptional  child  education,  and  provision  ot  assessmenL 
placement,  and  intervention  services  in  the  pubhc  schools.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  instructor. 

EDSP  712  Assessment  for  Intervention  I  3  sJi. 

Designed  to  pro\"ide  school  ps\'cholo«r\-  students  with  the  know^ledge  and  skills 
needed  to  administer,  score,  and  interpret  selected  individually  administered  tests 
of  inteUigence  and  achie^'ement.  Additionalh".  students  wiH  be  trained  to  conduct 
curriculum-based  measurement  procedures,  to  communicate  assessment  results 
and  to  use  assessment  results  for  intervention  plannmg.  Prerequisite:  For 
approved  school  psv'chology  candidates  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EDSP  713  .\ssessment  for  Intervention  II  3  sJi. 

Prov-ides  the  student  with  skills  necessan.'  to  administer  and  int^pret  mfbrmaL 
developmental,  perceptual-motor,  adaptive,  achievement,  and  other  aflied 
measures  used  in  a  ps\choeducational  assessmenL  Moreover,  students  should 
become  aware  of  issues  associated  with  individualizing  assessment  based  upon 
variables  such  as  ethnicitv.  SES.  gender,  medical  conditions,  and  linguistic  and 
cultural  differences.  Prerequisites:  For  approved  school  psychology  candidates 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

EIDSP  715  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Applied  Educational  Research  3  sJi. 

Develops  skills  needed  to  engage  in  applied  educaoonal  research  using  climca] 
and  practical  research/evaluation  designs,  measurement  approaches,  and 
nonparametric  statistical  procedures.  A  practical  problem  presentation  mode 
enhances  a  consolidation  of  design,  sampling,  measurement,  nonparamethc 
statistics,  hvpothesis  testing,  and  interpretation  of  results.  Microcomputer 
statistical  package  use  assists  in  the  analysis  of  data.  Prerequisite:  EIDSP  616. 

EDSP  716  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Advanced  Edncadonal  Research  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  overview  of  complex  educational  research  and  e\-aluation  designs. 
measurement  approaches,  statistical  procedures.  h>"pothesis  testing,  and 
interpretation  of  results.  Topics  include  the  philosophy  and  ethics  ot  research, 
mixed  hierarchical  design,  profile  analysis,  ^ctorial  vahdity  estrmatioru  fector 
anah'sis.  multivariate  anah'sis  of  variance,  discriminant  ftinction  analysis,  path 
anaK"sis,  meta- anah'sis.  power,  robustness,  and  randomization  tests.  Statistical 
packages  will  be  used  to  assist  data  manipulatioa  and  anaivsis.  Prerequisite: 
EDSP  715. 

EDSP  718  Instructional  Consultadon  3  s.h. 

Reviews  the  basic  principles  of  the  consultative  process  as  applied  to  working 
with  teachers  and  school-based  problem  sohing  teams  to  help  students  with 
academic  problems.  Students  will  be  expected  to  demonstrate  sfcili  in 
consultative  interviewing  regarding  academic  problems,  problem  identification. 
data  gathering  relevant  to  both  curriculum  and  the  classroom  environinent.  and 
intervention  design,  execution,  and  evaluation  in  pre-kindergarten  throu^  high 
school  settings.  Prerequisites:  For  approved  school  psychology  candidates:  must 
have  taken  or  take  concurrent  with  EDSP  71i  and  EDSP  713:  permission  of 
instructor. 

EDSP  742  Neuropsychology  of  Children's  Learning  Disorders  3  s.h. 

A  neuro psychological  approach  to  the  identification  of  children  with  learning 
disorders  vviU  be  discussed.  Such  factors  as  etiologv.  epidemiology,  subtyping. 
diagnoses,  and  remediation  wiH  be  considered.  Students  will  learn  the  theoretical 
framework  necessarv-  to  understand  the  Actors  underlying  learning  disorders  in 
children.  Prerequisite:  EDSP  712  or  permission. 

EDSP  749  Practicum  I  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  provide  school  psvchologv'  students  with  an  opportunitv-  to  complete 
a  series  of  structured  observations  and  intervievivs  in  school  and  commumtv* 
settings  pertinent  to  their  understanding  of  the  organization  of  these  settings  and 
the  fiinctioning  of  the  variety  of  professionals  working  in  these  settings.  These 
experiences  acquaint  students  with  diverse  types  of  children  and  refine  their 
understandingof  critical  issues  confinonting  education.  Prerequisite:  For 
approved  school  psychology  candidates  or  permission  of  instructor. 


EDSP  750  Practicum  U  3  sJl 

InvTiUies  a  series  of  opportunities  for  studf"-  -    -  —  -  - -_   -_- -  ^—t----; 

skilb  in  a  hi^ily  structured  univeisity  dir 

training  and  experience,  stxidenes  will  be  -  -     - 

related  to:  ( 1 )  organization  and  dvnamic:- 

assessment  for  intervcndon:  (3)  direi::  -r  ~ 

supervisioa  of  the  cftnicd  practice 

and  Track  A  doctoral  <«TirLtit^  wiL  - 

experienced  Track  B  doctoral  stoc  r 

Pracqpdsite:  For  approved  school  _  ~  _    _  .        .  == 

candulates  only. 

EDSP751Interasiiip  3s^ 

Involves  a  series  of  supervised  fiekl  esqkeriences  in  pobbc  school,  cfinic.  and 
hospital  settings.  The  students  will  Isve  die  oppoftunitr  to  3pp^  dieir 
tmderstanding  and  skills  in  the  general  pcactkes  of  scbool  psfcbology  or  in  the 
area  of  specialization  developed  in  their  doctoral  cotnse  scgocnce-  The  school 
rotation,  required  of  aH  certificatioa  and  doctoral  students,  is  a  tcn-moadi 
placement,  at  least  half  of  which  naxstbemapoiificscfaocJseaii^  Anadifidoaal 
300  clock  hours  are  required  lor  doctond  de^yce  cancfidales  m  a  setting 
appropriate  tor  their  area  of  spccb&atioii.  TwcnagmeStKi  For  appEOved  school 
psychology  candidates;  completioo  of  most  ootnsevroik,  practica,  aid 
comprehensive  examinatioas  p^nnssion  of  instractioa. 

EDSP  733  Child  Neoropsydiolosy  3  sJi. 

EJtamines  hrain-h^haviftr  rpfa^rftfvihipa  and  nenrn^^mhtmmmtA  fiwutinwing  in 

cfaildrai.  The  neonysythtJogyal  princgplcs  nfrcswrr  to  assess  the  ^  h  m  rft  ii  wJ. 
cogiudve,  and  behavioral  functionii^  of  chikbcn  in  rdbtkn  to  the  de«cki|iaicnK  o^ 
remedial  progitanis  wiQ  he  chscossed.  l*tmj|Msitcs  EDSP712<x-peEiiBsaMmof 

the  instractoc 

EDSP  763  Assessment  of  Personality  and  Behavior 

Problems  of  Children  3  s  Ju 

-\n  introduction  to  ^i"anoas  persotialitv  and  behiivior  assessment  cechniques 
currendv  used.  Prerequisite:  For  approved  school  psychotogist  candidates  or 
permission  of  the  instructor 

EDSP  7&4  Seminar  m  School  Psychology  I  3  sJi. 

-\n  examination  of  practices,  trends,  and  issues  in  a  sperBrfnrd  ana  of  dbgnosts. 
The  areas  to  be  samined  wiH  be  based  on  the  predetnmined  iniiaes&  of  the 
students  and  the  esp^tise  of  the  availaUe  Acuity-  Prereqabite:  PeimisaoQ  of 

instructor. 

EDSP  765  Seminar  in  School  Psychology  11  3  sJi. 

An  examination  of  practices,  trends,  and  issues  in  a  specialized  area  of  treatment 
or  remediation.  The  areas  to  be  examined  '^'i^  correspond  to  those  covered  m 
EDSP  664.  The  focus  of  the  seminar  wiE  be  to  develop  die  saidaa^s 
understanding  and  skills  in  nnpl<='niCTmpg  appmpriatt?  tiratment  and  rpmwfol 
SBcsis^es  in  home.  schooL  and  clinic  settii^s-  Piacq^B^e:  Peimissian  oi  die 

mStFUCGDC 

EDSP  766  Educational  and  Psvchopharmaco logical 

Issues  Associated  with  Child  Neuropsychology  3  sJ^ 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  cnotbid:  first,  to  bmilarize  the  stndent  with  the 
general  principles  of  cHnical  psycht^hanoacology  and  how  the  ^ects  of 
medication  mav  chan^  or  hinder  the  cfaikTs  academic  pcffoffPBigice  and  socxd 
behaviors:  second,  to  tamiliarize  the  studoit  with  die  theoc^kai  and  piactical 
issues  associated  with  neuropsychological  assessment  of  school  aged  aAtreo. 
Both  the  above  areas  will  delineate  the  Actors  associated  wtth  a  cfaikFs  ^kiSacf  to 
benefit  fiiDm  an  education.  Prerequisitet  For  approved  school  psycholo^ 
candidates:  permission  of  instructor. 

EDSP  770  \'ocadonal  .Assessment:  .\pphcations 

in  Educational  Psychology  3  s.^ 

Provides  an  intensr^-e  2nd  syston^ic  smdy  of  vocatioaal  as-sessiiintf,  straseg^ 
which  r?p  be  utilized  with  varioos  pt^xilatioas  in  a  vatiety  of  educational  sftiingv. 
Course  win  provide  stndents  with  the  skiDs  necessatr  to  plan  aid  imfih  hm  iit 
vocational  assessments  and  to  imexpcia  and  otfliie  =*^'-^'*-'>"*^»»*  rcssAs  m 

CTfof^ltifwtal  aiwl  vnfarinnal  ptiig^i  Jiiimmg. 


EDSP  777  Seminar  in  Family-School  ff  1 1  iri— \  5s^ 

Focuses  on  selected  aspects  ot  a  wide  ran^  of  issues  rcfalcd  to  die  cootcmporgy 
.American  &mily  as  they  affect  the  behavior  of  daUren  and  their  fimrrioning 
within  the  pubhc  schools.  Parent  consnhation  and  tiaiuii^  strategies  will  be 
emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Pmnission  of  the  instradoc 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA     2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


90       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


EDSP  778  Famih  Scrrices  for  Scfaool-Rekted 

Problems  of  Childrcii  with  Special  Needs  3  s.h. 

A  supcn'ised  experience  in  bnef  famih  mtenendons  for  school-related  problems. 
Students  wiD  pro\-ide  direct  semces  m  a  clinic  setting  to  bmilics  of  dbildren  in 
special  cducabon  and  those  in  general  education  with  specific  problems  related  to 
learning.  Prerequisites:  EDSP  777  and  PS^C  634. 


EDSP  850  Thesis 
EDSP  950  Dissertation 


3s.h. 
9s.h. 


f  Professionol  Studies  in 


College  of  Education  and  Educotjonai 

Technology 

EDL'C  595  International  Study  Tour  in  Education  3  s.h. 

Pnp^idcs  an  anah*5b  of  educadonal  programs  and  methodology'  in  selected 
countries.  Introduces  students  to  series  of  diverse  educational  experiences. 
Special  aaendon  to  teaching  techniques.  inno\'ati\*e  curriculum,  and  school 
nrgantrarinnal  patterns.  Teaching  takes  place  on  site  in  selected  countries. 

EDUC  600  Basic  Foundations  of  Reading  Educadon  3  s.h. 

Emj^iases  on  nature  of  reading  process,  nature  of  learner,  advancement  of  pupil's 
reading  skills,  how  pi^ils  learn  to  read,  and  what  teachers  can  do  when  pupils  hjl 
to  leam  to  read. 

E1DL*C631  Curriciilum  Development  3  s.h. 

Students  leam  cumculum  dc%  elopment  b^-  differentiating  among  educadonal 
goals.  objecti\-es.  and  learning  acti\'ides.  Sources  of  curriculum  goals  and 
crf>jecti\-cs.  such  as  needs  assessment,  philosophical  models,  and  psychological 
models  are  studied.  The  design  and  selection  of  learning  acd^ides.  as  well  as 
designs  for  e^-aluating  the  effectiveness  of  curriculum,  are  considered. 

EDUC  650  School  and  Communit)i'  3  s.h. 

Doelopmem  and  maintenance  of  a  puiposehil  program  ofcommunicadon 
between  the  school  and  the  oommunit)'  throu^  stud\'  of  selecoon.  organizadon. 
aiKl  funcdons  of  citizen  adtasor)'  committees  and  cooperad^'e  use  of  \'anous 
cotnmtuiity  services. 

EDUC  651  Recent  Issues  and  Innovations  in  Education  3  s.h. 

Newer  trends  in  classroom  procedure.  equipraenL  and  materials,  as  well  as 
problems  in\-oKed  in  improvement  of  instnicdon.  \\'hene\er  possible,  sessions 
are  held  to  demonstrate  and  use  recenth'  developed  materials.  Individual  research 
and  5eld  trips  imx)h-e  man\'  of  the  new  programs  in  elementarv-  educadon. 

EDUC  652  School  Evahiation  3  s.h. 

Current  models  for  both  formative  and  summatrve  evaluations  are  presented  with 
emphasis  on  their  apphcadon  to  school  programs  and  other  educadonal  projects. 
Prior  knowledge  of  curriculum  development  and/or  project  proposals  is  helpfiil 
but  not  required. 

EDUC  658  School  Law  and  Negodadons  3  s.h. 

An  understanding  of  legal  principles  as  the)-  pertain  to  fimcdons  of  personnel  in 
pubUc  school  svstems  and  to  persons  engaged  in  educadoru  Stud>'  of  statutory' 
enactments,  review  of  court  acdons  through  case  studies^  and  analysis  of  coUective 
n^odatioo  laws  and  cases. 


Ejememary  EdtKOtion 

Depamment  o^rofessional  Studies  in 

College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technolog/ 

EI£D641  Recent  Trends  in  Social  Studies  3  s.h. 

^secific  problems  with  curriculum,  teachmg.  and  learning  experiences  and 
e\-ahiadon  are  stressed.  Each  student  will  research  a  speoal  problem  or  area  of 
interest. 


FI  FD  642  Malhemadcs  in  Elementary*  School  3  s.h. 

Experiences  with  maiupulatjve  materials,  games  and  puzzles,  acti\it\'  centers,  and 
lab  approach  to  mathemadcs.  Inexpensive  mathemadcs  lab  equipment  will  be 
constructed.  Sources  of  literature  and  materials  are  presented  and  used. 
Opportumdcs  are  gi\'en  to  write  activity'  and  problem  cards  and  to  plan 
mathemadcs  activitv  centers.  Ps>"chological  foundadons  and  mathemadcs 
structure  are  used  as  reference  for  suggested  acdvides  and  curriculum  studies. 

FT.Fn  643  Resource  Materials  in  Elementary  Science  3  s.h. 

.An  introduction  to  underKing  philosophy  and  use  of  materials  of  several  of  the 
current  nadonal  cumculum  programs  in  elementar^'  science.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  following  programs:  (1)  Science:  .\  Process  Approach  (S.\P.\):  (2) 
Elementary  Science  Stud\-  (ESS):  (3)  Science  Curriculum  Improvement  Stud\- 
(SCIS):  and  (4)  ConceptualK'  Oriented  I*rogram  in  Elementarv-  Science 
(COPES),  including  microteaching  techniques  and  development  and  preparadon 
of  individualized  self-instrucdon  modules.  Students  are  required  to  work  v*ith 
various  program  materials. 

ELED  655  Derelopmental  Influences  on  Children's  Learning  3  s.h. 

Ejcamines  the  phvsical.  cogmove.  social,  and  emodonal  development  of  children 
and  the  impact  of  development  on  learning  processes.  Students  v^ill  discuss, 
anah^ze,  and  appK'  developmental  theory*  and  research  to  address  issues 
confronting  contemporarv  eadv  childhood  and  elementarv'  pracdrioner^.  Final 
projects  v^ill  emphasize  collaboradon  v^ith  professionals  in  other  helds  who  work 
with  children,  families,  and  educators.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  advisor. 

ELED  681  Special  Topics  in  Education  3  s.b. 

Designed  for  the  students  who  wish  to  do  independetu  research  in  special  areas. 

FT  FD  698  Supervised  Internship  6  s.h. 

A  carcfiilK-  planned.  6eld-bascd,  mtemal  work  experience  proposed  by  the 
advanced  graduate  student  to  extend  professional  competence,  subject  to 
approval  bv  advisorv-  committee.  Registradon  by  permission  onh'. 

ELED  699  Independent  Stud>-  in  Elementary  Educadon  1-3  s.h. 

Students  select  one  or  more  topics  which  are  of  cridcal  imp>ortance  in  elementary 
educadon  and  meet  staff  members  for  independent  reading,  studv;  analysis,  and 
evaluadon.  Registradon  ordv  bv  permission  of  Graduate  Committee. 

ELED  781  Special  Topics 

FT  FD  798  Supervised  Doctoral  Internship  3  s.h. 

Applied  field  experience  chosen  bv  doctoral  students  v^ith  the  approval  of  the 
disscrtadon  advisor.-  committee.  Prerequisite:  Permission  onH". 

ELED  850  Thesis  3  s.h. 

For  the  student  writing  the  thesis.  Should  be  scheduled  for  the  semester  in  which 
the  smdent  plans  to  complete  his/her  work.  .All  thesis  writing  invokes  a 
committee  coii^x>scd  of  the  student's  advisor  and  two  addidonal  Acuity 
members. 

ELED  950  Dissertation  1-12  s.h. 

Students  preparing  a  doctoral  dissertadon  for  credit  must  register  for  this  course. 
Number  of  credits  assigned  and  the  extent  of  time  for  which  research  activitv*  is 
scheduled  depend  on  nature  and  scope  of  studem's  research  problem  and  his/her 
general  doctoral  program. 

Note:  Credits  for  both  thesis  and  dissertadon.  if  not  completed  during  the 
semester  scheduled,  are  recorded  as  a  grade  of  "R,"  research  in  progress.  The>' 
remain  so  until  the  project  is  approved.  Thev"  do  not  automadcalh'  revert  to  the 
grade  "'F"  in  a  specific  length  of  time.  .\lso,  thesis  and  dissertadon  credits  can  be 
programmed  above  the  regular  load. 


EU 


Elementary  and  Middle  School 
Mathematics 

3e :  "'  Mftnemoncs 

J;  -._  \^ral  Sciences  and 

Mathematics 


ELM.\  317  Introduction  to  Probability'  and  Sutistics  3  s.h. 

Ictroduces  students  to  elementarv-  concepts  of  probabilit)'  whicb  will  enable  them 
to  anahTe  data,  make  predictions,  and  determine  what  concepts  ma)-  be  used  with 
children.  Prerequisite:  MATH  152  or  eqim-alenu 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       91 


EL>L\520  Pre-Calculus  Mathematics  I  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  function  concept  as  applied  to  elementar\-  real-number  functions 
and  graphing  techniques  for  these  functions.  Topics  include  real-number 
fimctions  such  as  absolute  v-alue.  step,  linear  quadratic  and  other  pohiioraial 
fiinctions,  trigonometric  and  other  periodic  functions,  exponential  loganthnuc 
fimctions.  and  all  other  inverse  fimctions.  Students  will  examine  curricular 
materials  that  develop  fimction  concepts  in  grades  K-S.  Prerequisite:  MATH 
152  or  equivalent. 

EL>L\  556  Principles  of  GeometT)  I  3  s.h. 

Students  become  acquainted  with  an  informal,  intuitive  approach  to  geometr)-. 
.\ctiN-ities  and  materials  for  teaching  geometrical  concepts  to  children  are  an 
integral  part  of  the  course.  Preretjuisite:  MATH  1 52  or  equivalent. 

ELMA  557  Introductioii  to  Number  Theory  3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  topics  in  elementarv  number  theory,  including  basic  operations 
and  properties  of  integers;  divisibihtii  properties  of  integers:  modular  arithmetic 
and  congruences;  diophantine  equations:  interesting  relationships  among 
numbers:  applications  of  nimiber  theorv'  in  elementaty  school  mathematics. 
Prerequisite:  M.\TH  152  or  eqim'alent. 

ELMA  558  Introduction  to  Logic  and  Logical  Games  3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  some  basic  ideas,  terminology',  and  notation  of  logic.  Topics 
considered:  s\-mbolic  logic,  with  special  emphasis  on  algebra  of  propositions; 
applications  of  Boolean  algebra,  such  as  algebra  of  sets  and  s\ntclung  circuits; 
introduction  to  quantification  theor\-  and  its  \"alue  in  determming  validity'  of 
mathematical  arguments,  inference  schemes,  and  logical  puzzles;  and 
consideration  of  other  topics  in  logic  siutable  for  a  K-8  mathematics  curriculum. 
Prerequisite:  .\LATH  1 52  or  equiv^ent. 

ELSLK  559  Computer-Related  Topics  in  the 

Elementarv  and  Middle  School  3  s.h. 

Proiides  teachers  with  the  concepts  and  techniques  necessary  to  teach  computer- 
related  topics  to  children  in  the  elementary  and  middle  schools.  Prerequisite: 
NLATH  152  or  equi\alent. 

EL.M.\571  Basic  Concepts  of  .\lgebra  3  s.h. 

Concepts  of  basic  algebraic  structure  such  as  group,  ring,  integral  domain,  field, 
and  vector  space  are  studied  within  the  context  of  the  mathematical  maturity-  of 
the  student.  Other  topics  include  relations  and  fimctions.  systems  of  equations, 
and  inequahties.  Consideration  given  to  development  of  these  concepts  in  the 
mathematics  curriciJum.  Prerequisite:  NLVTH  152  or  equivalent. 

EL.\H581  Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

Special  topics  which  go  beyond  the  scope  of  regular  offered  courses.  Offered  on 
basis  of  student  interest  and  ai-ailable  staff  The  student  may  take  more  than  one 
Special  Topics  offering  with  die  written  approval  of  the  advisor.  Prerequisite: 
\L\TH  152  or  equivalent. 

EXMA  650  Coniculum  and  Instruction  in 

Elementary  School  Mathematics  3  s.h. 

The  design  of  this  course  is  to  famiharize  the  elementaiy/middle  school  teacher 
with  the  philosophical  and  psychological  issues  that  guide  the  development  of 
mathematics  curricula.  Topics  include  a  historv'  of  the  development  of 
mathematics  curriculum;  iimov-ative  curricula  that  have  had  impact  on  teaching 
and  learning:  ways  of  implementing  a  contemporarv'  program:  and  criteria  for 
textbook  selection.  Prerequisite:  Methods  course  in  teaching  mathematics  or 
consent  of  instructor 

EL.VL\  652  Diagnosis  and  Remedial  Teaching  of  Mathematics  3  s.h. 

Examines  why  some  cluldren  liave  difficult)-  in  learmng  mathematical  concepts 
and  presents  tools  and  techniques  for  diagnosing  and  remediating  common 
difficulties  in  elementary  and  middle  school  mathematics.  Course  \-aluabIe  for 
those  teaching  in  elementary,  middle  school,  or  remedial  programs.  Prerequisite: 
Methods  course  in  teaching  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 

EXMA  653  Mathematics  for  the  Gifted  Student  3  s.h. 

E.\amines  different  approaches  for  mathematicalh-  gifted  students.  .^  a  result,  the 
students  will  become  familiar  with  resources  and  elementaty  programs  designed 
for  use  in  either  regular  classrooms  or  special  classes  for  the  gifted.  Prerequisite: 
Methods  course  in  teaching  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 

EOL\  654  Teaching  Problem  Solving  in  the 

Elementary  and  Middle  School  3  s.h. 

Intended  to  teach  teachers  how  to  become  better  problem  solvers:  teaches 
prqblem-soKing  techniques  appropriate  for  grades  K-8.  Prerequisite:  Methods 
course  in  teaching  mathematics  orconsentof  instructor. 


ELiU\655  Mathematics  for  Early  Childhood  3  s.h. 

Studies  child-centered,  activity-oriented  mathematics  programs  for  early 
childhood  education.  Focuses  on  implementing  research  to  help  children 
develop  understanding  and  insight  into  basic  concepts  of  mathematics  through 
the  use  of  manipulative  materials.  Topics  include  preniunber  activities,  nimiber 
activities,  numeration,  operations  on  whole  nimibers,  estimation,  rational 
numbers,  geometrv-,  measurement,  probabilitv;  statistics,  and  problem  solving. 
Prerequisite:  M.VTH  152  or  eqmvalent. 

EL,\L\681  Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

Special  topics  which  go  beyond  the  scope  of  regular  offered  courses.  Offered  on 
basis  of  student  interest  and  available  staff.  The  student  may  take  more  than  one 
Special  Topics  offering  with  the  written  approval  of  the  advisor.  Prerequisite: 
Methods  course  in  teaching  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 

ELMA  698  Supervised  Internship  3  s.h. 

A  professioital  work  experience  in  a  cooperating  school  district  under  the 
supervision  of  designated  pubhc  school  personnel,  subject  to  review  and 
evaluation  by  a  universitv'  fecultv'  member.  Registration  by  permission  only. 

ELMA  699  Elementary  Math— Independent  Study  1-6  s.h. 

Under  the  guidance  of  a  facultv-  member,  a  student  may  study  some  area  of 
mathematics  or  mathematics  education  not  covered  in  the  regular  courses. 


ELMA  850  Thesis 


£A 


3s.h. 


English  I 

Deoartment  ©f  English 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


3s.h. 


ENGL  518  Literature  for  .\dolescents 

Offers  prospective  secondarv-  English  teachers  a  survey  of  the  literature 
adolescents  choose  to  read,  enjoy,  and  find  relevant  to  their  Uves.  Includes 
Uterature  that  offers  psychological  and  sociological  perspectives  on  adolescents. 

ENGL  581  Special  Topics  in  Language  and  Literature  3  s.h. 

-\llows  students  to  pursue  subjects  such  as  textual  criticism,  prosody,  and 
computers  and  Uterature  not  covered  in  existing  courses. 

ENGL  625  Introduction  to  TESOL  3  s.h. 

.\n  introduction  to  key  concepts  in  teaching  Ejiglish  as  a  second  or  foreign 
language.  In  addition  to  offering  a  broad  introduction  to  the  knowledge  and  skills 
needed  to  become  a  professional  teacher  of  ESL  or  EFL,  this  course  serves  to 
prepare  students  for  the  remainder  of  the  XLVTESOL  program.  Students  are 
expected  to  improve  their  language  abilitv-  as  well  as  their  research  and 
presentation  skills  in  this  course.  Required  for  MATESOL  students  in  their  first 
semester. 

ENGL  630  Research  on  the  Teaching  of  Literacy  and  Literature  3  s.h. 

E.xamines  theorv  and  research  in  hteracv'.  reading  and  responding  to  hterature  and 
odier  forms  of  writing,  and  die  teaching  of  young  adult  and  other  relevant  works 
of  hterature.  Includes  appUcarion  of  theon-  and  research  to  classroom  practices. 

ENGL  632  Linguistics  and  the  English  Teacher  3  s.h. 

Examines  four  key  topics:  foundations  of  linguistic  thought,  appUcations  of 
linguistics  to  the  teaching  of  English,  classroom  discourse  patterns,  and  language 
pedagogv'. 

ENGL  641  Topics  in  ESL  Pedagogy  3  s.h. 

E-x-plores  a  single  topic  in  depth.  Topics,  aimoimced  in  advance,  include  such 
areas  as  ESL  Testing,  Teaching  Listening  Comprehension  for  ESL  Students, 
Teaching  English  for  Specific  Purposes,  and  Teaching  Writing  for  ESL  Students. 

ENGL  643  TESL/TEFL  Methodology  3  s.h. 

Survevs  current  theon.  and  practice  in  teaching  English  to  non-native  speakers 
and  includes  traditional  and  innovative  approaches,  design,  and  procedures  for 
teaching  all  language  skills  at  various  educational  levels. 

ENGL  644  ESL  Material  and  Media  3  s.h. 

Offers  an  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of  ESL  course  design,  and  the 
evaluation,  adaptation,  and  design  of  ESL  classroom  materials  and  media. 
Students  will  gain  an  understanding  of  the  structure  and  uses  of  ESL  materials,  as 
well  as  a  hands-on  experience  in  syllabus  design  and  the  evaluation,  adaptation, 
and  creation  of  ESL  materials  for  specific  purposes.  Students  experience  working 
on  an  ESL/EFL  media  and  materials  project  and  putting  on  a  Materials  and 
Media  Fair  where  tliey  show  their  projects. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


92 


cour 


SE    DESCRIPTIONS 


EN'CL  674  Bibliographical  Methods  in  English  3  s.h. 

Piactical  mining  in  special  methods  and  materials  of  research  in  Fnglish, 

ENGL  673  Literature  and  the  Intematioiial  Student  3  s.h. 

Develops  the  reading,  w-ridng.  listening,  and  speaking  skills  needed  for  success  b>' 
the  international  student  in  the  graduate  stud)-  of  literature  in  the  .American 
uni\"crsit\'.  Examines  the  principles  of  literan-  anah'sis.  research,  and 
documentation  in  the  Cniied  States  and  orients  the  student  to  the  .American 
libran'  s)-stem  and  the  .American  coDege  classroom. 

ENGL  676  Critical  .Approaches  to  Literature  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  theorebcal  and  applied  approaches  to  litetart-  cribcism.  Introduces 
such  approaches  as  the^'  have  been  historicalK-  de^'eioped  and  are  currentK' 
practiced  and  considers  how  femilianrv  with  a  \"anet}'  of  cridcal  methods 
enhances  the  appreciation  and  teaching  of  literature. 

ENGL  681  Special  Topics  3  sJ>. 

Courses  relating  to  specialized  interests  in  liteiatune.  rhetoric  or  linguistics  which 
(iilfill  special  needs  or  interests.  May  become  permanent  coiuse  offerings. 

ENGL  688   Piacticnm  in  TESOL  3  s.h. 

liuended  to  prcnide  a  balance  between  observation  and  practical  teaching 
experience.  Students  plan,  teach,  and  reflect  on  lessons.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
appbcation  of  theor\  and  pedagogical  knowledge  gained  from  course  work,  as 
wTdl  as  on  do"eloping  skills  to  reflect  on  teaching  and  its  consequences  for 
learners.  Class  size  is  limited  to  fifteen  students.  .Although  not  a  prerequisite,  this 
course  can  be  used  as  a  vrsy  to  prepare  for  a  teaching  internship. 

ENGL  689  Orientation  and  Field  Experience  in 

the  Community  College  3  s  Ji. 

Examines  the  communit\-  college  from  historical  and  philosophical  perspectPi'es. 
Includes  observanons  of  dasses  and  inier%news  with  staff  at  community'  colleges. 
Spedficalh-  for  students  preparing  for  careers  in  the  commimit)-  college. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  director  of  Graduate  Studies  in  Rhetoric  and 
Linguisdcs. 

ENGL  690  Writing  as  a  Way  of  Learning  3  s.h. 

The  workshop  examines  the  theorebcal  relabonship  between  thou^t  and 
wriring.  with  specific  atlenbon  to  wai.s  this  relabonship  underlies  leammg  in  all 
disciplines.  The  course,  which  fiincbons  as  part  of  the  Southcentral  Pennsi.-h'ania 
Writing  Project-  invoh'es  reading,  writing,  and  demonstrabon  of  pedagogical 
methods. 

ENGL  692  .American  English  Giammar  3  s.h. 

The  studx'  of  phonolog).  morphologv*.  s\"ntax-  and  scmanbcs  of  present-day 
.American  En^ish.  using  \"anous  approaches  to  the  anah'sis  of  grammar  and 
usage. 

ENGL  693  Seminar  in  Teaching  En^ish  in  the  Secondary  School  3  s.h. 

Eicplores  recent  de\'elopments  m  teaching  of  language,  composidons.  and 
hteiaiure. 

ENGL  694  Observation  in  Teaching  English  3  s.h. 

Surve\"S  instruments  to  observe  classroom  teaching  beha^or  and  provides 
practice  in  the  use  of  observ-abon  instruments.  Surveys  research  on  classroom 
teaching  and  design.  Emphasizes  awareness  of  leaching  behaviors  and  their 
consequeiKies  in  En^ish  classrooms  for  native  and  non-native  speakers  of 

ENGL  696  Internship  in  ESL  tFL  3s.h. 

Consists  of  one  semester  of  supertised  teaching,  tutorial  activibes.  and  materials 
preparabon  for  non-native  or  limited  En^isb-speaking  students.  The  purpose  of 
the  pracricum  is  to  demonstrate  the  candidate's  preparabon  for  leaching  English 
as  a  second  or  foreign  language.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  director  of 
Graduate  Studies  in  Rhetoric  and  Linguisbcs. 

ENGL  698  Internship  3  s.h. 

Practical  experience  in  the  student's  area  of  intcresL  working  imder  professional 
supervision  on  the  job.  Special  permission  onh;  dependent  upon  needs  of 
student's  program  as  weQ  as  personal  and  academic  qualificabons. 

ENGL  699  Independent  Study  1-3  s.h. 

Studv  in  depth  of  topics  not  available  through  regular  course  work.  Student 
works  with  supervising  professor  on  careftilly  plaimed.  student-initiated  project. 
Prior  approval  necessary. 

ENGL  700  Introduction  to  Research  3s.h. 

Introduces  students  to  various  tvpes  of  research  in  Composibon  and  TESOL  for 
examining  the  transmission  of  Uteiacy. 


ENGL  703  Language  and  Cognidon  3  s.h. 

Examines  areas  where  language,  thought,  and  cognitive  process  interact.  Studies 
the  essential  nature  of  meaning  and  mental  concepts,  the  core  chataaerisbcs  of 
language,  and  the  complex  relabons  between  the  two  domains. 

ENGL  703  Language  and  Social  Context  3  s.h. 

Introduces  the  study  of  language  as  a  social  phenomenon,  including  such  topics 
as  language  variebes.  stcreotv-pes.  and  social  idenbtv':  language  planiung  and 
language  poUcv;  standard  and  nonstandard  usage:  censorship:  discourse  anah'sis: 
language  atbtudes:  language,  culture,  and  thought:  communicative  competence; 
small  group  communicaboiu  and  classroom  interacbons. 

ENGL  708  Technology  and  Literacy  3  s.h. 

Presents  an  overview  of  the  interrelabonship  between  lileracv'  and  technologv'. 
Demonstiates  approaches  to  teaching  English  using  computer  technologv'. 

ENGL  715  Qualitative  Research  Methods  in  Rhetoric  and  Linguistics  3  s.h. 

Invoh'es  both  reading  about  and  training  in  quahtabve  research  methods  such  as 
participant  obsenabon.  interviewing,  coding,  and  anah'sis.  .Also  covers 
disseminabon  of  research  findings.  Prerequisites:  ENGL  700  and  ENGL  730. 

ENGL  723  Second  Language  Teaching  3  s.h. 

Considers  trends,  issues,  and  research  in  second  language  teaching  and 
assessment,  as  well  as  considers  ways  teachers  can  explore  teaching  beUefs  and 
ptacbces.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  640 

ENGL  724  Second  Language  Acquisition  3  s.h. 

Introduces  current  research  in  second  language  acquisibotu  especialh'  of  En^ish. 
Focuses  on  prominent  research  trends  in  the  studv'  of  the  language  learner,  the 
process  of  acquisibon.  and  the  inteiacdon  of  learner,  language,  and  context. 

ENGL  723  Second  Language  Literacy  3  s.h. 

Studies  theorv.  research,  and  pedagogv'  associated  with  the  development  of 
htetacy  in  two  languages,  either  simultaneoush'  or  successively.  Focuses  on  how 
individuals  and  groups  become  literate  in  English  as  an  addibonal  or  second 
language.  Includes  explorabons  of  polibcaL  cultural,  social.  contextuaL  as  well  as 
cognitiv  e.  textual,  and  educabonal  issues  that  arise  in  acquiring  and  using  a 
second  Uteracv'.  Open  to  M..A.  TESOL  and  Ph.D.  students  in  Composibon  and 
TESOL. 

ENGL  730  Teaching  Writing  3  s.h. 

Smdies  charactensbcs  of  the  writing  process  and  of  the  basic  writer,  methods  for 
the  evaluabon  of  writing,  and  approaches  to  the  teaching  of  writing. 

ENGL  73 1  Rhetorical  Traditions  3  s.h. 

Studies  how  rhetoncal  tradibons  influence  the  teaching  of  composibon. 
Examines  how  cultural  feaors  such  as  history.  poUtics.  ideologv'.  gender,  race,  and 
ethnicitv'  affect  the  composing  process.  Encourages  students  to  think  of 
composition  as  an  open,  mulbcultuial  event  of  iroaginabon  and  social  mnovation. 

ENGL  732  .Advanced  Seminar  in  Composition  Theory  3  s.h. 

Explores  a  single  topic  in  depth.  Topics,  annoimced  in  advance,  include  such 
areas  as  approaches  to  the  teaching  of  stv-le,  writing  across  the  curriculum,  the 
evaluabon  of  composibon  instrucbon.  the  development  of  the  writing  process  in 
children,  computers  in  composiboti.  writing  in  the  professions,  and  discourse 
anaKsis.  Mav  be  taken  more  than  once.  Prerequisites:  ENGL  730  and  ENGL 
731.' 

ENGL  733  Theories  of  Composition  3  s.h. 

Reviews  the  major  theories  of  composibon.  especialh-  those  of  the  modem  and 
postmodern  eras.  E-xamines  how  cultural  factors  such  as  education,  history, 
polibcs.  ideologv'.  gender,  race,  and  ethnidtv'  affect  the  theorizing  about 
composibon.  Encourages  students  to  construct  their  own  theories  of  composibon 
bv'  entering  into  a  coUaboiative  cultural  and  intellectual  process. 

ENGL  742  Cross-Ctdtural  Communication  3  s.h. 

Investigates  cultural  behaviors,  assumptions,  values,  and  conflicts  siuTOimding 
communicabon  across  cultures  in  the  context  of  teaching  Engjish  as  a  second  or 
foreign  language  at  all  levels. 

ENGL  743  Second  Language  .Acquisition  3  s.h. 

Introduces  current  research  in  second  language  acquisition,  especialh-  of  EngUsh. 
Focuses  on  prominent  research  trends  in  the  studv'  of  the  language  learner,  the 
process  of  acquisition,  and  the  interaction  of  learner,  language,  and  context- 
Prerequisites:  ENGL  720  and  ENGL  740. 

ENGL  744  Reading  Theorv  and  the  College  English  Teacher  3  s.h. 

Exammes  the  psvcholuiguisbc  and  ethnographic  research  on  the  fluent  reading 
process  of  native  and  non-native  college  readers,  as  it  pertains  to  the  teaching  of 
reading  and  writing  for  academic  purposes. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS    '    93 


ENGL  745  Theories  of  Literacy  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  status  of  current  and  past  theories  of  literacy,  inclutliTiK:  the  nature 
of  literacy  itself,  the  ways  literacy  is  shared  and  used  by  individuals,  families,  and 
cultures;  and  tiie  political,  social,  and  personal  ramifications  of  literacy. 

ENGL  746  Advanced  Seminar  in  Literacy  3  s.h. 

Explores  a  single  topic  in  depth  in  the  fields  of  Composition  and  TESOL. 
Topics  are  announced  in  advance  and  have  recendy  included  writing  centers, 
computers  in  composition,  alternative  research  metliods,  discourse  analysis,  and 
writing  program  administration.  May  be  taken  more  than  once.  Prerequisites: 
Any  one  of  ENGL  723,  724,  725,  730,  73 1,  733 

ENGL  748  Advanced  Topics  in  Linguistics  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  a  single  topic  in  deptli.  Topics  will  be  armounced  in  advance  and  will 
include  language  histor\'  and  change,  writing  systems,  models  of  language, 
linguistic  stylistics,  narrative  analysis,  cross -linguistic  patterns  in  syntax,  language 
stmcture  and  use,  and  more.  Prerequisites:  ENGL  703  or  ENGL  705 

ENGL  751  The  History  and  Theory  of  Criticism  3  s.h. 

Studies  the  founding  texts  of  the  Western  tradition  in  ancient  Greece  beginning 
with  Plato,  Aristode,  and  the  sophists,  and  places  them  in  the  historical  context  of 
significant  cultural  turns  in  literary,  rhetorical,  and  cultural  theor)'  leading  up  to 
die  present.  As  preparation  for  EN  752,  diis  course  examines  key  moments  in  the 
history  of  Western  metaphysics  in  relation  to  contemporur)-  concerns  for  dieor\-, 
pedagogy,  multiculturalism.  and  die  changes  in  higher  education,  especially  as 
they  affect  English  studies. 

ENGL  752  Literary  Theory  for  the  Teacher  and  Scholarly  Writer  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  contemporarv-  literary  and  cultural  theory,  especially  as  it  afTects  the 
teaching,  scholarship,  and  curricular  design  of  English  studies,  which  has 
undergone  significant  changes  in  recent  decades.  Examines  contemporary 
theoretical  approaches  such  as  New  Criticism,  post  stnicturalisin.  deconstruction, 
reader  response,  Marxism,  New  Historicism,  cultural  studies,  feminism,  post 
colonialism,  gay  and  lesbian  theory,  and  others  wiUi  a  special  emphasis  on 
practice:  how  theory  affects  die  classroom,  the  curnculum,  and  die  writing  of 
professional  presentations  and  publications. 

ENGL  760  Teaching  College  Literature  3  s.h. 

Examines  current  research  on  teaching  college  literature  and  mvolves  ongoing 
observation  and  practice  of  teaching  strategies.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the 
impact  of  critical  theory-  and  such  issues  as  canon,  race,  class,  and  gender  in 
specific  classroom  setdugs. 

ENGL  761  Topics  in  American  Literature  Before  1870  3  s.h. 

Studies  major  figures,  movements,  or  topics  in  American  literature  from  the 
Colonial  Period  through  1870.  The  content  of  the  course  will  be  determined  by 
the  individual  instructor  and  announced  in  advance. 

ENGL  762  Topics  in  American  Literature  Since  1870  3  s.h. 

Studies  major  topics,  audiors,  and  movements  in  American  literature  from  1870 
to  die  present.  Specific  course  content  is  chosen  by  the  instructor  and  announced 
in  advance. 

ENGL  763  Topics  in  British  Literature  Before  1660  3  s.h. 

Studies  major  figures,  movements,  or  topics  within  die  period.  The  specific 
content  of  the  course  is  detennined  by  the  instructor  and  announced  in  advance. 

ENGL  764  Topics  in  British  Literature  Since  1660  3  s.h. 

Studies  major  figures,  movements,  and  topics  in  British  literature  within  die 
period  1660  to  the  present.  Content  of  die  course  will  be  determined  by  the 
instructor  and  announced  in  advance. 

ENGL  765  Topics  in  Literature  as  Genre  3  s.h. 

Examines  one  literary  genre  (such  as  novel,  drama,  or  film),  its  development,  and 
its  current  jjractice  and  the(^ries.  The  course  also  sur\'eys  the  major  recent  critical 
approaches  to  the  genre. 


ENGL  772  Topics  in  Women's  Literature  3  s.h. 

Reexamines  nineleendi-centur)'  works  by  women  in  light  of  feminist  perspecdves. 
Studies  twendeth -century'  works  within  and  outside  feminine  and  feminist 
traditions.  Also  considers  works  by  black.  Chicano,  Nadve  American,  and  Asian- 
American  women. 

ENGL  773  Topics  in  American  or  British  Minority  Literature  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  literature  of  one  or  more  American  or  Bridsh  minorides  (for 
example,  Nadve  Americans,  immigrants,  blacks.  Chicanos).  The  focus  and 
subject  matter  of  the  course  will  be  chosen  by  tlie  facult)'  member  and  announced 
in  advance. 

ENGL  781  Special  Topics  3s.h. 

Courses  relating  to  specialized  interests  in  TESOL,  literature,  rhetoric,  cridcism, 
or  UnguisUcs  which  fiilfiU  special  needs  or  interests.  May  become  permanent 
course  offerings. 

ENGL  783  Seminar:  Literary  Theory  Applied  to  3  s.h. 

Major  American  Author  or  Theme 

Advanced,  independent  work  in  a  seminar  format.  Emphasizes  the  producdon  of 
a  research  paper  of  publishahle  quality.  Specific  content  for  the  course — a  major 
author  or  specific  dieme  in  American  Literature— will  be  chosen  by  the  instructor. 

ENGL  784  Seminar:  Literary  Theory  Applied  to  3  s.h. 

British  Author  or  Theme 

Draws  on  knowledge  and  criucal  skills  fi"om  core  courses  and  tradiuonal  and 
special  literature  courses  for  advanced,  independent  work.  Focus  is  on  a  single 
major  author  or  well-defined  theme  in  Bridsh  literature  chosen  by  the  instructor. 
Each  student  conducts  pracdce  teaching  and  produces  a  research  essay  suitable 
for  submission  for  publication  or  presentadon  at  a  conference. 

ENGL  785  Seminar:  Comparative  Literary  Theory  Applied  3  s.h. 

to  Traditional  and  Special  Literature 

Explores  and  applies  literar\'  dieor\',  cridcism,  and  die  theories  and  methods  of 
coniparadve  literature  to  tradiuonal  and  special  Uteratures.  Students  may  expect 
to  invesdgate,  from  various  critical  perspectives,  confficdng  social  and  Uterary 
values.  The  specific  course  content  is  chosen  by  die  instructor  and  announced  m 
advance. 

ENGL  797  Independent  Seminar  3  s.h. 

Selected  readings  and/or  research  in  a  speciafized  area  of  composidon,  cridcism, 
and/or  cridcal  theory,  literature.  TESOL,  linguisdcs,  creadve  wridng,  cultural 
studies,  Uterary  transladon,  or  literacy  not  normally  covered  by  die  curriculum  in 
either  track  of  die  Ph.D.  in  English.  In  consultadon  with  a  designated  facult\' 
member  in  die  semester  prior  to  registradon,  a  student  submits  a  complete 
syllabus  for  study  and  assessment  in  one  of  the  areas  fisted  above.  The  syllabus 
must  be  approved  first  by  the  faculty-  member  and  dien  by  the  director  of  die 
appropriate  graduate  program.  This  course  shall  be  deUvered  to  indi\iduals  or 
small  groups,  either  in  residence  or  electronically,  as  determined  by  die 
instructor/program.  May  be  repeated  once  widi  new  content.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  relevant  program  director(s)  and  instructor. 

ENGL  799  Independent  Study  1-3  s.h. 

An  in-depth  invesdgadon  of  topic  or  area  related  to  the  student's  doctoral 
program  but  not  available  through  regular  course  work.  Independent  study  is 
inidated  by  the  student  and  supervised  by  a  facult)'  member  in  the  area  of  study. 
Prior  approval  by  the  director  of  the  student's  doctoral  program  is  required. 


ENGL  850  Thesis 


ENGL  950  Dissertation 


1-6  s.h. 


1-12  s.h. 


Note:  Special  Topics  in  Language  and  Literature  and  Major  Writers,  as  well  as 
seminars,  may  be  scheduled  more  than  once,  because  subject  matter  will  change 
with  each  offering  of  the  course.  More  complete  course  descripdons  are  a\~dilable 
from  the  department. 


ENGL  766  Topics  in  Comparative  Literature  3  s.h. 

Introduces  the  theor)-  and  methods  of  comparative  literar)'  analysis.  Topics 
include  die  relationships  between  fiteratures  of  different  countries,  between 
literarv  genres,  and  between  hterature  and  other  related  fields.  The  specific 
course  content  is  chosen  by  die  instructor  and  announced  in  advance. 

ENGL  771  Topics  in  Postmodern  Literature  3  s.h. 

Investigates  the  postmodern  reacUon  to  the  modern  literarj-  tradition  and  the 
experimentation  it  engendered.  Focuses  on  how  postmodern  critics  and  writers 
have  responded  to  modernist  manifestadons  of  character,  narrative,  and  diemc 
and  explores  die  critical,  pedagogical,  and  philosophical  implicadons  and 
assumpdons  of  postmodern  literature,  assessing  its  role  in  contemporaiy  culture 
and  thought. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


94       COURSE    DESC 


IPTIONS 


Foundations  of  Education 

Departrrmnt  of  Fcjundations  of  Education 

jp  ffEdua^on  and  Educational 
Technolog/ 

FDED  314  Comparative  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 

Educational  theories  and  practices  in  different  nations  will  be  studied. 
Educational  purposes.  curriciJum,  methods,  administration,  school  s\'slems. 
teacher  education,  and  other  educational  featiu-es  in  America  will  be  analyzed, 
e\aluated,  and  compared. 

FDED  515  Curriculum  Development  3  s.h. 

Analysis  of  philosophical,  sociological,  and  psychological  basis  for  creation  of 
curriculum  patterns.  K-12.  Includes  utilization  of  technological  doices,  critical 
examination  of  basic  concepts  under])-ing  determination  of  objecti%'es.  selection 
and  organization  of  subject  matter,  and  learning  experiences  in  general.  Current 
curriculum  research  will  be  anal}'zed,  as  well  as  existing  instructional  materials 
and  programs. 


FDED  581  Special  Topics 


3  s.h. 


FDED  595  International  Education  Studies  Program  3  s.h. 

A  travel-seminar  conducted  m  a  foreign  country  and  designed  to  afford  educators 
and  students  of  education  the  opportunity  to  investigate  teaching-learning  process 
in  cultural  settings  other  than  their  own.  Particular  attention  to  such  current 
educational  issues  as  theories  of  curriculum  development,  methodology,  teacher 
education,  and  changing  value  sj-stems. 

FDED  61 1   Historical  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 

Studv  of  historical  de\elopment  of  .\mencan  education.  European  influences  on 
philosophies  and  practices  of  .American  schools  will  serve  as  a  background. 
Emphasis  on  development  of  education  in  America  as  influenced  by  \'arious 
individuals  and  schools  of  thoughL  Historical  trends  wiU  be  related  to  current 
problems  and  practices  in  education. 

FDED  612  Philosophical  Foimdations  of  Education  3  s.h. 

Analysis  and  e\'aluation  of  basic  philosophies  and  their  impact  upon  education. 
Nature,  v-alue,  means,  and  ends  of  education  and  some  other  hindamental  phases 
of  schooling  wiU  be  thoroughly  examined.  Stress  on  essentials  enhancing  an 
individual  working  philosophy  of  education  and  on  basic  ideas  heightening  a 
sound  philosophy  for  American  schools. 

FDED  613  Social  Foundations  of  Education  3  s.h. 

Social  and  cultural  forces  which  influence  education.  Particular  stress  on  current 
problems  as  they  relate  lo  entire  educational  systems  and  to  curricular  problems 
and  practices  in  today's  schools. 

FDED  616  Professional  Negotiations  in  Education  3  s.h. 

Studv  of  dimensions  of  professional  negotiations  process  in  educational  sector. 
Instructional  tools  wiU  be  case  studies,  lecture-discussion,  and  reading 
assignments.  Guidelines  of  pubhc  poUcy  affecting  pubhc  employer-employee 
relations  wiU  also  be  evaluated  and  analyzed. 


FDED  699  Independent  Study 


1-6  s.h. 


FD 


Food  and  Nutrition 
Deoo:^  :  --Dod  and  Nutrition 

f  C:      "       -iefith  and  Human  Services 


FDNT  510  Food,  Nutrition,  and  Aging  3  s.h. 

How  food  relates  to  health  maintenance  and  special  dietary-  problems  during  the 
middle  and  later  years.  Nonmajors  only. 

FDNT  544  Food  Composition  and  Biochemistry  3  s.h. 

Covers  basic  chemistr)'  and  biochenustr\-  ofessential  components  of  food 
originating  from  plant  and  animal  sources.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  355. 

FDNT  547  Nutritional  Aspects  of  Food  Technology  3  s.h. 

Studies  current  kjicmti  eHiecis  of  food  processing  techniques  on  the  nutritional 
value  and  safety  of  food.  Prerequisites:  FDNT  212  and  BIOL  241. 


FDNT  558  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3  s.h. 

In-depth  study  of  the  nutrients  and  their  fionctions  within  the  cell.  Incorporation 
of  the  principles  of  physiology  and  biochemistry  in  the  stud>'  of  nutrition. 
Ejnphasis  on  current  research.  Prerequisites:  FDNT  212,  CHEM  355,  and 
BIOL  151. 

FDNT  561   Microwave  Cooking  Technology-  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  electronic  technology,  selection,  care,  and  use  of  the  microwave 
oven.  Basic  physical  and  chemical  concepts  related  to  raicrowave  cooking  are 
included.  Indi\idual  research  problem  required.  Two  lectures/  two  lab  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  101 

FDNT  562  Ad^-anced  Experimental  Foods  3  5.h. 

An  experimental  approach  to  the  many  factors  uifluencing  the  chemical  and 
physical  properties  of  food.  Use  of  scientific  method  in  de\-eloping  an  indKidual 
project  combining  an  e^'aluadon  of  current  literature  and  appropriate  sensor)-  and 
analytical  methodology.  Prerequisites:  FDNT  362  and  CHEM  231. 

FDNT  564  Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Methods  3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  research  mediodolog)-  in  food  and  nutrition.  Includes  theory  and 
techniques  of  physical,  chemical,  and  instnnnental  analysis.  Apphcations  of  these 
methods  to  food  and  animal  models  with  statistical  anaKsis  of  data. 
Prerequisites:  FDNT  362,  FDNT  458,  CHEM  35 1 .  and  .\UTH  2 1 7. 

FDNT  612  Administration  of  Food  Service  Systems  3  s.h. 

.Addresses  food  service  as  a  system  of  interrelated  parts  and  of  controlling 
management  resources,  .\nalysis  of  different  t>"pes  of  food  ser\ice  dcli>'er\' 
systems  and  legal  responsibiUties  of  a  food  ser^ice  administrator  will  be  covered. 
Prerequisites:  FDNT  358,  FDNT  259,  FDNT  313,  FD.NT  356,  or  three  years" 
work  experience  in  a  food  service  management  posidon. 

FDNT  64 1  Eating  Behaviors  and  Food  Habits  3  s.h. 

Invesdgadon  and  analysis  of  historical,  polidcal.  reUgious,  ethnic,  enviromnental, 
and  social  influences  which  affect  food  consumption  patterns.  Prerequisites: 
PSYCl01andSOCI51. 


FDNT  642  Contemporary  Issues  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

Current  informadon  in  foods  and  nutridon  is  invesdgated,  analyzed,  and 
e\'aluated  for  pracdcal  implementadon. 


3  s.h. 


FDNT  645  Proteins,  Carhohydrates,  and  Fats  3  s.h. 

Nutridonal  consideradons  of  protein,  carbohydrate,  and  fat  metabolism. 
Physiological  and  biochemical  funcdons  of  these  nutrients  will  be  discussed. 

FDNT  646  Mtamins  and  Minerals  3  s.h. 

Biochemical  role  of  viiaimns  and  minerab  in  macronutricnt  metabolism.  Focus 
on  biochemical  and  physiologic  fimcrions  and  current  research  impUcadons. 


FDNT  698  Internship 

Supenised  work  expenence  for  food  and  nutrition  majors.  Permission: 

Department  chairperson. 


1-6  s.h. 


FDNT  711  Nutrition  in  the  Life  Cycle  3  s.h. 

Studies  bodily  fimcdons  at  different  stages  of  development  under  differing 
environmental  condidons  and  at  various  levels  of  biological  organizadon. 

FDNT  713  Seminar  in  Food  and  Nutrition  1  s.h. 

Preparadon  and  presentadon  of  wntten  scientific  reports  and/or  current 
departmental  research.  Course  lo  be  taken  twice.  Prerequisites:  GSR  615,  GSR 
516.  and  two  courses  from  the  department  requirement. 

FDNT  743  Oinical  Dietetics  3  s.h. 

Examines  nutridonal  management  of  the  hospitalized  padent  with  emphasis  on 
the  role  of  the  diedtian.  Research  for  a  paper  and  oral  cridques  of  current 
literature. 

FDNT  799  Independent  Study  in  Food  and  Nutrition  I  -3  s.h. 

Prerequisites:  Compledon  of  two  courses  in  the  department  requirement. 
.Advanced  study  and/or  selected  research  problems  from  the  field  of  food  and 
nutridon.  May  be  taken  for  a  maximum  of  three  credits. 


FDNT  850  Thesis 


1-4  s.h. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


95 


^^^    I     I  \       finance 
I  I    I     \Peportrr 

/  /     /  yEberfyC 


Department  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Eberfy  College  of  Business  and 
Infomiation  Technolog/ 


FIN  510  Financial  Insdtudons  and  Markets  3  s.h. 

Review  of  entire  structure  of  financial  institutions,  money  and  capital  markets  (of 
which  the  business  enterprise  is  both  a  supph-  and  demand  &ctor),  and  the 
structure  and  d\'namics  of  interest-rate  movements.  Prerequisites:  ECON325, 
FIN  324.  or  permission  of  Eberiy  College  of  Business  and  Information 
Technolog)-  graduate  coordinator. 

FIN  520  Investment  .\nalysis  3  s.h. 

Integrates  the  work  of  vanous  courses  in  the  finance  areas  and  bmiliahzes  the 
student  with  the  tools  and  techniques  of  research  in  the  different  areas  of 
investments.  Prerequisites:  ACCT  301.  FIN  310,  FIN  324.  or  permission  of 
EbcrK'  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology-  graduate  coordinator. 

FIN  581  Special  Topics  in  Finance  3  s.h. 

Covers  ad^-anced  or  exploratory-  topics  within  the  discipline.  Specific  content 
de\eloped  by  instructor.  Content  will  \-ar\-  depending  upon  the  interests  of 
instructor  and  students  with  instructor  choosing  specific  topics.  May  be  re[)eated 
by  specific  appro^-al.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  and  Elberf)' College 
of  Business  and  Information  Technology'  graduate  coordirutor. 

FIN  630  Financial  Management  3  s.h. 

An  extension  of  basic  managerial  finance,  dealing  with  theory  and  practice  of 
anah-zing  compames.  financial  plannmg.  capital  budgeting,  management  of 
working  capitaL  and  obtaining  fionds  for  the  corporation.  Prerequisite:  FIN 
310. 

FIN  632  Seminar  in  Finance  3  s.h. 

Covers  topics  in  all  areas  of  finance  by  using  recent  articles,  cases,  discussions, 
speakers,  and  a  finance  simulation  game.  Designed  to  bring  together  all  aspects  of 
finance.  Prerequisite:  FIN  630. 

FIN  635  Principles  of  Investments  in  Securities  3  s.h. 

Introduces  many  forms  of  existing  investment  policies.  Attention  is  given  to 
operation  of  stock  markets,  concepts  and  terminologj-  of  investing,  mutual  fijnds 
and  their  function,  investment  clubs,  and  problems  invoKed  in  making 
investments  throu^  brokers,  bankers,  and  stock  promoters.  Prerequisite:  FIN 
630. 

FIN  681  Special  Topics  in  Finance  3  s.h. 

Covers  advanced  or  exploratory-  topics  within  the  discipline.  Specific  content 
dcvelofjcd  by  instructor.  Content  will  var%'.  depending  upon  the  interests  of 
instructor  and  students,  with  instructor  choosing  specific  topics.  May  be 
repeated  b\- s|)ecific  appro\al.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  the 
Eberh-  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  graduate  coordinator. 

FIN  699  Independent  Study  in  Finance  1-3  s.h. 

Individual  research  and  analysb  of  contemporarv'  problems  and  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  stud\'  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  &cult)-  member. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor,  departmental  chairperson,  and  Eberiy 
College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology-  dean. 

FIN  850  Thesis  4-6  s.h. 

For  students  writing  a  thesis,  FIN  850  should  be  scheduled  for  the  semester  in 
which  the  student  plans  to  complete  his/lier  work.  The  thesis  is  a  committee 
thesis  (4-6  s.h.),  for  which  the  student's  advisor,  two  additional  fecult\-  members, 
the  Eherl)'  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technolog)-  graduate  coordinator, 
and/or  the  representative  of  the  dean  of  the  Elberly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technolog)'  may  constitute  the  committee. 


GE 


Geography 

JDep :  ^  :e  :  cfGcUflUphy  and  Re^onai 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


CEOG  511   Histor)  of  Geography  3  s  Ji. 

Histor)-  of  the  discipline,  great  ideas,  leading  professionals,  and  unresoKed  issues 
are  studied. 


GEOG513  Cartography  3  s.h. 

Develops  abilit)-  to  map  and  diagram  human  and  en\-ironmental  phenomena. 
Special  maps,  charts,  and  diagrams  will  be  considered  as  required  by  students. 
Recommended  for  all  masters  candidates. 

GEOG514  Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3  s.h. 

Develops  skill  in  extracting  mformation  and  s)Tithesizing  data  from  maps  and 
aerial  photographs  as  appUed  to  geologic,  land  use,  plaiming,  and  terrain  analv'sis 
problems. 

GEOG  515  Remote  Sensing  3  s.h. 

Methods  of  remote  sensing  such  as  thermal  sensing,  multispectral  scanning, 
sateUite  imager);  side-looking  airborne  radar  imager);  and  additive  color  anah'sis 
and  their  appUcations.  particularly  as  applied  to  geographic  and  plaiming 
problems,  are  studied. 

GEOG  516  Introduction  to  Geographic  Information  Systems  3  s.h. 

Automated  methods  for  creatmg.  maintaining,  and  anal\"zing  spatial  data  are 
presented.  Topics  include  1)  specialized  CIS  hardware  and  software.  2)  vector 
vs.  raster  vs.  object-oriented  spatial  data  structures.  3)  creation  and  manipulation 
of  geographic  data  files.  4)  database  design  and  management  concepts.  5)  sp>atial 
analysis,  and  6)  cartographic  design.  Prerequisite:  GEOG  513  or  equi\-alent  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

GEOG  517  Technical  Issues  in  GIS  3  s.h. 

A  project-based  class  w  here  students  leam  the  skills  to  develop  and  maintain  a 
Geographic  Information  System.  Students  will  construct  fimctional  s)-stems. 
Designing  GIS  s\-stems  to  use  specification  data  collection-  data  inpuL  project 
management,  and  s)-stem  documentation  are  covered.  Prerequisite:  GE516. 

GEOG  531  Population  Geography  3  s.h. 

Spatial  ^-ariations  in  numbers,  characteristics  and  d)-namics  of  human  population, 
models,  and  theoretical  constructs  rele\'ant  to  demographic  structures  and 
pro<^:$ses  are  studied. 

GEOG  532  Urban  Geography  3  s.h. 

AnaKsis  of  cit)-  tvpes.  patterns,  and  fimctions  as  influenced  by  geographic 
conditions  and  other  Actors.  City  planning  techniques  and  field  study  are 
utilized. 

GEOG  533  Geography  of  Transportation  and  Trade  3  s.h. 

Transportation  s)'Stems  and  their  use;  accessibilit)'.  circulation,  time  and  distance 
concepts,  and  trade  patterns.  Empirical  and  theoretical  approaches  are  exammed. 

GEOG  534  Political  Geography  3  s.h. 

Geographic  factors  and  conditions  are  anaK-zed  as  they  relate  to  character  and 
fimction  of  states.  Political  institudons  in  Ught  of  geographic  conditions. 

GEOG  536  Social  Geography  3  s.h. 

Spatial  dimensions  of  the  .American  societ)'  are  the  focus  of  this  course.  The 
distribution  of  various  social  groups  and  their  impact  on  the  landscape  are 
considered. 

GEOG  540  Conservation:  Environmental  Analysis  3  sJl. 

Problems  of  exploitation  and  utilization  of  regional  resources,  (e.g..  soils, 
minerals,  forests,  and  wildlife)  in  relation  to  population  growth  and  regional 
planning  and  development 

GEOG  541  Climatology  3sJi. 

Examines  the  elements  of  weather  and  climate  on  Earth.  The  location  and  causes 
of  global  climatic  regions  are  examined  in  reladon  to  moving  pressure  and  w-ind 
systems.  The  course  also  considers  the  climatic  histor)'  of  the  planet  and  recent 
human  modifications  of  the  atmospheric  environmenL 

GEOG  542  Physiography  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  landform  t\-pes  and  their  spatial  distribution.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  tectonic  forces  that  build  landfonms  and  the  weathering  and  erosional 
processes  that  erode  and  shape  surface  features.  The  relationship  between 
human  acti\ities  and  landforms  is  also  considered. 

GEOG  543  Geography  of  Fresh  Water  Resources  3  s  Ji. 

Leam  about  surface  and  groundwater  as  a  resource  with  umque  properties.  Fresh 
water  is  defined  phvsicalK'  by  storage  in  the  hydrologic  c)cle  and  the  \'alues 
assigned  by  different  cultures.  Problems  featured  relate  to  consumpti\-e  and 
withdrawal  w^ter  uses,  the  problems  of  water  supph-  and  scarcit)-.  water  law  and 
its  inconsistencies,  flooding  and  floodplains  management,  sources  of 
contamination  and  pollution,  wetlands,  and  case  studies  of  selected  river  basins. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


96       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


GEOG  350  Introduction  to  Planning  3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  the  profession  and  activit)'  of  con  temporal*)'  American  urban  and 
regional  planning.  Course  emphasis  is  placed  on  land  use  control,  design,  growtli 
management,  and  developmetit  regulation.  The  legal  and  institutional  bases  of 
planning  practice  are  covered  as  well. 

GEOG  552  Planning  Methods  3  s.h. 

Research,  analytical  design,  and  plan-making  techniques  in  urban  and  regional 
planning.  Examines  basic  items  necessary  to  prepare  urban  and  regional 
comprehensive  plans. 

GEOG  554  Planning  Design  3  s.h. 

Presents  concepts  of  cit\;  subdivision,  and  transportation  design  in  relation  to 
topography,  natural  resources,  and  other  physical  elements.  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  550. 

GEOG  558  Land  Use  Law  3  s.h. 

Introduces  students  to  principles  of  land  use  law.  The  course  focus  is  on  federal 
constitutional  principles  and  key  Supreme  Court  cases,  especially  as  they  relate  to 
acti<tns  of  local  units  of  government  and  municipal  planning  practice.  Deals  with 
die  present  state  of  land  use  law  and  with  current  trends  and  issues. 
Prerequisite:  GEOG  550  or  GEOG  564. 

GEOG  564  Land  Use  Policy  3  s.h. 

Introduces  students  to  and  provides  an  overview  of  land  use  issues  at  the 
regional,  state,  and  federal  levels.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  evolution  of 
contemporapr'  policy  strategies,  constitutional  issues,  and  regional  controversies 
involved  in  tlie  regulation  of  metropolitan  growth,  central  city  decline,  and 
management  of  public  lands. 

GEOG  568  Planning  Theory  3  s.h. 

Examines  process  of  city  planning  during  ancient,  medieval,  Renaissance,  and 
modem  periods.  A  review  of  early  plarming  in  America,  as  well  as  present  city 
planning,  is  included.  Prerequisite:  GEOG  550 

GEOG  571  Aerospace  Workshop  3  s.h. 

Develops  an  appreciation  and  provides  information  related  to  aerospace  activities 
and  contribudons;  offers  background  for  teaching  aerospace  courses;  discusses 
aviation/space  careers;  and  presents  the  basic  principles  of  flying  (usually 
including  some  flight  instruction).  Offered  summer  only. 

GEOG  581  Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

Topical  courses  offered  on  an  experimental  basis.  Check  department  schedule  for 
these  offerings. 

GEOG  610  Research  in  Geography  and  Regional  Planning  3  s.h. 

Elements  and  techniques  of  scientific  research,  as  applied  to  geographic  and 
planning  problems,  are  studied.  A  research  proposal  is  developed. 

GEOG  612  Quantitative  Techniques  in  Geography 

and  Regional  Planning  3  s.h. 

Descnptive  and  inferential  stadstical  techniques  applied  to  spatial  distribution 
and  spatial  association  of  physical  and  cultural  phenomena  and  testing  of  spatial 
theoretical  constructs. 


GEOG  625   Environmental  Planning  3  s.h. 

Provides  students  with  information  about  natural  resources,  their  characteristics, 
and  various  teclirn(|ucs  that  can  be  implemented  for  their  preservation, 
conservation,  and  management.  In  particular,  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  human- 
environment  interaction  and  how  aspects  of  the  environment  can  and  should  be 
accounted  for  in  |)la[ming  processes  at  various  spatial  scales  and  levels  of  analysis. 
Course  material  will  be  presented  dirough  lectures,  as  well  as  guest  speakers,  field 
trips,  and  student  presentations. 


GEOG  630  Cultural  Geography 

Literature  and  mediods  of  cultural  geography.  Topics  include  population, 
setdements.  human  ecolog);  culture  areas,  and  related  features. 


3  s.h. 


GEOG  633  Settlement  Geography  3  s.h. 

Setdement  patterns  and  processes;  origins,  diffusion,  classification,  pioneer, 
setdement  planning,  and  agricultural  colonization. 

GEOG  650  Regional  Geography  3  s.h. 

Various  regions  of  the  world  may  be  dealt  vrith,  such  as  Latin  America,  Africa,  or 
Soutli  Asia,  when  diere  is  sufficient  student  demand.  Physical,  environmental, 
cultural,  and  population  patterns  are  considered. 

GEOG  665  Plan  Implementation  3  s.h. 

Considers  zoning,  nnprovement  programs,  housing  codes,  building  codes, 
methodology  and  application  of  administrative  procedures,  federal  and  local 
urban  renewal  programs,  site  selecdon,  and  program  administraUon. 
Prerequisite:  GEOG  550. 

GEOG  670  Professional  Problems  in  Geographic  Education  3  s.h. 

Classroom  problems  and  discussion  centered  abtuit  new  viewpoints  in  geography. 
Individual  reports,  group  discussion,  and  research  included. 

GEOG  680  Seminar  3-6  s.h. 

Seminars  on  various  topics  will  be  offered  occasionally.  Topics  such  as  new 
trends  in  planning,  cartographic  theor>^,  or  spatial  aspects  of  service  industries  are 
the  focus  of  research  projects. 

GEOG  681  Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

Topical  courses  offered  on  an  experimental  basis.  Check  department  schedule  for 
these  offerings. 

GEOG  698  Internship  3-12  s.h. 

Professional  learning  experience  with  emphasis  on  practical  applications  of 
academic  background.  Prerequisites:  Twelve  academic  credits  and  a  3.00 
cumulative  GPA. 

GEOG  699  Independent  Study  1-6  s.h. 

Independent  research  and  study  under  faculty  direction.  Interested  students 
should  apply  to  director  of  graduate  studies. 


GEOG  850  Thesis 

Registradon  for  thesis  must  be  approved  by  the  department''s  graduate 
coordinator  and  chairperson  ahead  of  time. 


3-6  s.h. 


GEOG  614  Thought  and  Philosophy  in  Geography 

and  Regional  Planning  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  status  of  current  and  past  thought  and  philosophy  in  geography  and 
regional  planning,  using  the  literature  in  planning,  geography,  and  the  philosophy 
of  science.  Topics  examined  are  regional  development,  local  planning, 
environmental  ism  and  physical  geography,  and  cultural  geography.  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  610. 

GEOG  617  Field  Techniques  in  Geography  and  Planning  3  s.h. 

Field  tools  and  techniques  are  evaluated  and  used  in  the  study  of  a  specific  area. 
Interpretation  of  spatial  patterns  of  phenomena  is  emphasized. 

GEOG  618  GIS  Applications  Development  3  s.h. 

Takes  students  with  GIS  analysis  skills  to  die  next  level;  developer  of  software  to 
automate  methods  and  processes  learned  in  [>rerequisite  courses.  Students  will 
learn  to  wnte  object-oriented  software  tools  for  spadal  data  transaction  processing 
and  analysis.  Prerequisite:  GEOG  516. 

GEOG  620  Spatial  Structure  of  the  Economy  3  s.h. 

The  spatial  organization  oi  economic  systems  is  studied.  Processes  that  give  rise 
to  these  systems  and  dieir  spatial  inlerdependencies  are  explored.  Topical  and 
regional  examples  of  spadal  structure  are  used  as  case  studies. 

GEOG  623  Regional  Development  3  s.h. 

Theory  and  policy  implicadons  of  the  spatial  aspects  of  development  in  various 
regions  of  underdevelopment. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


Geoscience 

Deportment  of  Geoscience 
College  ofNoturol  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 

GEOS51I   Sedimentary  Petrology  3  s.h. 

Determination  and  interpretation  of  grain  size  parameters;  an  introduction  to 
clays  and  clay  mineralogy;  hand  lens  and  petrographic  microscope  study  of 
marine  phosphorites,  carbonates,  siliceous  sediments,  heavy  minerals,  and 
sandstones  with  emphasis  on  inter^jreting  ancient  depositional  environments. 
Prerequisite:  GEOS  32 1 . 

GEOS5I2  Stratigraphy  3  s.h. 

Study  of  layered  rocks  with  emphasis  on  the  guiding  principles  of  stratigraphy, 
die  evaluation  of  unconformides,  the  principles  and  problems  of  correlation,  and 
selected  stratigraphy  problems.  Prerequisite:  (»E()S  411. 


coukisb  DUdiiiiinakii!  97 


CEOS  322  Igneous  and  iVIetamorphic  Petrology  3  sJi. 

Study  of  rock  phvb  and  dieir  chemical  and  spatial  reladooships  in  the  earih. 
Special  acienoon  to  the  genesis,  mineral  composidon-  and  dassificadon  of  rock 
types.  Ecology'  of  igneous,  sedimentary,  and  metamorphic  rocks  is  smdied  in 
detail.    Prerequisite:  GEOS321. 

GEOS  524  Glacial  Geology  3  sJi. 

Studv  of  phenomenon  of  ^ciadon.  including  study  of  glacial  movement  and 
glacial  deposits  and  an  invesrigadon  of  possible  causes  ot  glaciatioo.  A  working 
acquaintance  with  glacial  forms  is  provided  by  means  of  field  trips  to  gbciated 
regions  of  Northwest  Pennsylvania.  Prerequisites:  GEOS  121  and  GEOS  131. 

GEOS  526  Structural  Field  Geology  3  sJi. 

Includes  techmques  of  geologic  field  work,  such  as  measuring  sections,  use  of 
aerial  photographs,  and  a  field  project  involving  compilation  of  a  ^ologic  ina^K 
cross  sections,  and  geologic  report.  Prerequisile:  GEOS  3'Z5. 

GEOS  527  Geomorphology  3  sJi. 

Landforms  and  the  processes  and  principles  that  govern  bodi  their  origin  and 
their  subsequent  developmenL  Prerequisite:  GEOS  325. 

GEOS  530  PaleoDtology  3  sJi. 

A  morphological  study  of  major  invertebrate  life  forms  of  geologic  past  and  their 
distribution  in  space  and  time.  Prerequisite:  GEOS  131  or  BIOL  120. 

GEOS  336  Geology  of  the  ^fo^them  Roddes  3  sJi. 

A  field  studv  of  the  major  e:eologic  features  and  relationships  involved  in  the 
de\-eIopment  of  the  northern  Rockv  Mountains.  National  Park  and  Monument 
areas  of  South  Dakota.  Wvotning.  and  Montana  are  included  among  the  areas 
investigated.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructoc 

GEOS  540  Petroleum  Geology  3  sJi. 

An  introduction  to  the  geolog)'  of  petrdeum.  its  origin,  mi^ratiocu  enirapment. 
and  production.  The  laboratory'  is  designed  to  provide  practical  experience  in 
subsurface  mapping  techniques  and  the  use  and  evaluation  of  geophysical  log^ng 
devices.  Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  credit  hours  of  Geology. 

GEOS  541  The  Solar  System  3s-h. 

Characteristics  and  behavior  of  planets  and  their  satellites,  asteroids,  meteors, 
comets,  and  other  phenomena  of  the  solar  system.  One  of  the  major  topics  will 
investigate  and  criticize  several  of  the  theories  of  origin.  Will  require  some 
treatment  of  celestial  mechanics. 

GEOS  542  The  Sidereal  Universe  3  sJi. 

Characteristics  and  classification  of  the  scars,  their  assemblage  groups  and 
galaxies,  and  their  evolution.  Techniques  of  gathering  data  are  exammed  to  gain 
an  understanding  of  the  role  of  the  telescope,  spectroscope,  and  photometer  in 
astronomical  research.  Lab  exercises  and  rngfai  observations  are  part  ot  the 
course.  Credit  will  be  given  only  to  those  for  whom  the  course  represents  an  area 
of  studv  for  which  credit  has  not  previoosiv  been  recorded.  Prerequisites: 
MATH  121  and  PHYS  HI. 

CEOS  543  Carbonate  Geology  of  Floriila  3  s^ 

Two  weeks  of  field  study  in  the  Florida  Keys.  Will  be  conducted  firom  base  camp 
in  Florida  K.e\-s  and  consist  of  both  land  and  water  works  as  the  diferent 
caibonate  environments  in  the  Keys.  Florida  Bay,  and  the  Atlantic  reef  tract  are 
studied. 

GEOS  550  OperadoQ  of  the  Planetarium  1-2  sJu 

Designed  to  acquaint  student  with  the  operation  and  use  of  the  Spitz 
Planetarium.  A  satisfector\-  instructional  program  or  show  for  a  pubhc  group  will 
demonstrate  accomplishment  of  course  objectives.  Prerequisite:  GEOS  110  or 
GEOS  341  or  GEOS  342. 

GEOS  561  Physical  Oceanography  3  s  Ji. 

Introduction  to  ph\-sicaL  chemical,  geological,  and  biological  nature  of  ocearu 
tofKjgraphv,  submarine  geology,  and  bottom  deposits.  Prereqoiskes:  PHYS  ill 
and\LATHl21. 

GEOS  562  Marine  Geology  and  Plate  Tectonics  3  sJl 

.\  continuation  ot  phvsical  oceano^raphv.   Emphasis  upon  marme  geology,  coastal 
^omorpholog\".  and  structure  and  sedimentary-  environments  of  the  contmental 
shelf,  slope,  and  ocean  basin.  Prereqiiisites:  PH\'S  111.  PHYS  1 12.  and 
Geology  courses. 

GEOS  571  Meteorology  I  3-6  sJi. 

Basic  and  advanced  consideration  of  physical  processes  to  the  atmosphere. 
Lectures,  readings,  term  paper.  lab.  Prerequisite:  One  vear  of  Physical  Science 
orPh\-sicsGEOS581. 


GEOS  681  Special  Topics  1-3  s.^ 

As  sodent  d^twaw^  mm4  ciicimiscuices  wacr  ^fe'tiW,  iiffTiiil  gjadnote  crwTri  nonr 
be  o&red  by  any  member  of  the  Geoscxence  gijAme  &ca^ 


GEOS  699  Independent  Study 

Independent  research  under  &cultv  directKjD. 


1-3  < 


/  V^      ^Graduate  General  Service 

I        ^m       ^    rjfmGraauaze  Scrao  a-c  Researdi 

CSR  316  Statistical  Methods  I  3s^ 

Measurement  and  statiadcal  Eechniques  15  lifcC  :n  icrnzn^crinoa  ina  eouizanooal 
research-  Basic  descripdve  scmscics.  including  mea:*uTes  i^f  central  tendencv, 
vanabilitv.  azul  coQelatijoii  are  derdofieti-  IMJajwlicy  and  t^dcy  of  leat  scores 

imerpretarion. 

CSR  317  Statistical  Methods  d  3  &k. 

Using  compurer  programs,  a  wide  arrav  of  scacsdcal  pr'Tcednres  tor  researct 
workers  are  explored-  Basic  concepo  ot*  sodsticai  inference  and  predicdjsa  are 
reviewed- rnrhMfit^ragre3sk)oiBBtfaBanti|i«rrfiftiinnjl]qipotfafTiMtfT<ring^ 
anaivsis  oivttnaacc  ami  ciwaiLmcCy  aai  pmial  md  iitiJlkrlf'  condbtion. 

necessary.  PtmtfasUz  CSRSlSoreqpinaleiK. 

CSR613  EknwMs af Kcacanh  3s^ 

Selection  of  a  research  proMem.  data  coBwtioii.  types  of  feseaduteseaTCfa 
reports,  and  tise  of  the  ESxaiy  aiil  cooifiitta'  id  ctNioectMn  wiA  teseandh 
problems  are  stntfied    yieiiMiitt  of  s&cistics  ae  mniMhiced.  TIbs  ooisse 
provi<£^  bac^tumid  Ibr  prcpaiaDoii  of  die  tiaeaiis  ami  «^«lilt^  the  ■umii'^i*  to 
bccooie  an  intelEgeiit  coDsmner  of  pnxbcis  of  acadenic  t^-trjiih 

CSR681  SpecialTopics  1-3  s.k. 

Group  snidv  otf  course  material  noco^goi  in  other  g^rf^hmrcoqises. 
Prerequisites  May  nocbe  3cheiluiedwitiHm£  poor  wTn£Qi^j|Kwal  of  the  dean 

of  the  Graduate  School  and  Research. 

GSR  699  Independent  Study  1-3  s.k. 

Individualized  m-depth  studv  oan  approved  topic  cfitecseii  br  a  p^roc^iatmg 
laculcv  cnember  and  approved  admimscraiively.  PmeqpHBle:  Mar  ooc  be 
scheduled  withoat  pcior  wiitleii  approval  of  the  deas  of  die  Gradmte  Scbool  and 

Research. 


lentafHisEory 

of  Humanities  and  Sadd  Scences 


HIST  301  History  of  Ancient  Greece  3s^ 

Win  analvze  major  p«oliticaL  sooaL  econotmc.  and  uduudl  develofimeiits  m 
anriffit  Greek  civilizalioa  kotn  the  Beooze  i\ge  Go  the  death  of  .AlBOistiex: 


HIST303  History  of  Andentllaae  3  9.h. 

Will  trace  Roman  histotv'  from  adf  SefMiiiEL  to  M  of  Empae.  Astuhrofa 

civilization  from  its  tncepdon  to  Os  colhpseL 

HISTSOS  Me<fienlEanipel,40»-l«M  3sJl 

Eiistorv  of  eadv  Met&val  Eojope.  &om  'fc'*'*^"^  of  Rooie  tBD  beg^uuii^  of  ifigb 
Middle  .Ages:  '■»T»phj»a»  on  pofiticaL  socid.  econoBnc,  nd^oas,  and  ill  li  t  liui 

developments- 

HIST3»4  Me<fienlEKareII,IM»-139*  3s^ 

History  of  lace  MetfienI  Emope,  ban  H^  MidA-  -4^s  lo  Roaassance  poiotl. 

HISTSOS  RfMjivwiiiit ami »«*»■*!■■  3s^ 

History  of  Etnope  from  ca.  1230:  ciseofcoi^neRsIdtKkBi^aodpiess^ncsoai 
i-.e  Christian  Church  B>  1600.  Sooe  cooaiiiexalion  of  tednoiogr  and  ranges. 


HIST  306  Early  .\IodcTn  Europe 

Greatness  of  France  under  Lc'Uis  Xr\";  Sweden:  Thiny  \car3'  Viaiz 
modem  society:  French  Revofaitjoti. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002    GRADUATE    CATALOG 


98       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


HIST  507  His4or>  of  Europe.  1815-1914  3  s Ji. 

Studv  of  Europe  in  nineteenth  ccntuj^'.  with  emphasis  on  the  emergence  of  major 
tbou^t  patzems.  Romanbcisni.  Socialism,  and  Positrrism. 

mST  508  Twametb-Ccntnn  Europe  3  s.h. 

FoAibcaL  ecorH>inic  and  diplomatic  trends  of  Europw  since  1 900.  with  m^r 
cmphaas  cm  causes  and  results  of  war  and  search  for  secunt)'. 

HIST  511  Rise  and  Fall  of  Hitler's  En^HTc  3  s.b. 

In-dcpdi  sokK-  of  Hitkx  and  the  Nazi  Order  offers  an  anah-sis  of  nineieenth- 
GemxuT  origins  of  Nazi  idecJog)'  and  intensi\-eK'  anaKTes  domestic  and  foreign 
policT  ( 1 920- 1 945 ).  inchiding  HcJocaust.  Resistance,  and  the  postwar 
Nuremberg  Trials. 

HlSrr  520  Historr  of  England  to  1688  3  s.h. 

Sur^-e^■  of  growth  of  En^ish  nanon.  with  emphasis  on  poHticaL  social,  and 
economic  dcvd<^Hnents  leading  to  seventeentb-ccntur.-  conflict  between  Crown 

and  PaiiiamenL 

H1ST521  History  of  England.  168S-Present  3  s.h. 

&ir*-e%'  of  growdi  of  En^and  as  a  democratic  constimtional  mooarchi.".  .Aitention 
directed  to  colonial  America  and  EngUsh-U.S.  reladons.  as  weD  as  to  impenal 
oqianskHi  and  FngfanfTs  role  in  the  tweniieth-centur^'  worid.  Cultural  history'  is 
tnciudcd. 

HIST  522  Frend)  Rf^olation  and  Napoleon  3  sJi. 

Devdopmcnt  of  the  Grand  Monarch)-,  brief  sketch  of  Old  Re^me.  concentration 
on  the  RcTc^ati<Hi  and  Empire,  with  emphasis  on  pmlibcs.  diplomacy;  and 
eooDcxmcs.  Rraffings  and  brief  pq>ers. 

HIST  526  Ifiston*  of  Rnssia  3  sJi. 

General  sun-e\  of  Russian  history,  culture,  and  institutions.  Special  consideration 
gn-en  to  studv  of  historical  forces  fonnati\'c  of  re^-ohition  in  1917. 

HIST  527  Historr  of  Soviet  Rnssb  3  s.h. 

General  survey-  of  coniemporar*-  Soviet  histor)'.  culture,  and  mstitutions.  Speoal 
emphasis  gi\'eii  to  stud\'  of  communist  theor)'  and  its  place  in  current  Russian 
faistoiio^aphy. 

HIST  530  History  c^  Islamic  CMlizatioa  3  sJi. 

.\n  approach  to  learning  about  non-Western  culture:  Nfohammed.  Arabs.  Muslims 
as  creators  to  a  great  civilization  frtmi  the  rise  of  Islam  to  1  SCO:  emphasis  on 
cultural  institutions  and  their  interrelationships  within  the  Ittiddle  East. 

HIST  53 1  Modem  Middle  East  3  s.h. 

Sun-e\  of  changes  that  have  taien  place  in  the  Middle  East  and  in  Islam  since 
eighteenth  centurv  aiKl  of  contemporary-  problems  in  that  region. 

HIST  540  Colonial  America  3  s.h. 

SurvT^-  of  original  thinecn  states  from  their  mcepDon  within  the  British  Empire  to 
1763.  the  eve  of  independence.  Attention  giv-en  to  their  political  devdopmenL 
ecDoomic  positicm  within  the  empire,  relanons  with  Indians,  and  eM>Iution  of 
dieir  sociaL  educabonaL  and  religious  lives. 

HIST  541  The  .\inencan  RcTolntioD  3  s.h. 

Studv  of  United  States  historv  from  be^nnings  of  revohitionar>'  crisis  in  1 763 
tfaroogb  adoption  of  dK  Constitution  and  the  administration  ofjohn  Adams. 
Special  e*Tq>hy>i«i  is  given  to  the  causes  and  cKil  war  aspects  of  the  revolution  and 
the  coDSticntioaal-poiitical  devdopment  of  the  new  nalicHi. 

HIST  542  The  Eariy  Republic  3  sJi. 

Surv^  of  United  States  history  from  1783  to  1850,  with  ^ledal  attention  to 
constitutionaL  political,  and  social  trends. 

HIST  543  Civil  ^^ar  and  Reconstruction  3  sJi. 

Studv  of  feilure  of  American  democracv  to  coi>c  vnth  issues  of  mid-nineteenth 
century,  followed  bv-  political,  economic  militarv-.  and  social  de\-elopments  during 
war  and  reccHMiliation  of  North  and  South. 

HIST  545  The  .\ge  of  R^dmc:  Anerican  History.  1900-1929  3  sJi. 

Usmg  the  nation's  cultural  dcvdc^xncnt  as  its  thematic  foundanon.  this  course 
anahTcs  the  transitional  rh^r^^t^  of  the  Progressh-e  Era.  World  War  I.  and  the 

1926s. 

HIST  546  Recent  United  States  History  3  s.h. 

Studv-  of  pc^iticaL  ecoDomic,  and  cultural  changes  in  American  life  since  1 929: 
^-yamifM^  roots  of  social  prtMcms  &cing  us  todav*.  Some  recent  foreign  pobcv- 
trends  also  studied. 


HIST  550  Historv  of  Latin  .\merica:  Colonial  Period.  1450-1820  3  s.h. 

Studv-  of  life  of  people.  Indian  cultures,  conquest  by  Spaniards  and  Portuguese, 
eov-emmeni  during  Colonial  Period,  and  Wars  of  Independence. 

HIST  551  History  of  Latin  America:  National  Period.  1820-Present     3  s.h. 

Studv-  of  historv"  of  nations  which  have  emerged  since  independence;  emphasis  on 
economic  politicaL  cultural,  and  social  developments  of  these  nabons.  as  well  as 
relations  of  these  nations  to  others  in  the  hemisphere. 

HIST  560  History  of  Pennsyh-ania  3  s.h. 

Emphasizes  the  cultural,  economic  political,  and  social  development  of  our  state 
in  vanous  periods  from  colonial  to  today.  Special  attention  given  to  diversit)*  of 
Pennsvlvania's  people  and  their  institutions  and  problems. 

HIST  563  Thought  and  Culture  in  Early  .\merica  3  sJi. 

Selected  topics  in  earlv  .\merican  intellectual  and  cultural  growth,  with  emphasis 
on  Puritanism.  EnUg^tcnmenU  Cultural  Nabonalism.  and  Romanbc  Movement 

HIST  564  Thought  and  Culture  in  Modem  .\merica  3  s.h. 

Selected  treatment  of  historical  development  of  modem  .American  movements  in 
social  and  pohbcal  thought,  rdigion,  [^lilosophy.  fine  arts,  and  literature. 

HIST  565  History  of  Black  .\merica  Since  Emancipation  3  s.h. 

Descripdon  and  anahsis  of  role  of  blacks  in  historv  of  the  United  States  since  the 
Civil  War;  emphasis  on  kev'  leaders,  major  organizabons.  leading  movements,  and 
crucial  ideologies  of  blacks  in  modem  America. 

HIST  567  Native  American  History  3  s.h. 

.\n  unfamiliar  perspective  on  a  familiar  tale.  Presents  the  "new  Indian  Historv-"  — 
North  .\merica  from  Native  .American  materials  and  pwints  of  viev*".  Identificadon. 
anah'sis.  and  svntbesis  of  Indian  reaUbes  and  opbons  over  time  are  at  the  heart  of 
this  course. 

HIST  569  Women  in  .\roerica  3  s.h. 

Survevs  of  religious,  legal.  polibcaL  social,  and  popular  culture  perspectives  of 
womanhood  in  America  from  colonial  times  to  present 

HIST  572  Historv  of  the  Earh -American  Worldng  Class  3  s.h. 

Descnpuon  and  anah-sis  of  nature  and  significance  of  the  U.S.  worldng  class  m 
eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries.  Work  settings  and  communibes  of  worlters 
will  be  examined  as  well  as  unions  such  as  the  Nabonal  Labor  Union  and  Kmghts 
of  Labor. 

HIST  573  History  of  the  Modem  .Ajnerican  Worldng  Class  3  s.h. 

Descripbon  and  anahsis  of  the  nature  and  significance  of  the  U.S.  v%-orking  class 
in  the  twenbeth  centurv.  Work  settings  and  strikes  v*t11  be  examined  and 
anah-7fd  as  weD  as  unions  such  as  the  United  Mine  Workers  and  United  Auto 
Workers  and  leaders  including  Samuel  Gompers.John  L.  Lev^is.  and  George 
Meanv-. 

HIST  581  Special  Topics  in  History  3  s.h. 

Each  semester,  courses  are  offered  in  interest  areas  which  are  not  pan  of  the 
regular  course  offerings. 

HIST  591  Film  as  History  3  s.h. 

This  course  deals  with  the  cinema  as  sodaL,  cultural,  and  inieUectual  histor>'  from 
its  origins  to  the  present  day. 

HIST  600  Readings  m  History  3-6  s.h. 

Directed  readmgs  of  historical  materials,  focused  on  a  gieneral  topic 

HIST  601  History  Seminar  3-6  s.h. 

.\rea  research,  culminating  in  a  formal  paper. 

HIST  605  Introduction  to  Public  History  3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  the  w-ide  range  of  activ-ibes  in  which  pubhc  historians  engage. 
Explorabon  of  theorebcal  and  pracbcal  issues  associated  v^-ith  historic 
preservabon.  historical  editing,  oral  historv".  the  management  of  archival  and 
manuscript  coUecbons.  and  a  varietv-  of  other  pubhc  historv-  activibes.  Broader 
conceptual  issues  associated  with  the  concept  of  public  history  also  are 
considered. 

HIST  606  Topics  in  Public  Histor>  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  one  specific  field  of  pubUc  historv-  activitv*  (field  vanes  from  semester 
to  semester).  Extensive  reading  in  the  Uterature  of  that  field  and  complebon  of  an 
appropriate  project  or  paper.  Prerequisite:  HIST  605 

HIST  614  Research  Methods  3  s.h. 

Invesbgabon  of  librarv  sv  stems,  reference  works,  bibliographies,  how  to  compile  a 
bibhography.  or^nizing  research,  use  of  statisbcs,  style  systems  in  printing. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


cduR'se 


W?N 


99 


HIST  698  History  Internship  1-6  s.h. 

With  departmental  appro\*al.  students  are  attached  to  local  or  national 
government  or  priN^ate  agencies  doing  directive,  bibliography,  archival,  or  museum 
woTk.  Ad\-ising  professor  meets  with  intern  regularl)-  and  determines  what  papers 
or  reports  will  be  required. 


HIST  699  Independent  Stuih 

Student  selects  topic  for  individual  stud\'  with  an  instructor. 

HiyrSSO  Thesis 


3  s.h. 


3-6  s.h. 


a  facult\-  review  committee.  Students  with  full-time  emplovTnent  responsibilities 
will  be  permitted  to  focus  on  a  problem  related  to  their  own  organization,  if  it  is 
compatible  with  the  student's  area  of  concentration  or  interest.  Alternatively,  if 
the  student  wants  to  explore  another  area  or  organization,  he/she  may  do  so. 
This  course  may  onlv  be  taken  after  a  minimum  of  36  hours  of  course  work  for 
the  Administration  and  Leadership  Studies  program  (Human  Services  Track)  is 
completed. 


HMSV950  Dissertation 


9  s.h. 


HA 


Home  Economics 

Department  of  Human  Development  and 

Enyironmentai  Studies   ,  - 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


HMEC  517  Infant  Development  3  s.h. 

Studv"  of  characteristic  developmental  changes  of  human  infants  fixim  birth  to 
approximately  two  and  one-half  years. 

HMEC  526  Techniques  of  Parent  Education  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  scope  and  aims  of  parent  education  movement.  Methods  of  helping 
famihes  become  more  eflfecti\e  in  their  parent-child  relationships  are  examined. 

HMEC  527  Administration  of  Child  Development  Centers  3  s.h. 

Development  of  competencies  needed  to  admimster  child  care  programs. 
Focuses  on  program  philosophy,  currioilum  materials,  parent  and  commumty 
invohement,  staff  selection  and  training,  admissions  and  grouping,  proposal 
writing,  budgeting  and  finance,  government  regulations,  reporting,  and 
recordkeeping. 


HA 


A  n\  / 

Human  Services 

Department  of  Sociology 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


H.MSV601  Analysis  of  Social  Dau  3  s.h. 

Covers  hmdamental  concepts  in  social  research  and  the  role  of  statistics  in 
describing  distributions  of  characteristics  in  a  population  and  analx^zing 
quantitathe  relations  between  \'ariables;  basic  uni\-anate  descriptive  and 
inferential  statistics:  bivariate  correlation,  regression,  and  discrete  measures  of 
association:  analysis  of  \'ariance  and  the  foundations  of  multiple  regression.  The 
course  emphasizes  both  statistical  problem  sohing  using  human  scr\ices 
examples  and  the  use  of  SPSS  and/or  other  relevant  software  to  describe  and 
analyze  data. 

HMSV701  Leadership  Theories  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  several  leadership  theories  related  to  administering  social  agencies, 
schools,  business,  and  industry'. 

HMSV  702  Leadership:  A  Case  Study  Approach  3  s.h. 

.\cquamts  snjdents  with  the  theor\  and  application  of  the  case  study  approach  as 
related  to  theories  of  leadership.  Designed  to  pro\ide  practice  for  future 
administrators  in  the  following  areas:  group  decision  making,  leadership, 
planning  and  organizing,  sensiti\it).  judgment,  and  communication  skills. 
Prerequisites:  For  approved  Administration  and  Leadership  Studies  candidates; 
in  addition,  HMSV  701  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

HMSV  703  Leadership:  Apphed  Practice  3  s.h. 

Students  must  develop  and  miplement  a  field  project  that  incorporates  leadership 
and  polio.-  theories  learned  in  previous  courses.  Prerequisites:  For  approved 
Administration  and  Leadership  Studies  candidates:  in  addition.  HMSV  701  and 
HMSV  702  or  pernussion  of  the  instructor. 

HMS\'  798  Field  Elxperience  in  Administration 

and  Leadership  Studies  3-6  s.h. 

Designed  to  provide  die  student  with  an  opportunit)'  to  solve  a  practical  problem 
associated  with  the  leadership  and  administration  of  an  organization.  During  die 
third  summer  of  the  doctoral  program,  each  student  will  be  required  to  undertake 
a  pofici. /problem  analysis  process  that  integrates  prior  substantive  and  analytically 
oriented  course  work.  Each  student  will  present  and  discuss  his/her  work  before 


HI     ^   Health  and  Physical  Education 
I  Department  of  Health  and  Physical 

I  Education 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

HPED  5 1 0  Exercise  Prescription  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  teach  individuals  to  write  exercise  prescriptions  based  upon  a 
subjects  tolerance  for  physical  activit)'.  Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to  risk 
(actors,  techniques  of  ev-aluation.  drugs,  injuries,  environmental  factors,  and 
motivation  widi  respect  to  their  role  in  physical  activitv  assessment.  In-depth 
experiences  working  with  quafified  medical  personnel  will  be  provided. 
Prerequisite:  HPED  343. 

HPED  512  Physical  Activit)-  and  Stress  Management  3  s.h. 

Acquisition  of  necessarv-  understandings  of  anxiety  and  stress  with  respect  to  the 
nature,  the  place  thev  hold  in  our  societ)-,  and  the  intervention  strategies  related  to 
physical  activit)-.  A  paper  relating  the  utilization  of  these  techniques  is  required. 

HPED  513  Physical  ActiWt)  and  Aging  3  s.h. 

The  goals  of  die  course  are  to  present  the  major  aspects  of  physical  activity,  its 
importance  to  the  older  adult,  and  the  organization  of  an  activit)-  program. 
Specific  attention  will  be  given  to  the  physiologv"  of  activit)-.  effects  of  activit)-  on 
growth  and  aging,  exercise  prescription,  flexibilit)',  overweight  and  obesit)-,  and 
motivational  strategies.  A  paper  is  required  that  deals  with  analysis  of  problems 
of  the  aged  as  observed  from  visitations  to  nursing  homes,  senior  citizens" 
organizations,  and  social  service  agencies. 

HPED  550  Curriculum  and  Programming  in  SexuaUt)'  Education  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  provide  and  share  information  that  will  be  helpful  to  ciurent  and 
future  school  personnel  in  developing  sexualitv'  education  programs  in  their 
schools  and  local  communities. 

HPED  600  History  of  Philosophy  of  Sport  3  s.h. 

A  timctional  approach  to  an  understanding  of  sport  and  human  movement  during 
the  course  of  civilization  with  emphasis  on  formation  of  a  constructive 
philosophical  approach  to  present-day  problems. 

HPED  601  Sport  and  Society  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  reciprocal  relationships  between  sport 
and  phvsical  activit)-  as  it  affects  man's  development  in  the  societies  and  cidtures 
out  of  which  sport  emerges. 

HPED  602  Sport  Psychology  3  s.h. 

Studv  of  the  psychological  effects  and  implications  of  participation  in  sport  and 
phy-sical  activit).  Emphasis  on  personalit)-  and  motivational  d\Tiamics  as  they 
relate  to  sport  involvement  in  human  behavior. 

HPED  603  Physiological  Basis  of  Sport  3  s.h. 

An  examination  of  die  physiological  factors  that  influence  performance  in  sport 
with  emphasis  on  the  analysis  of  various  training  techniques. 

HPED  620  Exercise  Prescription  for  Chronic  Diseases  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  medical  and  therapeutic  considerations  for  exercise  prescriptions  as 
defined  by  the  .\merican  College  of  Sports  Medicine,  for  individuals  with  chronic 
medical  disorders.  Competencies  needed  to  function  as  clinical  exercise  specialist 
will  be  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

HPED  632  Assessment  of  Human  Physiological  Functions  3  s.h. 

Smdv  of  various  phvsical  fitness  components  and  their  contribution  to  a  person's 
well-being  and  how-  to  measure  and  evaluate  physical  fiuiess. 

HPED  634  Current  Literature  in  Sport  3  s.h. 

Review  of  current  literature  in  physical  education  and  sport.  Requires  the 
submission  of  an  article  for  publication. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


HPLD635  Sport . Management  5  s.h. 

Theory  and  pracboc  of  human  mana^ment  with  applications  to  sport:  formal 
structure  of  or^nizations.  ^>al  setting,  or^nizational  personality-,  group 
processes,  and  leadership  styks. 

HPED  637  Sport  Facilities  Management  3  s.h. 

An  administjati\'e  and  management  course  designed  to  pr^>are  sport  managers  to 
doxlop  and  operate  competitJ\'e,  recreational,  instructionaL  therapeutic  and 
multi&ceted  spon  complexes.  Course  work  includes  planning,  design, 
construction,  budgeting,  programming,  staffing,  equipping,  adimnistranon, 
maintenance,  safety;  and  rehabilitation.  Three  lecture  hours. 

HPEJ)64l  Organization  and  Administration  of  Aquatic  Programs         3  s.h. 

Examines  the  or^anizabonal  procedures,  adnunistratn  e  lechmques.  and  practices 
empIo\'ed  in  aquabcs  \%ith  special  emphasis  on  adapted,  competiti^-e, 
instnjctionaL  recreational,  social,  and  »^ter  safet>'  programs. 

HPED  642  Design  and  Operation  of  .\quatic  Facilities  3  s.h. 

Elements  and  principles  of  planning,  design,  and  operation  of  swimming  pools, 
waterfront  ^cilibes.  aiui  related  equipment  necessary'  for  the  aquatic 
administraxot. 

HPED  650  Wdhiess:  A  Qassroom  .\pproach  3  s.h. 

Designed  lo  provide  classroom  teachers  and  educational  specialists  with 
knovdedge.  skills,  and  management  capabilibes  to  plan.  implemenL  and  e\'aluate 
peiMMiaL  classroom,  and  school  health  promotion  and  wdlness  programs.  The 
intent  of  this  course  is  to  educate  teadiers  to  promote  health  and  wellness  needs 
of  children  and  youth. 

HPED  672  Epidemiology  of  Physical  Acti\it>  3  s.h. 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  principles  of  epidemiology"  and  the  specific 
relationship  between  physical  acti^it)'  and  chronic  disease.  Exercise-based  public 
health  iniriatKes  and  health  promotion  programming  arc  en^hasized. 

HPED  680  Semhiar  3  s.h. 

Specific  subjects  wiD  be  considered  throu^  readings,  reports,  discussions,  and 
guest  presenters.  A  paper  wiD  be  required.  A  specific  tide  wiU  be  listed  in  the 
schedule  of  dasses.  Ma\-  be  repeated. 


HPED  681  Special  Topics 


3s.h. 


HPED  698  internship  3-6  s.h. 

Prospectus  must  be  presented  by  student  Objective  is  to  prtnide  an  in-depih 
experience  in  an  area  of  interest  to  the  student  under  the  guidance  of  a  &cult\' 
member  and  a  cooperating  supervisor.  Prerequisite:  Faculty-  approval. 

HPED  699  Independent  Study  1-3  sJi. 

Students  mav  stud\  iniensi\eK-  a  subject  of  their  interest  imder  the  guidance  of  a 
&cultv'  member  with  the  appropriate  expertise.  Prospectus  must  be  presented  by 
the  studenL  Prerequisilc:  .Approval  of  &cult\'  member,  department  chairperson. 
coDege  dean,  and  associate  provost. 


problems  of  an  existing  business  information  s\*stem,  to  design  an  impro\'ed 
system,  and  to  control  implementation  of  new  system.  Prerequisites:  IFMC 
451/551.  IFMG  450/550. 

IF^C  580  Distributed  Business  Information  S\'stems  3  s.h. 

Stud)-  of  the  techniques  invoKed  in  planning,  design,  and  implementation  of 
distributed  processing  s\-stems.  Distributed  marketing,  financial  and  corporate 
accounting  systems  are  included.  Prerequisite:  IFS!G  451/551  or  by 
instructor's  permission. 

IFMC  581  Special  Topics  in  Management  Information  Systems  3  s.h. 

Covers  ad\-anced  or  exploratorT.-  topics  withm  the  discipline.  Specific  content 
developed  b\'  instructor.  Content  wiD  v-ary-.  depending  upon  the  interests  of 
instructor  and  studenL  with  instructor  choosing  specific  topics.  May  be  repeated 
b>'  specific  appro\-al.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  and  Eberh'  College 
of  Business  and  InformaDon  Technolo2\-  graduate  coordinator. 

IFMG  640  Management  Information  Systems  3  s.h. 

Introduces  MIS  concepts  and  theories  to  the  graduate  studenL  Deals  \%ith 
information  processing  and  communication  as  they  relate  to  the  de>elopment  and 
design  of  effecti\'e  business  appfications.  Computer  s\'stem  hardware,  software. 
and  database  management  concepts  are  discussed  in  terms  of  the  integration  of 
specific  business  subsystems  into  a  comprehensible  organizational  management 
information  s\^5tem.  Managerial  imoKement  in  the  planning,  utilization,  and 
control  ofinformation  systems  is  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  IFMG  300. 

IFMC  641  Business  Data  Processing  1  3  s.h. 

Ccrt'ers  the  concepts  of  de^elopmg  graphical  user  inter&ces  (GUIs)  for  Windows 
applications.  It  features  the  \'isua]  Basic  language  for  the  development  of 
applications  invoKing  the  access  and  displav  of  data.  Not  open  for  students  with 
CTtdil  for  IFMG  451/551. 

IFMG  642  Business  Data  Processing  II  3  s.h. 

Develops  the  principles  of  the  COBOL.  Concepts  relating  to  structured 
programming-  object-orientated  programming,  file  or^nization,  and  report 
generation  are  stressed.  Prerequisite:  IFMG641  orequivalait.  Not  open  ftH" 
students  with  credit  for  IFMG  470/570. 

IFMG  68 1  Special  Topics  in  Management  Information  Systems  3  s.h. 

Cwers  adv'anced  or  expIorator>'  topics  within  the  discipline.  Specific  content 
developed  by  instructor.  Content  will  \'ar>'.  depending  ufx)n  the  interests  of 
instructor  and  students  with  instructor  choosing  specific  topics.  Ma\'  be  repealed 
b\- specific  approv^al.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  the  Eberi)' 
College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology'  graduate  coordinator. 

IFMG  G99  hid^>eiident  Stud\-  in  Management  Informabon  Systems  I  -3  s.h. 
Individual  researdi  and  anaKsis  of  contemporarv'  problems  and  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  studv'  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  fecult\'  member 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor,  departmental  chairperson,  and  ElberK' 
College  of  Business  and  Information  Technolog)'  dean. 


HPED  850  Thesis 


3-6  s.h. 


Itrformation  Management 

Manogement  Informotion 

\sion  Sciences 
Eberfy  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technolog/ 

IFMG  550  Database  Theor\  and  Application  3  s.h. 

The  anah'sis  of  data  structures  and  database  management  si>'Steins  and  their 
implementation  in  COBOL.  Prerequisite:  COSC  220  or  IFMG  255.  and  IFMG 
350. 

IFMC  35 1  S>^tems  .AnaKsis  3  s.h. 

Develops  understanding  of  concepts  and  techniques,  in^'ohing  con\'entional  and 
structured  approaches  to  anaK'zing  problems  of  business  information  s\-stems  and 
sj-stems  definition  feasibility',  as  weD  as  quantitati^'e  and  e\"aluati\e  techniques  of 
business  information  systems  analysis.  Prerequisite;  IFMG  255  or  COSC  220. 

IFMG  370  S%^tems  Design  3  s.h. 

Students  learn  tools  and  techniques  for  design  of  a  business  s\'stem.  .Along  with 
classroom  discussions  of  principles  and  techruques  for  anaK'zing,  designing,  and 
constructing  the  system,  students  will  formulate  system  teams  to  anal>-ze  the 


Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Deportrnent  of  industriai  and  Labor 

Relations 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


ILR  526  Case  Studies  in  Labor- Management  Relations  3  s.h. 

Stud)'  of  labor-management  relabonships  in  a  \'ariet\'  of  organizabonal  settings 
through  utilizabon  of  the  case  study  technique. 

ILR  581  Special  Topics  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Reladons  3  s.h. 

•According  to  smdeni  demand,  special  graduate  course  on  selected  topics. 

ILR  610  Employee  Rights  Under  Law  3  s.h. 

A  review  of  the  legislated  rights  and  benefits  of  cmploi>"ces  in  terms  of  their  impact 
on  labor  and  management  in  the  collecti>'e  bargaining  process. 

ILR  611  Development  and  Theories  of  the  I.abor  .Movement  3  s.h. 

Insbtubonal  and  theorebcal  overview  of  the  development  of  the  .American  labor 
movement  with  sp>ecial  emphasis  on  m^or  labor  mo\'ement  theorists,  (.\ltemati^'c: 
HIST  566) 

ILR  612  Labor  Relations  Practice  and  .\dininistration  3  s.h. 

Pracbce  and  administrabon  of  labor  relabons  focusing  on  the  operabon  and 
internal  relabonships  of  the  individuals  involved  and  upon  the  applicabon  of 
labor  relabons  skills. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002    GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       101 


ILR  61J  Fundamentals  of  .\jnencaii  Indostrial  and  Labor  Relations      3  s.h. 
Introduction  to  terms,  theories,  and  practice  of  industrial  and  labor  relations  in 
the  United  States. 

ILR  615  Dispute  Settlement  3  s.h. 

Re^^ew  of  the  theories  underlying  and  legislation  supporting  labor  arbitration, 
emphasizing  development  of  ad\-ocac\'  skills  through  simulations  of  actual 
disputes.  Prerequisite:  ILR  613. 


ILR  618  Seminar:  Current  Issues  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Detailed  examination  of  current  professional  issues  in  the  field. 


3s.h. 


ILR  619  Research  Methocls  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  3  s.h. 

Nature  of  and  major  oudets  for  contemporan.  research  in  labor  relations,  as  well 
as  the  historical  development  of  research  in  the  field.  Elements  of  statisDcs  and 
quantitative  interpretations  are  introduced. 

ILR  620  Internship  3  s.h. 

Field  expenence  m  industrial  and  labor  relations.  An  internship  log  and  term 
paper  are  required. 

ILR  621  Labor  Relations  in  the  Public  Sector  3  s.h. 

Developments  in  federal,  state,  and  local  labor  relations,  including  Presidential 
orders  and  federal  agencies:  smvey  of  the  states;  Perms^-K-ania  Acts  111  and  1 95: 
effects  of  public  sector  fact-finding:  and  arbitration. 

ILR  622  Discrimination  in  Ejnplo>~ment  3  s.h. 

Investigation  of  emplo\"ment  discrimination  in  the  United  States  with  special 
attention  to  the  roles  of  go^'emment.  industry-,  and  labor  and  the  impact  of  federal 
intervention  since  1960. 

ILR  623  Structure  and  Government  of  Unions  3  s.h. 

The  union  examined  as  an  institution,  uith  focus  on  its  organizational  structure; 
administration;  relationships  with  the  employer,  its  members,  and  its  state  and 
national  affihates.  Particular  unions  will  be  chosen  for  case  study. 

ILR  624  Comparati>-e  Labor  Relations  3  s.h. 

International  dimensions  of  labor  relations  are  explored  by  examiiung  the  labor- 
management  relations  in  a  foreign  countr\' or  region.  Prerequisite:  ILR  613. 

ILR  625  Processes  of  Collective  Bargaining  3  s.h. 

Survev  of  current  laws,  principles,  and  procedures  in  use  in  modem  collective 
bargaining  and  evoking  trends. 

ILR  63 1   Human  Resources  Management  in  the  Public  Sector  3  s.h. 

Human  resource  management  systems  with  a  speaal  examination  of  public  sector 
organizations. 

ILR  632  Compensation  AdministratioD  3  s.h. 

Stud\-  of  the  field  of  compensation  management  and  benefits  administration  in  the 
puhUc  and  pri\^te  sectors.  Spjedal  emphasis  on  the  input  of  collective  bargaining 
in  the  development  and  administration  of  compensation  and  benefit  sv'stems  and 
the  necessary  skills  to  fimction  as  a  professional  in  the  field. 

ILR  640  Negotiadons  3  s.h. 

A  course  on  negotiations  theory-  and  practice  which  applies  negotiations  strategies 
from  a  \^et\  of  fields  in  hands-on  simulations  of  collective  bargaining  in  labor 
relations.  Prerequisite:  ILR  613. 

ILR  641  Contract  .\dministration  3  s.h. 

.\nalvsb  of  the  practices  and  responsibihties  of  labor  and  management  in  the 
mutual  p>erformance  of  a  collective  bargaining  agreement  with  primar\-  attention 
gi\-en  to  the  process  of  griev-ance  resolution.  Prerequisite:  ILR  613. 

ILR  642  Concerted  Activity  3  s.h. 

Elxamines  the  various  strategies  and  tactics  a\-ailable  to  the  parties  in 
confrontational  situations.  Elmphasizes  the  statutory'  limitations  set  forth  in  the 
Labor  Management  Relations  Act  relating  to  topics  such  as  picketing,  consumer 
appeals,  and  boycotts. 

ILR  650  AltematKe  Work  St\-les  3  s.h. 

Review  of  efforts  to  increase  worker  participation  in  certain  levels  of  managerial 
decision  making  in  private  and  public  production  or  service  enterprise,  through 
shares  in  ownership,  seats  on  boards,  qualitv-  circles,  and  other  participative 
structures.  Results  will  be  considered  fixtm  the  point  of  view  of  productivit)", 
worker  satisfaction,  and  social  utihtv".  Prerequisite:  ILR  613. 


ILR  65 1  Conflict  Resolution  3  s.h. 

.\n  apphed  course  focusmg  on  the  resolution  of  conflict  between  groups  by  a 
third  party.  SpecificalK-  examined  are  the  techniques  of  negotiation,  mediation, 
and  conciliation.  Simulation  and  role  plav-  are  utilized  as  well  as  readings  in 
theorv  and  case  studv-. 

ILR  681  Special  Topics  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  3  s.h. 

According  to  student  demand,  special  graduate  courses  on  selected  topics. 

ILR  698  Internship  3  s.h. 

Field  experience  in  industrial  and  labor  relations.  An  internship  log  and  term 
paper  are  required. 

ILR  699  Independent  Studv  3  s.h. 

Students  will  select  one  or  more  topics  of  critical  importance  in  industrial  and 
labor  relations  and  will  meet  with  &cultv~  for  independent  reading,  anah'sis,  and 
ev^uation.  Prerequisites:  Approval  of  department  chairperson,  coHege  dean, 
and  provost. 

ILR  850  Thesis 

For  students  writing  the  thesis.  ILR  850  should  be  scheduled  for  the  semester  in 
which  thev  plan  to  complete  their  work.  The  thesis  is  a  committee  thesis  ( 1  to  6 
semester  hours). 


j'^re^r  of  Professional  Studies  in 


Cciiege  of  Education  and  Educational 

Technology 

LTC\' 600  FoundationsofLiteracv  Instruction  3  s.h. 

Introduces  hteracv  instruction  which  recognizes  social,  cultural,  historical,  and 
pohtical  perspectives.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  nature  of  reading  and  writing 
processes,  the  characteristics  and  developmental  processes  of  the  learner,  and 
instructional  strategies  that  enhance  hteracv  in  the  classroom. 

LTC\'601  Assessment  and  Acceleration  3  s.h- 

ELxamines  traditional  and  current  teaching  strategies,  formal  and  mformal 
assessmenu  theorv  and  research  of  hteracv-  difficulties.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
intervention.  A  knowledge  of  basic  computer  technologv-  is  required.  Electronic 
technologv;  including  databases,  spreadsheets,  and  the  Internet  will  be 
incorporated. 

LTCY  602  Reading  and  >\Viting  in  the  Content  .\reas  3  s.h. 

Flmphasizes  strategies,  techniques,  and  materials  related  to  hteracv-  and  studv" 
skills  in  the  content  areas  at  elementarv"  and  secondarv-  levels.  A  vanetv-  of 
materials,  including  electronic  technologv-.  will  be  incorporated. 

LTC\  605  Organization  and  .A.dministration  of 

Reading,  "Writing  Programs  3  s.h. 

Acquaints  students  with  issues  in  analv-zing  and  improving  curriculum,  evaluating 
approaches  to  instruction,  providing  guidelines  for  selection  of  textbooks, 
materials,  and  technologv-.  exploring  challenges  of  femilv-  and  community- 
invoKemenL  implementing  changes,  and  conducting  staff" development. 
Emphasizes  the  role  of  reading  specialist,  resource  specialist,  supervisors,  and 
classroom  teachers. 

LTCY  607  Instruction  and  Learning  With  Literature  3  s.h. 

Acquaints  students  with  examining  literature,  developing  instructional  materials 
using  the  Uterature.  and  anah-zing  fiterature  in  its  many  forms,  induding 
electronic  technologv-.  Diversitv-  in  fiterature  and  diversitv-  in  student  needs  will  be 
emphasized.  Students  will  utilize  electronic  technologv'  to  access  children's 
hteratuxe  fit>m  national  and  international  libraries. 

LTC^'  644  Issues  and  Trends  in  the  Language  .\rts  3  s.h. 

Emphasizes  effective  commimications  through  the  studv-  of  current  trends, 
resources,  and  the  contributions  of  research  m  the  various  areas  of  language  arts. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  an  integrated  model  for  organizing  the 
language  arts. 

LTC^'  648  Creativitv  and  the  Elementary  School  Child  3  s.h. 

Includes  a  studv  of  creative  thinking  and  wav-s  to  develop  creativitv-  in  children, 
including  strategies  and  techniques  to  use  in  the  classroom.  Wav-s  of  mcasurmg 
creati\itv  and  anah-zing  the  role  of  the  teacher  are  included.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  develop  their  own  creativitv-. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


102       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


LTCY  670  Practicuin  and  Seminar  for  Reading  Specialists  I  3  s.h. 

Assignment  to  the  Litcrao-  Center  includes  developing  and  implementing  a 
program  of  assessment  and  acceleration  for  indi\idiial  clients  or  small  groups. 
Elxperiences  with  observational  techniques,  rec-ordkeeping.  intervie«-ing,  family- 
conferencing,  and  report  writing  will  be  included.  .-Vn  electronic  portfolio  will  be 
maintained.  Supenision  by  Reading  Specialist  Program  faculty  members  will  be 
on  site  and  through  \-ideoconferencing. 

LTCY  671  Practicom  and  Seminar  for  Reading  Specialists  II  3  s.h. 

Assigmnenl  to  an  approved  school  site  includes  developing  and  implementing  a 
program  of  assessment  and  acceleration  for  individual  cUents  or  small  groups. 
Experiences  with  obser\-ational  techniques,  recordkeeping,  interviewing,  family 
coiiferencing.  and  report  writing  »t11  be  included.  .\n  electronic  portfolio  will  be 
maintained.  Supenision  by  Reading  Specialist  Program  faculty  members  will  be 
on  site  or  through  videoconferencing. 

LTCY  697  Seminar  in  Special  Problems  in  Reading  3  s.h. 

Special  topics  on  hleracy  as  examined  through  a  systemadc  analysis  of  theory  as  it 
relates  to  practice.  Students  are  required  to  study  a  topic  of  choice  in  depth. 

LTCY  698  Analysis  ofResearch  in  Literacy  3  s.h. 

Examines  quantitative  and  qualitative  research  in  reading,  writing,  and  other 
hleracy  and  language  issues.  Designed  to  ensure  that  students  will  be  able  to 
read.  interpreL  and  evaluate  statisdcal  and  ethnographic  research  in  literacy.  The 
use  of  the  Internet  for  access  to  research  is  required. 

LTCY  699  Independent  Study  in  Reading  Education  1-3  s.h. 

The  student,  with  the  cooperation  of  the  reading  faculty  member  with  whom 
he/she  expects  to  work  and  his/her  reading  faculty  advisor,  engages  in  a  study 
indKidually  or  with  a  small  group  on  some  program  or  field  not  clearly  defined  in 
existing  courses.  Prereqtiisite;  Permission  of  the  coordinator. 


LTCY  850  Thesis 


/V1/ 


1-6  s.h. 


Mathematics  - 

Department  of  Mathematics 
Coiiege  off^aturof  S^ences  and 
Mothematics 


3s.h. 


MATH  518  Sampling  Survey  Tbeor>'  and  Its  Applications 

Directed  to  the  student  who  is  or  will  be  doing  quantitative  research, 
commissioning  large-scale  suneys.  and  e\-aJuating  the  results.  Sampling 
techniques  and  statistical  principles  underKing  their  use  will  be  introduced. 
Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  practical  problems  associated  with 
implementation.  Prerequisite:  (fornon-Math  majors)  MATH  214.  MATH  216, 
MATH217,orGSR516. 

MATH  521-522  Advanced  Calculus  1,  II  3,3  s.h. 

A  rigorous  investigation  of  continuity;  differentiation,  and  integration  on  real  p- 
dimensional  space.  The  Riemann-Stieltjes  integral,  infinite  series,  and  infinite 
scries  offiinctions  are  also  studied.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  advisor. 

MATH  523  Complex  Variables  I  3  s.h. 

Introduces  fiindamental  concepts  of  complex  analysis  and  includes  the  following 
topics:  complex  numbers,  functions,  sequences,  analytic  fimctions,  elementary' 
Rmctions,  complex  integration,  power  series.  Laurent  series,  singular  points, 
calculus  of  residues,  infinite  product  and  partial  fi^ction  expansion,  conformal 
mapping,  and  anal\'tic  continuation.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  advisor. 

MATH  525  Applied  Mathematical  Analysis  I  3  s.h. 

TTiis  course  provides  the  necessarv-  background  for  an  understanding  of 
mathematical  programming,  proofs  of  convergence  of  algorithms,  convexity;  and 
factorable  functions.  It  also  de\elops  necessaiy  concepts  in  matrix  theory-  which 
are  required  to  develop  efficient  algorithms  to  solve  linear  and  nonlinear 
programming  models.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  sequence,  introductor\'  linear 
algebra,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

MATH  527  Topology  3  s.h. 

Basic  topologic^  concepts,  including  some  topological  invariant  relationships 
between  topolog\'  and  other  disciplines  of  mathematics,  are  discussed. 
Prerequisites:  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 

MATH  545  Programming  Models  in  Operations  Research  3  s.h. 

Development  of  deterministic  mathematical  models  for  managerial  and  social 
sciences  witli  relevant  computational  techniques.  Three  hours"  lecture  per  week- 
Prerequisites:  Two  semesters  of  calculus. 


MATH  546  Probabilistic  Models  in  Operations  Research  3  s.h. 

Development  of  probabilistic  mathematical  models  for  managenal  and  soaal 
sciences  with  relev-ant  computational  techniques.  Three  hours'  lecture  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  Two  semesters  of  calculus,  MATTi  563  or  equi\'aleni. 

MATH  547  Simulation  Models  3  s.h. 

This  course  considers  the  types  of  models  that  are  basic  to  any  simulation  and 
methods  for  building  and  using  such  models.  It  includes  discrete  and  continuous 
s)'stem  simulations,  their  applications,  and  an  introduction  to  SL.\M  II 
(Simulation  Language  for  Allemative  Modeling).  Prerequisites:  Completion  of 
the  calculus  sequence,  background  in  statistics  and  probabiht\'.  and  familiarity 
with  concepts  of  programming  (knowledge  of  a  particular  programming  language 
not  required). 

MATH  551  Numerical  Methods  for  Supercomputers  3  s.h. 

Supercomputers  make  use  of  special  computer  architectures— vector  and  parallel 
processors— in  order  to  achieve  die  fastest  processing  speed  currendy  a\'ailable. 
Students  will  be  introduced  to  these  features  and  will  leam  how  numerical 
algorithms  can  be  constructed  to  exploit  supercomputers*  capabilities.  Students 
will  gain  practical  experience  in  programming  for  the  Cray  YMP,  in  incorporating 
existing  scientific  software  packages  into  user-written  programs,  in  submitting 
remote  jobs  to  the  Pittsburgh  Supercomputer  Center,  and  in  producing  animated 
graphical  output  to  summarize  the  typically  large  volume  of  output  data  generated 
by  large  scientific  programs.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

MATH  553  Theory  of  Numbers  3  s.h. 

EJementar)'  properties  of  di^TsibiUt)-,  congruences.  Chinese  remainder  theories, 
primiti\'e  roots  and  indices,  quadratic  reciprocit)',  diophantine  equations,  and 
number  theoretic  functions.  Prerequisites:  Differendal  and  Integral  Calculus. 

MATH  563  Mathematical  Sutistics  1  3  s.h. 

Probabiht)'  theory  necessary  for  an  understanding  of  mathematical  statistics  is 
de\'eloped:  applications  of  the  theorj-  are  gi\'en.  with  emphasis  on  binomiaL 
Poisson,  and  normal  distributions.  Sampling  distributions  and  the  central  limit 
theorem  are  developed.  Prerequisites:  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 

MATH  564  Mathematical  Statistics  II  3  s.h. 

Multi\'ariate  distributions,  properties  of  the  moment  generating  fiinction.  change 
of  variable  technique.  Chi-square  distribution,  estimation,  confidence  inten-als, 
testing  h\potheses.  contingency  tables,  goodness  of  6t.  Many  practical 
applications.  Lse  of  calculating  machines  and  computers  where  appropriate. 
Prerequisite:  MATH  563. 

MATH  565  Topics  in  Statistics  3  s.h. 

Correlation  and  regression  fi^om  applied  and  theoredcal  points  of  Wew,  bi\-ariate 
normal  distribution,  small  sample  theon-.  Student's  t  and  F  distributions,  analysis 
of\'ariance,nonparametric  methods.  Many  practical  applications.  Calculating 
machines  and  computers  used  as  appropriate.  Prerequisite:  XLVTH  564. 

MATH  571  Linear  .\lgebra  3s.h. 

Theory  of  vector  spaces  and  linear  transformadons.  appUcations  to  linear 
equations,  determinants,  and  characteristic  roots  are  studied. 

MATH  576-577  .Abstract  .Algebra  1,  H  3^  s.h. 

Basic  algebraic  structures  such  as  groups,  rings,  integral  domains,  and  fields. 
Designed  to  de^'elop  ability  to  construct  formal  proofs  and  work  within  an 
abstract  axiomatic  S)'Stcm.  PoKTiomial  rings,  factorization,  and  field  extension 
leading  up  to  Galois  theory. 

MATH  581-583  Topics  Seminars  in  Mathematics  3  s.h. 

Special  topics  going  beyond  the  scope  of  regularly  offered  courses.  Offered  per 
student  interest/a\'ailable  suff.  Students  may  take  more  than  one  topic  seminar 
with  appro^-al  of  ad\TSor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

MATH  600  Methods  of  Research  in  Mathematics  3  s.h. 

Re\iew  of  literature  and  recent  research  in  mathematics.  Emphasis  on  use  of 
periodicals,  other  library  resources.  Each  student  completes  an  independent 
study  of  an  appro\-ed  topic,  including  a  written  report. 

MATH  631  Foundations  of  Mathematics  3sJi. 

Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  logical  techniques  used  in  proof  and  set 
theory.  Topics  include  symbohc  logic,  rules  of  inference,  validit)'  of  arguments, 
algebra  of  sets,  cardinal  numbers,  the  well-ordering  property,  and  the  Axiom  of 
Choice. 

MATH  641  Differential  Equations  3  s.h. 

Special  soK-able  nonlinear  equations  with  solutions  based  on  operator  techniques, 
l^place  transform,  or  infinite  series.  Appfications  to  physical  problems.  Three 
hours'  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       103 


>L\TH  t>43  Graphs.  NennHts,  and  Com hina lories  3  sJi. 

StiMlKS  airangExaems  and  coandng  dirot^h  cbe  use  of  classical  and  anaKticai 
ledmiqaes.  Pn^ieities  of  amnganent  and  measure  of  gaphs  aie  also  oamined. 
FmpKaw  is  on  cocopu^aoD  and  afiplkaaoo.  PrereqaisxCes:  Cakrtihs  sequence. 

FtjiMiirc  ^gutiduos  for  soKiDg  noafincar  pcogramming  (opcimmtioo)  models. 

of  opdmal  poims.  OpimmalioQ  models  of  leal-wodd  proUems  wfakfa  can  be 
anli»^  t»r  iwnJiw-iT  p«»<gr»miiimg  nuAnAilnCT  My  jb»  pirsmird 
\L\TH  325  and  M.ATH  M5  oreqanaknt  oomscs. 


>U.THe5«  mstmy  rf MirtrmHirT 

People  and  ideas  dial  hare  slipped  die  cmnse  of  events 
aCKntion  ginn  ta  dertdoping  acnvibes  ibr  secoodanr  sdiool 
dassroom  wiucii  incoqmialB  die  hislncical  TiewpoinL 


3sJi. 

Major 


>L\TH  651  <?<  — imr  in  Teaciim«Jmuor  Hi«h  Sdioal  Hatk^Batics        3  sJi. 
EjEpiores  pniUems  of  teaciimgniadicinacicsai  junior  b^jblercL  Emphasis  oo  2 
ftri'*"''  hk-o.;»»«»J  j|.|w.nnfln«n>a«4J»ig   PicR^aisite:  IViracssianof 


JL-VTH  652  Seioiiur  m  Teaching  Senior  High  School  VLuhemarics         3  s.h. 
XaDooal  and  mcemarDonal  ibnxs  Aapi^  eodar's  madieniabcs  piogiams. 
cmiicidam  deniapinent  and  i^ojuIi  ait  of  geneming  inteiest,  fbnnaooo  of 
cxiDoepcs.p<ooCpfoiikmsolnng,geneialiiation,andevalualion.  Special 
ancnnoo  &o  teadiiag  topics  from  a^ebia  and  caicnfais  and  modem  af^iraaciKS  to 
^l»:M^^mg  geomeliT  and  nigooomecr^.  Prere<piisitet  PmnissioQ  ofinstmctor. 


inTTiriTI  rwiinhm  ■■ili^iii   i  iiia  i»  niilfcimilii  3  s.h. 

dieoiaical  uid  expeiimenial  Tiearpoiiit.  Imct^aies  supcnisors  rote  as  souice  ot 
^mniibrinn  leaft-t^ip  jtiH  fTtprmq-  in  rfarhing  mathflnalifS- 


^lATH  655  Projective  Geometry 


3  si. 

.^Lrianl  theory  of  a  given  set 
■  Drojecth^e  spaces  ofooe  and 
^requisites:  Undergraduate 


M.ATH656  Affinc  (,c..mcto  3  si. 

Lti.-rjr.cs  i£r  r  i  ;      _:       r  rr- i^-ij  .^n  axiom  syaon  stated  in  teims  of 

_'.e.Lr  ^isebra.  nhicfa  leads  to  nnpoitant  tfaeoiBiis  of  classical  geonietn: 
Prerequisites:  Uodersraduaie  courses  in  linear  a^cliia  and  geometiT. 


NL\TH  fi'f^I   Advanced  Sampling  Theon." 


-^-  •-"J'--7  IITH 

.     .  .- 

Prtrt-qui>Uc: 


3sJi. 
J- use  are 
bl^QS  dial  arise 
<  ladude 
ag.  duster 
r^n^  Jrom 
-  .■  itwiire  will  be 
3o4  or  consent  ot* 


SsJm. 
'  HKkr  nmestrictrre  assun^idoas.  scales  of 
:  ^ned  rank  [vocxciuies^  two-sample  rank. 
:;.--..  1-:     _i_       __       _     :    _   1.  -_  ^^  .e  piocediires.noapaTaxDeciH:  measure  ot' 
condatioa.  Frseqnisite:  3tL\TH564orcoiiseiiiortbeiiisGnKtoc. 

Re^rcssioD  anah^b  ^  :    ices  irhh  muhivaziace  mediods  are  presented  in 

this  course.  Tbe  soMkoi  is  ukooduced  lo  least  scpazes.  a  matrix  approach  to 
Hztcar  re^ressioa.  zn  tsasmaooa  oficsidaak.  dummy  variables,  die  pdynomial 
modeL  best  i^iessioo  eqnaiinns  mpitqile  r^ression  and  mathematical  model 
boikfin^  and  m^Jriple  t^ressioa  aypbed  to  anak^is  of  vaionce  and  coraxiance. 
Coti^Nilcr  programs  for  miihx¥ariate  anahsis  will  be  used.  Picwfisdes; 
InCrodDCtocT  linear  A^eixa  and  NLVTH  564  <»-  mnsmr  of  die  instractiK: 

VL\TH681-68J  Spccal  Tapks  in  ^tadKinadcs  3  s.h. 

Speoai  (optcs  in  graduate  mubematics  berood  tbe  scope  of  regularh-  offered 
gradiiaiedasses.Oflcicd  as  stodcntmieTcst  and  ainibbic  staff  permiL  With 
appnpval  of  the  adrbor  mote  dan  one  special  Copies  dass  mav  be  taken. 
rii  iiyjiiii     Consent  of  ^  instmctcK. 

MATH  6»i  Topics  m  Opcniions  Reseanrk  3  sJi. 

l^Kcial  topics  in  <^>enDoas  research  beyond  the  scope  of  regularly  o&red 
graduate  coorses.  Oficzcd  as  student  interest  and  available  staS'pamit. 
Consent  of  tbe  instrocfioc 


M.\TH  6S5  Topics  in  Sudstical  Methods  3  sJi. 

This  >^riable  concent  course  is  designed  tor  the  student  who  has  knowledge  of 
basic  statistical  principles  including  anah^sis  of  ^-ariance  and  co^'ariance. 
regression,  and  nonparametric  statistics.  Ad\"anced,  innovati>'e.  or  exploratory 
topics  in  applied  statistics  will  be  introduced-  Content  will  vari'  according  to  the 
interests  ofthe  instructor  and  students.  Prerequisites:  VLVTH  661.  NLATH  66J. 
and  MATH  665. 

BfATH  688  Prabkms  in  .\ppUed  Mathematics  3  s.h. 

Tbe  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  in^-oKe  the  students  in  die  solution  of  the 
mathematical  problems  which  arise  in  real-world  appUcations  or  to  present  topics 
whicb  ^^jK- mathematics  to  real-wodd  situations.  Prerequisites:  XL\TH  525. 
\L\TH  564.  \L\TH  545.  \UTH  546,  and  permission  of  die  instructor. 

*L\TH69S  Internship  1-6  s.h. 

Positions  with  participating  companies  or  agencies  provide  students  with 
experience  in  mathematics-related  work  under  the  supervision  of  agencies  and 
bcultv. 


\L\TH  699  Independent  Study  in  Mathematics 

L  nder  the  guidance  ot  &cult%'  member,  a  student  mav  studv  some  area  ot 
mathemadcs  not  included  in  the  Fe^ular  courses. 


MATH  S50  Thesis 


3s.h. 


3s.h. 


oial 


'^^cste^s  "1  Educaton 

_  . : .       f  ^:  c'P^z'essioial  Studies  in 

College  01  z.^^c^u^n  j-^o  Educotionol 
Technoiog/ 

MUD L' 661  Conunonitv  and  Cultnre  6  sJi. 

This  team-taught  Thematic  Unit  is  designed  to  provide  graduate  students  with  a 
strong  theorerical  and  practical  knowledge  base  ot  communitv  and  the  culture  in 
which  the  school  resides.  The  Thematic  Unit  also  emphasizes  indirect 
educadonal  variables  such  as  commumtv,  culture,  and  language  diversity  that 
directh'  affect  all  pubhc  school  learners.  Upon  the  compledon  of  this  Themadc 
Unit,  students  will  possess  hi^er  levels  of  self-efficaoi'  and  wiE  be  empowered  to 
enga^  with  die  school,  the  commiuutv",  and  the  culture  in  an  educational  and 
social  context.  Proeqaisite:  Formal  program  acceptance. 

MEDU  662  Instmcdon  and  the  Leamo-  6  sJi. 

This  Eeam-tau^t  ThemaDc  Umt  is  designed  to  prepare  graduate  students  with  a 
strong  theorerical  and  practical  knowledge  base  of  instruction  and  the  learner. 
Cognitive,  humanist,  and  behavioral  views  of  instruction  are  anahied  and 
identified  with  dieir  corresponding  classroom  practices.  In  addition,  \-anous 
aspects  of  the  learner  are  examined  developmentally  and  within  the  instructional 
context.  Students  w-ill  have  an  opportunitv  to  use  a  model  of  reflective  thinkmg 
and  teaching  to  applv  their  knowledge  ot  instructional  technologv"  to  facihtate 
dassroom  learning.  Students  will  also  learn  to  applv  constructi^'ist  perspectives 
on  instruction  to  personal  classroom  practice.  Prerequisites:  MEDL  661 . 

MEDU  663  Teacher  as  Researcher  6  s.h. 

This  Thematic  Unit  wiU  provide  teachers  with  the  abiht)'  to  use  various  research 
methods  diat  will  hdp  them  obtain  practical  knowledge  that  can  be  incorporated 
into  their  daih"  dassroom  practices.  These  research  skills  are  intended  to:  a) 
improve  teachers"  awareness  of  and  relationships  to  their  students'  lhp"es;  and  b) 
stimulate  the  tbrmation  of  rdevant  and  sound  teaching  strategies  that  incorporate 
their  fiiKhnss  into  the  classroom  in  wavs  that  recognize,  validate,  and  build  upon 
dieir  students"  prior  socialization,  knowledge,  and  "meamng-making"  strategies. 
This  Thematic  Unit  wtII  ^miliarize  students  with  the  conceptual  frameworks, 
methods,  and  research  traditions  from  both  quantitati^'e  and  quahtative 
perspectives.  Prerequisites:  MEDU  661.  MEDU  662. 

\(EDU  664  Educatiotud  Change  and  Technology  6  sJi. 

This  team-taughc  ThemaDc  Umt  is  designed  to  prepare  graduate  students  with  a 
strong  theoretical  and  practical  knowledge  base  tbcusing  on  a  number  ot 
educational  changes  occurring  in  schools  today.  Topics  indude  (but  are  not 
limited  to)  the  possibiUties  and  challenges  of  technologv"  and  the  Information 
Highw^v.  school  organization,  program  design,  instructional  strategies. 
assessment  practices,  and  the  roles  and  relationships  of  educators,  famihes,  and 
commumtv.  Prerequisites:  MEDU  661.  MEDU  662.  MEDU  663. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


104       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MEDU  665  Curriculum  and  Instruction  6  s.h. 

This  team-taught  Thematic  Unit  is  designed  to  prepare  graduate  students  witli  a 
strong  tlieorelical  and  practical  knowledge  ol'a  variety  of  itistnictional  design  and 
deliver)-  strategies.  Through  critical  incjuiry.  students  will  explore  the 
organizational,  academic.  poUtical.  and  social  issues  of  curriculum  and 
instruction.  This  Thematic  Unit  fosters  and  supports  die  concept  of  the  teacher 
reflective  practitioner.  Students  will  he  encouragwl  to  link  theory-  and  practice 
tlirough  tlie  relationship  of  projects  and  actual  day-to-day  classroom  practice. 
The  many  facets  of  instmctional  design  and  delivery  will  also  invite  and  support 
development  ofstudents' research  assignments.  Prerequisites:  MEDU  661, 
MEDU  662,  MEDU  663,  MEDU  664. 

MEDU  666  Teacher  as  Leader  6  s.h. 

What  are  die  attributes  of  a  teacher  leader?  Wliat  impact  does  adult  development 
have  on  classroom  teaching  strategies?  These  two  questions  provide  the  overall 
focus  for  the  Teacher  as  Leader  Thematic  Unit,  which  will  present  a  variety  of 
teacher  leadership  models  as  well  as  the  theories  related  specifically  to  teachers 
and  adult  development.  Students  w-ill  plan  and  implement  specific  projects  in 
tlieir  own  schools  that  relate  to  these  two  variables.  In  addition,  students  will  be 
required  to  research  and  write  papers  and  to  develop  simulations  to  enhance  their 
understanding  of  these  theories  and  models.  Prerequisites:  MEDU  661,  MEDU 
662.  MEDU  663.  MEDU  664.  MEDU  66,5. 


MG 


Management 

Department  of  Management 

ed/  College  of  Business  and 
information  Technology 


MCMT613  Organiiational  Analysis  3  s.h. 

An  integrative  course  oriented  toward  an  empirical  analysis  of  the  phenomena  and 
theories  of  large,  complex,  formal  organizations.  Inlergroup  phenomena  are  also 
treated  as  they  pertain  to  the  larger  organization.  Special  study  is  made  of  the 
organization  as  an  economic,  decision-making,  hureaucratic,  and  political  system. 
The  analysis  and  design  of  organizations  is  viewed  from  a  number  of  perspectives, 
including  classical  theory  and  case  analysis,  to  illustrate  and  extend  the  major 
topics  of  the  course.  Prerequisite:  MGMT'^lfl. 

MGMT  623  Seminar  in  Personnel  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  offer  the  M.B.A.  student  the  opportunity  to  research,  study,  and 
discuss  various  theories,  principles,  concepts,  and  issues  of  current  interest  to 
business  and  personnel  managers.  The  case  method  will  be  emphasized,  and  die 
focus  or  theme  of  the  seminar  may  be  different  each  time  it  is  offered. 
Prerequisite:  MGMT  613. 

MGMT  63 1  Management  Development  and  Training  3  s.h. 

A  survey  of  the  major  aspects,  trends,  and  methodologies  in  management 
development  and  training  as  these  speciahzations  are  being  practiced  in 
enterprises  in  the  advanced  Western  nations.  Prerequisite:  MGMT  613. 

MGMT  635  Seminar  in  Management  and  Organizational  Leadership    3  s.h. 

Studies  of  theor)'  and  research  in  the  leadership  of  groui)s  and  organizations  with 
apj)lication  to  tlie  management  fields  of  business.  indusir\;  and  labor.  The 
debate,  research,  and  study  of  controversial  leadership  issues  of  current  interest  to 
management  and  preparation  of  a  research  paper  by  the  student  in  his/lier 
occupational  interest  area  are  required.  Prerequisite:  MGMT  613. 

MGMT  637  Operations  Management  3  s.h. 

Actjuaitits  die  student  with  a  broad  range  of  strategic,  tactical,  design,  and 
operating  (day-to-day)  decisions  within  the  operations  fimction  in  both  service- 
providing  and  goods-producing  businesses.  Emphasis  will  be  on  die  new 
paradigm  of  operations  management  with  focus  on  current  technologies, 
concepts,  philosophies,  and  managerial  practices.  Students  will  obtain  a 
comprehensive  insight  on  a  wide  variety  of  topics,  including  management  of 
quality,  productivit);  technology',  and  inventory,  product  and  process  design, 
facility  location  and  layout,  project  management,  service,  and  manufacturing 
management. 

MGMT  642  Organizational  Behavior  3  s.h. 

Study  of  human  motivations  and  their  constructive  application  to  all  aspects  of 
business.  Psychological  basis  of  human  relations  will  be  developed  as  it  appHes  in 
tlie  business  world.  Major  topics  include  employer-employee  relations,  labor 
relations,  stockliolder  relations,  customer  relations,  community  relations,  and 
public  relations.  Prerequisite:  MGMT  613. 


MGMT  6.51   International  Management  3  s.h. 

Study  of  theories  and  problems  of  management  in  multinational  corporations 
(MNCs).    Examines  die  macro-  and  structural-level  issues  of  MNGs.  Focuses  on 
planning,  organization  slmcture,  managerial  decision  making,  human  resource 
management  in  global  stnulures,  and  differences  between  MNCs  and  domestic 
organizations. 

MGMT  652  Comparative  Management  3  s.h. 

Studv  of  management  theor)  and  practice  in  different  cultures.  Analyzes 
international  similarities  and  dissimilarities  in  management  frinclions.  processes, 
structures,  and  factors.  Relates  these  topics  to  socio  cultural,  economic,  political, 
and  physical  dimensions  of  the  environment.  A  variety  of  comparative 
management  svstems.  models,  and  theories  are  addressed,  and  research  findings 
are  examined.  Prerequisite:  MGMT  613. 

MGMT  654  Managing  Global  Competition  5  s.h. 

Changes  in  technology  and  world  trade  contribute  to  unstable  managing 
environments.  Course  focuses  on  strategies  to  enhance  the  firm's  abifity  to 
compete  on  a  gl<)bal  basis.  Fundamental  business  issues  such  as  managing  for  the 
fiiture,  innovation,  strategic  alliances,  success  factors  in  the  international 
environment,  and  long-range  concerns  of  top  management  will  be  discussed. 
Prerequisite:   MGMT  613. 

MGMT68i  Special  Topics  in  Management  3  s.h. 

Covers  advanced  or  exploratorv  topics  within  the  discipline.  Specific  content 
developed  by  instructor.  C-ontent  will  var\;  depending  upon  the  interests  of 
instructor  and  students,  with  instructor  choosing  specific  topics.  May  be  repeated 
by  specific  approval.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  of  die 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  graduate  coordinator. 

MGMT  695  Business  Policy  3  s.h. 

Provides  die  graduate  student  an  opportunit\'  to  urifize.  integrate,  and  apply  the 
theories,  concepts,  principles,  and  tools  acquired  during  his/lier  business 
education  (accounting,  finance,  marketing,  management,  management  information 
systems,  statistics,  etc.)  to  real-world  business  problems  and  situations.  Utihzes 
lectures,  case  studies,  library  research,  field  research,  simulations,  role  playing, 
group  decision  making,  and  other  strategic  planning  exercises.  Prerequisite:    15 
hours  of  graduate  business  courses. 

MGMT  699  Independent  Study  in  Management  1-3  s.h. 

With  die  approval  of  the  dejiartment,  students  will  select  one  or  more  topics  of 
critical  importance  in  the  field  and  will  meet  with  facult\-  for  independent  reading, 
analysis,  and  evaluation.  Prerequisite:  Approval  of  department  chairperson  and 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  graduate  coordinator. 

MGMT  850  Thesis  4-6  s.h. 

For  students  writing  die  diesis.  MGMT  8.50  should  be  scheduled  for  the  semester 
in  which  they  plan  to  complete  tlieir  work.  The  thesis  is  a  committee  diesis  (4-6 
s.h.),  for  which  the  student's  advisor,  two  additional  facult)'  members,  die  Eberly 
College  of  Business  and  Infonnation  Technologv-  graduate  coordinator,  and/or  the 
representative  of  the  dean  of  die  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information 
Technolog)'  may  constitute  die  committee. 


Marketing 

Department  of  Marketing 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technology 

MKTG52I   Marketing  Research  3  s.h. 

Research  procedures  and  techniques  appHcable  to  problem  solving  in  the 
marketing  field.  Critical  analysis  <»f  research  techniques  with  considerable 
emphasis  placed  on  the  use  of  infonnation  gathered.  Prerequisite:  MKTG  320. 

MKTG  530  International  Marketing  3  s.h. 

International  marketing  is  analyzed  with  consideration  given  to  die  significance  of 
government  regulation,  organization  structures  of  export  and  import  enterprises, 
and  credit  policies.  Prerequisite:  MKTG  320. 

MKTG  603  Marketing  Management  3  s.h. 

An  analyti<:al  and  quantitative  approach  to  decision  making  and  die  jilanning, 
development,  implementation,  and  control  of  a  marketing  program.  Prerequisite: 
MKTG  320. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MKTG611  MaHteting  CommDnications  3  s.h. 

Basic  principles  of  marketing  communications,  such  as  sales  promotion  and 
advertising,  together  with  a  consideration  of  the  major  problems  encountered  in 
the  management  of  those  acti\'ities.  Emphasizes  the  determination  of  basic 
promotional  strategy-,  selection  of  advertising  media,  determination  of  adv^ertising 
appropriations,  and  advertising  research.  Prerequisite:  MKTG  603. 

MKTG  681  Special  Topics  in  MarketiDg  3  s.h. 

Covers  ad^-anced  or  exploraton.-  topics  within  the  discipline.  Specific  content 
developed  by  instructor.  Content  will  \-ar\'.  depending  upon  the  interests  of 
instructor  and  students,  with  the  instructor  choosing  specific  topics.  May  be 
repeated  by  specific  approval.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  of 
the  Eberiy  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  graduate  coordinator. 

MKTG  699  independent  Study  in  Marketing  1-3  s.h. 

With  the  appro\-al  of  the  department,  students  will  select  one  or  more  topics  of 
critical  importance  in  the  field  and  will  meet  with  faculty  for  independent  reading, 
anahsb.  and  ev-aluation.  Prerequisite:  Appro^-als  of  department  chairperson  and 
Eberiy  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  graduate  coordinator. 

MKTG  850  Thesis  4-6  s.h. 

For  students  writing  the  thesis.  MKTG  850  should  be  scheduled  for  the  semester 
in  which  the\-  plan  to  complete  their  worL  The  thesis  is  a  committee  thesis  (4-6 
s.h.)  for  which  the  student's  advisor,  two  additional  facult>-  members,  the  Elberly 
College  of  Business  and  Information  Technolog)^  graduate  coordinator,  and/or  the 
representative  of  the  dean  of  the  Eberiy  College  of  Business  and  Information 
Technologv'  may  constitute  the  committee. 


M 


TMorine  Sc/ence 

>  Decj-'Tenr  of  B/o/ogy 

I  C;  J  curd  Sciences  and 


MaL^.err.cvcs 


MRSCSOO  Problems  in  Marine  Science  3  s.h. 

Independent  study  for  the  ad\"anced  student  in  marine  sciences.  Topics  are 
selected  from  areas  offered  by  the  Marine  Consortium,  and  studies  are  directed  by 
the  instructor  in  that  area.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 


Mil         11 
Music  History         I 
_"■'?-  T^~]ent  of  Music 
:      ^jf  Fine  Arts 


MUHl  503  Music  of  the  Baroque  Era 

A  survey  of  music  from  about  1600  to  1750. 

MUHI  504  Music  of  the  Classical  Era 

A  survey  of  music  from  about  1725  to  about  1827. 

MUHI  505  Music  ofthe  Romantic  Era 
A  survey  of  music  from  about  1800  to  1910. 

MUHI  507  Music  ofthe  Twentieth  Century 

A  survey  ofthe  principal  stvlistic  trends  in  music  from  1900  to  the  present. 

MUHI  508  Music  ofthe  Sixteenth  Century 

A  survey  of  music  from  about  1500  to  1600. 


3s.h. 
3s.h. 
3$.h. 
3s.h. 
3s.h. 


.MUSC50I  .\dvanced  Choral  Conducting  2  s.h. 

Material  will  include  large  choral  works  with  and  without  accompaniment. 
Student  will  be  expected  to  develop  skills  m  reading  score. 

MUSC  502  Advanced  Instrumental  Conducting  2  s.h. 

.An  intensive  studv-  of  large  instrumental  works.  Skill  development  of  each 
individual  will  be  stressed. 

MUSC  509  Piano  Pedagogy  3  s.h. 

Survey  of  current  and  significant  past  developments  in  teaching  of  piano,  both 
privately  and  in  small  and  large  classes.  The  various  piano  methods  are  analyzed. 
compared,  criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  individual's  use. 

MUSC  310  Seminar  in  Music  3sJi. 

Subject  matter  wiU  change  each  semester.  Students  wiH  make  presentations  and 
write  an  extensive  research  paper.  Seminar  may  be  repeated  (with  departmental 
approval),  provided  subject  matter  is  not.  An  in-depth  stud>*  can  be  made  of 
narrowly  defined  areas,  such  as  life  and/or  works  of  a  specific  composer  or  group 
of  composers. 

MUSC  511  Composition  5  s  Jl. 

Composition  of  music  in  various  song  forms  through  the  rondos  and  the  larger 
sonata  allegro  form.  Careftil  analv"sis  of  similar  forms  of  major  composers. 
Instruction  will  be  highly  individualized  and  will  depend  considerably  on 
personal  interest  ofthe  studenL 

MUSC  5 1 2  .Advanced  Orchestration  3  s.li. 

Consideration  to  problems  of  scoring  for  fiill  symphony  orchestra,  string 
orchestra,  and  chamber  orchestra.  Students  will  produce  a  fidl  score  and 
orchestra  parts  so  that  orchestra  may  be  tested  by  actual  playing  by  the  University 
Symphony. 

MUSC  516  Analytical  Techniques  3  s.li. 

Studv-  of  representativ-e  compositions  of  various  periods,  with  emphasis  on  formal 
hannooic  and  stylistic  anaKsis.  Student  wiU  develop  basic  analytical  techniques 
necessary-  for  analysis  of  music  of  any  period. 

MUSC  537  Techniques  ofthe  Marching  Band  2  s^ 

TheoPr-  and  practical  application  of  fiindamentals  of  precision  driH.  This  course 
also  deals  with  building  ^half-time  shows'"  and  with  materials  and  instrumentation 
ofthe  marching  band. 


MUSC  540-550  Summer  Music  Workshop 
Concentration  in  special  iiUerest  areas.  Content  varies. 

MUSC  575  Music  Ensemble 


1-3  s.h. 


ls.h. 


MUSC  600  Bibliography  of  .Music  3  s  Ji. 

Introduces  graduate  students  to  various  types  of  music,  music  literature,  and 
bibhographical  tools  which  exist  and  which  may  be  used  in  research  in  music.  As 
a  project,  students  will  prepare  an  extensive  armotated  bibliography  of  a  music 
subject  within  their  special  interest. 

MUSC  618  Comprehensive  Musicianship  3  sJk. 

Combines  undergraduate  concepts  and  skills  in  music  theory-  literature,  and 
performance  at  an  advanced  level  using  an  integrated  approach.  Pr^tares  student 
to  fonction  in  a  variety  of  musical  roles. 

MUSC  619  Methods  for  Comprehensive  Musicianship  3  s.h. 

Includes  learning  strategies,  experiences,  and  activities  appropriate  for 
introducing  comprehensive  musicianship  at  elementary  and  secondary  scbod 

levels. 


MUSC  620  Foundations  ofMusic  Education  3  sJu 

Study  of  historical,  philosophical,  and  social  foundation  of  music  education, 
including  educational  thought  and  impHcations  for  school  music  programs. 


MUSC  622  CompositioD  U 
MUSC  623  Composition  HI 


3s.h. 

3sJi. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


106      COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MUSC65I  Administrache  Problems  in  Masic  Education  2  s.h. 

Review  of  conventional  administrative  organization  of  music  education  in  public 
schools.  Role  of  music  director,  music  specialist,  consultant,  and  music  resources 
teacher  will  be  carefulh'  defined.  Consideration  of  problems  of  scheduling  in 
public  school.  Current  issues  concerned  with  music  educadon  and  public 
education  in  general  will  be  considered,  including  curriculum  de\-elopment. 

MUSC  632  Research  Tecfaniqaes  in  Music  3  5.h. 

Stud\'  of  techniques  appropriate  for  music  and  music  education,  including 
selecdon  of  research  problem,  collection  of  data,  tvpea  of  research,  survey  of 
current  research  studies  in  music,  and  use  of  librarv'  in  connection  with  research 
problems.  EUements  of  statisdcs  are  introduced  as  needed  to  interpret  research 
reports.  \s  part  of  requirements,  student  will  prepare  a  written  plan  for  research 
project  or  thesis. 

MUSC  635  Psychology  of  Music  Education  2  s.h. 

An  analysis  of  the  latest  evidence  produced  by  the  field  of  psychology-  in  music  as 
applied  in  actual  classroom  situadons. 

MUSC  636  Advanced  Technology  of  Music  Education  2  s.h. 

Examinadon  and  application  of  modem  communicadons  media  and  their  role  in 
music  education.  Development  of  an  experimental  sound  lab  and  use  of 
electronic  devices,  synthesizers,  and  computers.  Applicadon  of  systems  approach 
and  programmed  learning  to  music  educadon. 


MUSC  699  Independent  Study  in  Music 
MUSC  850  Thesis 


1-6  s.h. 
4sJi. 


rs/ng  and  Allied  Health 


College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


>rURS51I  Advanced  Health  .\ssessment  3  s.h. 

Builds  upon  the  basic  assessment  techniques  of  the  registered  nurse  and  is 
designed  to  provide  the  student  with  the  ability-  to  assess  the  health  status  of 
adults.  This  course  will  enable  the  student  to  collect  a  comprehensive  health 
historv  and  perform  complete  physical  examinadon  on  adults  from  various 
backgrounds.  Examinadon  techmques  and  identification  of  deviations  fix)m 
normal  will  be  the  focus. 

NURS  555  Introduction  to  Nursing  Informatics  3  s-h. 

Introduces  and  provides  overview  in  the  application  of  the  disciplines  of  nursing 
science.,  computer  science,  and  information  science  in  collecting,  processing,  and 
managing  information  to  promote  decision  making  in  nursing. 

NUHS  610  Health  Promotion  and  Social  Issues  3  s.h. 

Enhances  the  ability  of  the  student  to  develop  an  understanding  and  appreciation 
of  human  diversitv  and  social  issues  in  health  and  illness.  The  focus  will  be  on 
the  analvsis  of  the  cultural  and  social  issues  affecting  health  including  ethnicity, 
race,  gender,  age.  and  geographic  locations.  Students  will  compare  health  care 
norms  and  practices  and  develop  solutions  to  health  care  problems. 

NURS  612  Pathophysiology  for  Advanced  Practice  Nursing  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  advanced  study  of  the  basic  mechanisms  that  explain  organ/system 
fiinction  and  dysfimction.  Elmphasis  is  placed  on  pathologic  processes 
underlying  common  health  problems.  The  rationale  for  diagnostic  studies  and 
therapeutic  interventions  will  be  underscored.  Systems  to  be  examined  include 
immune,  cardiovascular,  respiratorv.  gastrointestinal,  renal,  and  neurologic. 

NURS  613  Phaxmacology-  for  .Advanced  Practice  Nursing  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  principles  of  pharmacology  and  the  appUcation  of  drugs  on  specific 
disease  states.  Elmphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  understanding  of 
pharmacodynamics  and  pharmacokinetics  and  the  selection  of  specific  drugs  for 
certain  clinical  disorders. 

NURS  614    Health  Care  Organizations  and  Policy  3s.h. 

Provides  an  overview  of  the  health  care  delivery  system.  Smdents  will  analyze 
federal  and  state  regulatory  processes/policies  as  they  affect  health  services.  TTje 
history,  current  status,  and  fixture  directions  of  health  poUcies  will  be  explored 
within  their  social,  ethical,  economic,  and  political  contexts.  The  influence  of 
nursing  on  policy  development  will  be  evaluated. 


NURS  619  Leadership  Strategies  in  Nursing  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  overview  of  the  characteristics  and  quaUty  of  leadership  in 
professional  nurses.  This  course  wiU  focus  on  analyzing  and  sy-nthesizing 
leadership  and  management  concepts,  modules,  and  theories.  Effective  leadership 
strategies  for  the  nurse  administrator  and  practitioners  will  be  explored, 

NT'RS  620  Theoretical  Foundation  for  Nursing  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  the  critique,  evaluation,  and  utilization  of  nursing  and  related  theories 
for  nursing  practice.  Students  will  be  expected  to  analyze  the  appropriateness  of 
theories  for  utilization  in  practice  and  research. 

NTKS  622  The  Practice  of  Nursing  Research  I  3  s.h. 

Prepares  the  graduate  nursing  student  to  examme  the  conceptual,  theoretical,  and 
ethical  contexts  of  nursing  research.  Concepts  of  statistical  theory,  measurement 
strategies,  and  data  collection  issues  are  presented,  as  they  are  applicable  to 
rliniral  nursing  research.  Students  will  also  investigate  fimding  procedures  for 
small  clinical  studies.  Corequisite:  NURS  620. 

NUTIS  623  The  Practice  of  Nursing  Research  II  3  s  Ji. 

Prepares  the  graduate  nursing  student  to  become  proficient  in  the  appUcation  of 
research  to  nursing  practice  including  evaluation  of  research  studies,  problem 
identification  within  clinical  practice  settings,  development  of  practice  protocols, 
and  measurement  of  patient  outcomes.  Research  findings  wiD  be  studied  as  the 
basis  for  clinical  and  organizational  decision  making.  Prerequisite:  NURS  622 
or  equivalent. 

NUHS  699  Independent  Study  3  s.h. 

Under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member  with  necessary-  expertise,  the  student 
mav  study  in  depth  some  aspect  of  nursing  or  health  care  not  included  in 
required  courses. 

NUTIS  725  Teaching  Strategies  for  Nursing  Curricula  3  s.li. 

Explores  and  anaK"zes  theories  of  leanung.  mstructional  modabties,  teaching 
strategies,  and  evaluation  methods  pertaining  to  nursmg  education  in  the 
classroom  and  clinical  practice  settings. 

NUHS  729  Nursing  .Administration  3  s.h. 

Concepts  and  theories  related  to  the  management  process  are  used  to  examine  the 
roles  and  responsibilities  of  the  nurse  manager  in  health  care  organizations.  The 
influences  of  environment  and  technology  as  well  as  issues  and  trends  that  impact 
on  nursing  management  are  explored.  Prerequisites:  NLTIS  614,  NUHS  619, 
and  NURS  622. 

NUHS  730  Financial  Management  in  Health  Care  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  overview  of  the  financial  decision-making  processes  used  by  health 
care  managers  in  a  rapidly  changing  financial  environmenL  Emphasis  will  be  on 
assessing  and  developing  financial  plans  and  makmg  financial  decisions  in  a 
varietv  of  health  care  settings.  Prerequisite:  NURS  619. 

NURS  731  Nursing  .Administration  Practicum  6  s.h. 

The  administrative  role  of  the  nurse  manager  is  examined  in  class  and  climcal 
setting.  Content  focuses  on  evaluation  and  quahty-  control  within  the  nursing 
division.  Current  issues  and  problems  of  concern  to  nurse  managers  are 
addressed.  The  course  consists  of  three-hour  seminars  each  week  and  a  weekly 
nine-hour  practicum.  A  mentor  at  a  clinical  site  helps  the  student  synthesize 
advanced  practical  knowledge  in  nursing  managemenL  Prerequisites:  .NX  RS 
729  and  NURS  730. 

NTJRS  734  Concepts  of  Community  Health  Nursing  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  in-depth  study  of  the  requisite  concepts  and  skills  for  comroumty 
health  nursing.  Building  on  the  understanding  of  individuals  as  cfients.  the 
students  will  now  gain  perspective  on  aggregates  and  communities  as  recipients  of 
nursing  care  and  the  delivery  sites  of  community  health  care.  Included  in  the 
content  will  be  epidemiological  principles  that  are  the  foundation  to  cliiucal 
decision  making  in  community  health  nursing  practice.  The  relevance  of  nursing 
research  to  community  health  nursing  practice  will  also  be  discussed.  The  course 
will  also  provide  an  opportunity-  to  advance  health  and  social  f>oUcies  as  they 
relate  to  communitv  health  care.  Prerequisites:  NX'RS  511.  NXTIS  612,  and 
NTKS620.  Coreqnisites:  NLTIS  610.  NLTIS  613. 

NUllS  735  Aggregates  in  the  Conunuiuty  3  9.h. 

Provides  the  family  and  commumty  theory  to  suppon  nursing  care  for  famihes, 
aggregates,  and  select  communities  dirough  primary,  secondary,  and  tertiary 
health  prevention.  Clinical /laboratory  component  provides  opportumty  to  utilize 
advanced  nursing  skills  when  providing  care  for  lamiLes.  groups,  and 
communities.  Prerequisite:  NURS  734.  Corccpiisite:  NX'RS  622. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       107 


NURS  736  Leadership  in  Commanity  Health  Nuismg  6  s.h. 

Providea  an  opportumrv  for  snideries  eo  assume  leadership  roles  in  the 
assessment,  planning.  developmenL  coordinanon.  and  e^^uadon  of  healdi  care 
nrngrams  for  individuals.  Bimilies.  groups,  and  commumdes.  Climcai. laboratory 
compooenc  provides  snidenis  widi  the  oppominity  to  plan  and  coordinate 
commumtv  health  prosrams.  Students  will  formulate  research  quesdons 
reffardina  the  care  of  Bmoilies.  ^rroups.  and  the  commtmity;  Prerequisite:  XURS 
735.  Coreqidsite:  NTKS  614. 

NXES  830  Theais  3-6  s  Ji. 

Thcais  AiwiM  be  scheduled  for  the  semester  in  which  the  student  plans  to 
rtMi^JUtp-  ciegree  requiremenes.  A  committee  of  taculty  members  will  provide 


Wa&ophy 

^—ent  of  Philosophy  and  Reii^ous 


PI    I " 
I  J    Philasc 


College  of  Humanities  and  Sodai  Soences 

PHIL  503  Justice  and  Human  Rights  3  sJi. 

Anaoalvais  of  a  concepc  which  is  the  focus  of  much  moraL  poHticaL  and  legal 
Jwp^i*  Philosophical  sources  are  supplemented  by  recent  social  science  research 
coQceming  the  comparative  abilities  of  human  and  nonhimian  animals  and  by 
environmental  studies  which  prompt  consideradon  of  the  possible  ri^ts  of  fiirure 
generations, 

PHIL  560  Philosophy  of  Language  3  s  Ji. 

An  investigadon  in  the  phUosophv  of  language  and  related  issues  in  linguisdcs 
(including  anthropological  linguisdcs.  sociolinguisrics.  and  psycholinguisrics). 
Sample  topics  include  the  influence  of  language  on  percepdon. 
rationalisdc/ empiricist  perspectives  on  language  acquisinon.  language  and 
pohdcal  control,  reference,  meaning,  and  truth. 


PHIL  381  Special  Topics 
PHIL  599  Independent  Studv 


3sJi. 


1-6  s.h. 


Physics 

rai  Soences  and 


Mothematics 


PHV'S307  Intnidnctkm  to  Mathcnatical  Physics  I  SsJh. 

Designed  to  provide  backgroimd  needed  for  most  500-levei  courses.  Student  will 
acquire  skills  in  problem  solving  in  areas  of  mechanics  and  wave  modon  udlizing 

calculus  and  vectors.  Prerequisitfc  Pennissioa  of  advisor. 

PHV^S  308  IntroductioQ  to  Mathematical  Physics  II  3  s.b. 

A  condnuadon  of  PH\'S  507.  Develops  skills  m  problem  solving  in  areas  of 
electricity  and  magnetism  utilizing  vectors  and  calculus.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  advisor. 

PHYS310  IntrodnctioD  to  Theoretical  Physics  3sJi. 

Applicadon  of  mathematical  methods  to  ph\'sical  theory  in  area  of  mechanics. 
electricity,  and  magneosm,  including  partial  differentials,  vector  calculus,  and  non- 
Cartesian  coordinate  systems.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  ad\-isor. 

PHlt'S311  Secondary  School  Physics  Laboratory  Pracdce  1-3  sJi. 

Designed  not  onK'  to  give  the  student  craimng  m  use  of  PSSC  and  Harvard 
Project  Pbv-sics  laboratory  materials  but  also  to  increase  his/her  abihty  to  make  the 

lab  a  more  effective  teaching  tool. 

PHV'S  512  Curriculum  Development  in  Secondary  School  Physics         3  s.h. 
Includes  an  intensive  study  of  developments,  such  as  PSSC  and  HPP 
Philoaophv.  methodology,  and  cognitive  theory  behind  each  curriculum  wiH  be 
considered.  The  lab  equipmenc  experiments,  and  visual  aids  for  each  wiH  be 
SQidied  in  then*  proper  setting. 


PH\'S  520  .\dvanced  Laboratory  Practice  3  sJi. 

Experimental  physics.  Experiments  are  made  available  to  supplement  student's 
previous  training.  Data  interpretadon  and  experimental  techniques  are 
emphasized.  Topics  can  include  but  are  not  limited  to  various  methods  of 
measurement  and  anah'sis  of  radioactivity",  interferometry.  spectrometry, 
microwave  optics,  \MR.  mechamcal  vibrating  systems,  and  thermal  properties. 

PHYS53!  Modem  Physics  3  s.h. 

An  introduction  to  particle  and  wave  properties  of  matter,  atomic  structure, 
quantum  mechamcs.  and  the  quantum  mechamcal  model  of  the  atom. 

PH\'S  333  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  3  s.h. 

A  unified  approach  to  the  study  of  thermod\-namics  through  use  of  statistical 
methods.  Temperature,  entropv.  chemical  potential,  and  free  energ\'  are 
introduced  and  applied  to  a  monatomic  ideal  gas  and  systems  of  fermions  and 
bosons  in  quantum  and  classical  regions. 

Pm[S335  Electronics  4sJi. 

DC  and  AC  circuits,  diode  circmts.  and  transistor  circuits,  such  as  the  common 
emitter  and  emitter  follower  amplifiers,  are  extensively  covered.  Negative 
feedback,  operational  amplifiers,  oscillators,  and  digital  logic  are  introduced. 
These  topics  are  discussed  in  lecture  and  investigated  b\'  the  student  in  the  lab. 

PH\'S  336  Advanced  Electronics  3  sJi. 

Field  effect  transistors,  noise  problems,  grounding  and  shielding,  appfications  of 
digital  logic,  digital-to-analog-to-digital  comersion  techniques,  transmission  lines, 
and  microprocessor  appUcations.  Two  one-hour  lectures  and  one  three-hour  lab. 
Prerequisite:  PH\'S  535. 

Pm'S541  .Analytical  Mechanics  I  2  sJi. 

Kinematics,  particle  d\-naiiiics.  gravitation,  fiee  and  forced  harmonic  motion. 
Treatment  of  these  topics  utilizes  vector  calculus  and  differencial  and  integral 
calculus. 


PH\S542  Anah^cal  Mechanics  n 

Central-force  modon.  high-energy  collisions. 


2s.h. 


PH\  S  343  Opdcs  3  s.h. 

Main  concepts  of  modem  optics  utilized  in  areas  of  geometrical,  wave,  and 
quantum  optics.  Includes  presentation  of  illustrati\'e  examples  in  areas  of  laser 
technology,  complex  optical  systems,  inlerferometiy,  and  spectroscopy. 

PHYS551  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  2  s.h 

Coulomb's  law,  electrostatic  potential.  Gauss's  law,  and  dielectrics  wiD  be 
presented  using  vector  calculus  in  a  modem  field  formalism.  Prerequisite: 
PH\'S510. 

PHYS552    Occtridty  and  Magnetism  11  2  s.h. 

Biot  and  Savart's  law.  induced  emf.  vector  potential  displacement  current,  special 
relativitv.  and  electromagnetic  radiation  wiD  be  presented  using  techmques 
introduced  in  PH^S  551.  Prerequisite:  PH^S  551. 

PHYS  355  Computer  Inter&dng  3  sJi. 

Designed  to  teach  the  fimdamentals  of  inter&dng  the  personal  computer  with  its 
phvsical  surroundings.  Students  will  learn  to  collect  data  and  to  control 
experiments.  In  addition,  thev  will  leam  to  use  digital-to-analog  and  analog-to- 
digital  conversion  techniques,  as  well  as  how  to  use  virtual  instruments.  Students 
wfll  also  leam  to  use  Lab\1E\V'  (or  a  similar  software  package)  to  design  icon- 
based  inter&cmg  tools  and  to  investigate  the  conditioning  of  analog  and  digital 
information.  The  students  will  complete  a  special  project  determined  by  the 
instructor  and  the  studenL  Prerequisites:  Elxperience  in  writing  computer 
programs  in  the  C  language. 

PIfVS561  Quantrum  Mechanics  I  3sJi. 

Introduction  to  theon-  of  linear  vector  spaces,  linear  operators,  eigenvalues. 
eigenvectors,  and  eigenfiincdon  and  their  apphcation  to  the  harmonic  oscillator, 
hvdrogen  atom,  electron  in  a  magnetic  field,  scattering,  and  perturbations. 
Prerequisites:  PKV'S  541  and  PHi'S  531  or  equi\aIenL 

PH\S565  IntrodnctioD  to  Nuclear  Physics  3sJ). 

Survev  of  introductorv  nuclear  physics  including  nuclear  size,  mass,  types  of 
decav.  modeb.  forces,  elementarv  particles,  reaction  theory. 

PHYS  375  Physics  of  Semiconductor  Devices  I  3  s.h. 

Develops  the  basic  foundation  for  a  student  of  the  theort"  of  semiconductors. 
Elementary  quantum  concepts,  the  band  theon.-  of  solids,  electrical  properties  of 
solids,  eflfectne  mass  theor.'.  and  principles  of  semiconductor  devices  are 
discussed.  Prerequisites:  PHYS  5:i3,  ?HYS  555,  ?H\S  545,  or  permission  of 
instructor. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


108       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


PHYS  576  Physics  of  Semiconductor  Devices  II  3  sJi. 

Discusses  the  physics  and  operation  of  a  number  of  discrete  devices.  TTiese 
include  bipolar  transistors.  MOSFETS.  JFETS.  v'arious  diode  technologies, 
photovoltaic  and  photoconductive  devices,  solid  state  lasers^  and  light-emitting 
diodes.  Prerequisites:  PHYS  575  or  permission  of  instnictor. 

PHYS  590  SoUd  Sute  Physics  3  s.h. 

Reciprocal  lattice,  c-rystal  structure,  the  quantization  of  fields  to  produce 
quasiparticles  such  as  phonons.  magnons.  and  excitons.  Femti  gas  of  electrons, 
energ)'  bands,  semiconductor  crystals,  and  photoconductivit)'.  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  53 1  and  .542. 

PHYS  599  Special  Studies  1  -6  s.h. 

A  special  topic  may  be  offered  at  the  discretion  of  the  department  to  fulfill  a 
special  necessity. 

PHYS  600  Methods  ofResearch  in  Physics  2  s.h. 

Offers  tlie  student  practical  training  in  special  methods  and  materiab  of  research 
in  physics.  Emphasis  on  t\-pes  of  research  and  use  of  physics  and  physics-rehted 
journals  and  Ubrarv- facilities.  Prereijuisite:  Permission  of  departmenL 

PHYS  601  Theoretical  Physics  I  3  s.h. 

Serves  as  a  preparation  in  mathematical  physics  for  graduate  student.  Included 
will  be  vector  analvsis,  curvilinear  coordinate  systems,  infinite  series,  complex 
variables  and  the  calculus  of  residues,  and  ordinary  and  partical  differential 
equations.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  department. 

PHYS  602  Theoretical  Physics  11  3  s.h. 

A  continuation  of  PHYS  60 1 .  covering  Tensor  analysis,  matrices,  group  theory, 
Sturm-Liouville  theon-.  special  fiinctions.  Fourier  series,  integral  transforms. 
Green's  fiinctions.  and  integral  equations.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  601, 

PHYS  634  Sutistical  Mechanics  3s.h. 

A  quantujn  approach  to  statistical  mechanics.  Fermi,  Bose,  ideal  gas.  and 
imperfect  gas  systems  are  investigated.  Special  topics  in  kinetic  theor)-  of  gases, 
transport  phenomena,  magnetic  systems,  and  liqiud  heliuim.  Corequisite:  PHYS 
561  or  its  equivalent. 

PHYS  641  Advanced  Mechanics  I  3  s.h. 

Includes  the  following  topics:  Lagrange's  equations,  Hamilton's  Principle.  Two- 
body  central  force,  Euler's  Theorem,  small  oscillations,  Hamilton's  equations, 
canonical  transformations.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  542  or  its  equivalent. 

PHYS  642  Advanced  Mechanics  II  3  s.h. 

Rigid  bodv  mechanics,  including  angular  momentum.  Eulers  equations, 
precessions,  special  relativity,  covariant  four-dimensional  formulation,  Hamilton- 
Jacoby  Theorv;  introduction  to  classical  field  theory.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  641  or 
equivalent. 

PHYS  65 1  Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory  I  3  s.h. 

Solution  of  boundary  value  problems  using  Green's  fiinc-tions  and  separation  of 
variables  techniques.  Cartesian  and  spherical  coordinate  systems,  multipole 
expansions,  macroscopic  electrostatisrics  and  magnetostatistics.  Maxwell's 
equations,  and  plane  electromagnetic  waves.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  552  or 
equivalent. 

PHYS  652  Advanced  Electromagnetic  Theory  II  3  s.h. 

Solution  of  electrostatic  problems  using  cylindrical  coordinates.  Green's  fiinction 
for  time-dependent  wave  equation,  conservation  laws,  wave  guides  and  resonant 
cavities.  Special  Theory  of  Relativity,  simple  radiating  systems,  and  difiraction. 
Prerequisite:  PHYS  65 1. 

PHYS  657  SoUd  State  Theorv  3  8.h. 

Quantum  approach  to  sohd  state.  Topics  include  second  quantization  of  fertmon 
and  boson  systems,  electron  theor)'  of  metals,  electron-phonon  interactions,  and 
superconductivity.  Selected  subjects  in  thermal  transport,  magnetic  phenomena. 
Corequisite:  PHYS  561  or  its  equivalent. 

PHYS  661  Quantum  Mechanics  II  3  s.h. 

Fundamental  concepts  of  quantum  mechanics,  theorv'  of  representations,  and 
linear  vector  spaces.    Approximation  methods  for  stationary'  problems  with 
apphcations  to  central  potentials  and  for  time-dependent  problems  with 
application  to  scattering  and  transition  theorv'. 

PHYS  662  Quantum  Mechanics  UI  3  s.h. 

Classical  and  quantum  fields:  interactions  between  Fenrn  and  Bose  fields: 
relativistic  quantimi  mechanics:  and  Dirac  theory.  Introduction  to  propagators 
and  Feynman  diagrams  with  application  to  quantum  electrodynamics  and  many- 
particle  sv'stems. 


PHYS  690  Research  Problems  in  Physics  1-6  s.h. 

Introduction  to  advanced  research  problems  through  individual  assignmenL 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  department. 

PHYS  699  Independent  Study  1-6  s.h. 

IndhiduaUzed  in-deptli  study  of  an  area  of  physics  in  the  student's  interest.  Work 
is  supervised  bv  a  physics  faculty  member  but  docs  not  necessarily  involve  regular 
lecture  or  laboratorv-  hours.  The  topic  must  be  approved  by  the  supervising 
faculty  member  and  by  the  administration  prior  to  the  semester  in  which  the 
course  is  to  be  taken. 


PHYS  850  Thesis 


1-6  s.h. 


Political  Science 

Depaament  of  Political  Science 
*  Co/tege  of  Humanities  and  Sodal  Sdences 

PLSC500  Researeh  Methods  in  Political  Science  3  s.h. 

This  course  provides  students  with  a  working  know  ledge  of  die  statistical 
techniques  commonly  applied  to  the  study  of  political  phenomena  and  an 
understanding  of  the  basic  assumptions,  limitations,  and  theoretical  foundations 
of  these  various  techniques.  Specifically,  the  course  will  focus  on  measurement 
principles,  research  design  and  data  collection,  univariate  distributions,  sampling, 
and  bivariate  analysis. 

PLSC520  International  Law  3  s.h. 

Study  of  the  development,  nature,  and  fimction  of  international  law,  including 
recent  trends, 

PLSC521  Intemadonal  Organizations  3  s.h. 

Inquiry  into  purposes,  structures,  and  actions  of  contemporary  international 
political  organizations,  such  as  United  Nations,  regional,  and  fiinctional 
organizations. 

PLSC  550  The  Presidenc)  3  8.h. 

Examines  the  office  of  President  with  attention  to  Constitutional  foundations, 
evolution,  structure,  powers,  and  fimctions.  Comparisons  are  made  between 
Presidential  and  parliamentary  systems  and  between  offices  of  President  and 
governor. 

PLSC  551  The  LegisUtive  Process  3s.li. 

Legislative  process  in  the  U,S,  with  emphasis  on  Congress.  Focus  on 
organization  and  fiinction  of  legislative  bodies,  with  American  legislative 
institutions  compared  with  those  of  other  nations. 

PLSC  553  American  Political  Parties  3  s.h. 

Role  of  people,  parties,  and  pressure  groups  in  pofitics  of  American  democracy. 
Attention  to  sectional  and  historic  roots  of  national  pofitics,  voting  behavior, 
pressure  group  analysis,  and  campaign  activities, 

PLSC  554  Metropolitan  Problems  3  s.h. 

.•^nalraes  multiplicitvof  problems  facing  our  metropofitan  areas,  such  as  urban 
renewal,  shrinking  tax  base,  federal  aid  to  cities,  subsidized  mass  transit, 
municipal  audiorities.  and  political  consolidation, 

PLSC  555  Intergovernmental  Relations  3  s.h. 

Explores  the  characteristics  of  federal  system  of  government  with  emphasis  on 
dieories,  origins,  institutions,  and  problems  in  intergovernmental  relations  in  the 
U,S,:  federal  systems  in  other  nations;  and  trends, 

PLSC  556  Mass  Media  in  American  Politics  3  s.li. 

Variant  theories  of  die  sv-mbiotic  relationship  between  American  pofitics  and  the 
press  arc  examined  in  the  light  of  American  colonial-national  experiences.  The 
special  Constitutional  rights  given  to  media  are  explored,  with  particular  attention 
to  radio  and  television. 

PLSC  558  Judicial  Process  3  ».h. 

Explores  nature  and  limits  of  judicial  power,  courts  as  poficymaking  bodies, 
selection  of  judges,  decision  process,  external  forces  impinging  on  the  courts,  and 
role  of  Supreme  Court  in  its  relatiotiship  with  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and 
federalism. 

PLSC  559  Constitutional  Law  and  Civil  Liberties  3s.h. 

Studv  of  civil  liberties  and  civil  rights  issues  through  leading  Supreme  Court 
decisions.  Topics  include  First  .Ajnendment  rights,  procedural  due  process,  and 
the  Bill  of  Rights  and  equal  protection  problems. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       109 


PLSC  560  Classical  Political  Thought  3  s.h. 

Evolution  of  Western  political  tradition  of  Constitutionalism  from  Plato  and 
Aristode  to  Locke  and  Montesquieu;  religious  and  rational  foundations;  medieval 
tlieories  of  authorit)-  and  representation;  early  modern  theories  of  state  and 
sovereignt)'.  Concepts  of  law,  natural  rights,  liberty,  equalit)-,  and  justice  are 
treated  in  detail. 

PLSC  561  Modern  PoUtical  Thought  3  s.h. 

Development  of  Wesleni  political  tliouglit  since  the  mid-sixteenth  century;  classic 
hberalism;  conservative  thought:  modern  irrational  ideologies  such  as  fascism  and 
national  sociahsm:  socialist  diought;  contemporary  collectivist  liberalism. 

PLSC  562  .\merican  PoUtical  Thought  3  s.h. 

Develops  an  understanding  of  American  political  thinkers  from  the  Puritans 
through  d)e  current  Afro-American  writers.  PoUtical  phenomena  are  examined 
relating  to  past  writings,  and  inferences  are  made  for  future  poHtical  behavior 

PLSC  570  Introduction  to  Public  Administration  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  en\^^onment  of  public  administration,  organizational  structure, 
executive  frinctions,  the  politics  and  tools  of  administration,  personnel  processes, 
financial  administration,  and  tlie  problems  of  democratic  control  of  bureaucracy. 

PLSC  575  Public  Sector  Leadership  and  Accountability  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  characteristics  of  leadership  and  ediical  principles  which  facilitate 
effective  decision  making  and  responsible  behavior  by  elected  and  appointed 
ofhcials  at  all  levels  of  government.  Current  issues  and  circumstances  will  be 
emphasized  during  class  discussions. 

PLSC  580  Soviet  PoUtics  3  s.h. 

Essential  features  of  Communist  part)'  and  government  of  U.S.S.R.,  including 
geographical  and  historical  background  and  ideological  and  theoretical 
foundations. 

PLSC  581  Special  Topics  1-3  s.h. 

In-depdi  study  of  a  specific  problem  or  topic  not  regularly  treated  in  courses. 
May  be  repeated. 

PLSC  582-587  Political  Studies  3  s.h. 

Comparative  study  of  goverrmient  and  politics  of  a  selected  region. 

PLSC  582  Africa 

PLSC  583  Asia 

PLSC  584  Middle  East 

PLSC  585  Central  and  Eastern  Europe 

PLSC  587  Latin  America 

PLSC  588  Political-Military  Strategy  3  s.h. 

Deals  with  national  security  problems,  including  decision-making  and  budgeting 
levels  of  strategy,  the  utihty  offeree,  and  the  impact  of  the  mihlary  on  American 
societ)'. 

PLSC  589  Developing  Nations  3  s.h. 

Deals  with  the  political  characteristics  of  emerging  nations;  the  impact  of 
economic  and  social  change  upon  political  structure;  evolving  patterns  of  political 
development;  and  techniques  of  nation-building. 

PLSC  631  Human  Resource  Management  in  Public  Sector  3  s.h. 

In-depth  study  of  human  resources  management  systems  witii  special  focus  on 
pubhc  sector  organizations.  Emphasizes  the  development  of  an  understanding  of 
traditional  functional  systems  as  well  as  skills  necessary  to  manage  such  systems 
successfiiUv. 


PLSC  670  Foreign  Policy  Studies  3  s.h. 

Considers  selected  problems  in  international  affairs.  Empha.sis  on  tliose  problems 
and  conflicts  which  have  evolved  in  the  postwar  era,  particularly  as  they  relate  to 
position  of  the  United  States  in  world  affairs.  Specific  problems  are  approached 
both  in  terms  of  countries  involved  and  the  existing  balance  in  world  economic, 
ideological,  and  power  stniclure. 

PLSC  671  Seminar  in  Public  Administration  3  s.h. 

Intensive  study  of  role  of  agencies  and  their  administrators  in  detennining  and 
developing  public  policy.  Public  admmistration  in  practice  is  emphasized  by 
utilizing  case  studies. 

PLSC  672  Comparative  Political  Stuflies  3  s.h. 

Theory,  structure,  and  frmclion  ol  slate,  county,  and  municipal  governments  are 
analyzed  from  a  cooperative  point  of  view.  Special  emphasis  on  comparing  and 
contrasting  ideas  and  institutions  with  those  of  the  U.S. 

PLSC  674  Analytical  Techniques  3  s.h. 

Exposes  the  student  to  approaches,  mediods,  tools,  focus,  and  bctundary  lines  of 
political  science  study.  As  a  research  methods  course  in  graduate  political 
science,  it  should  be  scheduled  early  in  the  program. 

PLSC  675  International  Political  Economy  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  interaction  between  govenmients  and  markets  on  economic  issues. 
This  examination  will  occur  comparatively  bodi  within  countries  and  between 
nations.  Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  the  theoretical  issues,  trends,  and 
findings  of  some  of  the  major  studies  on  and  subfields  widiin  international 
pohtical  economy.  Assumes  a  basic  familiarity  with  foreign  policy,  comparative 
politics,  and  economics.  The  focus  is  on  both  international  political  economy  as 
a  subject  and  a  field  of  study. 

PLSC  681  Special  Topics  1-3  s.h. 

In-depth  study  of  a  specific  problem  or  topic  not  regularly  treated  in  courses. 
May  be  repeated. 

PLSC  690  Professional  Practicum  3  s.h. 

Designed  for  graduate  stntients  w!io  elect  either  an  internship  or  field-based 
research  project  to  flilfill  die  directed  research  requirement  of  Master  of  Arts  in 
Public  Affairs  degree.  Students  are  expected  to  enroll  in  die  practicum  during  the 
summer  following  the  completion  of  two  semesters  of  course  work.  The 
practicum  will  last  twelve  weeks  from  mid-May  Uirough  mid- August.  An 
important  part  of  the  practicum  will  be  four  seminars  that  will  meet  on  four 
Saturdays  for  four  hours  in  mid-May,  mid-June,  mid-July,  and  mid-August.  The 
seminars  wiU  focus  on  the  development  of  a  field-based  or  internship-based 
project  design  and  die  linkage  of  administrative  and/or  organizational  theor)-  with 
the  practical  experience  acquired  during  the  internship  or  field-based  research 
activity. 

PLSC  698  Political  Science  Internship  3-6  s.h. 

Practical  experience  in  government  and  pofitics.  Students  are  indixidually 
assigned  to  a  cooperating  local  or  state  goverrmient  agency,  pohtical  party,  or 
interest  group  or  to  a  federal  or  international  ageno'  when  arrangements  can  be 
made.  Students  report  periodically  to  professor  in  charge  and  undertake  reading 
assignments  and  write  such  reports  and  papers  as  the  professor  may  require. 
Prerequisite:  Must  have  approval  of  instructor  and  department  chairperson. 

PLSC  699  Independent  Study  1-3  s.h. 

Readings  and  written  assignments  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  student  and 
instructor  in  charge.  May  be  repeated. 


PLSC  850  Thesis 


3  s.h. 


PLSC  666  Public  PoUcy  Analysis  3  s.h. 

Examines  pubfic  poficy  using  analytical  tools  and  policy  models.  Considered 
witliin  diis  framework  are  values  and  resources,  the  cultural- pohtical 
environment,  the  pohcymaking  process,  and  evaluation  methods  and  their 
application  to  major  poUcy  areas. 

PLSC  668  Public  Sector  Financial  Administration  3  s.h. 

Concerned  with  the  administration  of  fiscal  and  monetar)'  processes  of 
government  on  all  three  levels.  Included  are  topics  related  to  revenue  and 
expenditure,  how  the  former  are  calculated  and  provided  for,  and  how  the  latter 
are  prioritized  and  allocated  via  the  budgetar)-  process;  control  systems  which  are 
concerned  with  recordkeeping  and  die  monitoring  of  the  flow  of  revenues. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


776^       COURSE   DESCRIPTIONS 


^rtment  of  Psychology 
Co//3^^^fc7turai  Sciences  and 
Mathemotks 

PSYC  554  DcTclo[»Daial  Psycholo^  3  sJi. 

A  comprehensive  studv  ofhuznan  growth  and  de\'d<^ment  from  concepbon  to 
death.  M^or  research  fizKhngs  and  do-dc^HDcnta]  theories  will  be  considered. 

PSYC 557  .XhDomul  Ps^cboiogr  3  s.h. 

Tbeofics  of  patbcdogica]  bchnSor  with  refisrence  to  dmical  and  aqxrimcntal 
daia. 

PS^'C  569  Induslrial;  Organizational  Psycfaolog\-  3  5.h. 

Saad>'  of  ps^xikological  pnnc^ites  in  an  organizational  setting  of  beha>ion 
3ppbcx6oD  oTpsjrvikological  prmriptrt  to  indhSdual  behavior  and  expehenoe  in 
ofvamzatwos. 


PSYC  574  Adsk  Devdopmeni  axul  A^% 

A  TTt^ew  of  dieohes  and  research  which  apply  to  yotiz^,  middle,  and  latei 

adulthood,  with  parbcular  emf^iasas  cm  old  a^ 


5  s.h. 


PSYC  578  PsTchologT  of  Dea^  and  Dving  3  s.h. 

Eo^ifaaaiies  (be  theories  aad  research  which  delineate  the  psxcholo^cal  &ctors 
affff'lMP^  die  dving  pcis<m  as  w^  as  those  people  dose  to  someone  who  is  dying. 
PsjchokpcaL  sociaL  and  cognititie  Actors  ai^cting  one's  attitude  toward  death 
aad  ^ipcoacheis  to  copii^  with  dying  and  death  are  studied.  Prerequisite: 


PS)'C  581  Special  Topics  3  sJi. 

Designed  to  fr^minf  a  special  topic  in  depdi.  Students  prepare  presentations 
icprcseiuiiig  srlfftrd  research  areas.  Prerequisite:  PennissicMi. 

PSYC  601  Research  Methods  in  Psychology  I  3  s.h. 

The  design,  statisocal  anah-sis.  and  report  of  labo^ator^-  experiments  will  be 
studied.  Pieiequisitr:  Pcrmission- 

PSYC  603  Evahiation  Research  3  sJu 

Intrmtofiinti  to  the  methodological  issues  inroH'ed  in  ^-alidK'  assessing  the 
cfleuittiicss  oTintervcniioa  programs  relevant  to  ps\-chologv-  (e.g..  human  serrice 
programs).  Try^iHfttg  a  ct»sideraticMi  of  how  the  results  of  evaluation  research  can 
be  used  to  improtT  such  (HXigrams.  Students  will  participate  in  either  actual  or 
simnlalBd  evalualion  research  projects.  Prerequisite:  PermissitML,  PSYC  601  or 
equivalezit- 

PS\X  610  Historical  Trends  in  Psycholo^  3  aJu 

Comprefacnsivc  otxr^iew  of  histc^ical  antecedents  <^ccmtenqx»ary  psychcJogy. 
PeimissMNi. 


PS\C  630  Methods  of  Interrention  I  3  s±. 

Methods  of  studying  and  improving  competcncv-  in  interpersonal  skills  as  a 
inyxgJMf^'  ii^redieat  of  most  mociels  of  thetapv.  such  as  psychoanalysis,  chent- 
rcntrred^  and  behavior  modificatioa.  Emj^iaas  is  placed  on  theor\'.  research,  aixl 
pcfsooal  oompctcnce  in  cmmmnncation.  Piaequisitc:  Permission. 


PS\C631MetbodsoriBlcratiMn  3sJl. 

FmpKagjt  is  placed  iqKm  the  systematic  study  and  af^lication  of  social  inBuence 
t.*r4ini^w*<:  io  thc  mocfi6cation  technical  pctMems.  A  broad  spectrum  of 
oopntive.  pfaysiolog^caL,  aid  bchavicK'  chsu^  procedures  are  studied  and 
cT^iated  widi  regard  to  their  cost  and  eflcuiveuess.  A  general  problem-soK-ing 
model  fi^r  decisaoa  making,  case  cvahiaciofL,  aixi  accountability-  is  adi-anced. 
Prerequisites:  PS^'C  630  and  permissioo. 

PS\C  632  Models  ofLearniDg  3  sJi. 

Several  learning  paradigms  are  described.  Emphaas  is  on  the  theoretical 
assnmpcions  underK-ing  the  models  and  their  strengths  and  weaknesses. 
AppficalioQS  ofAic  models  to  *  iiAit^u^  mabdapci^^  behavior  arc  discussed. 
Prereqinsitc:  Permission. 

PS\'C  633  C^^^^  Croup  Techinqoes  3  sJi. 

Provides  instruction  and  aqxricnce  in  a  variety'  of  group  techniques.  Irtdudes 
lectures,  demoastiatioos.  arnl  participalion  in  group  ocercises  useful  in  the  cjinical 
psytiKJogy  ptofessioo-  Prerequisite:  Permission. 


PS\  C  634  Family  Therapy  3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  6uniK'  and  marital  therapiy.  Both  s\'stem5  theory  approaches  and 
behavioral  approaches  uill  be  considered.  Process  and  outcome  research  will  be 
reviewed.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

PS\'C  635  .\dvanccd  Psychopathology  3  s.li. 

An  in-depth  stud\-  of  the  descnpDon.  causes.  aiMJ  treatment  of  behaviors 
considered  abnormal  by  our  societ>'.  Integrates  and  extends  previous  materiab  in 
abnormal  behavior,  assessment,  therapv'.  research  methodologv;  and  professional 
practice.  Prerequisites:  Previous  undergraduate  course  in  .\bnormal  Psv-chology 
and  permission. 

PS\'C  636  Pcrsonahty  Theory  and  Systems  of  Psychotherapy  3  sJi. 

Several  major  pcrsonalirv  theories  are  reviewed  m  a  comparatjve  maimer  with 
emphasis  placed  upon  issues  such  as  the  assumpbons  about  the  basic  nature  of 
man.  personality  devdopment,  normal  and  pathological  development,  and 
philosc^by  of  treatment  for  each  theory.  Prereqidsite:  Permission. 

PS^'C  637  Issues  in  Developmental  Psychology  3  s.h. 

The  processes  and  structures  of  life  span  development  are  studied.  Cognitive. 
emotionaL  social,  and  pbvsical  development  v^ill  be  explored,  emphasizing  the 
mleractive  effects  of  the  person's  environment,  developmental  level,  and 
psv'chological  state.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

PS^X  638  RaciaL  Cultural,  and  Gender  Issues  in  Psychology  3  sJi. 

The  o}>eration  of  cultural.  raciaL  and  gender  issues  in  the  theorv-.  research,  and 
practice  of  psvchologv-  is  examined.  The  v*-av-s  m  which  a  psvchologist's  own 
culture,  race,  and  gender  mav  influence  professional  practice  are  explored. 

PS\'C  641  Psychological  .\ssessiDeiit  I  3  s.h. 

Beginning  course  in  theoretical  issues  and  development  of  skills  in  assessing 
psychological  Hmctioning  and  in  report  vniting.  Beginning  emphasis  on 
intellectual  assessment,  followed  bv'  the  development  of  an  increasmg  variety  of 
assessment  tools.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

PS^'C  642  Psycbolopcal  .\ssessment  II  3  sJi. 

Continuation  of  PS^'C  641  v^ith  mcreased  emphasis  on  development  of  skills  in 
areas  of  objective  and  prcyective  tests,  behavioral  observations,  self-report 
measures,  and  other  assessment  techniques.  Prerequisites:  PS^'C  64 1  and 
permission. 

PS^X  646  Dm^  and  Behavior  3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  various  aspects  of  drugs  and  behavior.  Includes  exploration  of 
factors  influencing  drug  effects,  problems  in  drug  research.  thera{>eutic  use  of 
drugs,  legal  use  and  abuse  of  drugs,  and  social  aspects  of  drug  experience. 
Prerequisite:  Permission. 

PS\'C  647  nWiiral  Neuropsychology  3  s.h. 

The  studv  of  the  relationship  betv^een  human  brain  dvsfiinction  and  abnormal 
behavior.  Includes  assessment  techniques  used  to  diagnose  brain  dama^. 
Prerequisite:  Permission. 

PS\'C  650  Commnnity  Psychology  3  s-h. 

^■Vn  mtroduction  to  communitv"  psvchologv'  as  an  ecological  approach  to  the 
understanding  and  changing  of  behavior.  Emphasizes  prevention  rather  than 
treatmem  of  disorders  and  a  concern  with  the  development  of  programs  to  deal 
with  a  wide  variety  of  human  problems. 

PS^X  651  Planned  Social  Change  3  sJi. 

Comparative  ev-aluabon  of  strategies  for  changing  human  behavior.  Elmphasis  on 
techniques  v^-hich  alter  the  emironmental  context  in  which  bdiavior  occurs. 

PSYC  652  Envirunmental  Psychology  3  sJk. 

The  relationship  betvt-een  human  behavior  and  its  environmental  context. 
Emphasis  on  the  role  of  physical  and  social  environments  in  creating  and 
perpetuating  social  problems. 

PS\'C  658  Advanced  Social  Psychology  3  s-h. 

.Advanced  survev  of  the  relationship  between  the  social  emironment  and  human 
behavior.    Topics  include  social  influence,  attitude  formation  and  change. 
attribution  and  social  cognition,  interpersonal  attractioru  aggression,  altruism. 
smaD  group  irueraction.  and  enviroiunental  psychology'.  Prerequisite: 
Permission. 

PS^C  660  Child  Clinical  Psychology  3  s.h. 

-Approaches  unique  to  child  psvchopathologv-.  assessmenL  and  intervention  are 
explored.  .\ges  from  birth  to  adolescence  are  covered.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       777 


PSYC  661  Psychology  and  Medicine  I  3  s.h. 

The  area  of  health  psychology  and  its  role  in  behavioral  medicine  are  introduced. 
Psychophysiolog)'.  which  provides  much  of  the  foundation  for  health  psychology, 
is  studied  through  readings,  lectures,  and  hands-on  experiences  with 
psychophysiological  recording  equipment.  Prerequisite:  Perrmssion. 

PSYC  670  Therapeutic  Techniques  Lab  2  s.h. 

Presents  didacbc  and  experiential  traming  in  tactics  of  achieving  insight, 
emotional  awareness,  emotional  escalation  or  reducdon,  cognitive -perceptual 
change,  and  behavior  change  for  use  in  indi\'idual  psychotherapy.  Prerequisites: 
PSYC  630  or  equivalent,  simultaneous  enrollment  in  PSYC  631,  and  instructor 
pemussion. 

PSYC  681  Special  Topics  1-6  s.h. 

Designed  to  examine  a  special  topic  in  depth.  Students  prepare  presentations 
representing  selected  research  areas.  Prerequisite:   Permission. 

PSYC  699  Independent  Study  in  Psychology  1-6  s.h. 

Individual  students  develop  and  conduct  research  studies  in  consultation  with  a 
faciilt\'  member.  Prerequisite:   Permission. 

PSYC  704  Clinical  Research  Methods  3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  data  analysis  techniques  and  methodological  problems  commonly 
encountered  in  clinical  research.  Methods  appropriate  for  single  subjects  as  well 
as  groups  are  explored.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  601  and  PSYC  641. 

PSYC  706  Teaching  of  Psychology  1  s.h. 

Basic  dimensions  of  the  teaching  process  are  discussed,  including  course 
planning  and  structure,  developing  and  presenting  lectures,  using  alternative 
pedagogical  techniques,  evaluating  student  performance,  addressing  issues  of 
diversitv'  in  the  classroom,  etc.  Skill-practice  in  these  areas  is  emphasized. 
Prerequisite:  Instructor  permission. 

PSYC  743  Psychological  Assessment  HI  3  s.h. 

Continuadon  of  PSYC  642  with  emphasis  on  nontraditional  assessment  metliods 
such  as  family  observadons,  mental  status  ratings,  and  social  skills  assessment. 
Topics  in  chnical  judgment  and  inference  and  a  combination  of  assessment  data 
and  report  writing  are  covered.  Prerequisite:  PSYC  642  or  permission. 

PSYC  760  Advanced  Psychotherapy  with  Children  3  s.h. 

Theories  and  treatment  inierventifnis  used  in  therapy  with  children  are  explored. 
Opportunities  to  practice  basic  psychotherapeutic  skills  in  interviewing,  treatment 
planning,  and  intervention  provided  under  intensive  supervision.  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  660  or  permission. 

PSYC  761  Psychology  and  Medicine  II  3  s.h. 

The  roles  of  psychological  and  envirormiental  variables  in  the  development, 
maintenance,  and  recovery  from  disease  are  studied.  Approaches  to  studying 
relationships  between  stress,  coping,  and  disease  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  661. 

PSYC  763  Advanced  Family  Therapy  3  s.h. 

Concerns  current  family  dierapy  theories  and  methods  with  an  emphasis  on  brief, 
problem-focused  models  of  assessment  and  interaction.  Integrative  approaches 
and  family  systems  consultation  also  will  be  considered.  Prerequisite:  PSYC 
634  or  its  equi\-alenl. 

PSYC  764  Hypnotic  Methods  in  Psychotherapy  2  s.h. 

This  course  involves  an  in-deptli  study  of  theor)',  research,  and  the  clinical 
practice  of  hypnosis.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  630,  PSYC  635,  or  their  equivalents, 
and  instructor  permission. 

PSYC  770  Professional  Issues  3  s.h. 

An  examination  of  professional  problems  in  tlie  field  of  clinical  psycholog)'. 
Includes  topics  such  as  training  philosophies,  licensure,  legal  issues  such  as 
involuntary^  commitment  and  expert  witness,  ethical  standards,  and  professional 
orgamzations.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

PSYC  781  Special  Topics  1-6  s.h. 

Designed  to  examine  a  special  topic  in  depth.  Suidents  prepare  presentations 
representing  selected  research  areas.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

PSYC  791  Family  and  Couples  Clinic  1-6  s.h. 

Students  will  be  assigned  chents  in  die  Familv  Clinic.  A  team  training  model  is 
used  with  close  supervision  by  the  instructor,  .\vailable  for  variable  credit  and 
repeated  enrollment.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  634  or  its  equivalent,  successful 
supervised  clinical  experience,  and  instructor  permission. 


PSYC  792  Stress  and  Habit  Disorders  Clinic  1-6  s.h. 

A  seminar/clinic  in  the  assessment  and  treatment  of  stress  and  habit  disorders. 
Clients  are  assigned  to  students  from  the  Stress  and  Habit  Disorders  Clinic. 
Available  for  variable  credit  and  for  repeated  enrollment.  Prerequisites:  PSYC 
631,  PSYC  635  or  their  equivalents,  and  instructor  permission. 

PSYC  793  Assessment  Clinic  1-6  s.h. 

Students  will  be  assigned  clients  from  the  Assessment  Clinic.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  skill  development  in  interviewing,  administration  and  scoring  of  psychological 
assessment  instruments,  writing  of  reports,  consultation  with  referral  sources,  and 
supervision.  A  team  training  model  is  used  with  close  supervision  by  the 
instructor.  Available  for  variable  credit  and  for  repeated  enrollment. 
Prerequisites:  PSYC  641,  PSYC  642  or  their  equivalents,  and  instructor 
permission. 

PSYC  798  Advanced  Psychological  Practicum  1-21  s.h. 

Provides  supervised  experience  in  appUed  settings.  Variable  credit  depending  on 
setting.  Prerequisite:   Permission. 

PSYC  799  Internship  3  s.h. 

An  in-depth  supervised  experience  designed  to  assure  a  professional  level  of 
competence  in  several  skill  areas  and  to  assist  in  developing  an  identity  as  a  health 
care  professional.  May  be  taken  friU-time  for  twelve  months  or  half-time  for 
twenty-four  months.  Prerequisite:   Permission. 

PSYC  850  Thesis  1-6  s.h. 

A  supervised  research  project  approved  by  a  committee  of  faculty  members.  A 
thesis  proposal  must  be  apj)roved  by  the  end  of  die  third  fijll  semester  of  graduate 
work,  and  the  finished  thesis  must  be  defended  within  the  following  year. 
Students  enroll  for  three  semester  hours  for  two  semesters. 

PSYC  950  Doctoral  Project  (Dissertation)  3-9  s.h. 

A  culminating  scholarly  activity  requiring  the  mastery  of  an  area  of  professional 
interest.  Requires  a  review  of  relevant  literature  and  the  collection  and  analysis  of 
data.  An  oral  presentation  of  the  proposal  and  an  oral  defense  of  the  finished 
product  are  required. 


Quantttotive  business 
Deportment  of  Monogement  Information 
Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technology 


QBUS  500  Foundationsof  Business  Statistics  3  s.h. 

A  conceptual  course  designed  to  familiarize  students  with  the  basic  techniques  for 
obtaining,  organizing,  summanzing,  analyzing,  presenting,  interpreting,  and  acting 
upon  numerical  activities.  Topics  include  descriptive  statistics,  random  variables, 
probability  distributions,  statistical  sampUng  and  survey  methods,  testing  of 
hypotheses,  analysis  of  variance,  regression  analysis,  and  time  series.  Major 
attention  is  given  to  identifying  and  describing  the  process  involved  in  carrying 
out  a  statistical  analysis  and  how  statistical  methods  may  be  used  within  the 
managerial  and  business  decision  process. 

QBUS  601  Quantitative  Methods  3  s.h. 

Introduction  to  the  concepts  and  methods  of  scientific  problem  solving  in 
management.  Students  will  learn  to  formulate  mathematical  models  of  complex 
decision  problems  and  to  solve  these  problems  using  quantitative  mediods. 
Topics  covered  include  linear  programming,  inventory  models,  network  models, 
waiting  line  models,  and  simulation.  Prerequisite:  QBUS  215,  MATH  121. 

QBUS  602  Seminar  in  Management  Science  3  s.h. 

Builds  upon  die  basic  concepts  developed  in  QBUS  601  dealing  widi  die  theory 
and  apphcation  of  mathematical  models  in  an  organizational  environment.  This 
course  is  intended  for  the  student  who  will  actually  be  working  with  such  models 
in  his/her  fiiture  occupation.  Topics  to  be  covered  include  more  advanced 
methods  of  Unear  programming,  nonlinear  programming,  dynamic  programming, 
and  simulation.  Prerequisite:  QBUS  601. 

QBUS  604  Seminar  in  Methodology  of  Business  Research  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  help  students  acquire  a  basic  understanding  of  the  research  process 
and  a  knowledge  of  the  research  methods  needed  in  the  design  and  execution  of  a 
competent  applied  behavioral  research.  Emphasis  will  be  on  measurement  and 
scahng,  survey  research,  and  data  analysis.  Prerequisite:  QBUS  601 . 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


112       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


SA 


r 


Safety  Sciences 

:  of  Safety  Sciences 
Co  g^^ji^eahh  and  Human  Services 


SAFE  541  Acddeat  Inrcst^atioa  3sJi. 

Focuses  on  the  ^-aiious  aspects  of  accidcni  imTstigatioD  such  as  reoeni  theories 
associated  widi  actidenl  causes,  im-csbgatn'e  techniques,  daia  acquisiDon. 
scnicturc  ofimcstigaDve  r^jorts,  managesneni  re^xmsibilities.  and  remedial 
actioDS.  Paiticular  cxnpfaaas  is  placed  on  detenmnmg  sequence  of  events  to 
dcrdop  mans^cmenl  acboos  whidi  will  pm'eni  recurrence  of  acodcms. 
Prereqinsatc:  Permission  <^iDStnictor. 

S.\FE561  .\ir  Pt^hmon  3s.h. 

Focuses  on  the  ^^lious  ma^r  aspects  c^ifae  air  poDudon  problem.  These  inchide 
sources  of  poDunon.  ek^ahjEUicm  aod  ez^jiDeeriiig  control  ofpolluiants.  go\'eniment 
reeulatioDS.  atmospheric  chemiscrv  and  dispersion,  and  human  and  nonhuman 
ffetts.  Particular  em|^iasis  is  placed  on  informalaon  that  is  practjcal  for  the  safety 
gcifttcfs  and  industrial  health  professionals.  Prerequisites:  CHEN!  101  and  102 
or  equi\-alent  and  SAFE  301  or  equi\-alent  courses  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

S.\FE  562  RadiologBcal  Healdi  3  s.h. 

Im-ohes  the  stud^-  ofprokAans  associated  with  ionizing  radiation  in  the  human 
emircouDenL  Fjnphaiq^  is  giveii  to  tnological  effects,  radianon  roeasuremenL 
d<wc  computaDooal  techniques,  exposure  controL  and  local  and  federal 
reeoIaiioDs.  The  studv  and  use  of  ^'arious  radiological  instruments  is  induded. 
Prerequisite:  PHYS  112  and  SAFE  301.  or  permission  of  inaiuctor. 

S.\FE  565  Right-to-Know  Legislation  3  sM. 

Co\-ers  both  the  federal  and  selected  state  righl-lo-know  laws  and  related 
l^islation.    Tl»e  scope,  apphcation.  and  enforcement  of  the  %arious  laws 
induding  specific  legal  and  moral  oUigaiions  are  discussed.  Strategies  are 
ecpkxcd  and  dei'eJG^>ed  to  identifv  the  means  b\'  which  employers  can  gain 
con^iliaDoe  with  regulator*- requirements.  Prerequisites:  SAFE  30 1  and  S-\FE 
31 1  <M'  permission  of  the  instructor. 

S.\FE581  ^>edalToi»cs  3sJi. 

A  dual-le\el  electhe  oSerii^  in  which  the  specific  ic^ic  ma\'  \'ary  from  one  term 
to  the  next.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in«ructor. 


SAFE  601  Concepts  of  RiA  Asscsi.iiK'  ill  3sJi. 

TTie  coacejM  of  risk  is  implicit  in  oerv  justificarion  for  hazard  control  measuiies 
and  is  an  important  criterion  in  the  evaluation  of  hazards.  This  course  pro\'ides 
definitions  and  methods  (or  risk  meaairement  in  \'arious  contexts.  Rationale  are 
developed  kx  establishii^  acc^Kabie  risk  \evtU  and  for  safet>-  management 
decisiop  making. 

S.\FE602  Quantitative  Metfaods  in  Safety  Managancnt  3sJi. 

Prepares  individuals  for  the  oondoct  of  research  m  safet)-  and  its  numerous 
sub^>edakies.  Research  paradigms,  expeninental  design,  data  sources  and 
co&exiioo.  aiKi  statistical  methods  are  co\~eTed  in  detail  The  emphasis 
rtiwi^wwii  is  cm  quantitative  a^roaches  likehr  to  produce  ^-ahd  new  knowiedge 
in  d^  discif^ine  of  sa&tv  management.  Prerequisites:  S.AFE  345  and  MATH 
217  or  permission  <^tbe  instructor. 

SAFE  603  Hmnan  Rdations  in  Safety  Management  5  sJi. 

Integrates  \'ariou5  behavioral  science  theories  into  the  practice  of  safet\- 
manageiDent.  Areas  covered  are  moth'abon.  commumcaQons.  managerial 
intesactions.  and  controlling  worker  behavior  as  it  relates  to  aocideni  causanon. 
rinrnBifrifr^  f*S\"C  101  arid  MGMT  642  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SAFE  604  lodustrial  ToxicologT  5sJi. 

Principles  and  techniques  for  evaluating  toxicological  properties  of  c^eimcal 
substUKXs  are  studied  with  particular  emphasis  on  extrapolation  of  information 
to  determine  permissible  oqxjsare  limits  in  the  workplace.  The  studem  is 
acquainted  with  requiremenls  for  oper^mg  an  animal  ioxicolog\'  &cihtv-  as  well  as 
means  ofobtaining  relevant  human  experience  data.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  101. 
CHESi  102.  \LKTH  217  or  permission  of  instructor. 

S.4FE  605  .\dranced  Principles  of  Safet\  Eogiiiccring  3  sJl. 

Prniarcs  the  student  with  a  fundamental  undcrstaiuhng  of  those  hazards  which 
can  contribute  to  accidental  mjurv  aiMl  dam^c.  These  hazards  are  studied  in  an 
cx^necring  context:  their  pbvsical  and  chemical  characteristics  are  studied  in 
depdi  in  order  to  make  the  appropriate  hazard  control  measures  better 
understood.  Prerequisites:  S.\FE  1 11 .  S.\FE  2 1 1 .  and  PSYC  1 1 2  or  permission 
of  the  instructed. 


SAFE  606  Hazardous  Materials  Management  3  s.h. 

OfiicTS  the  student  a  logical  approach  to  the  problem  of  hazardous  materials 
managemenL  Emphasis  is  on  legislative  controls  with  which  industrv'  must 
compK'  in  shipping,  storing,  using,  and  disposing  of  hazardous  maienais. 
Program  development  in  hazardous  materials  is  covered  in  detail.  Prerequisites: 
SAFE  311,  CHEM  lOL  and  CHEM  102  or  permission  of  instructor. 

S.\FE620  Safct>- Data  Management  3  s.li. 

Covered  are  design  of  loss  incident  source  documents  and  code  dictionaries: 
procedures  to  collect  accident  cost  and  cause  data:  accident  cause  analysis:  and 
data  for  management  accountabilitv-  and  decision  making.  Prerequisites:  S.\FE 
412  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SAFE  623  Advanced  Safety  .\d ministration  3  s  Ji. 

Anah^zes  the  management  structure  for  its  procedures,  organizations.  poUcics,  and 
departmental  competencies  as  the)'  relate  to  safetv'.  Ways  to  audit  and  improve 
management's  safetv' effectiveness  are  covered.  Prerequisites:  SAFE  412  or 

permission  of  instructor. 

SAFE  642  Ad^-anced  Mine  Safety  Engineering  3  s,h. 

Provides  an  understanding  of  advanced  subjects  concerned  with  mine  health  and 
safetv.  Details  the  cost-benefit  analysis  of  each  phase  of  the  mineral  industry  and 
the  design  features  of  various  mining  operations  of  the  Umted  States. 
Prerequisites:  SAFE  232  and  S.AJE  401  or  permission  of  instructor. 

S.\FE  643  Construction  Safety  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  in-depth  treatment  of  hazard  recognitioru  evaluation,  and  control 
principles  used  m  the  construction  industrv'.  Extensive  coverage  of  federal 
standards  is  given,  together  with  the  means  by  which  a  construction  safetv' 
program  can  be  developed  and  administered.  Prerequisite:  S.AFE  21 1  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

SAFE  644  Prtventing  Unsafe  Acts  3  s.h. 

.Occident  cause  anah-sis  narrowed  to  behavior  anah'sis  to  determine  motivation 
problems  and  behavior  skill  deficiencies  with  appropriate  intervention  techmques 
are  covered.  Cost/benefit  anah-sis  of  accident  costs  versus  trainmg  program 
benefits  and  OSHA  training  requirements  are  presented.  Proposals  for  fimding  of 
training  programs  as  well  as  writing  behavioral  objectives  are  covered.  Course 
descriptions  and  course,  uniu  and  lesson  outlines  as  well  as  lesson  plan 
development  are  presented.  Lesson  plan  presentations  and  evaluation  techmques 
are  induded. 

SAFE  645  Principles  of  Occupational  Safety-  3  s.h. 

Provides  the  student  with  a  fimdamenta]  knowledge  on  the  techmcal  and 
managerial  aspects  of  the  safetv  and  health  fiinction  within  an  organization.  The 
effects  of  loss  incidents,  accident  causation,  safetv'  and  health  legislation,  and 
safetv  program  development  will  be  some  of  the  managerial  aspects  covered  in 
this  course.  The  technical  aspects  of  the  course  will  focus  on  the  recogmlion. 
evaluatioru  and  control  of  common  safetv-.  fire,  and  repetitive  motion  hazards  in 
the  workplace-  This  course  will  not  count  toward  meeting  the  degree 
requirements  for  the  M.S.  Degree  in  Safety  Sciences. 

SAFE  663  Industrial  H^pene  Laboratory-  Methods  3  s.h. 

Laboratorv  methods  germane  to  mdustnal  hygiene  sampling  and  analytical 
methods  arc  smdied  in  depth.  The  student  is  introduced  to  a  varietv-  of 
laboratorv  procedures  as  v^-ell  as  biological  monitoring.  Sampling  and  analytical 
statistics  are  also  emphasized.  Prerequisites:  S.\FE  302  and  SAFE  303  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

S.\FE664  Industrial  Noise  Control  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  understanding  of  the  physics  of  sound,  (uncdonmg  of  the  human 
hearing  mechanism,  instrumentation  for  measuring  sound  levels,  and  application 
of  control  strategies.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  engineering  controls,  although 
administrative  controls  and  use  of  personal  protective  ecjuipment  are  discussed  as 
welL  Components  of  an  overall  continuing,  effective  hearing  conservation 
program  are  reviewed  in  detail. 

SAFE  667  Principles  of  Occupational  Health  3  s-h. 

Provides  comprehensive  coverage  of  the  mdustnal  hi.^enist*s  responsibiUt)'  for 
recognition,  evaluation,  and  control  of  environmental  stressors  arising  in  or  &t>m 
the  workpbce.  Students  learn  how  to  recognize  and  evaluate  exposures  to 
chemicaL  phvsical.  and  biological  hazards.  Emphasis  is  also  placed  on  the 
identification  of  appropriate  control  strategies,  including  program  development 
and  evaluation.  This  course  wiU  not  count  toward  meeting  the  degree 
requirements  for  the  M.S.  Degree  in  Safetv-  Sciences. 

SAFE  672  Prx>cess  Safet\  in  the  Chemical  Industries  3  sJi. 

Designed  to  cover  all  important  aspects  of  loss  prevention  as  it  is  practiced  in  the 
chemical  process  industries.  Seeks  to  prepare  the  safetv-  professional  so  that 
he/she  mav  be  able  to  work  more  effectiveh-  with  chemists  and  chemical  engineers 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        113 


in  joint  hazard  identification,  evaluation,  and  control  projects.  Prerequisite: 
SAFE  3 1 1  or  equi^'alent  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SAFE  673  Disaster  Preparedness  3  s.h. 

Principles  and  techniques  for  preparing  for  various  tj-pes  of  disasters.  The 
students  are  acquainted  with  requirements  necessary-  to  develop  workable  plans 
for  natural  and  industrial  t)pes  of  disasters.  Loss  prevention  measures  are 
discussed,  directed  toward  preservation  of  organization  resources.  Prerequisite: 
S.\FE  3 1 1  or  equivalent  or  permission  of  instructor. 

S.AFE674  Fire  Safet>  in  Building  Design  3  s.h. 

The  student  is  provided  with  the  necessan-  concepts  and  principles  for  the  safe 
design  of  buildings  fi-om  a  fire  hazard  standpoint.  Emphasis  is  given  to  adequate 
understanding  of  fire  properties  as  they  influence  selection  of  materials  for 
construction,  fire  prevention  facilities,  and  fire  suppression  considerations. 
Prerequisite:  S.AFE  31 1  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SAFE  681  Special  Topics  3  s.h. 

\  graduate-student-only  elective  otTering  in  which  the  specific  topics  may  vary 
from  one  term  to  the  next.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

SAFE  699  Independent  Study  3  s.h. 

Study  in  depth  of  a  topic  not  available  through  other  course  work.  Student  works 
with  supervising  faciJty  member  on  carefiilly  planned,  student-initiated  project. 
Prior  approval  is  necessary.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

SAFE  850  Thesis  3  s.h. 

The  thesis  will  require  a  conunittee  review  with  one  faculty  member  sening  as 
the  student's  advisor.  The  cotrmuttee  will  also  include  two  additional  facultv- 
members  and  a  representative  of  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 


SAl 


Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education 

Deportment  of  Student  Affairs  in  Higher 

Education       ^ 

College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology 


SAHE  62 1  Histon  of  Higher  Educadon  in  the  United  States  3  s.h. 

Growth  and  trends  in  higher  education  w-ith  emphasis  on  die  twentieth  centun-. 
In  addition  to  the  tradidonal  modes  of  postsecondan-  education,  condnuing 
educadon  programs,  communit\-  colleges,  and  adult  educadon  uill  also  be 
examined.  A  secondan-  focus  will  be  the  evol\-ing  role  of  student  affairs. 

S.\HE  624  Student  .\ffairs  Functions  in  Higher  Educadon  3  s.h. 

Over>'iew  of  student  affairs  work  in  higher  education,  highlighting  functional 
areas  of  student  affairs,  organization,  philosophy,  and  the  role  of  the  services 
apphed  lo  the  institution  and  the  profession. 

SAHE  625  Theories  of  Personality  and  Human  Development  3  s.h. 

Designed  lo  expose  students  to  a  variet\-  of  theoretical  models  underUing  human 
behavior  and  development.  Through  presentations,  demonstrations,  small  group 
discussions,  experiential  activities,  readings,  and  position  papers,  students 
evaluate  the  practical  apphcations  of  contemporarv-  personalitv'  and  human 
development  theories. 

SAHE  631  Student  Development  in  Higher  Educadon  3  s.h. 

Provides  an  overview  of  student  development  dieones  and  the  student 
development  model.  Includes  the  application  of  assessment,  goal  setting, 
intervention  strategies,  environmental  management,  and  evaluation  in  higher 
education  settings.  Explores  issues  such  as  changing  sex  roles,  sexual  identity,  Ufe 
planning,  and  needs  of  special  student  groups. 

SAHE  634  Assessment  and  Evaluadon  in  Student  Afifairs  3  s.h. 

An  overview  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  tests,  assessment,  and  evaluation  as 
thev'  pertain  to  student  affairs.  Statistical  measurement  concepts,  methodological 
principles  in  survey  research,  instrumentation  for  developmental  and 
environmental  assessment  in  student  affairs,  outcomes  assessment,  and  program 
evaluation  issues  will  be  explored.  Prerequisites:  SAHE  621.  SAHE  624.  and 
SAHE  625. 

SAHE  638  Topical  .Areas  in  Student  .Affairs  3  s.h. 

Provides  the  graduate  student  an  opportunitv"  to  examine  four  areas  of  content 
related  to  the  study  of  student  affairs  (technologv',  academic  governance,  law.  and 
the  conunuiiitv  college)  in  higher  education  that  have  an  impact  on  the  student 
affairs  profession  and  the  work  of  practitioners. 


SAHE  640  Cultural  Pluralism  in  Higher  Educadon  3  s.h. 

Designed  as  an  overview  of  the  issue  of  cultural  plurahsm  in  higher  education.  It 
is  intended  to  encourage  the  development  of  culturally  effective  student  affairs 
practitioners  who  uill  promote  cross-cultural  understanding  among  college 
students.  It  examines  the  projected  demographic  reaUties  for  the  groups 
traditionally  termed  ''minority"'  and  explores  notions  of  culture,  oppression, 
marginaiization.  racial  identitv'.  and  multicultural  organizations.  Exposure  to 
these  issues  will  occur  on  both  the  theoretical  and  personal  realms  with  student 
introspection  and  participation  intended  as  key  features  of  the  course. 

S.AHE  646  Interpersonal  Sensitivity  3  s.h. 

Participants  will  explore  their  interpersonal  interaction  stvie  in  groups  and 
individually.  Human  potential  of  the  students  will  be  developed  as  they  enter  into 
authentic,  honest,  and  trusting  relationships  within  the  context  of  a  small-group 
experience,  encouraging  an  examination  and  understanding  of  oneseffand  one's 
impact  on  others. 


SAHE  681  Special  Topics 


3  s.h. 


SAHE  731  Practicum  in  Student  Affairs  3  s.h. 

Affords  the  student  an  opportunitv'  to  gain  practical  experience  in  dealing  with 
theories  of  his/her  specialties.  Includes  one  or  two  semesters  in  one  of  the 
student  affairs  offices  at  lUP  or  another  institution  under  the  leadership  of  a 
departmental  director  or  coordinator. 

SAHE  733  Management  of  Orgaiuzadonal  Behavior  in 

Higher  Educadon  3  s.h. 

Teaches  managerial  concepts  and  skills  for  managing  student  personnel  programs 
or  services.  Concepts  covered  include  the  Process  School  of  Management, 
Situational  Leadership,  Ethics,  and  Management  Theorv'  models. 

SAHE  735  Individual  and  Group  Interventions  3  s.h. 

Students  gam  practical  expenence  in  skilled  helping  techniques,  including 
practice  in  one-on-one  interaction,  skill  in  designing  and  implementing 
developmental  group  intervention  (workshops),  and  skill  in  developing  mentoring 
relationships.  Students  applv  theoretical  learning  into  practical  application. 
Prerequisites:  S.\HE  621.  SAHE  624.  S.\HE  625  and  S.\HE  631. 

SAHE  737  The  American  College  Student  3  s.h. 

An  examination  is  made  of  the  culture  of  undergraduate  students  in  American 
higher  education  to  prepare  professionals  for  the  clients  they  will  serve.  Focus  is 
given  to  the  changing  student  clientele  and  its  subgroups  and  cultures. 
Undergraduate  characteristics,  attitudes  and  values,  and  broad  issues  regarding 
their  participation  in  the  educational  experience  will  be  explored. 

SAHE  740  Contemporary  Issues  in  Higher  Educadon  3  s.h. 

Designed  to  introduce  students  to  a  varietv'  of  current  issues  in  higher  education 
that  have  a  dramatic  impact  for  students,  the  student  affairs  profession,  and  the 
work  of  student  affairs  administrators.  Strategies  to  address  major  issues  are 
discussed. 


SAHE  850  ThcsU 


SO 


3-6  s.h. 


■  Sociology 

t.  Department  of  Sociology 

""  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


SOC527  Spouse  Abuse  3  s.h. 

Considers  the  range  of  theoretical  explanations  for  the  pervasive  violence  between 
husband  and  wife,  cohabitating  parmers.  or  dating  couples.  Research  on  spouse 
abuse  and  its  imphcations  for  treatment  programs,  criminal  justice  intervention, 
and  social  policv'  are  discussed. 

SOC  528  Child  .\buse  3  s.h. 

The  pre\-alence.  etiology,  and  social  imphcations  of  physical,  sexual,  and 
emotional  abuse  and  child  neglect  are  examined.  Intervention  strategies  for 
individual  perpetrator  and  victim  and  for  the  (amily  unit  and  prevention  strategies 
for  the  community  are  also  presented  and  critiqued. 

SOC  542  Social  and  Cultural  Aspects  of  Health  and  Medicine  3  s.h. 

Review  of  fields  of  medical  sociologv-  and  anthropologv :  focuses  on  such  topics  as 
social  background  of  illness,  folk  medicine,  cultural  difierences  in  perceptions  of 
health,  and  social  organization  of  healdi  facihties. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


114       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


SOC  552  Disability  and  Society  3  s.h. 

.AjiaK-zes  disabilin-  from  a  sociological  perspective.  Includes  a  consideration  of 
historical  and  curreni  vievtrs  of  disabilit\'  and  a  review  of  related  concepts  from  the 
fields  of  medical  sodolog}'  and  the  sociolog)-  of  deviance.  Also  includes  an 
analysis  of  the  effects  of  disabilities  on  individuals  and  families  throu^  the  life 
course  and  a  consideration  of  related  ethical,  economic.  poUtical.  and  social  poUcy 
issues.  TTic  emphasis  is  on  disabilitv-  as  a  social  construction. 

SOC  581  Special  Topics  in  Sociologv"  3-6  s.h. 

Seminar  focuses  on  specialized  areas  in  the  disciplme  not  covered  by  regular 
courses.  Students  will  do  extensive  reading  in  the  area.  Courses  may  be  repeated 
under  different  subtides. 

SOC  610  Sociolog>'of  Human  Services  3  s  Ji. 

Introduction  to  the  theoretical  and  appUed  roles  of  human  services  in  our  soaetv- 
Organizational  theories,  deliverv  sv'stcms  models,  and  implementation  issues  are 
discussed. 

SOC  611  Human  Services  .Administration  3  s.li. 

Examines  the  management  of  human  service  agencies,  including  personnel 
supenision.  financial  plaimmg.  pubUc  relations,  and  social  policv'  issues. 
Evaluation  design,  program  monitoring,  and  social  impact  measurement  are  also 
discussed. 

SOC  612  Methods  for  Human  Service  Practidoners  3  sJi. 

Ejiables  students  to  apph-  sociological  methods  such  as  observation,  interviewing, 
and  questionnaire  development  to  direct  service  situations.  Students  will  work 
with  service  users  in  area  agencies  to  help  them  ideniiJv-  their  resources,  concerns, 
and  priorities  and  to  develop  famiK-  service  plans. 

SOC  621  Sociolog>  of  Health  Care  3  s.h. 

Examines  the  contrasting  perspectiv-es  in  the  field  of  medical  sodologv-.  the 
structure  of  health  care  institutions,  and  the  operation  of  health  care  providers. 
The  social.  environmentaL  and  occupational  &ctors  in  health  and  disease  are 
considered  as  well. 

SOC  630  Seminar  in  Alcohol  and  Drag  Abase  3  s  Ji. 

The  social  and  personal  problems  associated  with  alcohol  and  drug  abuse  are 
considered.  .Attention  wiU  be  given  to  the  etiologv'.  social  Actors,  and  economics 
of  abuse,  as  well  as  to  prevention  and  intervention  issues. 

SOC  632   Addiction  and  the  Famih  3  sJi. 

Assesses  the  impaa  of  alcohol  or  drug  addition  on  individuals  and  their  &mihes. 
Research  on  addiction  patterns,  codcpcndencv;  and  &miK-  treatment  are 
discussed.  Special  attention  is  given  to  gender  and  racial  differences  in  addiction 
and  their  impact  on  the  &milv-. 

SOC  636  Sociology  of  the  Family  3  sJi. 

Invohes  the  sociological  analvsis  of  the  &milv-  fix)m  a  varietv-  of  theoretical 
viewpoints  such  as  fiinctionalism.  conflict  iheorv;  exchange  theorv;  svTnboUc 
intcractionism.  sv-stems  theorv'.  and  developmental  theorv-.  Special  emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  contemporarv-  .\merican  famih*.  However,  cross-cultural  and 
historical  comparisons  will  be  made,  with  the  focal  theme  being  the  "de<iine  of 
the  femilv."  Specific  topics  to  be  covered  include:  gender,  the  &nuly  in  historical 
context,  power  relationships  and  ^milv'  roles,  parent-child  interaction,  marital 
satis&ction.  marital  disruption,  and  the  interrelationships  between  race/cthnidtv-. 
social  class,  work  roles,  the  &mi}>;  and  &mil>'  poUcv.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
on})'. 

SOC  642  Industrial  Sociology-  3  sM. 

Elxamines  structure  and  exercise  of  corporate  power.  .Attention  is  given  to 
relationships  between  industrv'.  government,  and  communities  and  the 
transformation  of  the  wor^lace  in  the  tw^entieth  century*. 

SOC 654  SodallneqaaHn  3sJi. 

Examines  central  theoretical  perspectives  on  social  inequalitv*.  Considers  such 
topics  as  the  nature  of  social  classes  and  inequaUtv-:  characteristics  of  working 
class,  poor,  and  super-rich:  gender  and  racial  inequaUtv':  and  how  social  poUcies 
affect  inequahtv'  in  the  L'nited  Slates. 

SOC  656  Social  Change  3  sJi. 

Explores  nature  and  consequences  of  social  change,  alternative  theoretical 
perspectives  on  social  change,  and  how  social  change  might  be  implemented. 
.Mso  discusses  lessons  to  be  learned  from  various  planned  change  efforts. 


SOC  657  Aging  and  SocieCv-  3  s.h. 

Focuses  on  the  social  problems  encountered  by  aging  individuals  in  various 
societies.  The  impact  of  sociological  factors,  such  as  social  class,  ethnicitv-.  and 
technological  change,  on  the  lives  of  the  elderh.-  are  studied.  The  institutional 
structures  and  services  designed  to  cope  with  changing  demographics  are  also 
discussed. 

SOC  662  The  Sociology'  of  Deviance  3  sJi. 

Relationship  between  individual  deviance  and  social  and  cultural  &ctors  is 
examined.  How  different  groups  set  limits  for  acceptable  behavior  is  anal^Tcd  in 
comparative  and  historical  context. 

SOC  664  Research  Seminar  in  Sociology'  3  s.h. 

ElxaminaDon  of  diverse  research  designs  m  the  social  sciences.  Focuses  on 
understanding  and  critique  of  designs  in  the  social  sciences  and  on  integration  of 
theorv  and  research.  Special  attention  given  to  development  of  thesis  proposal. 
Required  for  M.A-  in  Sociology. 

SOC  665  Microcomputing  Applications  in  Sociologv'  3  s.h. 

AnaKsis  of  data  for  social  research,  human  service  agencies,  or  poUcv" 
organizations.  Students  develop  database  management  sv'stems  which  can  be 
applied  to  social  research,  human  service  agencies,  or  poficv-  organizations,  as  weD 
as  spreadsheets  for  program  budgeting,  evaluations,  and  forecasting.  Required  for 
M.. A,,  in  Sodologv".  Prerequisite:  COSC  101  or  equivalent 

SOC  667  Contemporary  Sociological  Theory  3  s-h- 

Examination  of  major  sv-stems  of  sociological  theorv-  and  major  theoretical 
controversies  vving  for  attention  in  contempwrarv-  sodologv.  Emphasis  given  to 
theories  in  macrosociologv-.  espeaalh"  functionalism.  neo-Marxian  confhct  theorv". 
and  sodetal  evolutionism.  Required  for  M.A.  in  Sodologv. 

SOC  68 1  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  3-6  sJt. 

Seminar  focuses  on  specialized  areas  in  the  disdpline  not  covered  by  regular 
courses.  Students  will  do  extensive  reading  in  the  area.  Courses  may  be  repeated 
under  different  subtides. 

SOC  698  Internship  3-6  s.h. 

Supervised  experience  in  pubUc  or  private  organizations  that  extends  and 
complements  classroom  instruction.  Students  gain  practical  experience  and 
appK-  their  skills  to  human  service  agendes.  policy  organizations,  or  researdi 
settings.  Prerecjuisite:  Permission. 

SOC  699  Independent  Studv  in  Sodology  1-3  s.h. 

Students  wishmg  to  specialize  bevond  course  work  are  encouraged  to  work  on  a 
one-to-one  basis  with  fecultv  members  in  independent  studv-.  Students  may  elect 
up  to  a  total  of  six  semester  hours  of  independent  studv-. 

SOC  701  Social  Policy  Issues  in  Organizations  3  s.h. 

.\nalv2es  impact  and  implementation  of  selected  social  polides  (e.g.,  affirmative 
action,  sexual  harassment  substance  abuse  poUcv)  in  human  organizations. 
.Assesses  efforts  to  enhance  and  respond  effectiveh'  to  ethnic,  racial,  social  class, 
and  gender  diversitv-  in  organizations. 

SOC  764  Seminar  in  Applied  Human  Services  Research  3  sJk 

This  course  will  emphasize  the  anahiical  tools  and  methodologies  relevant  to 
students  in  human  services  administration  and  is  intended  to  serve  as  the 
foundation  for  the  completion  of  the  students'  field  experience  and  dissertadon 
research  requirements.  Projects  will  be  assigned  to  fecihtate  an  in-depth 
understanding  and  working  knowledge  of  social  sdence  research  processes, 
methodologies,  and  anah-tical  tools,  with  emphasis  on  those  especialK-  appficable 
to  program  evaluation  and  needs  assessment  In  addition,  by  the  end  of  the 
course,  each  student  should  have  identified  a  dissertation  topic  and  developed  a 
preliminarv- dissertation  research  design.  Prerequisites:  SOC  664  and  GSR  68 1 
Statistics  for  Human  Services. 

SOC  850  Thesis  3-6  s.h. 

For  the  student  writing  the  thesis.  A  thesis  prop>osal  must  be  submitted  to  the 
department's  graduate  coordinator  and  approved  by  the  Soaologv-  Graduate 
Committee  prior  to  registering  for  thesis  credits.  A  completed  thesis  invoh*es  a 
supervised  research  project  approved  by  a  committee  composed  of  the  student's 
thesis  advisor  and  two  additional  Eacultv  members. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTION 


115 


SPb 


speech-Language  Pathology 
D^artment  of  Special  Ecjucation  and 
Ifiical  Services 

College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technolog/ 


SPLP  662  Diagnostic  Clinic  1  s.h. 

Supervised  practiciiiu  experience  in  performing  in-depdi  diagnostic  evaluations 
widi  individuals  exhibiting  any  type  ofspeecli,  hearing,  or  language  dystunctiitn. 
Experience  in  taking  case  histories,  conferring  witli  patients,  and  report  writing. 

SPLP  66.3  Hearing  Testing  Clinic  1  s.h. 

Supervised  practictnn  experience  in  performing  diagnostic  audiological  tests. 

SPLP  671  Advanced  Clinical  Practicum  II  1-6  s.h. 

Similar  to  SPLP  661;  students  assume  more  responsibility,  and  experience  may 
take  place  at  approved  off-catnpus  sites.  Prerequisite:  SPLP(i61. 

SPLP  681  Special  Topics 

SPLP  696  internship  in  Hospiuls  6  s.h. 

Supen'ised  clinical  experience  in  ofl-campus  hospital  settings  widi  indixiduals 
exhibiting  speech,  language,  and/or  hearing  dysfunction.  Planning  and 
implementing  programs  of  tlierajjy  plus  interviewing,  diagnosing,  counseling,  and 
report  writing.  Prerequisites:  Methodology  and  on-campus  practictira  courses, 
permission  ot  graduate  coordinator. 

SPLP  697  Internship  in  Community  Agencies  6  s.h. 

Supenised  clinical  experience  in  otT-campus  community  agency  settings  with 
individuals  e.xliibiting  speech,  language,  and/or  hearing  dysliinction.  Planning 
and  implementing  programs  of  dierapy  plus  inten-iewing.  diagnosing,  counsehng, 
and  report  wTiting.  Prerequisites:  Meduulology  and  on-canipus  practicum 
courses,  permission  of  graduate  coordinator. 

SPLP  698  Internship  in  Schools  6  s.h. 

Supervised  cliinca!  exjjerience  iti  school  settings  widl  individuals  e.vliibitmg 
speech,  language,  and/or  hearing  dysfinlction.  Planning  and  implementing 
programs  of  dierapy  plus  inteniewing.  diagnosing,  counsehng.  and  report 
writing.  Prerequisites:  Graduate  mediodology,  on-campus  practicum  courses, 
permission  of  graduate  coordinator,  and  undergraduate  Professional  Education 
Sequence. 


SPLP  850  Thesis 


Th 


Theater 

Department  of  Theater  and  Dance 
College  of  Fine  Arts 


SPLP  600  Neurolinguistics  3  s.h. 

.'Vn  oveniew  of  basic  anatomy  of  diose  portions  of  the  central  ner\ous  system  that 
control  linguistic  Knictions,  hypotheses  accounting  for  evolution  ol  die  linguistic 
system,  and  die  neurological  control  of  human  communication.  The  course  will 
prepare  die  student  for  advanced  study  of  speech  and  language  development  and 
neurogenic  communication  disorders  of  children  and  adults.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  status  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  or  permission  of  die  instructor. 

SPLP  604  Diagnostic  Methods  3  s.h. 

Evaluation  of  tests  and  techniques  of  diagnosis  of  speech  and  language  disorders; 
inter|)retalion  of  results  and  planning  appropriate,  subsequent  case  management. 
Interviewing  techniques  appropriate  to  case  historv'  taking.  Writing  of  diagnostic 
and  case-ltistory  reports. 

SPLP  610  Articulation  3  s.h. 

Linguistic  approach  to  articulatory  process  and  analysis  of  misarticulation  as 
symptoms  of  language  dysfunction;  variables  related  to  articulatory  mastery; 
programmed,  traditional,  and  sensory-motor  mediods  of  modifying  articiJatory 
belia\ior. 

SPLP  614  Neuropathologies  of  Speech  3  s.h. 

Investigation  of  symptoms  and  etiologies  associated  widi  deviant  neural 
transmission  and  muscular  contraction.  Examination  of  diagnostic  techniques 
employed  in  neuromuscular  conditions  resulting  from  palsies,  progressive 
degenerative  diseases,  dysardirias,  tumors,  and  paralytic  or  paretic  involvement. 
Emphasis  on  treatment  approaches. 

SPLP  616  Stuttering  3  s.h. 

Nature  anil  causes  of  stuttering.  Emphasis  on  diagnosis  and  management. 
Counseling  and  learning  tlieon.-  application  as  two  main  approaches  to  treatment. 
Consideration  of  die  person  as  a  stutterer.  Review  of  pertinent  and  recent 
research  topics. 

SPLP  618  Voice  3  s.h. 

Scientific  principles  of  voice  production  and  modification  widi  emphasis  on 
physiology,  padiologies,  or  malirinctioning  which  produce  voice  defects; 
relationsliip  between  disorders  of  voice  and  personality;  diagnostic  and 
therapeutic  considerations  for  both  organic  and  psychogenic  disorders,  including 
the  laryngectomized. 

SPLP  630  Language  Disorders  of  Children  3  s.h. 

Anatomical,  phvsiological.  psvchological.  neurological,  and  environmental  factors 
related  to  language  delay  or  disordered  language  acquisition.  .An  inventory  of 
language  skills  and  means  of  fostering  dieir  development  or  compensating  for 
inadecjuacies;  a  hohstic  versus  specific  approach  to  programs  ot  remediation. 
Prerequisite:  SPLP  600. 

SPLP  632  Neurological  Communication  Disorders  3  s.h. 

Consideration  of  language,  speech,  and  related  problems  resulting  from 
neurological  insidt.  Neurological  dysftmctioning  will  be  highlighted.  I^iagnosis 
aiul  management  of  persons  widi  aphasia,  agnosias,  apraxias,  and  dysarthrias  will 
be  emphasized,  as  well  as  die  role  of  die  family  in  rehabihtation  and  family 
counseling. 

SPLP  635  Seminar  in  Communication  1-3  s.h. 

Intensive  study  of  one  or  more  areas  of  speech  science,  speech  and  language 
padiology,  or  audiology.  Topics  vary  to  meet  die  student's  needs  and  interests. 
Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  widi  a  change  in  area  considered. 
Prerequisites:  Speech-Language  Padiology  major,  admission  to  degree 
candidacy,  and  advisor  approval. 

SPLP  640  Diagnostic  Audiology  3  s.h. 

Identification  and  description  of  types  of  hearing  impairment  by  standard 
audiometric  procedures  including  pure  tone,  speech,  and  site  of  lesion  batteries. 
Testing  of  special  populations  as  well  as  evaluation  for  fitting  of  amplification. 

SPLP  661   Advanced  Clinical  Practicum  I  2-6  s.h. 

Supcr\iscil  practicum  experience  in  die  I'niversity  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 
\\  itli  in(li\iduals  exhibiting  speech,  language,  and/or  he;lring  dyslunction. 
Planning  anil  administration  of  programs  of  therapy  plus  interviewing, 
diagnosing,  counseling,  and  report  writing. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


3s.h. 


1-6  s.h. 


THTR  586  Practicum  in  Production 

An  opportunitv  with  academic  credit  for  students  to  make  significant 
contributions  to  campus  productions  augmenting  dieater  course  work  in  die  .areas 
of  assistant  directing  or  directing,  stage  management,  technical  direction,  sound 
design,  fighting,  costuming,  scene  design,  properties  and  set  decoration,  scene 
building,  and  painting  and  make-up  design.  May  be  repeated  for  a  nia.\imum  of 
SL\  credits.  Prerequisite:  Permission. 

THTR  693  Internship  1-12  s.h. 

Supenised  working  experience  in  die  context  of  a  professional  dieater 
environment  in  a  company  employing  professional  actors,  directors,  and/or 
designers.  Prerequisite:  Pcnnission. 


116       GRADUATE    SCHOOL   AND    RESEARCH    DEADLINES 


VC 


Vocational  Education 

C  'echnical  Personnel 

College      z 
Techno/ogy 


zion  and  Educational 


VOED  600  Caniculiun  Development  and  \'ocadonaI  Education  3  s.h. 

Emphasis  is  on  processes  for  making  oirriculum  decisions  and  guiding  others  in 
do'eloping  and  updating  curriculum  for  vocational  education.  Current 
occupational  standards  and  societal  needs,  as  well  as  sute  and  federal  regulations 
governing  vocational  education,  are  used  as  a  basis  for  currictilum  decisions. 

VOED  601  CurriciJum  and  Instructional  Leadership 

in  Vocational  Education  3  s.h. 

CurrictJum  management  skills  are  de\eloped  and  utilized  to  plan  and  organize 
vocational  curriculum.  Focus  is  on  practical  curriculum  decisions  when  they 
invohe  guiding  other  staff  in  curriculum  development  for  vocational  education. 

VOED  602  Conference  Leadership  and  Conununicatiou  .Methods  3  s.h. 

in  \ocational  Education 

Basic  concepts  in  supervision  of  vocational  programs  are  reviewed.  Human 
relations,  communications,  processes,  decision  making,  helping  conferences,  and 
leadership  strategies  are  emphasized.  Students  demonstrate  abiHt>'  to  perform 
supervisorv  skills  in  an  individualized  manner  in  an  actual  vocational  school 
situation  supplemented  by  seminars. 

VOEID  603  Management  of  Instruction  for  Vocational  Education  3  s.h. 

Classroom  instructional  tasks  performed  by  the  vocationai  educator  are  studied, 
including  procedures,  materials,  and  learning  and  instructional  stv-les.  Emphasis 
is  on  leadership  strategies  and  processes  to  guide  and  assist  other  vocational 
instructors.  Skills  are  developed  in  an  individualized,  self-paced  maimer  in  an 
actual  vocational  school  situation  supplemented  by  seminars. 

VOED  604  Curriculum  Supervision  in  Vocational  Education  3  s.h. 

Emphasize  skills  needed  to  provide  leadership  in  supervision  of  fecultv-  and  staff. 
In  consultation  with  his  or  her  advisor,  each  student  will  identifv-  those  areas  that 
need  enhancement  in  vocational  settings.  Skills  are  developed  in  an 
individualized,  self-paced  manner  in  an  actual  vocational  school  situation 
supplemented  by  seminars. 

VOED  603  Policv'  .Administration  3  s.h. 

Develop  skills  to  communicate  vocational  school  policies  and  activities  effectively 
with  staff,  students,  and  communitv-.  Includes  studv-  of  student  recruitment  for 
vocational  programs  and  maintenance/expansion/utilization  of  school  fecihties.  In 
consultation  with  his  or  her  advisor,  each  student  will  idendfy-  those  areas  that 
need  fiirther  refincmenL  The  student  will  develop  and  perform  each  requisite 
skill  in  an  individualized,  self-paced  manner  in  an  actual  vocational  school 
situadon  supplemented  by  seminars. 


Graduate  School  and 
Research  Deadlines 

The  following  dates  are  deadlines  for  applications  for 
graduation  and  submission  of  thesis/dissertation  materials. 

Applications  for  Graduation  and  Submission  of 
Thesis/ Dissertation  Materials 

For  a  December  Graduation: 

May  15  Doctoral  candidates  must  have  filed  a 

Research  Topic  .\pproval  Form  in  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

August  15  Master's  candidates  must  have  filed  a 

Research  Topic  .\pproval  Form  in  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

October  1  Both  masters  and  doctoral  candidates  must 

have  filed  an  application  for  graduation  with 
the  Graduate  School  and  Research. 

November  15    -Archival  copies  of  signed  thesis  and  the 
necessar\-  forms  and  fees  must  have  been 
submitted  to  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research. 

For  a  May  Graduation: 

August  1 5  Doctoral  candidates  must  have  filed  a 

Research  Topic  .Approval  Form  in  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

December  15     Masters  candidates  must  have  filed  a 
Research  Topic  ApproN-al  Form  in  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

March  1  Both  master's  and  doctoral  candidates  must 

have  filed  an  appUcation  for  graduation  with 
the  Graduate  School  and  Research. 

April  15  Archival  copies  of  signed  thesis  and  the 

necessan-  forms  and  fees  must  have  been 
submitted  to  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research. 

For  an  August  Graduation: 

December  15  Doctoral  candidates  must  have  filed  a 
Research  Topic  .Approval  Form  in  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

May  15  Masters  candidates  must  have  filed  a 

Research  Topic  .Approval  Fonn  in  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 

June  1  Both  master's  and  doctoral  candidates  must 

have  filed  an  application  for  graduation  with 
the  Graduate  School  and  Research. 

July  15  Archival  copies  of  signed  diesis  and  the 

necessarv  forms  and  fees  must  have  been 
submitted  to  the  Graduate  School  and 
Research. 

Please  note:  The  dates  for  filing  the  "Research  Topic 
Approval  Form"  prior  to  vwiting  a  thesis  or  dissertation  are 
also  Usted  in  the  Thesis/Dissertation  Manual  a\-ailable  in  the 
Graduate  School  and  Research. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


GOVERNING    BOARDS    AND    ADMINISTRATIVE    OFFICERS        117 


Governing  Boards  and  Administrative  Officers 


Board  of  Governors  of  the 

State  System  of  Higher  Education 


Charles  A.  Gomulka.  Chairperson.  Pittsburgh 

Kim  E.  Lyttle.  \"ice  Chairperson.  Pittsburgh 

R.  Benjamin  Wiley.  \'ice  Chairperson.  Erie 

Syed  R.  .\li-Zaidi.  Shippemille 

.Angela  M.  .Ambrose.  .Allison  Park 

Jeffrey  U'.  Coy.  Shippensburg 

Daniel  P.  Elby.  York 

Da\id  P.  Holveck.  Malvern 

Vincent  J.  Hughes.  Philadelphia 

Patricia  K.  Poprik.  Langhome 

James  J.  Rhoades.  Mahanoy  Cit\' 

Da>id  M.  Sanko.  Harrisburg 

B.  Michael  Schaid.  Harrisburg 

Jere  VV.  Schuler.  Lampeter 

Mark  S.  Schweiker.  Harrisburg 

John  K.  Thomburgh.  Pittsburgh 

Christine  Jack  Toretti.  Indiana 

Amy  M.  Voz^iak.  Xanticoke 

Charles  B.  Zogby.  Harrisburg 


lUP  Council  ofTrustees 


Susan  S.  Delaney.  Chairperson,  Indiana 

Kim  E.  Lyttle.Mce  Chairperson.  Pittsburgh 

Da\id  Osikowicz.  Secretar\-.  PunxsutawTiey 

Robert  D.  Duggan.  Indiana 

Cameron  B.  HoUingshead.  Cape  Coral,  Fla. 

Robert  M.  Hovanec.  Treasiu'er,  Ruder 

Mark  .A.  Holman.  Washington.  D.C. 

Da\nd  L.Johnson.  Havertown 

Timothy  M.  Pulte.  Glen  Mills 

Samuel  H.  Smith.  Punxsutawiiey 

Gcaly  VV.  Wallwork.  Kittanmng 

Judy  G.  Hample  {ex  officio).  Harrisburg 


Administrative  Officers 


LawTence  K.  Pettit.  President 

Ruth  .A.  Riesenman.  ELxecurive  Assistant  to  the  President 
Helen  .M.  Soltis.  Assistant  to  the  President  for  Social  Equity 
MarkJ.  Staszkiewicz.  Provost  and  \'ice  President  for  .Academic 

Affairs 
C.  Edward  Recesld.  \'ice  President  for  Administration  and 

Fmance 
Joan  M.  Fisher.  Vice  President  for  Institutional  Ad\'ancement 
Harold  "Pete"  D.  Goldsmith.  Vice  President  for  Student  .Affairs 
Steven  C.  Ender.  Intenm  E.\ecutive  .Assistant  to  die  President  for 

Planning  and  Analysis 

Robert  C.  Camp.  Dean.  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 

Information  Technolog\' 
Nicholas  E.  Kolb.  .Associate  Provost  and  Dean,  School  of 

Continuing  Education 
John  W.  Butzow.  Dean.  College  of  Education  and  Educational 

Technology- 
Michael  J.  Hood.  Dean.  CoUege  of  Fine  .Arts 
James  C.  Petersen,  .Associate  Provost  and  Dean.  The  Graduate 

School  and  Research 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSY 


Carleen  C.  Zoni.  Dean,  College  of  Health  and  Himian  SerNices 
Brenda  L.  Carter.  Dean.  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 
John  S.  Eck.  Dean.  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
Rena  K,  Fowler.  Dean  of  Libraries 

MarkJ.  Piwinsk)-.  Vice  Provost  for  .Administration  and 

Technology' 
Patrick  A.  Carone.  Director,  OfiSce  of  International  Affairs 

Manmohan  D.  Chaubey.  .Associate  Dean,  Elberly  College  of 

Business  and  Intomiation  Technolog)- 
George  E.  Rogers.  .Assistant  Dean  for  Credit  Programs,  School 

of  Continuing  Education 
Edward  VV.  Nardi.  .Associate  Dean  for  .Academic  .Affairs,  College 

of  Education  and  Educational  Technolog\- 
John  R.Johnson.  .Associate  Dean  for  Teacher  Education. 

CoUege  of  Education  and  Educational  Technolog\- 
Douglas  E.  Bish.  .Associate  Dean,  College  of  Fine  .Arts 
Evelyn  S.  Goldsmith.  .Associate  Dean  for  .Administration.  The 

Graduate  School  and  Research 
Donna  M.  Griffith,  .Assistant  Dean,  The  Graduate  School  and 

Research 
Michele  Sanchez  Schwietz,  Interim  Associate  Dean  for 

Research.  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Kathleen  M.  Rourke.  .Associate  Dean.  College  of  Health  and 

Human  Ser\ices 
Yaw  .A.  Asamoah.  Dean's  .Associate.  College  of  Humanities  and 

Social  Sciences 
Alphonse  N.  Novels.  .Associate  Dean.  CoOege  of  Humamties  and 

Social  Sciences 
Jacqueline  L.  Gorman.  Dean's  Associate,  College  of  Natmal 

Sciences  and  Mathematics 
Aleksandra  B.  Kaniasty.  .Assistant  Dean.  College  of  Natural 

Sciences  and  .Mathematics 
Elizabeth  .A.  Evans.  .Associate  Dean  of  Libraries 

Department  Cliairpersons 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology 

Germain  P.  Kline,  Accoimting 

.Alan  Eastman.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

Prashanth  B.  Nagendra.  .Management 

Louise  B.  Burky.  Management  Information  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 
Krish  S.  Krishnan.  Marketing 
Wayne  .A.  Moore.  Technolog\'  Support  and  Training 

College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology 
Trenton  R.  Ferro.  .Adult  and  Communit\-  Education 
Kurt  P.  Dudt.  Communications  Media 
ClaireJ.  Dandeneau.  Counseling 

Mary  .Ann  Rafoth.  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
George  R.  Bieger.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Richard  C.  Nowell.  Special  Education  and  CUnical  Services 
Ronald  Lunardini.  Student  .Affairs  in  Higher  Education 
Judith  M.  Hechtman.  Head.  Universit)-  School 

College  of  Fine  Arts 

Vaughn  H.  Clay.  .Art 

Lorraine  P.  Wilson.  Music 

Barbara  S.  Blackledge,  Theater  and  Dance 

LVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


118       GOVERNING    BOARDS   AND    ADMINISTRATIVE    OFFICERS 


College  of  Heakh  and  Human  Services 

Joanne  B.  Steiner.  Food  and  Nutrition 

James  G.  Mill. Jr..  Healdi  and  Physical  Education 

Stephen  B.  Shiring.  Hotel.  RestauranL  and  Institutional 

Management 
Linda  S.  Nelson.  Human  De%-elopment  and  Eji\-iroimiental 

Studies 
James  F.  Byers.  Industrial  and  Labor  Reladons 
Jodell  L.  kuzneski.  Nursing  and  .Allied  Health 
Lon  H.  Ferguson.  Safet>-  Sciences 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Matiiematks 

W.  Barkley  Buder.  Biolog% 

Ruiess  \'.  Ramsey.  Chemistry- 

Gar^'  L.  Buterbaugh.  Computer  Science 

Dariene  S.  Richardson.  Geoscience 

Gerald  M.  Buriok.  Mathematics 

Richard  D.  Roberts.  Physics 

Mary  Lon  Zanich.  Psycholog)' 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

Phillip  D.  Neusius.  .\ntliro{)olog%- 

Dennis  M.  Giever.  Criminolog)- 

Nicholas  karatjas.  Exonomics 

GailJ.  Berlin.  English 

Charles  R.  McCreary.  French  German 

Robert  P.  Sechrist,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

Gary  L.  Bailey.  History 

Robert  H.  Russell.  Journalism 

.\lbert  E.  Bouffard.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

Da\4d  D.  Chambers.  Political  Science 

Har>ey  S.  Holtz.  Sociolog)- 

R.  Roger  Smith.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Deparwental  Units 

Catherine  M.  Dugan.  Ad\-ising  and  Testing  Center 

Kim  Weiner  and  Sherrill  A.  Kuckuck.  Counseling  and  Student 

Development 
Carmy  G.  Carranza.  Learning  Center 
Sandra  Durbin.  \'ocarional  Personnel  Program 

Directors  of  Special  Qinics 

Clarice  K.  Reber.  Director.  Sjjeech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

Mctoria  B.  Damiam.  Director,  Child  Stuch-  Center 

School  of  Continuing  Education 

Di>Tsion  of  Credit  Programs 

Rebecca  S.  Steriey.  Director,  .\dult  .Advisement  Services 

Paula  Sandusky.  Director,  Off-Campus  Studies 


Graduate  Coordinators 


Robert  E.  Millward.  .Administration  and  Leadership  Studies 

(D.Ed) 
Rosalvn  B.  Darling.  .Administration  and  Leadership  Studies 

(Ph.D.) 
Elizabeth  Crane.  .Administration  and  Leadership  Studies 

(Ph.D..  Harrisburg) 
Trenton  R.  Ferro.  .Adidt  and  Communit)-  Education  (M.A.) 
Kurt  P.  Dudt  and  Gary  J.  Dean.  .Adult  Elducation  and 

Communications  Technolog)  Track 
James  R  Nestor.  .An  (M.A..  M.F.A.) 
Frederick  A.  .Adkins.  .Applied  Mathematics  (M.S.) 
Robert  D.  Hinrichsen.  Biolog>-  (M.S.) 

Krish  S.  Krishnan.  Business  (M.B..A..  M.B..A.  ELxecuthe  Track) 
Linda  F.  Szul.  BusinessAVorkforce  Development  (M.Ed.) 
John  C.  Ford.  Chemistrv-  (M..A.,  M.S.) 
Donald  V.  Robertson.  Clinical  Ps\cholog\-  (Ps\-.D.) 
Claire  J.  Dandeneau.  Communit)'  Counseling  (M..A.),  School 

Counseling  (M.Ed.) 
David  L.  Myers.  Criminolog)"  (M..A.) 
.Alida  V.  Merio.  Criminolog)-  (M..A..  Pittsburgh) 
Randv  L.  Martin.  Criminolog)'  (Ph.D.) 
Wenfan  Van.  Curriculiun  and  Instruction  (D.M.) 
Mar)  R.  Jalongo.  ILarly  Childhood  Education  (M.Ed.) 
\  ictoria  B.  Damiani.  Educational  Psvcholog)-  (M.Ed.) 
Janice  M.  Baker.  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  (M.Exi.) 
Lawrence  M.  Feldman.  Ellementar)/Middle  School  Mathematics 

Education  (M.Exl.) 
Donald  .A.  Mc.Andrew.  English,  Composition  and  TESOL 

(.M..A..-\l.A.T.E..Ph.D.) 
Karen  .A.  Dandurand.  English.  Literatiwe  and  Criticism  (M.A., 

Ph.D.) 
Susan  S.  Dahlheimer.  Food  and  Nutrition  (M.S.) 
John  E.  Benhart.  (Geography  (M..A.,  M.S.) 
Tamara  L.  UTiited.  Histon.  (M..A.) 
James  F.  Bvers.  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  (M.A.) 
Nedra  Keamev-\ akulick.  Literacy  (M.Ed.) 
Frank  Corbett.Jr..  Masters  in  Education  (M.Ed.) 
Margaret  .M.  Stempien.  Mathematics  Education  (M.Ed.) 
Susan  E.  Wheadey.  Music  (M.A.) 
Nashat  Zuraikat.  Nursing  (M.S.) 
Muhammad  Z.  .Numan.  Physics  (M..A..  M.S.) 
Cathv  C.  Kaufman.  Pnncipal  Certification 
Eveh-n  S.  Goldsmith.  Professional  Growth  (M..A.,  M.S.,  M.Ed.) 
Gawdat  G.  Bahgat.  PubUc  .Aflairs  (M..A.) 
Lon  H.  Ferguson.  Safet)-  Sciences  (M.S.) 
Edward  M.  Levinson.  School  Psvcholog)-  (D.Ed.) 
Kay  .A.  Snyder.  Sociolog)-  (M..A.) 
David  \V.  Stein.  Sj)eech-Language  Patholog)'  (M.S.) 
Elaine  H.  Blair.  Sf>ort  Science  (M.S.) 
Ronald  Lunardini,  Student  .Affairs  in  Higher  Education  (M.A.) 


INDIA 


VERSITY    OF    PENNS 


GRADUATE    CATALOG 


FACULTY    MEMBERS    ELIGIBLE  TO   TEACH    AT  THE    GRADUATE    LEVEL       119 


Faculty  Members  Eligible  to 
Teach  at  the  Graduate  Level 


Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Infornnation  Technology 

Departrnent  of  Accounting 

Chobasbv.  Mobamed  E..  Hochschule  fuer 
Wethandel;  C.P.A.:  Professor 

Josepb.  Jen->-  A..  B.S..  Unhersin.-  of 

Colorado:  M.S..  George  Washington 
Urmersit)':  M.H..\..  Urmersity  of 
Pittsburgh:  .Associate  Professor 

PressK-.  Thomas.  B.S..  Youngstown  Sate 
L'niversit^":  M.B.-\..  \bungstown  State 
Uni\ersit)-:  Ph.D..  Kent  State:  Associate 
Professor 

Woan,  Ronald.  Ph.D..  Florida  State 
Universit)';  Associate  Professor 

Department  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

.\£faneh.  Ibrahim  J..  B.S.C..  Cairo  Lnnersit)": 
M.B.A..Unnersit>  ofLtah:  Ph.D.. 
LniversitN"  of  Utah:  .Associate  Professor 

.\mes.  \\llliam  Dennis.  M.B..\..  Golden  Gate 
Lrmersir*: J.D..  Ohio  Northern 
Urmersit)':  L.L.M.(Tax).  Urmersit)-  of 
San  Diego:  .Associate  Professor 

Dubala.  Karen.  B.S..  Clarion  L  ni^■e^sit\"  of 
Penns\K'ania:  M.B..\..  Clarion  Universit)- 
of  Pennsyh-ania:  Ph.D..  Pennsv-K-ania 
State  Lriiversiti.-:  .\ssociate  Professor 

Eastman.  Alan  D..  B.S..  BuckneU  Urmersit)': 
M.S..  Perms\-l\-ania  State  Urmersit)-; 
.\.B.D..  Urmersit)  of  North  Carolina  at 
Chapel  Hill:  Ph.D..  Florida  State 
Universit) :  .\ssociate  Professor 

Cart,  Mzn.  B.A..  Urmersit)-  of  Penns)-lvania: 
M..\..  Urmersit)-  of  Penns)-K-ania: 
Ph.D..  Urmersit)-  of  Penns)l\-ania. 
Wharton  School:  -Associate  Professor 

Ray,  Terry  T..  B.A..  Grove  Cit\  College: 
M.Ed..  Duquesne  Urmersity:  J. D.. 
Duquesne  UniversitN':  Professor 

Welker,  James  E..  M.B.A..  Urmersit)-  of 
Pittsburgh:  .\ssistant  Professor 

Department  of  Management 

All.  Abbas.  B.C..  Urm-ersit\-  of  Baghdad: 

M.B.A..  Marshall  Uni%ersit)-:  Ph.D..  West 

Virginia  Universit)-:  Professor 
.Ashamalla,  Maali.  M.B..\..  Baruch  College: 

M.Phil..  Cit)  Lniversit)-  of  New  York; 

Ph.D..  Cit)  Universit)-  of  New  York: 

.\ssociate  Professor 
Falcone,  Thomas.  B.S..  Penns)-l\-ania  State 

Universit):  M.B..\..  .Mankato  State 

College:  D.B.-\..  Kent  State  Universit)-: 

Professor 
Gibbs.  .Manton.  B.A..  Universitv-  of  Utah: 

.M.B.A..  Universit)  of  Utah:' Ph.D.. 

Michigan  State  Universit) :  Professor 
Mobamed,  .\hmed  .\..  Ph.D..  L'lmersit)-  of 

Mississippi;  .\ssociate  Professor 


Nagendra.  Prashanth  B..  B.S..  Bangalore 
L  niversitv:  M.S..  New  Jersey  Institute  of 
Technolog)-;  M.B..\..  Rutgers  Uni\-ersit)-; 
Ph.D..  Rutgers  Urmersit)-;  .Associate 
Professor 

Orfie,John  N..  B.S..  Universit)'  of  Nigeria; 
M.B..\..  Michigan  State  Urmersity: 
Ph.D..  Michigan  State  Urmersit)-; 
.Associate  Professor 

Osborne,  Stephen  W..  B.S..  Indiana 
Universit)-  of  Penns)-l\-ania:  M.B.A., 
Universit)-  of  Pittsburgh:  Ph.D.. 
Universit)-  of  Pittsburgh:  Professor 

Slack.  Frederick  J.,  B..A.,  St.  Vmcent  College: 
M.B.A..  Universit)-  of  Pittsburgh;  Ph.D., 
Universit)-  of  Pittsburgh:  .Associate 
Professor 

Soni.  Ramesh.  B.S..  Indian  Institute  of 

Technolog)-;  M.S..  Urmersit)-  of  Texas  at 
Arlington:  Ph.D.,  Urmersit)-  of  Texas  at 
Arlington;  Professor 

Wisnieski,Joette  M..  B..A..  Penns)-h-ania 
State  Urmersit)-;  M.B..A..  Penns)-K-ania 
State  L'lmersit)-;  Ph.D..  Universit)-  of 
Georgia;  .Associate  Professor 

Department  of  Management  Information 

Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 

.Albohali.  .Mobamed.  B.S..  Universit)-  of 
Benghazi:  M.S..  Colorado  State 
Urmersit)-;  Ph.D..  Kansas  State 
Universit)-;  .Associate  Professor 

Boldin.  Robert,  B.S..  L'niversit)  of 
Pittsburgh;  M.B..A..  Duquesne 
Urmersit)-;  M..A..  Universit)"  of 
PermsvK-ania:  Ph.D..  Uiuversit)-  of 
Penns)-K-ania;  Professor 

Burky,  Louise.  B..A..  Philadelphia 
Conserv-ator)-  of  Music:  M.B..A.. 
Duquesne  Urmersit)-;  Ph.D..  Urmersit)- 
of  Pittsburgh:  .Associate  Professor 

Halapin.  Richard.  Ph.D..  Universit)'  of 
Pittsburgh:  .Associate  Professor 

Nabouraii.  -Ata.  B.S..  Urmersit)-  of  Hartford: 
M..\..  Duquesne  Urmersit)-;  Ph.D.. 
Universit\  of  Pittsburgh:  Professor 

Pierce.  Elizabeth  M..  Ph.D..  Urm'ersity  of 
Michigan;  .Associate  Professor 

Rodger, James  .A..  B.S..  Urmersit)'  of 

Pittsburgh:  M.B..A..  Indiana  Urmersit)-  of 
Perms vl\-ania:  Ph.D..  Southern  Illinois 
Urmersit)-;  .Associate  Professor 

\Mbowo,  Kustim.  B..A..  Urmersit)-  of 
Indonesia:  M.S..  Baylor  Universit)': 
Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Kentuck)-;  .Associate 
Professor 

Department  of  Marketing 

Batra.  .Madan.  B.Com..  Delhi  Universit)': 
M.Phil..  Delhi  Universit)-;  M.B.A.. 
Dalhousie  Uim'ersit)-:  Ph.D..  University 
of  Wisconsin— Madison:  Professor 


Garg.  Rajendark.  B.Com..  University  of 
Delhi;  M.Com..  .Agra  Universit)':  M.S., 
.New  Delhi  Y.M.C.A.  Institute  of 
Management  Studies:  M.B..A.,  Oklahoma 
State  Urmersit)':  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Massachusetts:  Professor 

Krisbnan,  Krish.  B.Tech..  Indian  Institute  of 
Technolog):  M.B..A..  Indian  Institute  of 
Management;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh;  Professor 

Sciulli.  Lisa.  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State 
Universit)-;  M.B..A.,  Urmersit)'  of 
Pittsburgh:  Ph.D.,  Urmersity  of 
Pittsburgh;  .Associate  Professor 

Sbarma,  Varinder  M..  Ph.D..  Universit)'  of 
North  Texas:  .Associate  Professor 

Taiani.  N'incent  P.,  B.S..  Indiana  Universit)'; 
.M.B..A..  Universit)-  of  Utah:  Ph.D..  State 
Universit)-  of  New  York  at  Buflalo: 
.Associate  Professor 

\\tiers,  Ronald  M..  B.S.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh;  M.S..  Sloan  School  of 
Management.  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technolog)-;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Pittsburgh;  Professor 

Department  of  Technology  Support 
and  Training 

Brandenberg.  Maryaime.  B.S..  Southwest 

Missoiin  State  Universit)-:  M.B..A.. 

Southwest  Missouri  State  Universit)-; 

Ed.D..  Oklahoma  State  Universit)-;  Ph.D.. 

Ohio  Umversirv-;  Professor 
Hemby,  K.  N'irginia.  D.Phil..  Universit)'  of 

Southern  Mississippi:  Associate  Professor 
Kovacs,  Paid  J..  B.S..  California  Urmersit)'  of 

Pennsyh-ania:  M.Ed..  Universit)"  of 

Pittsburgh:  Ph.D..  Universit)'  of 

Pittsburgh;  Associate  Professor 
Lincecum,  LeAnn.  B.A..  Texas  Tech 

Umversin :  M.Ed..  Texas  Tech 

Universit)-;  Ed.D..  Texas  Tech  Urmersit)': 

-Assistant  Professor 
McPherson,  VMlliam.  B..A..  Montclair  State 

College:  M.-A..  Glassboro  State  College; 

M.-A..  Montclair  State  College:  Ph.D., 

New  York  Universit)';  Professor 
Moore,  Wayne  A.,  B.S.  Rider  College;  M.A., 

Rider  College:  Ed.D..  Temple  University: 

Professor 
Rowell,  Richard.  B.Ed..  Plymoudi  State 

College;  M.Eld..  Uimersitv-  of  Georgia: 

Ed.D..  L'niversit)-  of  Georgia:  Professor 
Szul.  Linda.  B.S..  Indiana  Universit)-  of 

Permsvlvania:  M.Ed..  Indiana  Universit)- 

of  Penns)'lvania;  Ed.D..  Universit)'  of 

Pittsburgh;  Professor 
Woodland,  Dawn  E..  Ph.D..  Southern  Illinois 

University:  .Associate  Professor 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


120       FACULTY    MEMBERS    ELIGIBLE  TO  TEACH    AT  THE    GRADUATE    LEVEL 


College  of  Education  and 
Educational  Technology 

Department  ofAduk  and  Community 

Education 

Dean.  Gary,  B.S..  Miami  Universit)':  M.A., 
Ohio  State  Uimersit)':  Ph.D..  Ohio  State 
Universit)-:  Professor 

Ferro,  Trenton.  B.A..  Concordia  Senior 
College:  M.Div..  Concordia  Seminar^': 
M.S.T..  Concordia  Seminar)':  M..-V.. 
L'niversit)'  of  California:  Exl.D..  Northern 
Illinois  University:  Associate  Professor 

Department  of  Communications  Media 

Austl.  Dennis.  B.S..  Clarion  State  College: 
Ed.S..  Indiana  L'niversit) :  Ed.D..  Indiana 
L'ni\ersit)":  Professor 

Dudt.  Kurt.  B.S..  Clarion  Universit)'  of 

Pennsvh-ania:  M.S..  Clarion  Uni\'ersit)-  of 
PennsvK-ania:  Ph.D..  L'ni\ersit\'  of 
Pittsburgh:  Professor 

Komfeid,  Paid.  B.A..  BrookK-n  College: 
M.S.Exl..  Northern  Dlinois  L'niversit)': 
-M.E..  Kent  State  Uimersit)':  Ed.D.. 
Illinois  State  Universit)':  Associate 
Professor 

Leidman.  Mary  Beth.  B.S..  Emerson  College: 
M.S..  Emerson  College:  D.Ed.. 
Vanderbilt  Universit)':  Professor 

Lenze.James  S..  B.S..  Indiana  Universit)'  of 
PennsyK-ania:  M.S..  Peimsv'U'ania  State 
Universit)':  Ph.D..  Pennsyh^nia  State 
Universit)':  .-Assistant  Professor 

Start,Jay.  B.S.,  Clarion  State  College:  M.S.. 
Clarion  State  College:  Ph.D.,  Universit)' 
of  Pittsburgh:  .Associate  Professor 

Wilson.  Gail  B.,  B.A.,  Morehead  State 
Unhersit)':  M.A.,  Morehead  State 
Universit)':  D.Ed.,  Universit)'  of 
Pittsburgh:  Associate  Professor 

Department  of  Counseling 
Fontaine.Janet  B.S..  Br)'ant  College:  M.Ed.. 

Universit)"  of  Massachusetts:  Ph.D.. 

Universit)'  of  Hawaii:  .\ssociate  Professor 
Guth,  Lorraine  J..  Ph.D..  Indiana  Universit)': 

Associate  Professor 
L'Amoreau,  Nadene  A..  M..\.,  Edinboro 

Universit)'  of  Pennsylvania; 

.-Assistant  Professor 
Wtchel,  Robert .  B..A.,  Trenton  State 

College:  M..\..  Bowling  Green  State 

Universit)':  D.Ed.,  Universit)'  of  Georgia: 

Professor 
Worzb)'t,  John.  B.S.,  State  Uim-ersity  of  New 

York:  Ed.M..  L'raversitv-  of  Rochester: 

Ed.D..  University,  of  Rochester:  Professor 

Department  of  Educavonai  and 

School  Psychology 

Barker,  William.  B.S..  Uni\ersit)'  of 

Wisconsin— Milwaukee:  M.S..  University 
of  Wisconsin — Milwaukee:  Ph.D.. 
Universit)'  of  Pennsyh'aiua;  Professor 

Damiani,  Mctoria,  B.A..  Beaver  College; 
M..\..  West  Chester  Universit)':  Ed.D., 
College  of  William  and  Mary:  Associate 
Professor 


Hoellein,  Robert.  B.S..  Juniata  College:  M.S., 
West  Virginia  Universit)':  Ph.D.,  Ohio 
State  L'niversit)':  Professor 

LeWnson.  Edward.  B.A..  State  Urmersitv'  of 
New  York  at  Oswego:  M.S..  St.  John's 
Universit)':  Ed.D..  Virginia  PoKlechnic 
Institute  and  State  Universit)':  Professor 

Quirk.JoIui.  B..\..  Fairleigh  Dickinson 
Uimersit)":  M.A..  Fairleigh  Dickinson 
Universitv":  Ed.D..  Universit)'  of  Georgia: 
Professor 

Rafoth,  Mary  .\nn.  B.S.,  Miami  University: 
M.Ed..  Universit)'  of  Georgia:  Ph.D.. 
Universit)'  of  Georgia:  Professor 

Rattan,  Gurmal.  B.A..  Universit)'  of  British 
Columbia:  M..\.,  Universit)-  of  British 
Columbia:  Ph.D.,  Ball  State  University: 
Professor 

Department  of  Foundations  of  Education 
Thibadeau.  Eugene.  B..\..  New  York 

Universit\':  M..A..  New  York  University 
(two  degrees);  Ph.D..  New  York 
University:  Professor 

Department  of  Professional  Studies  in 

Education 

Bieger,  George.  B.S.,  United  States  Naval 

.Academy:  M..\..  Uruversitv'  of  West 

Florida:  M.S..  ComeU  Uimersit)':  Ph.D., 

Cornell  Universit)":  Professor 
Carreiro,  A.  Keith.  Ed.D..  Harvard 

Universit)'.  .\ssistant  Professor 
Cole-Slaughter,  Bemadette.  Q.A..  Pace 

Universit)':  M.Ed..  Temple  Universit)': 

Ph.D..  Purdue  Universit)':  .\ssociate 

Professor 
Corbett.  Frank.  B.S..  Temple  Uimersit)': 

M.Ed..  Temple  Universit)-:  D.Ed.. 

Temple  Universit)':  .Associate  Professor 
Creany,  .Anne.  B..A..  St.  Man's  College: 

M.Ed.,  Indiana  Urmersitv'  of 

Pennsyh'ania:  D.Ed..  Indiana  Universit)' 

of  Pennsyh'ania:  .Associate  Professor 
EIIiott,Joan.  B.S..  California  Universit)'  of 

Peimsv'K-ania:  M..A..  West  Virginia 

Universit)-;  Ed.D..  Pennsyl\-ama  State 

Unrversit)-;  Professor 
Farrah,  Margaret  .A..  B.S..  Indiana  University 

of  Pennsyh'ania:  M..A..  Indiana  Universit)' 

of  Peims)'K'ania;  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon 

Universit)':  .Assistant  Professor 
Fennimore,  Beatrice,  B..A.,  St.  Josephs 

College:  M.S..  Brookl)'n  College:  .M.Ed.. 

Columbia  Universit)':  Ed.D.,  Columbia 

Universit)';  Professor 
Cerlacb,  Gail.  B.S..  Indiana  Universit)-  of 

PeimsvK-ania:  M..A..  Columbia  Universit)-; 

Ed.D..  Temple  Universit)';  Professor 
Hannibal.  .Mary  .Aiue.  B..A..  Mercvhurst 

College:  M.Ed..  Edinboro  Urmersit)': 

Ph.D..  State  Uimersit)-  of  New  York: 

.Assistant  Professor 
Ulig-.A>'iles,  Barbara  A.,  D.Ed.,  Indiana 

Uimersit)-  of  Pennsylvania:  Assistant 

Professor 
Jalongo,  Marv'  Renck.  B..A.,  Uimersity  of 

Detroit  at  Mere)':  .M..A.T.,  Oakland 

Universit)':  Ph.D.,  Uimersit)-  of  Toledo; 

Universir\'  Professor  and  Professor 


Kaufinan,  Cathy  C.  B.S..  Indiana  Universit)' 

of  Pennsyh'ania;  M.Ed..  Indiana 

Universit)  of  Pennsyh'ania:  Ph.D.. 

Universit)'  of  Pittsburgh:  Professor 
KeameyA'akulick,  Nedra.  B.S..  Indiana 

Universit)  of  Pennsyh'ania:  M.Ed.. 

Indiana  Universit)-  of  Pennsyh'ania: 

Ph.D..  Universit)'  of  Pittsburgh;  .Associate 

Professor 
King,  Robert  L.,  B.S.,  Lycoming  College: 

M.S.Ed..  Bucknell  Uimersit)';  D.Exl., 

Pennsyh'ania  State  Universit)';  Professor 
Kupetz.  Barbara.  B.S..  Indiana  Universit)-  of 

Peniis)l\'ania;  M.Ed..  Indiana  University 

of  Pennsyhania:  Ed.D..  University  of 

Pittsburgh:  Professor 
Millward.  Robert.  B.S..  California  State 

Umversit) :  .\I.Ed.,  Duquesne  Universit)'; 

D.Ed..  Pennsyh'ania  State  University; 

Professor 
Stamp,  Laurie.  B.M.E..  E^t  Carolina 

Universit)':  M.Ed.,  Campbell  Universit)'; 

D.Ed.,  Indiana  Universit)'  of 

Pennsvhania:  .Associate  Professor 
Tidwell,  Monte.  B..A..  Urmersit)'  of 

Oklahoma:  M..A..  Universit)'  of  Houston; 

Ph.D..  Universit)'  of  Pittsburgh:  .Associate 

Professor 
Twiest,  Mark.  B.S..  Clarion  University  of 

Peimsyl\-ania:  M.S..  Clarion  Uimersit)-  of 

Penns)-K-ania:  Ph.D..  Universit)-  of 

Georgia:  -Associate  Professor 
Twiest,  Meghan.  B.S..  Clarion  L'niversit)-; 

M.Ed..  Clarion  Universit)-;  Ed.D.. 

L'niversit)-  of  Georgia;  Professor 
\old.  Larry.  Ph.D..  Universit)-  of  Wisconsin; 

.Associate  Professor 
Van.  Wenfan.  B..A..  Shanghai  Teachers' 

Universit)';  M.Ed..  Edinboro  Universit)' 

of  Pennsvh-ania:  M..A..  State  Universit)-  of 

New-  York  at  Buffalo:  Ph.D..  State 

Universit)  of  New  York  at  Buffalo; 

Professor 

Department  of  Special  Education  and 

Clinical  Services 

.Appl.  Dolores  J..  B.A.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota;  M.Ed..  Northern  Illinois 
Uimersit)-;  Ph.D.,  Universit)-  of  Illinois; 
.Assistant  Professor 

Baker.Janice  M..  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh.  .Assistant  Professor 

Domaracki.Joseph.  B.S..  SUppen.-  Rock 
State  College:  M.Ed..  Universit)-  of 
Pittsburgh:  Ph.D..  L'niversit)'  of 
Pittsburgh:  .Associate  Professor 

Fallon,  Karen  .A..  B.S.,  Penns)'h-ania  State 
Universit)-;  M.S..  Penns)-h-ania  State 
Universit)-;  Ph.D.  Peims)-h-ania  State 
Universit)-:  Assistant  Professor 

Glor-Scheib,  Susan.  B.S..  Exlinboro  State 
College;  M.Ed..  Uimersit)-  of  Pittsburgh; 
Ph.D.,  Uimersit)-  of  Pittsburgh:  .Associate 
Professor 

Jackson,  Kent.  B.S..  Kansas  State  Universit)- 
(two  degrees);  M.S..  Emporia  State 
Universit)';  Ph.D..  University  of  Kansas; 
Associate  Professor 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


FACULTY    MEMBERS    ELIGIBLE   TO   TEACH    AT  THE    GRADUATE    LEVEL       121 


Klein.  Diane  H..  B.S..  Ohio  Uim'ersitv': 

M.Ed..  L'niversin  of  Pittsburgh:  Ph.D.. 

L  iiiversitN  of  Pittsburgh:  .\ssociate 

Professor 
Nowell,  Richard.  B.A..  Georgetown  College: 

M..\..  New  York  Universit)-:  Ed.D.. 

Lniversitv-  of  Rochester:  Professor 
Reber.  Clarice.  B.S..  Nordiwestem 

L'iiiversit\':  .M.S..  Uiiiversit\-  of  Michigan: 

.Assistant  Professor 
Robertson.  Shari  A..  Ph.D..  Universit)-  of 

Wisconsin:  .Assistant  Professor 
Stein.  Da>id  W..  B.S.Ed..  Indiana  L'niversit)' 

of  PemisyK-ania:  M..\..  Kent  State 

L  iiiversirv;  Ph.D..  L  niversit)"  of 

Pittsburgh:  .Associate  Professor 
Tellis.  Glen.  B.S..  St.  Xa\ier"s  College:  M.S., 

California  State  L'niversit)':  Ph.D.. 

PennsyK-ania  State  University;  Assistant 

Professor 

Department  of  Student  Affairs  in 

Higher  Education 

Belch.  HoUey  A..  Ph.D..  BowUng  Green  State 
L"nixersit\ ;  .Assistant  Professor 

Hall.  Linda  M..  D.Ed..  Indiana  L'niversity  of 
Pennsvhania;  .Associate  Professor 

Lunardini.  Ronald.  B.S..  Indiana  Liiiversity 
of  PennsvK'aiua:  M.Ed..  Duquesne 
Universit)':  Ed.D..  Pennsvh-ania  State 
L'niversitN':  .Associate  Professor 

Mueller.  John  .A..  Ph.D..  Coliuubia 
I  iii\  ersit) :  .Assistant  Professor 

University  School 

EUermeyer.  Deborah.  B.S..  Indiana 

L imersit)'  ol  Pennsyh-ania:  M.Ed.. 

Indiana  L  niversitv"  of  PennsyK"ania: 

D.Ed..  Indiana  Universit)'  of 

Pennsyl\-ania:  .Assistant  Professor 
Hechtman.  Judith.  B.S..  Kent  State 

L'niversin :  .\1..A.T..  L'niversit)-  of 

Pittsburgh:  Ed.D..  L'niversit)-  of 

Pittsburgh:  Professor 
Yost,  Nancy  J..  B.S..  Pike\-iUe  College:  M.S., 

Emporia  State  L  mversirv":  Ph.D.. 

Peiuisyh^nia  State  L  iiiversit)':  Associate 

Professor 


College  of  Fine  Arts 

Department  of  Art 

Ali,  Ronald  D..  B..A..  Pennsvh-ania  State 

Lniversin :  M.F..A..  Caniegie  Mellon 

L  niversit\ :  .Associate  Professor 
Ben-Z>-i,  Paul.  B.S..  State  L'niversit)  of  New 

York  at  New  Paltz:  M.-A..  L'niversit)'  of 

Iowa:  M.F..A..  L'niversit)  of  Iowa: 

.Associate  Professor 
Boemer,  P.  Parker.  B.F..A..  L'niversitv  of 

Te.\as  at  .Austin:  M.F..A..  Mar)-|and 

Institute:  .Associate  Professor 
Burwell.  Sandra  L..  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State 

L'niversit)':  M.Ed..  PemisyK'ania  State 

L  Iiiversit)':  .Associate  Professor 
Clay,  N'aughn.  B..A..  Westminster  College: 

M.Ed..  L'niversit)'  of  Pittsburgh:  Ed.D.. 

University  of  Pittsburgh:  Professor 


DeFurio,  Anthony.  B.S..  Eldinboro  L^niversit) 

of  PennsvK"ania:  M.Ed..  Indiana 

L  niversit\'  ot  Peiuisyh'aiiia:  Ph.D.. 

Pennsvh  ania  State  L'niversit) :  Professor 
Cillham.  .Andrew.  B.A..  .Albion  College; 

M.F..A..  Micliigan  State  LIni\-ersity: 

.Associate  Professor 
Hedman.  Donn  W..  B.F..A..  L'niversit)-  of 

Kansas:  M.F..A..  Wasliington  State 

L'niversit)-:  Professor 
LaRoche.  L)-nda  L..  M.F..A..  Indiana 

I  iii\  ersitv:  .Assistant  Professor 
Mambo.  Marjorie  A..  B..A..  Harpur  College: 

M..A.T..  L  niversit)  of  Nairobi:  M..A.. 

Columbia  L'niversit)-;  M.Ed..  Columbia 

L  Iiiversit^-:  Ed.D..  Columbia  Liiiversit)-; 

.Associate  Professor 
Mannikka,  EJeanor.  B..A..  Urm-ersit)-  of 

Michigan:  M..A..  L'niversitv  of  Michigan: 

Ph.D..  L'ni\-ersit)-  of  Micliigan:  .Assistant 

Professor 
Mitchell.  Brenda.  B..A..  Eastern  LUinois 

L  niversirv :  M..A..  L  mversit\  ot  lUinois: 

Ph.D..  Lniversitv  of  Illinois:  .Associate 

Professor 
Nestor.  James.  B..A..  Kent  State  L'niversit)-; 

M..A..  Studio.  Kent  State  L'niversity: 

D.A.,  Caniegie  Mellon  L'lmersit)-; 

Professor 
Palmisano,  Susan  M..  B..A..  L'niversit)  of 

Davton:  M..A..  L'niversit)  of  Cincinnati: 

.Associate  Professor 
Mllalobos  Echeverria.  Patricia.  B.F..A.. 

Louisiana  State  L'niversit)-;  M.F..A..  West 

\  irginia  L  niversit* :  .-Vssociate  Professor 
Weiland.  Christopher.  B.S..  Indiana 

L  mversit*  ot  Pennsvh'ama:  M.Ed.. 

Pennsvh'ania  State  Liiiversiri':  M.F..A.. 

Rochester  Institute  of  Technolog)-; 

Professor 

Deportment  of  Music 

Dickinson.  Christian.  B.M..  Florida  State 

L  mversit) ;  -\1..\I..  Florida  State 

Universit)-;  D.M..A..  The  Cadiolic 

L  iiiversit\-  of  .America:  .Assistant  Professor 
Eisensmith.  Ke^-in  £..  B.S..  Indiana 

L  mversit)  of  Pennsyh-ania:  M.M.. 

Georgia  State  L  iiivesit)-;  D.M..A..  Temple 

L  ni\-ersirv-:  .Associate  Professor 
Godt.  Ir>-ing.  B..A..  Brookl)-n  L'niversit)-; 

M..A..  New  York  L  niversit\-:  Ph.D..  New 

York  L  niversit\-:  Professor 
Luchsinger.Joanne.  B.S.:  M.M.A.,  L'niversit) 

of  Illinois:  .Assistant  Professor 
Mantel.  Sarah.  B..A..  Tulane  L' iiiversit)-; 

M.M..  L'niversit)-  of  Wisconsin:  D.M..A.: 

L'niversit)-  of  Illinois  Urbana-Champaign: 

Professor 
Olmstead.  Gar)-.  B.M..  L  iiiversit)-  of 

.Micliigan:  .\I.F..A..  Oliio  L'niversit)-; 

D.M.A..  Cleveland  Institute  of  Music, 

Case  Western  Resen  e  L'niversit)': 

Professor 
Perlongo.  Daniel  J..  B.M..  L'niversir\-  of 

Micliigan:  M.M..  L'niversit)  of  Micliigan: 

Diploma.  .Accademia  di  S.  Ceciha: 

.Associate  Professor 


Radell.  Judith.  B..A..  L'niversitv  of  Illinois; 

M.M..  L'niversit)-  of  lUinois:  D.M..A.. 

L'niversit)'  of  Illinois:  .Associate  Professor 
Rahkonen.  Carl.  B..A..  Weber  State  College: 

.\1..\1..  L'niversit)'  of  Utah:  M.L.S.. 

Indiana  L  niversit)':  Ph.D..  Indiana 

L'imersit) :  Professor 
Scandrett.John.  B.M..  Wittenberg 

L  niversit)':  M..\I..  L  iuversit\-  of 

Wisconsin:  .Assistant  Professor 
Stamp.  John  E..  B.S..  Indiana  L'niversit)-  of 

Pennsvlvania;  M.M..  East  Carolina 

Umversit)-;  D.M..A..  Michigan  State 

UrmersitN-;  Professor 
Staples.James  G..  D.M..A..  Eastman  School 

ol  Music  -  L  niversit)  ot  Rochester: 

Professor 
Wheatley.  Susan.  B.M..  Michigan  State 

Universit) :  M.M.Ed..  L'imersit)'  of 

Michigan:  Ph.D..  L'niversit)  of  Michigan: 

Protessor 
Wilson,  Lorraine  P..  B.S..  Xarier  L  iiiversit)-; 

M.M..  Loyola  L'niversit)-;  Ph.D..  Ball 

State  L  niversit)-;  Professor 
Young.  Keith  R..  B.M..  Bowling  Green  State 

L'niversit) :  M.M..  Cathohc  L'imersit)-  of 

-America:  D.M..A..  L'niversin.-  of 

Marsland:  .Associate  Professor 


College  of  Health  and 

Human  Services 

Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 

Cessna.  Mar)  Ann.  B.S..  Indiana  L'niversit)' 

of  PemisyK'ania:  M.Ed..  Indiana 

L'niversit)  of  Peiuisyh-ania:  D.Ed.. 

PennsyK-ania  State  Universit)-;  Professor 
Dahlheimer,  Susan.  B.S..  Caniegie  Mellon 

Umversit)':  M.S..  PeimsyK-ania  State 

L'niversit)-;  Ph.D..  L'niversit)-  of 

Pittsburgh:  Professor 
Johnson.  Rita.  B.S..  Ball  State  L'niversit)-; 

M.S..  Purdue  L'niversit)-:  Ph.D.. 

PennsyK-ania  State  Universit)-;  .Associate 

Professor 
Moore  Barker.  Mia.  B.S..  L'niversit)-  of 

Tennessee  at  Kiiow-ille:  Ph.D..  L'niversit)- 

of  Tennessee  at  Knox\-ille:  Professor 
Steiner.Joaiue.  B.S..  Miami  Universit)-; 

M.S..  Universit)-  ot  Wisconsin:  Ph.D., 

L'niversin-  of  Rhode  Island:  Professor 
Taylor-Davis.  Stephanie  .A..  Ph.D.. 

PeimsvK^ua  State  L'niversit)': 

.Assistant  Professor 
Wagoner,  Diane  C.  B.S..  Indiana  Universit)' 

of  PennsvK-ania:  M.S..  Indiana  L'lm'ersity 

of  PennsyK-ama:  Instructor 

Department  of  Health  and 

Physical  Education 

.Alman.  Robert  E..  B.S..  Cahfomia  L'niversit)- 

of  PennsvK^nia:  M.S..  West  X'irginia 

L'niversin:  Instructor 
Black,  Christine.  Ph.D..  PeimsyK-ania  State 

L  niversin :  .Associate  Professor 
Blacksmith.  William.  B.S..  Lock  Haven  State 

College:  M.Ed..  Indiana  L'niversit)-  of 

PeimsyK-ania:  Ed.D..  West  X'irginia 

Universin-:  Professor 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


122       FACULTY    MEMBERS    ELIGIBLE   TO   TEAC*^ 


HE    GRADUATE    LEVEL 


Blair.  Eiaioe.  BS-  Uuiwaaiiy  of  Pittsburgh 

M.Ed..  Univasit;-  ofPinsbargli;  PhJ)., 

Unit^ersity  ofPillsUiig^  Plofessor 
Kliiia^mi.  ^  inA^  R..  B.S..  Lock  Haven 

L"ni«Ts;rk-:  M.S..  PennsrK-ania  State 

L"ni>-crsii\-:  Ph-D-  Poinsyivania  Slate 

UnJvCTsirii-:  Prc&ssor 
faiF"^"it  Robert  M..  B.S„  Indiana 

Lnnersr)  of  Pennsylrania;  M~\.. 

Vaivaiiiy  of  Piosbor^  ni.D.. 

Uiiiw»Ml>  of  PiOsburgb;  .Assistant 

Professor 
MilLJaMS  C»  B.S..  S%>er>-  Rock 

Lnjversit)-;  M.S.. Temple  L'turosity; 

i^.D..  Univeraty  of  Pinsburgfi:  Professor 
Palemostro-Bayles.  Madeline.  B.S..  State 

L'nn-ersit\"  of  New  York  at  StMiy  Brook: 

M.S..  .\delplu  Universii)-:  PhJJ.. 

L'trntaMty  of  Pinsbm^  .Associate 

Professor 
•[■ilhJiBilfciii  R^  £d.D„ Temple 

Uni^qsily:  .Assistant  Professor 

Depanmtm  ofHotek  Restaurant,  and 
\nsatuMnd  Management 

\  an  Drke.  Tbomas  I B.S..  Indiana 

L  rcvereiri  of  Pennsyhrania;  M.S.. 
Unirersity"  of  Missoaii — Coiumbia: 
Ph.D„  Mi^inia  Pc^rtecfanic  tnonitntr-  and 
Slate  University:  .Associate  Professor 

Department  of  Industrial  and 

Lainr  Rekibons 

■■fcidJaBBe  IL.  B.S.,  Pennsyivania  State 
Universin-:  M.Ed..  Pennsylvania  Stale 
Universdtv:  M_A..  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsyivania:  Ph.D..  Uim'crsity  of 
Pillhbui^J.D..  Duquesne  Um^iersitv: 
.-ViyCK-Jalf  Professor 

By-ervjames,  B„A..  Pontifical  College 
Josei^iiiium:  ^LDiv..  Pontifical  College 
Josefrfunuiii:  M_A„  Indiana  Unii'ersity  of 
Pennsvlvaiiia:  PhJD..  University  of 
Wisconsin — Madison:  Professor 

Gayior.  Robert.  B.S..  Juniata  College:  M_A.. 
Sl  Fraitcis  CoDege:  Ph-D..  University  of 
Pittsborgb:  .Associate  Professor 

McCaWrrtiTj  Cfaries J..  B..A..  University-  of 
Louvaiii:  FbJ).,  University  of  Louvain: 
Associate  Director.  Pennsyivania  Center 
far  die  Study  of  Labor  Relations 

MefWiiiw,  Dnaald.  B~A..  Indiana  University 
of  Pennsylvania:  M-A..  Indiana  University 
of  Pennsylvania:  Ph-D..  Univasty  of 
Piusbui^eh:  Univeisity  Professor  and 
Professor 

Oepartment  of  Nursing 

BarioK^  SlMib  B..  B.S  J^..  Clarion  Unit-ersty 
ofPeuusyhania:  M.SJ^..  Indiana 
UniwuMly  ofPeumylvania:  PhJ)- 
Utuvaaly  of  Kttsbor^  .Associate 
Professor 

Gciwick,  MidKlc  A..  B.S..  Indiana 

Uniwasity  of  Pennsylvania:  M.S„  Indiana 
Uuiwoaity  of  Pennsyivania:  Associate 
nofessor 


Hartman.  Rebecca.  B.S..  Duquesoe 
University:  M-A..  Uni^-ersity  of 
Pennsylvania:  D.Ed..  Teachers  College, 
Coiumbia  Unrrersit*":  .Assistant  Professor 

lliiliiM  li  J  mil  I  Lynn.  Ph.D..  Utmersity  of 
Pittsburgh:  .Associate  Professor 

kuzneskLJodelL  B.S..  L'nnersity  of 
Pittsburgh:  M„A..  Unh-ersity  of 
PennsyH-ania.  Stiool  of  Nursing: 
Associate  Professor 

Labanu  .Amv.  M.S.N..  Indiaiu  University  of 
Pennsv-h-aiui:  .Assistant  Professor 

Palmer,  Elizabeth  .A..  B.S..  Indiana 

Ltm'ersirv  of  Pennsyi^'ania:  M.S..  Indiana 
Uni^ersirv  of  Pennsyi>'ania:  Ph.D.. 
Duquesne  University:  .Assistant  Professor 

Poonnan.  Susan  C  Ph.D..  Utmersity  of 
Pinsburgh;  .Associate  Professor 

Rossiter.  Beverly  J..  B.S..  Indiana  University 
of  Pennsylvania:  MA—  Unn-ersity  of 
Pittsburgh:  M.S..  Utmersity  of 
Pittsburgh:  Assistant  Professor 

Sadler.  Mary.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of 
Permsi-K-ania:  M.N..  Utmersity  of 
Pittsburgh:  Ph.D..  Case  Western  Reser\-e 
Universirv:  .Associate  Professor 

Seckaiyct.  Constance.  B.S..  University  of 
Pitliur^  M.N..  Uim-ersity  of 
Pittsbmg^  ni.D..  University  <^ 
Pjttsburgfc  Professor 

SheUenbarger.  Teresa.  B.S..  Pennsyivania 
Stale  Urmersily;  M.S.N..  Southern 
Coimecticut  State  University:  D.N.Sc.. 
Wldener  L'nhersity:  Professor 

Snyder.  Carol  Sue.  B.S..  West  \lrginia 
Univeisity  School  of  Nursing:  M.N.. 
Univa&ily  of  Pittsburg  Graduate  School 
of  Medical-Surgica]  Nursing:  Ph.D., 
Unh-ersit\-  of  Pittsburg  -Associate 
Professor 

TwaL  Marie  E.,  B.S.,  Georgetown  Utuversity: 
M.S..  Uraversity  of  Pittsburg  .Assistant 
Professor 

Waszak.  Louise.  B.S..  Uni\-ersity  of  Miami: 
.M.N..  University  of  Pittsburg  Ph.D.. 
Utuversity  of  Pittsburgh:  .Assistant 
Professor 

Znraikat.  Nashat.  B.S.,  University  ofjordan: 
.M..A..  Uni\'ersity  of  Iowa:  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Pittsburgh;  Professor 

Department  of  Safety  Sdences 

Engler.  John  M..  B.S..  Pennsyivania  State 
Lrmersm :  M.P.H..  University  of 
Pittsburgh:  .Associate  Professor 

Ferguson.  Lon.  B.S..  Indiana  Unjversity  of 
Pennsvh-ania:  M.S..  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsyivania:  Ed.D..  Urm-ersity  of 
Pittsburgji:  -Associate  Professor 

Janicak,  Christopher  .A-.  B.S..  Lruversity  of 
minois:  M.S..  Illinois  State  Utuversity: 
Ph.D..  Loyola  University:  .Associate 
Professor 

Joseph.  -Anthony  J..  B.S..  University  of  the 
West  Indies;  M.S..  University  of  Leeds: 
M.S..  Ii>diana  Utuversitv  of  Pennsyiv-ania: 
Ph.D..  Urm-ersity  of  the  Wtst  Indies: 
Professor 

McOosky,  Gary  R.,  M.S.,  Uim^ersity  of 
Midiigan:  .Assistant  Professor 


Rhodes.  David  P..  B.S..  Indiana  Urmersity  of 
Penns>i>-ania:  M-A..  Indiana  Utmersity  of 
Pennsyh-ania:  Instructor 

Rhodes.  Lama.  B.S-.  Indiana  L"rmersity  of 
Pennsv l>-ania:  M..A..  Indiana  Unnersity  of 
PennsvK"ania:  .Assistant  Professor 

Rivers.  Philip.  M.S..  Central  Missouri  State 
L'nnersity:  -Associate  Professor 

Soole.  Robert.  B.S-.  Michigan  State 

Uimersitv-;  M.S..  Purdue  University: 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh:  Professor 


College  of  Humanities  and 

Social  Sciences 

Department  of  Anthropology 
ChiandlL  Beverly  M..  B..A-.  Urmersity  of 

Illinois;  M-A..  Southern  Methodist 

Uim-ersit\-:  Ph.D-,  Southern  Methodist 

L'nhersirv ;  .Assistant  Professor 
Neusios.  Sarah  W..  B-A-  Beloit  College: 

M-A..  Northwestern  Urmersity:  Ph.D.. 

Northwestern  Utmersity:  Professor 

Department  of  Criminology 

-Agorino.  Biko.  B.Sc..  University  of  Calabar- 
Nigena:  MphiL.  Trinity  Hall  College: 
Ph.D..  L'niversity  of  Edinbur^ 
-Associate  Professor 

-Austin,  Timothy.  B.A.,  Florida  State 

Utmersity:  M.S..  Florida  State  University; 
RlD-  Utmersity-  of  Georgia:  Professor 

Burkey.  Paul  J..  B.S-  West  Virginia 

Unnersin :  M..A-.  Indiana  Uim-ersity-  of 
Pennsviv-ania:  Instructor 

dans,  Lawrence  N..  B.S-.  Indiana  University 
of  Pennsvivania;  M-A--  Indiana  Urm-ersity 
of  Penns\i\-ania:  J-D-  L'nhersity  of 
Pittsburgh;  -Associate  Professor 

Cibbs-John.  B.S..  State  Urmersity-  of  New- 
York  at  -Albany:  M.S-  State  Urm-ersity  of 
New  York  at  .Albany-;  M-B-A..  State 
Unr\-ersity-  of  New-  York  at  .Albany-;  Ph.D., 
Stale  Urmersity-  of  New  York  at  -Albany: 
Professor 

Gido.  Rosemary-  L..  B_A.  College 

Misencordia;  M..A-.  State  University-  of 
New  York:  Ph-D-  State  Urmersity  of  New 
Yorit:  -Associate  Professor 

Giever.  Dermis  -M..  B.CJ..  -New  Mexico  State 
Universirv :  -M.CJ-  New-  Mexico  State 
Utmersitv-;  Ph.D-  Indiana  Utmersity-  of 
Pennsviv-ania;  .Associate  Professor 

Hanrahan.  Kathleen.  B..A-  State  University- 
of  New-  York  at  .Albany;  M..A..  State 
University-  of  New-  York  at  .Albany-;  Ph.D., 
Rutgers  University-;  Professor 

Lee.  Daniel  R..  B.A.,  University  of  Maryiand; 
M-A..  State  University  of  New-  York: 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryiand:  .Assistant 
Professor 

Martin.  Jamie.  B-A-.  Indiana  University  of 
Peimsvivania:  M..A..  Indiana  L'rmersity  of 
Petmsvivania:  Ph.D..  Indiana  Utm-ersity- 
of  Pennsv-lv-ania;  .Assistant  Professor 

.Martin,  Randy .  B..A..  West  Liberty-  State 
CoDege;  M..A..  Utmersity  of  Nebraska- 
Lincoln;  Ph.D.,  Urmersity-  of  Nebraska- 
Lincoln:  Professor 


-_     ~  N  A    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


FACULTY    MEMBERS    ELIGIBLE   TO   TEACH    AT  THE    GRADUATE    LEVEL       123 


McCauley,  Randall.  B.S..  Virginia 

Comnionwealtli  L'niversit\-:  M.S..  Eastern 
Kentuck\-  Liiiversit)':  Ph.D..  Sam 
Houston  State  Lnivei^it)':  Professor 

Merlo.  .Alida.  B..\..  Youngstown  State 
L'liiversiri-;  M.S..  Nortlieastem 
L iiiversirv:  Ph.D..  Fordham  University: 
Professor 

Mutchnick.  Robert.  B..\..  Herbert  H. 

Lehman  College  of  CL'NY;  M.S..  Florida 
State  University:  Ph.D..  Florida  State 
L  iiiversir\ :  Professor 

Myers,  Dand  L..  B.S..  Shippensburg 
Universit)':  M..\..  Shippensburg 
L'niversitT.-;  Ph.D..  Indiana  Universit\-  of 
Peiins)K-ania:  .\ssistant  Professor 

Roberts.  Jennifer.  B..\..  L'niversit)'  ot  South 
Dakota;  M..\..  Indiana  L'niversit) :  Ph.D.. 
Universit)'  of  Nebraska;  Assistant 
Professor 

Scott,  Yolanda  M..  B.A..  Morehead  State 
L  iiiversirv':  M.A..  Morehead  State 
Universit\':  Ph.D..  L'ni\ersiti.'  of 
KentuckN";  .\ssistant  Professor 

Seyko.  Ronald  J..  B.S..  PeiinsvK^nia  State 
Universirv :  M.S..  Shippensburg 
Universirv:  Instructor 

Smith,  Howard  B..J.D..  L'iuversit\"  of 
Wisconsin:  .\ssistant  Professor 

Thonias,John.  B..\..  Duquesne  L'niversity: 
J.D..  West  \'irgiiiia  L  iiiversit\-:  Professor 

Wilson.  Nanci.  B.A..  L  iiiversit\'  of  Kansas: 
M..\..  L  niversit\  of  Kansas:  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Tennessee:  Professor 

Zimmerman.  Sherwood.  B.A..  Western  State 
College  of  Colorado:  M..\..  University  of 
South  Dakota:  M..\..  State  Universit)'  of 
New  York  at  .\lbany:  Ph.D..  State 
Universit)'  of  New  York  at  .Albany: 
Professor 

Department  of  Economics 

karatjas.  Nicholas.  B..\..  George  Wasliington 

Lriiversit)':  M..\..  State  Lniversit)"  of  New 

York  at  Stony  Brook:  Ph.D..  State 

Universit)  ol  New  York  at  Stony  Brook: 

Professor 
Martel,  .\rthur.  B..\..  St.  .-Vnselm's  College; 

M.A..  Universit)'  of  Massachusetts:  Ph.D.. 

Universit)'  of  Massachusetts:  Professor 
Radell.  \Mllard.  B.S..  L'liiversit)'  of  Illinois; 

M.S..  Universit)'  of  Illinois:  Ph.D.. 

Universit)'  of  Illinois:  Professor 

Department  of  English 

Aghbar.  .-Ui.  B..-^..  L'niversiU'  of  Mashad; 
M..\..  Kent  State  L'niversit)':  M.S.. 
Georgetown  Universit)':  Ph.D.. 
Georgetown  L  iiiversit) :  Professor 

.'Mvine,  Lynne  B..  B..-^..  L'niversit)'  of 
Northern  Iowa:  M..\..  Middlebur)' 
College:  Ed.D..  Virginia  PoKlechnic 
Institute  and  State  Universit)':  Professor 

Bencich.  Carole.  B..\..  George  Mason 
L  Iiiversit) :  M..\..  Stetson  Universit)': 
Ed.D..  Universirv'  of  Georgia:  Professor 


Berlin,  Gail.  B.A..  Sarah  LawTence  College; 

M..-^..  Boston  College:  Ph.D..  University 

of  PemisvU'ania:  Professor 
Black.  Laurel  J..  B.A..  Colby  CoUege:  M.F.A.. 

I  Iiiversit)'  ol  Iowa:  Ph.D..  .Miami 

L'liiN  ersitv :  .Associate  Professor 
Bower.  .Martha.  B..\..  Goddard  College; 

M.A..  Darunoudi  College:  Ph.D.. 

Universit)  of  New  Hampsliire:  Professor 
Cahalan. James.  B..\..  New  College;  M..A.. 

L  iiiversirv'  College  of  Dublin;  Ph.D.. 

Universit)'  ol  Cincinnati;  Professor 
Carse,  Wendy.  B..-^..  Universit)'  of  Northern 

Colorado:  M..'V..  Universit)'  of  Northern 

Colorado:  Ph.D..Tiilane  University; 

Associate  Professor 
Comfort,  Susan.  Ph.D..  L'niversit)'  of  Texas; 

.\ssociate  Prolessor 
Dandurand,  Karen.  Ph.D..  University  of 

Pittsburgh:  .\ssociate  Professor 
Donna. Jeannine  L..  Ph.D..  L'niversit)'  of 

PeiinsyU'ania:  .Associate  Professor 
Downing,  DaWd  B..  Ph.D..  State  L'niversit) 

of  New  York:  Professor 
Emerick.  Ronald.  B..A..  Susquehanna 

L  niversirv ;  M..A..  Universit)'  of 

Pittsburgh:  Ph.D..  Universit)'  of 

Pittsburgh;  Professor 
Gatti.  Susan  I..  B.S..  Indiana  L  niversit)'  of 

Pemisyh'ania:  M..A..  Indiana  L  niversit)'  of 

Pennsvlvania:  Ph.D..  L'niversit)'  ot 

Pittsburgh:  Professor 
Gebhard.Jerry.  B..A..  Temple  Universit)'; 

M..A..  Universit)'  of  Hawaii:  Ed.M., 

Colmnbia  Universit\':  Ed.D..  Columbia 

I  niversir\':  Professor 
Ha^-ward,  Malcolm.  B..\..  Drew  L'niversit)': 

M..A..  Tulane  Universit) :  Ph.D..  Tulane 

Universit)':  Professor 
Ha)-»vard.  Nancy.  B..\..  Drew  Universit)': 

M.-\..  Indiana  Universit)'  of  Pennsylvania; 

Ph.D..  Indiana  Universit)'  of 

Pennsvlvania:  .-Associate  Professor 
Hudson.  Barbara.  B..\..  Columbia  Universit)-; 

M..A..  Columbia  L'niversit) ;  Ph.D., 

Howard  L'niversit) ;  Professor 
Hurlbert,  C.  Mark.  B.S..  State  L'niversit)'  of 

New  York  College  at  Oneonta;  M..\., 

Middlebun-  College;  D.A..  State 

L  mversit\'  of  New  York  at  .Albany; 

Professor 
Johnson,  Sue  F..  B..A..  Michigan  State 

L'niversit\:  M..A..  Michigan  State 

Lniversit\':  Ph.D..  Michigan  State 

L  niversir\';  .Assistant  Professor 
Kilwein-Guevara,  Maurice  K..  B..A.  and 

B.S..  L'niversit)'  of  Pittsburgh:  M.F..A.. 

Bowling  Green  State  Umversit) ;  Ph.D.. 

L'niversit)  of  Wisconsin;  Professor 
Mo-Vndrew,  Donald.  B..A..  Canisius  College: 

M..A.,  S\Tacuse  L'niversit)':  M.Ed..  State 

L'niversit)'  of  New  York  at  Buffalo:  Ph.D., 

State  L'niversit)'  of  New  York  at  Biiffido; 

Professor 
McClenahan.  Catherine  L..  B..A..  Moimt 

Mercv  College:  Ph.D..  Universit)-  of 

Kansas;  .Assistant  Professor 


Murphy,  Patrick.  B.A.,  University  of 

California:  M..A..  California  State 

University;  Ph.D..  Universit)'  of 

California:  Professor 
Norris,  Linda  C.  B..A..  Pennsylvania  State 

L'niversit)-;  M.Ed..  University  of 

Pittsburgh;  Ph.D..  L'niversit)-  of 

Pittsburgh:  .Associate  Professor 
Orchard,  Christopher.  B..A..  Universit)-  of 

London:  .M.Phil..  Oxford  L'niversity; 

D.Phil..  Oxford  Universit)':  .-Associate 

Professor 
Pagnucci,  Gian.  B..A.,  Universit)-  of 

Wisconsin— Madison:  Ph.D..  University 

ot  Wisconsin;  .Associate  Professor 
Perdue.  Virginia.  B..A..  Soudieni  Illinois 

L'niversit)'  at  Edw'ards\'ille:  M..A.. 

Universit)'  of  Illinois:  D..A..  Universit)-  of 

Micliigan;  .Associate  Professor 
Rafoth,  Bennett.  B..A..  Miami  University: 

M..A..  Universit)'  of  Georgia:  Ed.D.. 

Universit)'  of  Georgia:  Professor 
Savova,  Lilia.  B..A..  Solia  L'niversit)':  .M..A.. 

Sofia  LiiiversiC):  Ph.D..  Sofia  University; 

.Associate  Professor 
Sell,  Michael  T.,  .A.B.,  Duke  L'niversity; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan;  Assistant 

Professor 
Sitler,  Helen  C  B.S.,  Clarion  State  College; 

M..A..  Indiana  L'niversit)'  of  PennsyK'aiua; 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  L^niversit)'  of 

Pennsylvania:  .Assistant  Professor 
Slater,  Thomas.  B..A..  Michigan  State 

Universit)':  M..A..  L'niversit)-  of  Mai-\land; 

Ph.D..  Oklahoma  State  L'niversit)-; 

.Associate  Professor 
Stilwell,  Rosalee.  B..A.,  Western  Washington 

Universit':  M..A..  Western  Washington 

L'niversit)':  Ph.D..  Bowhng  Green  State 

L  niversit) :  .Assistant  Professor 
Tannacito,  Dan.  .A.B..  Boston  College;  D..A., 

Universit)'  of  Oregon:  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Oregon;  Professor 
A'ella.  Michael.  B..A..  Santa  Clara  University-; 

M..A..  Universit)-  of  Califomia-DaWs; 

Ph.D.,  Universit)-  of  CaUfomia-Da\-is: 

Professor 
Watson,  \'eronica  T..  B..A.,  Trinit)-  University-; 

Ph.D..  Rice  Universit)-;  Assistant 

Professor 
Welsh.  Susan.  B..A..  Douglass  College; 

M.Phil..  Drew  Universit)-;  Ph.D..  Drew 

L'niversit) :  -Associate  Professor 
Williamson,  Michael  M..  B..A..  Denison 

Universit)';  M.Ed..  State  Universit)'  of 

New  York  at  Buffalo:  Ph.D.,  State 

Universit)'  of  New  York  at  Buffalo; 

Professor 
Yang.  Lingy^n.  B..A..  Xiamen  L'niversity: 

M..A.  Universit)-  of  Massachusetts; 

Ph.D.,  Universit)-  of  Massachusetts: 

Assistant  Professor 

Department  of  Geography  and 

Regional  Planning 

Begg.  Robert.  B..A..  .Amlierst  College: 
.M.Plul..  Yale  Universit)-;  M.U.R.R, 
Universit)-  of  Illinois;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Iowa:  Professor 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


124       FACULTY    MEMBERS    ELIGIBLE   TO   TEACH    AT   THE    GRADUATE    LEVEL 


Benclo$ki,Joseph,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania;  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania:  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State 
University;  .\ssociale  Professor 

Benhart,  John  E..  Ph.D..  University  of 
Tennessee.  -Associate  Professor 

Buckwalter,  Donald,  B.A..  University  of 
Nebraska;  M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska; 
Ph.D..  University  ofTeiniessee:  .Associate 
Professor 

Okey,  Brian  W.,  B..-^..  State  University  of  New 
York;  M.A.,  Miami  Universitv-;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Guelph;  Assistant  Professor 

Patrick,  Kevin  J..  B.A..  Glassboro  State 
College;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois— 
Urbana-Chanipaign;  Ph.D.,  Universitv  of 
North  Carolina;  Associate  Professor 

Sechrist,  Gail,  B.A.,  Valparaiso  Universit)'; 
M.A..  Ohio  University':  Ph.D.,  Louisiana 
State  University:  Associate  Professor 

Sechrist,  Robert.  B.A.,  Universit)-  of 

Pittsburgh;  M..A..  State  University  of  New- 
York  at  Binghamton;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana 
State  LIniversity:  Professor 

Watts,  Dey  W..  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute  and  State  University;  Assistant 
Professor 

Department  of  History 

Bailey,  Gary,  B.A..  Bowling  Green  State 

University;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State 

University-;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University; 

Associate  Professor 
Baumler,  Alan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois; 

.Assistant  Professor 
Bodle,  Wayne,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

PeiHisylvania;  Assistant  Professor 
Botelho,  Lynn  A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Cambridge;  .Associate  Professor 
CashdoUar,  Charles,  B.S.,  Indiana  University 

of  Pennsylvania;  M.A.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  University-  of 

Pennsylvania;  Universit)-  Professor  and 

Professor 
Finegan,  Caleb.  Ph.D.,  University-  of  Florida; 

Assistant  Professor 
Marcus,  Irwin,  Ph.D..  Lehigh  University; 

Professor 
McDonough,Judith.  Ph.D.,  Auburn 

University;  .Associate  Professor 
Wang,  Xi,  B.A..  Hebei  University:  M.A., 

Universit)'  of  Denver;  M.Phil.,  Columbia 

University-;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University; 

Associate  Professor 
Whited,  Tamara.  B.A.,  Harvard-Radcliffe 

University;  M.A.,  University  of 

California— Berkeley;  Ph.D.;  University  of 

California — Berkeley;  Associate  Professor 

Department  of  Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 

Boone,  Daniel  N.,  Ph.D.,  Claremont 

Graduate  School:  Professor 
Caraway,  Carol,  B.A.,  Oklahoma  Baptist 

University;  M..A.,  University  of 

Oklahoma;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Oklahoma;  Professor 


Department  of  Political  Science 
Bahgat,  Gawdat,  B.A..  Cairo  University; 

M..A..  .American  Universit)-;  Ph.D., 

Florida  State  University;  .Associate 

Professor 
Dejene,  Dagem.  B..A.,  Denison  University; 

M.A.,  Ohio  State  University;  Ph.D.,  Ohio 

State  University;  Assistant  Professor 
Hirt,  Mary  Jane,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of 

Pennsylvania,  M.A.,  University-  of 

Pittsburgh:  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh;  Associate  Professor 
Jackson,  Steven  P..  A.B.,  Stanford  University: 

Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan;  .Associate 

Professor 
Lynch,  David  M.,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia 

University:  Professor 
Sitton,John,  B.A.,  Kent  State  University; 

M.A.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.. 

Boston  University;  Professor 

Department  of  Sociology 

Ackerman,  Robert.  B..A..  Lousiana  State 
University;  M.A.,  University  of  Northern 
Colorado;  Ph.D.,  Western  Michigan 
University;  University  Professor  and 
Professor 

Bonach,  Kathryn,  B.A..  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania;  M.S..  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh;  Assistant  Professor 

Chang,  Deanna,  B.A.,  University  of  Hawaii  at 
Manoa;  M.A.,  University-  of  Hawaii  at 
Manoa;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hawaii  at 
Manoa;  Assistant  Professor 

Crane,  Betsy,  B.A..  Nazareth  College  of 
Rochester;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas; 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University;  Associate 
Professor 

Darling,  Rosalyn  B.,  B.A.,  City  College  of  the 
City  University  of  New  York;  M.A., 
University  of  Connecticut;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut;  Associate 
Professor 

Dougherty,James  P..  B.A.,  Clarion 

University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.S.,  Indiana 
University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  State 
University  of  New  York;  .Assistant 
Professor 

Gondolf,  Edward,  B.A.,  Princeton  University; 
M.Ed.,  Harvard  University;  M.P.H., 
University-  of  Pittsburgh;  Ed.D.,  Boston 
University;  Professor 

Hager,  Mark  A.,  B.S.,  Kansas  State 
University-;  M.A.,  University-  of 
Miiuiesota;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Minnesota;  Assistant  Professor 

Heasley,  Robert  B.,  B.,A.,  University  of 

Alaska:  M.S.,  Cornell  University;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University ;  .Assistant  Professor 

Heckert,  Daniel,  B.A.,  Frostburg  State 
University;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa;  Professor 

Holtz,  Harvey,  B.A.,  City  College  of  New 
York;  M.A.,  City  College  of  New  York; 
Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New-  York; 
Professor 

Hunter,  Herbert.  B.S.S..  Pennsylvania  State 
University-;  M.A.,  Boston  University; 
Ph.D.,  Boston  Universitv:  Professor 


Kanazawa,  Satoshi,  B..A.,  Sophia  University; 

M.A.,  University  of  Washington:  Ph.D., 

University-  of  Arizona;  Assistant  Professor 
Nowak,  Thomas,  B.,A..  Yale  University;  M.A., 

University  of  California  at  Berkeley; 

Ph.D..  Cornell  University;  Professor 
Sanderson,  Stephen,  B.S.,  Southwest 

Missouri  State  University:  M..A.. 

University  of  Nebraska:   Ph.D.,  University 

of  Nebraska:  Professor 
Schneider,Jo  Anne,  B.A.,  Lewis  atid  Clark 

College;  M.A.,  Temple  University;  Ph.D., 

Temple  University;  Associate  Professor 
Snyder,  Kay,  B..A.,  Michigan  State  University; 

M.A.,  Cornell  University:  Ph.D..  Cornell 

Universitv;  Professor 


College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 

Department  of  Biology 

-Ayebo,  Amadu  D.,  B.Sc,  University  of 

Ghana;  M.Sc,  University  of  Ghana; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska,  Associate 

Professor 
Bharathan,  Narayanaswamy,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Maine  at  Orono;  Associate 

Professor 
Gendron,  Robert,  B.A.,  University  of 

Delaware;  M.A.,  Boston  University; 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University:  Professor 
Hinrichsen,  Robert  D..  Ph.D.,  Indiana 

University-;  Assistant  Professor 
Hulse,  Arthur,  B.A.,  Bloomfield  College; 

M.S.,  Arizona  State  University;  Ph.D., 

Arizona  State  University;  Professor 
Humphreys,Jan  G.,  Ph.D.,  Virginia 

Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University-; 

Professor 
Kesner,  Michael,  B.A.,  Northeastern 

University;  M.S.,  Northeastern 

University-;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Massachusetts;  Professor 
Linzey,  Alicia.  B.S.,  Cornell  University;  M.S., 

Cornell  University;  Ph.D.,  Virginia 

Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University; 

Professor 
Lord,  Thomas.  B.S..  Rutgers  University; 

M.S..  Trenton  State  College;  Ed.D., 

Rutgers  LIniversity;  Professor 
Luciano,  Carl.  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University; 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University; 

Professor 
Nastase,  Anthony,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of 

Pennsylvania;  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University 

of  Pennsylvania:  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh;  Professor 
Pcard,  Terry  L.,  B.S.,  Edinboro  State 

College;  M.S.,  Cornell  University;  Ph.D., 

Cornell  University-;  Professor 
Peterson,  Russell,  B.A.,  University-  of  North 

Carolina;  M.S.,  Howard  University; 

Ph.D.,  Howard  University;  As.sociate 

Professor 
Pistole,  David.  B..A..  .Anderson  College;  M.S., 

Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University;  Ph.D..  Indiana  State 

University;  Professor 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


FACULTY 


MEMBERS    ELIGIBLE  TO   TEACH    AT  THE    GRADUATE    LEVEL       125 


Sinunoiu,  Thomas.  B.A..  State  L'niversit)-  of 
New  York  College  at  Oswego:  M.A.,  State 
University-  of  New  York  College  at 
Oneonta:  Ph.D.,  St.  John's  Universit)-; 
.Associate  Professor 

Winstead,  Ray.  \.B..  .\tlantic  Christian 
College:  .\.M..  Duke  Universitv-;  Ph.D.. 
North  Carolina  State  Universit)-: 
Professor 

Department  of  Chemistry 
Eddy,  Roberta.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of 
PennsvKania:  M.S..  Indiana  Umversity  of 
Pennsylvmiia:  Ph.D..  Universit)-  of 
Pittsburgh:  .\ssociate  Professor 
Elcesser,  Wendy  Lou.  B.S.,  .Allegheny 
College:  M.S..  Universit)-  of  Michigan: 
Ph.D..  Universit)-  of  Vermont;  .Assistant 
Professor 
Ford.John.  B.S..  Universit)-  of  Cincitmati: 
Ph.D..  .Northeastern  Universit)-;  .Associate 
Professor 
Harding,  Roy.  B.S..  George  Washington 

Universit)-:  Ph.D..  California  Instititute  of 
Technolog)-:  Professor 
Klavetter,  Floyd  L.,  B.S.,  Unh-ersit)-  of 
Missouri:  Ph.D..  California  Institute  of 
Technolog)-:  .Assistant  Professor 
Kcjaeju.  Ph.D..  Northeastern  Universit)-, 

-Assistant  Professor 
Kondo,  .Anne  E..  Ph.D..  Universit)-  of 

Western  Ontario:  .Assistant  Professor 
Kupchella.  LawTence.  B.S..  Indiana 

University  of  Pennsyh-ania:  M.S.,  Indiana 
Universit)-  of  Peruis)-h-ania:  Ph.D.. 
Pennsvl\-ania  State  Universit)-;  .Assistant 
Professor 
Lake,  Charles  H..  B.S..  State  Universitv-  of 
New  York;  Ph.D..  State  Universit)'  of  New- 
York:  .Assistant  Professor 
Long,  George  R..  B..A..  Tliiel  College:  M.S.. 
Michigan  Technological  Uni\ersit)-; 
Ph.D..  Utah  State  Uruversit)-;  Associate 
Professor 
Ramsey,  Ruiess.  B.S..  Drexel  Institute  of 
Technolog)-;  M.S..  Wa)-ne  State 
Universitv-;  Ph.D..  Wa)-ne  State 
L'niversit)-;  .Associate  Professor 
See,  Ronald  F..  B..A..  State  Universit)-  of  New 
York;  M..A..  State  Universit)-  of  New  York; 
Ph.D..  State  Unhersit)-  of  New  York; 
.Assistant  Professor 
Southard, Jonathan.  B.S.,Juniata  College; 
Ph.D..  Utah  State  University;  Assistant 
Professor 
Sowa,  Sharon.  Ph.D..  Colorado  State 

Universit)-;  .Assistant  Professor 
Woolcock,John.  B.S..  Southern  .Adventist 
Universit) :  Ph.D..  Urmersit)-  of 
California— Riverside;  Professor 

Department  of  Computer  Science 

Cross.John.  B..A..  Gaimon  Universit)-;  M.S.. 

Case  Western  Reserve  Urmersit) ;  Ph.D.. 

Universit)-  of  Pittsburgh:  Professor 
Micco,  Mary.  B..A..  .Australian  National 

Universit)-;  M.Ed.,  Gannon  College: 

Ph.D..  Universit)-  of  Pittsburgh:  .Associate 

Professor 


Oblitey,  William  W..  B.S..  Universit)-  of 
Ghana;  .M.S..  Universit)-  of  Pittsburgh: 
Ph.D.,  Universit)-  of  Pittsburgh;  .Associate 
Professor 

Department  ofGeosdence 

Cercone,  Karen.  .A.B..  Br)-n  MawT  College; 

Ph.D..  L'niversit)-  of  Michigan;  Professor 
Hov-an.  Steven  .A..  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Michigan:  Professor 
Richardson.  Darlene.  B..A..  Barnard  College: 

Ph.D..  Columbia  Universit)-;  Professor 

Department  of  Mathematics 
.Adidns.  Frederick  .A..  B.A..  Concordia 
College;  M.S..  Universit)-  of  Iowa  (two 
degrees):  Ph.D..  Lniversit)-  of  low^; 
.Assistant  Professor 
Alarcon.  Francisco  £..  B..A,.  Uni^ersidad  del 
\'alle;  M.A..  Universidad  del  Valle;  Ph.D., 
L'nrversitv-  of  lovv^:  Professor 

Baker,John  D..  .A.B..  San  Diego  State 
Urmersit)-;  M.S..  Portland  State 
Univ-ersit)-;  Ph.D..  Indiana  Umversit)-; 
.Associate  Professor 

Broughton,  John.  B.S.,  North  Carolina  State 
Umversit)-;  M..A..  East  Carolina 
Urmersit)-;  D.Ed..  Oklahoma  State 
L'lmersit)-;  Professor 

Burkett,  Daniel  .A..  B.S..  Indiana  Universit)- 
of  Peruis)-h-ania;  M.S..  Carnegie  Mellon 
Univ-ersit)-;  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon 
L'niversit) :  .Associate  Professor 

Donley,  Ed-»-ard.  B..A..  Grove  Cit)-  College; 
M.S..  Carnegie  Mellon  Universit)-;  Ph.D., 
Carnegie  Mellon  L'rmersit)-;  Professor 

Feldman.  LawTence.  B.-A..  McGill  Urmersit)-; 
Ed.M..  State  Universit)-  of  New  York  at 
BuBalo:  Ph.D..  State  Unhersit)-  of  New- 
York  at  Buffalo:  .Associate  Professor 

Gorman,  Jacqueline.  B.-A..  College  of  Saint 
Teresa;  M.S..  Indiana  Universit)-;  Ph.D.. 
Indiana  Universit)-;  -Associate  Professor 

Myers, James  R..  Ed.D..  West  Vuginia 
Universitv :  -Associate  Professor 

Peterson,  Dale.  B.S..  Stanford  Unrversit)-; 
M.S..  Brigham  Yoimg  Universit)-;  Ph.D.. 
Rutgers  Liiiversit)-;  .Associate  Professor 

Reber,James.  B..A..  Universit)-  of 

Indianapolis:  M.S..  Duke  L'tmersit)-; 
Ph.D..  Duke  L'niversit):  Professor 

Shawer,  Maher.  B.S..  -Ain  Shams:  M.S.. 

Universit)  of  Wisconsin;  M.S..  L  niversit)- 
of  Wisconsin;  Ph.D..  L'tmersit)-  of 
Oklahoma:  Professor 

Steelman,  John  Henry-.  B.-A.,  Cornell 

Univ-ersit)-;  Ph.D..  Univ-ersit)-  of  Vuginia: 
Professor 

Stempien,  Margaret.  B..A..  State  Univ-ersit)-  of 
-New  York  at  Bufialo:  Ed.M-  State 
Universit)-  of  New  York  at  Bufialo;  Ph.D.. 
State  Universit)-  of  New  York  at  Bufialo: 
-Associate  Professor 

Stoudt,  Gary  S..  B.S..  Lafayette  College: 
M.S..  Lehigh  Universit)-;  Ph.D..  Lehigh 
L'niversirv-;  .Associate  Professor 

Walker,  Janet.  Ph.D..  B.S..  Western  Oregon 
State  College:  M.S..  Western  Oregon 
State  College:  Ph.D..  Oregon  State 
Univ-ersitv-;  .Associate  Professor 


Zhang,Jim-Lae  (John).  Ph.D..  Syracuse 
Universitv-;  .Associate  Professor 

Department  of  Physics 

Freeman,  Wallace.  B.S..  -Appalachian  State 

L'nrversitv ;  M.S..  Universit)-  of  North 

Carolina;  Ph.D..  Qemson  University; 

Professor 
Giniewicz,  Jayne.  B..A..  Wheaton  College; 

M.S..  Pennsvh-ania  State  Umversit)-; 

Ph.D..  Pennsv-h-ania  State  University; 

.Associate  Professor 
Karimi.  Majid.  B.S..  .Azerbaijan  Utmersity; 

M.S..  Oklahoma  Univ-ersit)-;  Ph.D.. 

Oklahoma  Universit)-;  .Associate  Professor 
Numan.  Muhammad.  B.S..  Dhaka  Utmersit)-; 

M.S..  Dhaka  Universit) :  Ph.D..  College  of 

WiUiam  and  Mar)-;  .Associate  Professor 
Sobolewski,  Stanley.  B.S..  St.  John  Fisher 

College:  M.Ed..  State  Universitv-  of  New- 

York  at  Bufialo:  Ph.D..  State  Urmersit)-  of 

New  York  at  Bufialo:  .Assistant  Professor 
Talwar.  Devki.  B.S..  .Agra  Univ-ersit)-;  M.S.. 

Agra  Universit)-;  Ph.D..  .Allahabad 

Univ-ersitv-;  L'tmersit)-  Professor  and 

Professor 
V\'ijekumar,  V. J..  B.S..  Utmersity  of  Cev-lon; 

M.S..  Ohio  State  Universit) :  PhD.,  Ohio 

State  Univ-ersit) ;  Professor 

Department  of  Psychology 

Barrett.  Mama  S..  B.S..  Urmersity  of  South 

Florida:  B-A..  L'rmersit)-  of  South 

Florida:  M.S..  Sarah  Lawrence  College: 

M.S..  Universit)-  of  Memphis;  Ph.D.. 

Lrmersirv-  of  Memphis:  .-Assoaate 

Professor 
Bennan.  Peail.  B.-A..  Brandeis  University; 

M..A..  Bowling  Green  State  Umversity; 

Ph.D..  Bowling  Green  State  Univ-ersit)-; 

Professor 
Federoff,  Ly-nda  -M..  B..A..  San  Jose  State 

L'nrversitv :  M..A..  San  Jose  State 

Univ-ersit)-;  Ph.D..  West  \''irginia 

University;  .Assistant  Professor 
Gallen.  Robert  T..  B..A..  Bucknell  Umversit); 

M.-A..  Uiiiv-ersitv-  of  Kentucky-:  Ph.D.. 

Univ-ersit)-  of  Kentuck)-;  .Assistant 

Professor 
Good-win,  Beveriy.  B.-A..  Piczer  College  of  the 

Claremont  Colleges:  M.S..  Umversity  of 

Pittsburgh:  Ph.D..  University  of 

Pittsburgh:  Professor 
Husenits.  Kunberely  J..  B..A..  Indiana 

L'niversirv-  of  Pennsv-lvania:  M..A..  Indiana 

L'tmersit)-  of  Penns)-lv-aiiia;  Ph.D.. 

Indiana  Univ-ersit)-  of  Petmsv-h-ania: 

.Assistant  Professor 
Kaniasty,  Kiys.  M..A..  .Adam  Mickiewicz 

L'nrversitv:  Ph.D..  L'niversit)-  of 

Louisv-Ule:  Professor 
LaPorte.  Dav-id.  B.S..  Umversity  of  Scranton: 

M.S.. Temple  Universit)-:  Ph.D.. Temple 

L'lmersitv-;  .Associate  Professor 
Luo.  Dasen.  B.-A..  Nanjing  Normal 

Univ-ersit)-;  M..A..  Case  Western  Reserve 

L'niv-ersirv-;  Ph.D..  Case  Western  Reserve 

Utmersirv ;  -Associate  Professor 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002    GRADUATE    CATALOG 


126       FACULTY/INDEX 


Marquette,  Barbara.  B.A.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh:  M.A.,  Bucknell  University; 

Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University: 

Professor 
McHugh,  Maureen,  B.A.,  Chatham  College; 

M.S.,  University-  of  Pittsburgh;  Ph.D.. 

University'  of  Pittsburgh;  Professor 
Meil,  William  M.,  Ph.D.,  Washington  State 

University;  Assistant  Professor 
Pavloski,  Raymond,  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University;  Ph.D.,  McMaster  University-; 

Professor 
RaeiT,  Catherine,  B. A. .Johns  Hopkins 

University;  M.A.,  Clark  University; 

Ph.D.,  Clark  University;  Associate 

Professor 
Robertson,  Donald,  B.S.,  University  of 

Illinois;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State 

University;  Ph.D.,  Boyvling  Green  State 

University;  Professor 
Roehrich,  Laurie,  B.S.,  University  of 

Maryland;  M.A..  University  of  South 

Florida;  Ph.D.,  University  of  South 

Florida;  Associate  Professor 
Sherburne,  Cora  Lou,  B.A.,  University-  of 

Kentucky;  M.A.,  University  of  Kentucky; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Assistant 

Professor 
Stires,  Lloyd,  B.A.,  Drew  University;  Ph.D., 

Duke  University;  Professor 
Thornton,  Gordon,  B.A.,  Gettysburg 

College;  M.S.,  Ohio  University;  Ph.D., 

Ohio  University;  Professor 
Zanich,  Mary  Lou,  B.S.,  University-  of 

Pittsburgh;  M.S.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh:  Professor 
Zimny,  Susan,  B.A.,  University  of  Colorado; 

M.A.,  University  of  Michigan;  M.S., 

University  of  Colorado;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Colorado;  Professor 

Counseling  and  Student 

Development  Center 

Drapkin,  Rita,  B.A.,  Carnegie  Mellon 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh:  Professor 

Kincade,  Elizabeth  A.,  B.A.,  Keene  State 
College;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State 
University;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University;  Associate  Professor 

Mills,  John  A.,  B.A.,  University-  of  Delaware; 
.M.Ed..  University  of  Delaware;  Ph.D., 
State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo; 
Professor 

Rosenberger,  Eric  W.,  B.A.,  Dickinson 
College;  M.A.,  Boston  College;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  Sute  University;  Assistant 
Professor 


Index 


.\caclemic  Credits,  26 
Academic  Good  Standing,  26 
Academic  Integrity  Policy,  21 
Accreditation,  6 
Add/Drop  Policy,  21 
Administrative  Officers,  1 1 7 
Administrative  Certification  Programs, 

Specialist  and  Letter  of  Eligibility 

Programs,  16 
Administration  and  Leadership  Studies— 

D.Ed,  (see  Professional  Studies  in 
Education) 
Administration  and  Leadership  Studies— 

Ph.D.  (see  Sociology) 
Admission,  14 

Admission  Classifications,  14 
Admission  Procedures,  14 
Admission  Requirements,  14 
Adult  and  Community  Education 

Department,  41 
Adult  Education  and  Communications 

Technology  (see  Adult  and 

Community  Education) 
Advisement,  2 1 
Application  Fee,  17 
Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid,  Free 

(FAFSA),\8 
Applied  Mathematics  (see  Mathematics) 
Art  Department,  52 
Assistantships,  18 
Audit  Fee,  27 
Audit  Policy,  27 
Auditing,  Course,  27 
Automobiles,  12 

6 

BiUing,21 

Biochemistry  (see  Chemistry) 

Biology  Department,  71 

Buildings  and  Grounds,  6 

Business  and  Information  Technology, 

Eberly  College  of,  37 
Business/Workforce  Development  (see 

Technology  Support  and  Training) 


Cable  Television  and  Data  Lines,  1 1 
Calendar,  inside  front  cover 
Cancellation,  Class  (see  Inclement 

Weather  Policy) 
Candidacy  Examination,  Doctoral,  25 
Career  Services,  1 1 
Centers  and  Institutes,  9 
Certification,  Principal,  16,  41 
Certification  (Teacher  Education),  28 
Chemistry  Department,  72 
Clinical  Psychology  (see  Psychology) 


Cocurricular  Activities  and  Student 

Organizations,  13 
Completion  of  Degree  Requirements,  22, 

24 
Composition  and  TESOL  (see  English) 
Comprehensive  Examination,  Doctoral, 

25 
Computing  Services,  8 
Computer  Softyvare  Policy,  28 
Conduct,  Student,  13 
Continuous  Registration,  25 
Co-op  Recreation  Park,  13 
Co-op  Store,  13 
Cooperative  Programs,  24 
Council  of  Trustees,  1 17 
Counsehng  Department,  42 
Counseling  and  Student  Development 

Center,  12 
Counselor  Education  (see  Counseling 

Department) 
Course  Advising,  2 1 
Course  Descriptions,  78-1 16 

Accounting  (ACCT),  78 

Adult  and  Community  Education 
(ACE),  79 

Administrative  Services  (ADMS),  79 

Administration  and  Leadership 
(ALS),  79 

Anthropology  (ANTH),  80 

Apphed  Music  (APMU),  80 

Art  Education  (ARED),  80 

Art  Histor)'  (ARHl),  80 

Art  (ART),  80 

Biology  (BIOL),  81 

Business  Education  (BTST),  82 

Business  Law  BLAW),  82 

Chemistry  (CHEM),  83 

Communications  Media  (COMM), 
83 

Computer  Science  (COSC),  84 

Counselor  Education  (COUN),  84 

Criminology  (CRIM),  85 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  (CURR), 
86 

Distributive  Education  (DEDU),  87 

Early  Childhood  Education  (ECED), 
87 

Economics  (ECON),  87 

Education  Administration  (EDAD), 
87 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 
(EDEX),  88 

Educational  Psychology  (EDSP),  88 

Education  (EDUC),  90 

Elementary  Education  (ELED),  90 

Elementary  and  Middle  School 
Mathematics  (ELMA),  90 

English  (ENGL),  91 

Food  and  Nutrition  (FDNT),  94 

Foundations  of  Education  (FDED), 
94 

Finance  (FIN),  95 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


INDEX       127 


Geography  (GEOG).  95 

Geoscience  (GEOS).  96 

Graduate  General  Senice  (GSR).  97 

Histon-  (HIST).  97 

Home  Economics  (HMEC).  99 

Human  Senices  (HMSV).  99 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

(HPED).  99 
Information  Management  (IFMG), 

100 
Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  (ILR). 

100 
Literac>-(LTCY).  101 
Madiemaucs  (MATH).  102 
Masters  in  Elducarion  (MEIDU).  103 
Management  (MGMT).  104 
Marketing  (MKTG).  104 
Manne  Science  (MRSC).  105 
Music  History  (MUHl),  105 
Music  (MUSC).  105 
Nursing  (NURS).  106 
Philosophy  (PHIL).  107 
Physics  (PHYS).  107 
Poiirical  Science  (PLSC),  108 
Psycholog>- (PSYC),  110 
Quantitatiye  Business  (QBUS).  Ill 
Safet)-  Sciences  (S.\FE).  112 
Student  -Aifairs  in  Higher  Education 

(S.\HE).  113 
Sociolog>(SOC).  113 
Speech-Language  Patholog)-  (SPLP), 

115 
Theater  (THTR),  115 
Vocational  Education  f\'OED).  1 16 

Course  Numbering.  27 

Course  Prefix  Key.  36 

Course  Oyerlaps  in  Degree  Programs,  27 

Course  Repeat  Polic)'.  27 

Course  Withdrawal.  18 

Credit  Requirements.  Doctoral.  24 

Credit  Transfers.  23.  24 

Criminology"  Department,  61 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  (see 

Pnfessional  Studies  in  Education) 


Damage  Fees.  18 

Data  Lines  and  Cable  Tele\ision.  1 1 
Degree  Candidacy-.  Doctoral.  25 
Degree  Candidacy.  Master's.  23 
Degree  EUigibilit)-  of  ILT  Teaching  Staff, 

27 
Degree  Fee,  1 7 
Delinquent  Accounts.  18 
Department  Chairpersons.  117 
Dietetic  Internship  (see  Food  and 

.\utrition) 
Dining  Ser\'ices.  1 1 
Disabilir.'  Support  Services.  1 1 
Discrete  Course  Wididrawal.  18 
Dissertation,  25 
Dissertation  Committee.  25 


Dissertation  Process,  25 
Dissertation  Publication,  25 
Doctoral  Degree  Programs.  24 
Drop,Add  Policy-.  21 
Dual-Level  Courses.  27 


Elarly  Childhood  Education  (see 

Professional  Studies  in  Educativn) 
Elberly  College  of  Business  and 

Information  Technolog);  37 
Exlucation  and  Elducarional  Technolog)\ 

College  of.  41 
Exiucarion  of  Elxceptional  Persons  (see 

Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services) 
Elducational  and  School  Psycholog)- 

Department,  44 
Educational  Services  Fee.  1 7 
Oementary  and  Middle  School 

Mathematics  (see  Mathematics) 
Ellementary  or  Secondary  School 

Counseling  (see  Counseling 

Department) 
Eligibiht)-  and  Application  For 

Graduation.  23,  25 
EIigibiHt>-.  lUP  Teaching  Staff,  27 
EngUsh  Department.  63 
Elmplo)Tnent  Programs.  19 
Examination  Requirements.  GRE, 

GM.\TMAT.  16 
ELxaminations,  Comprehensive,  25 

F 

FAFSA.  18 

Facilities  Fee.  1 7 

Faculrv-  Eligible  to  Teach  at  the  Graduate 

Leyel.  119 
Federal  Work  Stud\-  Program.  19 
Federal  Supplementary  Loan  for 

Students  (SLS).  20 
Fees.  17 
Fellowships.  19 

Filcik.  Julius.  Doctoral  Fellowship,  19 
Final  Credits  Policy.  27 
Finances.  17 
Financial  .Aid,  18 
Fine  Arts.  College  of.  52 
Food  and  Nutrition  Department,  56 
Foreign  Language/Research  Tool 

Options,  Doctoral.  25 
Foundation  for  lUP,  8 
Foundation  FeUowship,  19 
Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid 

(FAFSA).  18 
Full  Time  StudenL  1 7 


General  Information,  5,  26 
General  Policies  and  Procedures.  26 
Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

Department.  66 
Grade  Appeal  PoUci.-.  29 
Grading  System.  27 
Graduate  Course  Scheduling  by 

Undergraduates,  27 
Graduate  Management  Admission  Test, 

10.14 
Graduate  Merit  Scholarships,  19 
Graduate  Record  Examination.  10.  14 
Graduate  Scholars  Program,  19 
Graduate  School  and  Research 

Deadlines.  116 
Graduate  Student  Assembly,  13 
Graduate  Study  Beyond  the  Masters 

Degree,  28 
Graduation,  23,  25 
Graduation  Application.  23.  25 
Grant  Emplo)Tnent,  Special  Funded,  20 

H 

Hadley  Union  Building.  13 

Harte.  Margaret  Flegal  Scholarships.  19 

Health  and  Human  Services.  College  of, 

55 
Health  and  Physical  Exiucarion 

Department,  56 
Health  Fee.  17 
Health  Insurance.  12 
Health  Services.  12 
History'  Department,  68 
Historv'  of  the  Universit)-,  6 
Housing.  1 1 
Humaniries  and  Social  Sciences,  College 

of.  61 

/ 

Inclement  Weather  Poliq.-.  6 
Independent  Study.  28 
International  Snident  Applicants.  15 
Internship  Poho'.  28 
Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Department.  58 
Institute  for  Research  and  Communit)' 

Service,  9 
Insurance.  Health.  1 2 
lUP  Foundation  Fellowship,  19 


J 

Journal  Publications,  8 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


128       INDEX 


Labor  Relations  (see  Industrial  and 

Labor  Relations) 
Law  School  Admission  Test,  1 0 
Letter  of  Eligibility  Programs,  16 
Library'  and  Media  Services,  7 
Literacy  (see  Professional  Studies  in 

Education) 
Literature  and  Criticism  (see  English) 
Loan  Programs,  20 
Location,  5 

M 

M.A./TE  (see  English) 

M.B.A.  (see  Eherly  College  of  Business  and 

Information  Technology) 
M.¥A.(seeArt) 
Master's  Degree  Programs,  22 
Masters  in  Education  (see  Professional 

Studies  in  Education) 
Mathematics  Department,  73 
Media  Services,  7 

Medical  College  Admission  Test.  1 0 
Merit  Scholarships,  Graduate,  1 9 
Miller  Analogies  Test,  10 
Music  Department,  53 

N 

National  Teacher  Examination,  10 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics, 

College  of,  71 
Nonprofit  Loans,  Private,  20 
Nursing  Department,  50 
Nutrition,  Food  and,  55 


Off-Campus  Graduate  Programs 

Withdrawal  and  ReRind  Policy,  18 
Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life,  1 1 
Out-of-State  Tuition,  1 7 


Part-time  Study,  1 7 

Penn,  The.  1 1 

Physics  Department,  75 

Political  Science  Department,  68 

Principal  Certification,  1 6,  4 1 

Private,  Nonprofit  Loans,  20 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Department,  46 
Professional  Growth,  77 
Program  Changes,  28 
Psychology'  Department,  76 
Public  Affairs  (see  Political  Science) 
Public  Histor)'  (see  History) 
Publications,  1 1 


Quality  Points,  27 


Reftjnd  Policy,  18 

Regional  Planning  (see  Geography  and 

Regional  Planning) 
Registration,  21 
Registration,  Continuous,  21 
Religious  Life,  1 2 
Repeat  Policy,  Course,  27 
Requirements,  Doctoral  Degree,  24 
Research  Proposal.  Doctoral.  25 
Research  Tool  Options,  Doctoral,  25 
Residence  Life,  Office  of,  1 1 
Residence  Halls,  1 1 
Residency  Requirement,  23,  24 
Rights  and  Responsibilities,  Student,  28 


Safety  Sciences  Department,  59 
Scholarship  Information,  19 
Secondary  School  Mathematics  (see 

Mathematics) 
Schedule  Adjustment,  21 
Scheduling  by  Undergraduates,  Graduate 

Courses,  27 
Scholarships,  19 

School  Psychology,  Educational  and,  44 
Sexual  Harassment  Policy,  3 
Sociology  Department,  69 
Special  Credits,  29 
Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 

Department,  48 
Special  Fees,  18 
Specialist  for  Administrative  Certification 

Program.  16 
Specialist  Programs,  1 6 
Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  1 1 
Speech-Language  Pathology  (see  Special 

Education  and  Clinical  Services) 
Sport  Science  (see  Health  and  Physical 

Education) 
Stafford  Loan,  20 

State  System  of  Higher  Education,  5 
Student  Activity'  Fee,  17 
Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education 

Department,  5 1 
Student  Conduct,  Guidelines  for,  13 
Student  Cooperative  Association,  13 
Student  Development  Center,  Counseling 

and,  12 
Student  Employment,  19 
Student  Grade  Appeal  Pohcy,  29 
Student  Handbook,  1 1 
Student  Health  Insurance,  1 2 
Student  Loan  Programs,  20 
Student  Organizations,  13 
Student  Publications,  1 1 
Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities,  28 
Student  Status,  26 
Students  with  Disabilities,  1 1 
Sunnner  Sessions  Fees,  17 
Supplenieiitarv  Loan  for  Students, 

Federal  (SLS),  20 


TESOL  (see  English) 

Teacher  Certification,  28 

Teaching  Associates,  19 

Teaching  of  EngHsh  to  Speakers  of  Other 

Languages  (see  English) 
Technology  Support  and  Training 

Department,  39 
Telephone  Numbers,  inside  back  cover 
Telephone  Service,  1 1 
Teaching  English  (see  English) 
Thesis/Dissertation  Marmal,  1 1 
Time  Limitations,  29 
Transcript  Fees,  18 

Total  Withdrawal  from  the  University,  18 
Transfer  Credit,  Doctoral,  24 
Transfer  Credit,  Master's,  23 
Trustees.  1 1 7 
Tuition  and  Fees,  1 7 

u 

Undergraduates,  Graduate  Course 

Scheduling  by,  27 
University  Employment,  19 
University  Health  Service,  12 
University  Registration  and  Scheduling 

Assistant,  21 
University  Senate.  7 
University  Testing  Services,  10 
University  Withdrawal,  18 

V 

Veterans.  20 

w 

Withdrawal  Policy,  Individual  Course,  18 
Withdrawal  Policy,  Refijnd  PoUcy,  18 
Withdrawal  Policy,  Total  University,  18 
Work-Study  Program,  19 
Workshops,  29 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    2002     GRADUATE    CATALOG 


Telephone  Numbers 


If  vou  have  a  question  concerning  a  specific  graduate  program  at  lUP,  please  contact  the  department  chairperson. 
Telephone  numbers  are  Usted  below  for  your  convenience. 

(All  numbers  are  within  the  724  area  code.) 

Academic  Departments 

.\ccounans 357-2686 

Adult  and  Community  Education 357-2470 

Anthropologv 357-2841 

Art 357-2530 

Biologv 357-2352 

Chemistry 357-2361 

Communications  Media 357-2492 

Computer  Science    357-2524 

Counseling 357-2306 

Criminolog)' 357-2720 

Economics   357-2640 

Educational  and  School  Psychology 357-2316 

English 357-2261 

Finance  and  Legal  Studies   357-4818 

Food  and  Nutrition 357-4440 

ForeioTi  Languages   357-2325 

Geography  and  Regional  Plaiming 357-2250 

Gcoscience 357-2379 

Health  and  Phvsical  Education 357-2770 

Histor> ' 357-2284 

Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 35 /-4440 

Human  Development  and  En\Tronmental  Studies    357-2336 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 357-4470 

Journalism 35/  -44 1 1 

Management 357-2535 

Marketing 357-6231 

Madiemarics 357-2608 

Management  Information  Svstems  and  Decision  Sciences   35/ -2929 

Music ' 357-2390 

Nursing  and  Allied  Health   357-2557 

Philosophv  and  ReUgious  Studies    357-23 10 

Phvsics  . ; 357-2370 

Political  Science 35/-2290 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 357-2400 

Psvchologv   357-2426 

Safet)'  Sciences 357-3018 

Sociology    357-2730 

Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 357-2450 

Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education 357-1251 

Technolog\-  Support  and  Trairung 357-3003 

Theater  and  Dance 357-2965 

Other  Frequently  Called  Numbers 

Campus  Dming  (.Vfi-UIARX) 357-25/0 

Campus  Police  and  Parking/Traffic  Control 357-2141 

Career  Services 357-2235 

Co-op  Store  (Bookstore) 357-3145 

Financial  Aid 357-2218 

Graduate  School  .admissions 357-2222 

Healdi  Center 357-2550 

Housing  and  Residence  Life 357-2696 

Librar\  Reference  Desk 357-3006 

Registrar 357-2217 

Uimersit\'  Information 33 /-2 100 


.*'^' 


The  Graduate  School  and  Research 

Stright  Hall.  Room  101 
210  Soudi  Tendi  Street 
Lidiana.  Peiins\-l\-ania  15705-1081 


Phone:  724-357-2222 

Fax:  724-357-4862 

E-mail:  gradnate_admissions@iup.edu